The Pete the Planner® Show https://petetheplanner.com en 868329 Discussing money can be emotionally charged, but not here on the Pete the Planner® Show where Personal Finance Expert, former comedian, and author Peter Dunn breaks down personal finance with humor, practical advice, and real-life scenarios to help you make smarter money moves. Pete and his co-hosts Kristen and Damian lead a guilt-free discussion of budgeting, investing, retirement planning, and any number of other topics meant to help you thrive in the present and future. Part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network. https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/c11a7952-fa7b-11ef-b4c8-63f0041b2d99/image/fc4e2781074e3c5fa470f0f64dade233.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&max-w=3000&max-h=3000&fit=crop&auto=format,compress The Pete the Planner® Show https://petetheplanner.com no episodic IBJ Media Discussing money can be emotionally charged, but not here on the Pete the Planner® Show where Personal Finance Expert, former comedian, and author Peter Dunn breaks down personal finance with humor, practical advice, and real-life scenarios to help you make smarter money moves. Pete and his co-hosts Kristen and Damian lead a guilt-free discussion of budgeting, investing, retirement planning, and any number of other topics meant to help you thrive in the present and future. Part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network. Discussing money can be emotionally charged, but not here on the Pete the Planner® Show where Personal Finance Expert, former comedian, and author Peter Dunn breaks down personal finance with humor, practical advice, and real-life scenarios to help you make smarter money moves. Pete and his co-hosts Kristen and Damian lead a guilt-free discussion of budgeting, investing, retirement planning, and any number of other topics meant to help you thrive in the present and future. Part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network.

]]> IBJ Media cspangle@ibj.com Did Boomers have it worse than Millennials at their age? Millennials say the system is broken. Boomers say, “Try buying a house at 18% interest.” So… who’s right? This week, Pete, Damian, and Kristen step into one of the most emotionally charged financial debates out there—and do something rare: they put numbers behind the noise. From income to housing, college costs to overall wealth, the crew breaks down what each generation actually faced at the same stage of life. And the results aren’t as clear-cut as social media would have you believe. Yes, Millennials are dealing with sky-high home prices and student loan debt that follows them for decades. But Boomers battled double-digit inflation and mortgage rates that made monthly payments brutal. And when you zoom out? Millennials may actually be ahead in net worth at this point in life—though Boomers still control the majority of total wealth in America. So what’s really going on? This episode reframes the entire argument: it’s not about who worked harder or who had it worse—it’s about timing. When you entered the economy shaped what was possible for you, from buying a home to building wealth. The bigger takeaway? Most people, regardless of generation, feel like the game is harder now. And that might be the most important signal of all. If you’ve ever found yourself thinking, “They had it easier,” or “Why does this feel so hard?”—this conversation will give you clarity, context, and a much-needed reset. Here’s why it matters: You don’t get to choose your economy. But you do get to choose how you operate within it. Fri, 17 Apr 2026 15:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Millennials say the system is broken. Boomers say, “Try buying a house at 18% interest.” So… who’s right? This week, Pete, Damian, and Kristen step into one of the most emotionally charged financial debates out there—and do something rare: they put numbers behind the noise. From income to housing, college costs to overall wealth, the crew breaks down what each generation actually faced at the same stage of life. And the results aren’t as clear-cut as social media would have you believe. Yes, Millennials are dealing with sky-high home prices and student loan debt that follows them for decades. But Boomers battled double-digit inflation and mortgage rates that made monthly payments brutal. And when you zoom out? Millennials may actually be ahead in net worth at this point in life—though Boomers still control the majority of total wealth in America. So what’s really going on? This episode reframes the entire argument: it’s not about who worked harder or who had it worse—it’s about timing. When you entered the economy shaped what was possible for you, from buying a home to building wealth. The bigger takeaway? Most people, regardless of generation, feel like the game is harder now. And that might be the most important signal of all. If you’ve ever found yourself thinking, “They had it easier,” or “Why does this feel so hard?”—this conversation will give you clarity, context, and a much-needed reset. Here’s why it matters: You don’t get to choose your economy. But you do get to choose how you operate within it. Millennials say the system is broken. Boomers say, “Try buying a house at 18% interest.” So… who’s right?

This week, Pete, Damian, and Kristen step into one of the most emotionally charged financial debates out there—and do something rare: they put numbers behind the noise.

From income to housing, college costs to overall wealth, the crew breaks down what each generation actually faced at the same stage of life. And the results aren’t as clear-cut as social media would have you believe.

Yes, Millennials are dealing with sky-high home prices and student loan debt that follows them for decades. But Boomers battled double-digit inflation and mortgage rates that made monthly payments brutal. And when you zoom out? Millennials may actually be ahead in net worth at this point in life—though Boomers still control the majority of total wealth in America.

So what’s really going on?

This episode reframes the entire argument: it’s not about who worked harder or who had it worse—it’s about timing. When you entered the economy shaped what was possible for you, from buying a home to building wealth.

The bigger takeaway? Most people, regardless of generation, feel like the game is harder now. And that might be the most important signal of all.

If you’ve ever found yourself thinking, “They had it easier,” or “Why does this feel so hard?”—this conversation will give you clarity, context, and a much-needed reset.

Here’s why it matters:
You don’t get to choose your economy. But you do get to choose how you operate within it.

]]> 4086 no Oil prices aren't hurting who you think Gas prices are climbing again, and if you’re like most people, it feels like your entire financial life just got more expensive overnight. But did it? This week, we take a step back from the headlines and ask a better question: who is actually feeling the impact of higher gas prices—and who just thinks they are? Because the truth is, a 50-cent jump at the pump doesn’t hit everyone the same way. For some households, it’s real financial pressure. For others, it’s more of an emotional reaction than a budget breaker. We break down: The hidden ways oil prices sneak into your daily spending The lifestyles that are most exposed (and least exposed) Why convenience might be costing you more than you think And how to calculate your own personal “gas price impact” By the end of the episode, you’ll know whether rising gas prices are something you need to change your behavior over… or just change your mindset about. Because when it comes to your money, not every headline deserves your stress. Fri, 10 Apr 2026 15:14:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Gas prices are climbing again, and if you’re like most people, it feels like your entire financial life just got more expensive overnight. But did it? This week, we take a step back from the headlines and ask a better question: who is actually feeling the impact of higher gas prices—and who just thinks they are? Because the truth is, a 50-cent jump at the pump doesn’t hit everyone the same way. For some households, it’s real financial pressure. For others, it’s more of an emotional reaction than a budget breaker. We break down: The hidden ways oil prices sneak into your daily spending The lifestyles that are most exposed (and least exposed) Why convenience might be costing you more than you think And how to calculate your own personal “gas price impact” By the end of the episode, you’ll know whether rising gas prices are something you need to change your behavior over… or just change your mindset about. Because when it comes to your money, not every headline deserves your stress. Gas prices are climbing again, and if you’re like most people, it feels like your entire financial life just got more expensive overnight.

But did it?

This week, we take a step back from the headlines and ask a better question: who is actually feeling the impact of higher gas prices—and who just thinks they are?

Because the truth is, a 50-cent jump at the pump doesn’t hit everyone the same way. For some households, it’s real financial pressure. For others, it’s more of an emotional reaction than a budget breaker.

We break down:

  • The hidden ways oil prices sneak into your daily spending
  • The lifestyles that are most exposed (and least exposed)
  • Why convenience might be costing you more than you think
  • And how to calculate your own personal “gas price impact”

By the end of the episode, you’ll know whether rising gas prices are something you need to change your behavior over… or just change your mindset about.

Because when it comes to your money, not every headline deserves your stress.

]]> 4121 no Pete on the IBJ Podcast: Recession, Iran, and Petrodollars The U.S. economy has been sending troubling signals for months now in the form of high energy prices, rising inflation, modest hiring and slowing growth of gross domestic product. Then the United States began attacks on Iran in late February. Stalled tanker traffic at the Strait of Hormuz has disrupted the global oil market, and stock investors have yo-yoed along with mixed signals from Washington, D.C., about America’s goals for the war. IBJ personal finance columnist Pete the Planner sees signs that point toward recession in the U.S., as well as a humanitarian crisis in Asia. In this week’s podcast, Pete parses a passel of new challenges and layers on the potential impact of tariff refunds and rising mortgage rates. He also is concerned about the Trump administration’s apparent attempts at influencing investor sentiment with statements about America’s intentions in Iran. Mon, 06 Apr 2026 16:50:00 -0000 bonus IBJ Media The U.S. economy has been sending troubling signals for months now in the form of high energy prices, rising inflation, modest hiring and slowing growth of gross domestic product. Then the United States began attacks on Iran in late February. Stalled tanker traffic at the Strait of Hormuz has disrupted the global oil market, and stock investors have yo-yoed along with mixed signals from Washington, D.C., about America’s goals for the war. IBJ personal finance columnist Pete the Planner sees signs that point toward recession in the U.S., as well as a humanitarian crisis in Asia. In this week’s podcast, Pete parses a passel of new challenges and layers on the potential impact of tariff refunds and rising mortgage rates. He also is concerned about the Trump administration’s apparent attempts at influencing investor sentiment with statements about America’s intentions in Iran. The U.S. economy has been sending troubling signals for months now in the form of high energy prices, rising inflation, modest hiring and slowing growth of gross domestic product. Then the United States began attacks on Iran in late February. Stalled tanker traffic at the Strait of Hormuz has disrupted the global oil market, and stock investors have yo-yoed along with mixed signals from Washington, D.C., about America’s goals for the war.

IBJ personal finance columnist Pete the Planner sees signs that point toward recession in the U.S., as well as a humanitarian crisis in Asia. In this week’s podcast, Pete parses a passel of new challenges and layers on the potential impact of tariff refunds and rising mortgage rates. He also is concerned about the Trump administration’s apparent attempts at influencing investor sentiment with statements about America’s intentions in Iran.

]]> 2720 no How to start your financial life right out of school, and not mess everything up You just graduated, landed a $52,000 job, and moved to Des Moines. You’ve got $35,000 in student loans… and suddenly, real life is very real. This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame break down what life actually looks like on that salary—from take-home pay to rent, groceries, debt, and everything in between. But instead of just talking about it, they turn it into a game: can each of them build a working monthly plan… without wrecking the future? Along the way, they uncover the real tension every new grad faces: how do you balance survival, stability, and actually enjoying your life? If you’ve ever wondered, “Am I doing okay… or already behind?”—this episode is for you. Fri, 03 Apr 2026 15:14:00 -0000 full IBJ Media You just graduated, landed a $52,000 job, and moved to Des Moines. You’ve got $35,000 in student loans… and suddenly, real life is very real. This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame break down what life actually looks like on that salary—from take-home pay to rent, groceries, debt, and everything in between. But instead of just talking about it, they turn it into a game: can each of them build a working monthly plan… without wrecking the future? Along the way, they uncover the real tension every new grad faces: how do you balance survival, stability, and actually enjoying your life? If you’ve ever wondered, “Am I doing okay… or already behind?”—this episode is for you. You just graduated, landed a $52,000 job, and moved to Des Moines. You’ve got $35,000 in student loans… and suddenly, real life is very real.

This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame break down what life actually looks like on that salary—from take-home pay to rent, groceries, debt, and everything in between. But instead of just talking about it, they turn it into a game: can each of them build a working monthly plan… without wrecking the future?

Along the way, they uncover the real tension every new grad faces: how do you balance survival, stability, and actually enjoying your life?

If you’ve ever wondered, “Am I doing okay… or already behind?”—this episode is for you.


]]> 4103 no Just moved into our new house. We feel...less excited than we thought we'd be You finally upgrade your home. More space, better fit for your family, and—on paper—you can absolutely afford it. So why does it suddenly feel… heavier? This week, Pete and Kristen unpack the emotional side of a financial upgrade that no one really talks about. From “payment shock” to the psychological weight of a bigger life, they explore why even smart, responsible decisions can come with unexpected stress. If you’ve ever made a move that made your life better—but also made your brain a little louder—this episode is for you. Fri, 27 Mar 2026 15:07:00 -0000 full IBJ Media You finally upgrade your home. More space, better fit for your family, and—on paper—you can absolutely afford it. So why does it suddenly feel… heavier? This week, Pete and Kristen unpack the emotional side of a financial upgrade that no one really talks about. From “payment shock” to the psychological weight of a bigger life, they explore why even smart, responsible decisions can come with unexpected stress. If you’ve ever made a move that made your life better—but also made your brain a little louder—this episode is for you. You finally upgrade your home. More space, better fit for your family, and—on paper—you can absolutely afford it. So why does it suddenly feel… heavier?

This week, Pete and Kristen unpack the emotional side of a financial upgrade that no one really talks about. From “payment shock” to the psychological weight of a bigger life, they explore why even smart, responsible decisions can come with unexpected stress.

If you’ve ever made a move that made your life better—but also made your brain a little louder—this episode is for you.


]]> 3697 no HS students are learning about money now. Are they being taught the wrong things? High schools across the country are making a big shift—replacing traditional economics classes with personal finance. On the surface, it sounds like a win. After all, most of us could’ve used a better understanding of credit cards, debt, and how money actually works when we were 18. But is this really progress… or just a tradeoff? In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen break down what’s changing—and what might be getting lost in the process. Is the goal of high school to create informed citizens who understand the economy, or functional adults who can manage their own money? And can we realistically do both? Then the team builds the ultimate personal finance class from scratch. What do teens actually need to know before they leave home? From cash flow and credit to compounding and big life decisions, they cover the essentials—and call out what most adults still get wrong. Finally, they bring it home. Because let’s be honest—most of us didn’t get this class either. So what can parents and families do now to teach these lessons in real life, without turning dinner into a lecture? If you’ve ever thought, “Why didn’t anyone teach me this?”—this episode is for you. Fri, 20 Mar 2026 15:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media High schools across the country are making a big shift—replacing traditional economics classes with personal finance. On the surface, it sounds like a win. After all, most of us could’ve used a better understanding of credit cards, debt, and how money actually works when we were 18. But is this really progress… or just a tradeoff? In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen break down what’s changing—and what might be getting lost in the process. Is the goal of high school to create informed citizens who understand the economy, or functional adults who can manage their own money? And can we realistically do both? Then the team builds the ultimate personal finance class from scratch. What do teens actually need to know before they leave home? From cash flow and credit to compounding and big life decisions, they cover the essentials—and call out what most adults still get wrong. Finally, they bring it home. Because let’s be honest—most of us didn’t get this class either. So what can parents and families do now to teach these lessons in real life, without turning dinner into a lecture? If you’ve ever thought, “Why didn’t anyone teach me this?”—this episode is for you. High schools across the country are making a big shift—replacing traditional economics classes with personal finance. On the surface, it sounds like a win. After all, most of us could’ve used a better understanding of credit cards, debt, and how money actually works when we were 18.

But is this really progress… or just a tradeoff?

In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen break down what’s changing—and what might be getting lost in the process. Is the goal of high school to create informed citizens who understand the economy, or functional adults who can manage their own money? And can we realistically do both?

Then the team builds the ultimate personal finance class from scratch. What do teens actually need to know before they leave home? From cash flow and credit to compounding and big life decisions, they cover the essentials—and call out what most adults still get wrong.

Finally, they bring it home. Because let’s be honest—most of us didn’t get this class either. So what can parents and families do now to teach these lessons in real life, without turning dinner into a lecture?

If you’ve ever thought, “Why didn’t anyone teach me this?”—this episode is for you.

]]> 3967 no Why leaving money to your kids can backfire Last Valentine’s Day, listener Lucas from North Carolina wrote in about retiring early and “taking our foot off the gas.” This year, life looks very different. Lucas and his wife recently received a diagnosis for their almost two-year-old daughter that means she may never live independently. That news sent Lucas down a deep research rabbit hole involving wills, trusts, and something called a third-party special needs trust. What started as a plan for early retirement has now become a much bigger question:How do you financially protect a child who may depend on you forever? To help answer that question, Pete and the crew are joined by estate planning attorney Shawn Scott, who specializes in helping families navigate these exact situations. In this episode we discuss: What a special needs trust actually is The difference between first-party and third-party special needs trusts Why leaving money directly to a child with disabilities can create major problems Common mistakes families make with DIY estate planning When online legal tools are okay — and when you really need an attorney How grandparents and other relatives should structure gifts or inheritances Lucas’s story reminds us that estate planning isn’t just about wealth.Sometimes it’s about love, protection, and making sure your child is cared for long after you’re gone. Also: Pete attempts a North Carolinian accent (results may vary). Fri, 13 Mar 2026 15:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Last Valentine’s Day, listener Lucas from North Carolina wrote in about retiring early and “taking our foot off the gas.” This year, life looks very different. Lucas and his wife recently received a diagnosis for their almost two-year-old daughter that means she may never live independently. That news sent Lucas down a deep research rabbit hole involving wills, trusts, and something called a third-party special needs trust. What started as a plan for early retirement has now become a much bigger question:How do you financially protect a child who may depend on you forever? To help answer that question, Pete and the crew are joined by estate planning attorney Shawn Scott, who specializes in helping families navigate these exact situations. In this episode we discuss: What a special needs trust actually is The difference between first-party and third-party special needs trusts Why leaving money directly to a child with disabilities can create major problems Common mistakes families make with DIY estate planning When online legal tools are okay — and when you really need an attorney How grandparents and other relatives should structure gifts or inheritances Lucas’s story reminds us that estate planning isn’t just about wealth.Sometimes it’s about love, protection, and making sure your child is cared for long after you’re gone. Also: Pete attempts a North Carolinian accent (results may vary). Last Valentine’s Day, listener Lucas from North Carolina wrote in about retiring early and “taking our foot off the gas.” This year, life looks very different.

Lucas and his wife recently received a diagnosis for their almost two-year-old daughter that means she may never live independently. That news sent Lucas down a deep research rabbit hole involving wills, trusts, and something called a third-party special needs trust.

What started as a plan for early retirement has now become a much bigger question:How do you financially protect a child who may depend on you forever?

To help answer that question, Pete and the crew are joined by estate planning attorney Shawn Scott, who specializes in helping families navigate these exact situations.

In this episode we discuss:

  • What a special needs trust actually is

  • The difference between first-party and third-party special needs trusts

  • Why leaving money directly to a child with disabilities can create major problems

  • Common mistakes families make with DIY estate planning

  • When online legal tools are okay — and when you really need an attorney

  • How grandparents and other relatives should structure gifts or inheritances

Lucas’s story reminds us that estate planning isn’t just about wealth.Sometimes it’s about love, protection, and making sure your child is cared for long after you’re gone.

Also: Pete attempts a North Carolinian accent (results may vary).


]]> 3855 no Emergency Pod: Stagflation A surge in oil prices tied to rising tensions involving Iran has economists and investors whispering a word we haven’t heard much since the 1970s: stagflation. But what exactly is it—and should you be worried? In this episode, Pete breaks down why spikes in oil prices can ripple through the entire economy, how stagflation happens when inflation and economic slowdown collide, and why energy shocks have historically been the trigger. More importantly, he explains what this moment actually means for households, your budget, and the broader economy. Is stagflation coming… or is this just another scary economic headline? Pete separates the signal from the noise. Mon, 09 Mar 2026 14:39:00 -0000 bonus IBJ Media A surge in oil prices tied to rising tensions involving Iran has economists and investors whispering a word we haven’t heard much since the 1970s: stagflation. But what exactly is it—and should you be worried? In this episode, Pete breaks down why spikes in oil prices can ripple through the entire economy, how stagflation happens when inflation and economic slowdown collide, and why energy shocks have historically been the trigger. More importantly, he explains what this moment actually means for households, your budget, and the broader economy. Is stagflation coming… or is this just another scary economic headline? Pete separates the signal from the noise. A surge in oil prices tied to rising tensions involving Iran has economists and investors whispering a word we haven’t heard much since the 1970s: stagflation. But what exactly is it—and should you be worried?

In this episode, Pete breaks down why spikes in oil prices can ripple through the entire economy, how stagflation happens when inflation and economic slowdown collide, and why energy shocks have historically been the trigger. More importantly, he explains what this moment actually means for households, your budget, and the broader economy.

Is stagflation coming… or is this just another scary economic headline?

Pete separates the signal from the noise.

]]> 474 no She built the wealth...he feels weird about it This week’s listener question comes from a self-described “Type-A podcast listener girlie” who—financially speaking—is absolutely crushing it. At 32 years old, she’s earning about $100,000, saving 25% for retirement, and has already built roughly $450,000 in Roth accounts, plus a brokerage account and cash savings. Her partner, the same age, entered the workforce later after earning an advanced degree and currently makes about $60,000 while saving 12%. They’re planning to get married soon, combine finances, buy a home in the next few years, and maybe even retire early someday. But here’s the twist. She’s comfortable with the idea that her early savings created a large portion of their future financial security. Her partner isn’t so sure. Coming from a blue-collar, dual-income household built around pensions and Social Security, he feels uneasy about benefiting from wealth that largely came from her earlier discipline and opportunity. In other words: When the traditional earning dynamic flips, how do couples navigate the psychology of fairness, partnership, and shared success? Fri, 06 Mar 2026 16:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week’s listener question comes from a self-described “Type-A podcast listener girlie” who—financially speaking—is absolutely crushing it. At 32 years old, she’s earning about $100,000, saving 25% for retirement, and has already built roughly $450,000 in Roth accounts, plus a brokerage account and cash savings. Her partner, the same age, entered the workforce later after earning an advanced degree and currently makes about $60,000 while saving 12%. They’re planning to get married soon, combine finances, buy a home in the next few years, and maybe even retire early someday. But here’s the twist. She’s comfortable with the idea that her early savings created a large portion of their future financial security. Her partner isn’t so sure. Coming from a blue-collar, dual-income household built around pensions and Social Security, he feels uneasy about benefiting from wealth that largely came from her earlier discipline and opportunity. In other words: When the traditional earning dynamic flips, how do couples navigate the psychology of fairness, partnership, and shared success? This week’s listener question comes from a self-described “Type-A podcast listener girlie” who—financially speaking—is absolutely crushing it.

At 32 years old, she’s earning about $100,000, saving 25% for retirement, and has already built roughly $450,000 in Roth accounts, plus a brokerage account and cash savings. Her partner, the same age, entered the workforce later after earning an advanced degree and currently makes about $60,000 while saving 12%.

They’re planning to get married soon, combine finances, buy a home in the next few years, and maybe even retire early someday.

But here’s the twist.

She’s comfortable with the idea that her early savings created a large portion of their future financial security. Her partner isn’t so sure. Coming from a blue-collar, dual-income household built around pensions and Social Security, he feels uneasy about benefiting from wealth that largely came from her earlier discipline and opportunity.

In other words: When the traditional earning dynamic flips, how do couples navigate the psychology of fairness, partnership, and shared success?

]]> 3965 no The Curious Case of Having More Money Than Time They’re 42. They’re doing everything right. $185,000 household income. 15% to retirement. Emergency fund solid. Almost no debt. And yet… they’re exhausted. This week’s email comes from a couple who can absolutely afford help — but still live like they’re one missed paycheck away from disaster. They mow their own lawn. Scrub their own bathrooms. Meal prep every Sunday. Fix everything themselves. They optimize every dollar. Then a simple debate changes everything. A cleaning service would cost $4,200 a year. Invested for 20 years? Roughly $100,000. Or… 40 Saturdays back with their kids. That question hits hard: At what point does buying time become wiser than squeezing every dollar? In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle one of the most uncomfortable financial transitions of midlife — shifting from survival mode to optimization mode. You’ll hear: • Why scarcity mindset can linger long after you’re financially secure • The three currencies of life: money, time, and energy • When convenience spending is actually smart leverage • How to tell the difference between efficiency and lifestyle creep • The “Regret Test” that instantly clarifies big decisions Is hiring help irresponsible… or strategic? Is frugality always virtuous… or sometimes just fear in disguise? If you’ve ever calculated the future value of skipping Starbucks while secretly wishing for one less thing on your weekend to-do list, this one is for you. Because the goal isn’t to die with the highest net worth. The goal is to use money in a way that honors your finite time. You can always earn more money. You cannot earn another Tuesday. Fri, 27 Feb 2026 16:15:00 -0000 full IBJ Media They’re 42. They’re doing everything right. $185,000 household income. 15% to retirement. Emergency fund solid. Almost no debt. And yet… they’re exhausted. This week’s email comes from a couple who can absolutely afford help — but still live like they’re one missed paycheck away from disaster. They mow their own lawn. Scrub their own bathrooms. Meal prep every Sunday. Fix everything themselves. They optimize every dollar. Then a simple debate changes everything. A cleaning service would cost $4,200 a year. Invested for 20 years? Roughly $100,000. Or… 40 Saturdays back with their kids. That question hits hard: At what point does buying time become wiser than squeezing every dollar? In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle one of the most uncomfortable financial transitions of midlife — shifting from survival mode to optimization mode. You’ll hear: • Why scarcity mindset can linger long after you’re financially secure • The three currencies of life: money, time, and energy • When convenience spending is actually smart leverage • How to tell the difference between efficiency and lifestyle creep • The “Regret Test” that instantly clarifies big decisions Is hiring help irresponsible… or strategic? Is frugality always virtuous… or sometimes just fear in disguise? If you’ve ever calculated the future value of skipping Starbucks while secretly wishing for one less thing on your weekend to-do list, this one is for you. Because the goal isn’t to die with the highest net worth. The goal is to use money in a way that honors your finite time. You can always earn more money. You cannot earn another Tuesday. They’re 42. They’re doing everything right.
$185,000 household income.
15% to retirement.
Emergency fund solid.
Almost no debt.

And yet… they’re exhausted.

This week’s email comes from a couple who can absolutely afford help — but still live like they’re one missed paycheck away from disaster. They mow their own lawn. Scrub their own bathrooms. Meal prep every Sunday. Fix everything themselves. They optimize every dollar.

Then a simple debate changes everything.

A cleaning service would cost $4,200 a year.
Invested for 20 years? Roughly $100,000.
Or… 40 Saturdays back with their kids.

That question hits hard:
At what point does buying time become wiser than squeezing every dollar?

In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle one of the most uncomfortable financial transitions of midlife — shifting from survival mode to optimization mode.

You’ll hear:

• Why scarcity mindset can linger long after you’re financially secure
• The three currencies of life: money, time, and energy
• When convenience spending is actually smart leverage
• How to tell the difference between efficiency and lifestyle creep
• The “Regret Test” that instantly clarifies big decisions

Is hiring help irresponsible… or strategic?
Is frugality always virtuous… or sometimes just fear in disguise?

If you’ve ever calculated the future value of skipping Starbucks while secretly wishing for one less thing on your weekend to-do list, this one is for you.

Because the goal isn’t to die with the highest net worth.
The goal is to use money in a way that honors your finite time.

You can always earn more money.
You cannot earn another Tuesday.

]]> 3676 no The Great 2026 Rent or Buy Crossroads Lauren and her husband are 35. Two kids. Solid income. No credit card debt. $70,000 saved. They’re doing everything right. And now their landlord just dropped the bomb: he’s probably selling the house. They’ve been paying $2,750 a month in rent. Buying a similar home would run about $2,900 a month with taxes, insurance, and PMI. On paper, that’s only a $150 jump. In reality? It feels like stepping into a financial thunderstorm. Because everywhere they turn, they hear the same thing: “Terrible time to buy.” “Wait for rates to drop.” “The market’s about to shift.” So the question becomes: Are they crazy for even considering it? This week, Pete, Dame, and Cricket break down what Americans everywhere are wrestling with in 2026: Is this actually a “bad” housing market — or just an uncomfortable one? What does 8% down really mean in terms of risk and flexibility? How much emergency savings should a young family protect at all costs? Is a $2,900 payment on $155,000 income responsible… or reckless? And most importantly — what’s the real cost of waiting? We’ll walk through the math, but we’ll also unpack the psychology. Because this isn’t just about interest rates. It’s about stability. Kids. Lifestyle. Career mobility. And whether owning a home still means what it used to mean. Plus, we’ll tackle the dangerous myth floating around right now: that there’s some magical “perfect time” to buy. If you’re renting and wondering whether to jump into the market… If you’re watching rates like they’re a playoff game… If you’re scared to move but scared to stay… This episode is for you. Because sometimes the smartest financial decision isn’t about timing the market. It’s about knowing your own numbers — and your own tolerance for risk. Are Lauren and her husband crazy? Or are they just standing at the most normal financial crossroads of their generation? Let’s find out. Thu, 19 Feb 2026 15:32:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Lauren and her husband are 35. Two kids. Solid income. No credit card debt. $70,000 saved. They’re doing everything right. And now their landlord just dropped the bomb: he’s probably selling the house. They’ve been paying $2,750 a month in rent. Buying a similar home would run about $2,900 a month with taxes, insurance, and PMI. On paper, that’s only a $150 jump. In reality? It feels like stepping into a financial thunderstorm. Because everywhere they turn, they hear the same thing: “Terrible time to buy.” “Wait for rates to drop.” “The market’s about to shift.” So the question becomes: Are they crazy for even considering it? This week, Pete, Dame, and Cricket break down what Americans everywhere are wrestling with in 2026: Is this actually a “bad” housing market — or just an uncomfortable one? What does 8% down really mean in terms of risk and flexibility? How much emergency savings should a young family protect at all costs? Is a $2,900 payment on $155,000 income responsible… or reckless? And most importantly — what’s the real cost of waiting? We’ll walk through the math, but we’ll also unpack the psychology. Because this isn’t just about interest rates. It’s about stability. Kids. Lifestyle. Career mobility. And whether owning a home still means what it used to mean. Plus, we’ll tackle the dangerous myth floating around right now: that there’s some magical “perfect time” to buy. If you’re renting and wondering whether to jump into the market… If you’re watching rates like they’re a playoff game… If you’re scared to move but scared to stay… This episode is for you. Because sometimes the smartest financial decision isn’t about timing the market. It’s about knowing your own numbers — and your own tolerance for risk. Are Lauren and her husband crazy? Or are they just standing at the most normal financial crossroads of their generation? Let’s find out. Lauren and her husband are 35. Two kids. Solid income. No credit card debt. $70,000 saved. They’re doing everything right.

And now their landlord just dropped the bomb: he’s probably selling the house.

They’ve been paying $2,750 a month in rent. Buying a similar home would run about $2,900 a month with taxes, insurance, and PMI. On paper, that’s only a $150 jump. In reality? It feels like stepping into a financial thunderstorm.

Because everywhere they turn, they hear the same thing:
“Terrible time to buy.”
“Wait for rates to drop.”
“The market’s about to shift.”

So the question becomes: Are they crazy for even considering it?

This week, Pete, Dame, and Cricket break down what Americans everywhere are wrestling with in 2026:

  • Is this actually a “bad” housing market — or just an uncomfortable one?

  • What does 8% down really mean in terms of risk and flexibility?

  • How much emergency savings should a young family protect at all costs?

  • Is a $2,900 payment on $155,000 income responsible… or reckless?

  • And most importantly — what’s the real cost of waiting?

We’ll walk through the math, but we’ll also unpack the psychology. Because this isn’t just about interest rates. It’s about stability. Kids. Lifestyle. Career mobility. And whether owning a home still means what it used to mean.

Plus, we’ll tackle the dangerous myth floating around right now: that there’s some magical “perfect time” to buy.

If you’re renting and wondering whether to jump into the market…
If you’re watching rates like they’re a playoff game…
If you’re scared to move but scared to stay…

This episode is for you.

Because sometimes the smartest financial decision isn’t about timing the market. It’s about knowing your own numbers — and your own tolerance for risk.

Are Lauren and her husband crazy?

Or are they just standing at the most normal financial crossroads of their generation?

Let’s find out.

]]> 3417 no Prediction Markets: Are They Smart Money or Just Smart-Sounding Gambling? You can now bet on inflation, elections, interest rates, wars, and whether the Fed blinks—and people are calling it “information,” not gambling. This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we dig into prediction markets: what they are, why they’ve exploded in popularity, and what they really tell us about the economy, politics, and our collective anxiety about the future. Platforms like Polymarket and Kalshi claim that markets can forecast the future better than polls, experts, or pundits. But can they actually predict what’s going to happen—or are they just pricing fear, confidence, and narrative momentum? In this episode, we break down: How prediction markets work (in plain English) Why they sometimes outperform polls—and when they completely fall apart The role of incentives, emotion, and thin liquidity Why “probability” often gets mistaken for “certainty” What prediction markets get dangerously wrong during volatile moments Most importantly, we translate all of this into real life. Because while betting on the future can feel productive, it often replaces the boring, effective work of financial planning. If your financial plan requires you to correctly predict elections, rate cuts, or recessions… your plan is already broken. This episode isn’t about whether prediction markets are legal, smart, or fun. It’s about what they reveal: not about the future—but about us. Because fear has always been a terrible financial advisor. Fri, 13 Feb 2026 17:17:00 -0000 full IBJ Media You can now bet on inflation, elections, interest rates, wars, and whether the Fed blinks—and people are calling it “information,” not gambling. This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we dig into prediction markets: what they are, why they’ve exploded in popularity, and what they really tell us about the economy, politics, and our collective anxiety about the future. Platforms like Polymarket and Kalshi claim that markets can forecast the future better than polls, experts, or pundits. But can they actually predict what’s going to happen—or are they just pricing fear, confidence, and narrative momentum? In this episode, we break down: How prediction markets work (in plain English) Why they sometimes outperform polls—and when they completely fall apart The role of incentives, emotion, and thin liquidity Why “probability” often gets mistaken for “certainty” What prediction markets get dangerously wrong during volatile moments Most importantly, we translate all of this into real life. Because while betting on the future can feel productive, it often replaces the boring, effective work of financial planning. If your financial plan requires you to correctly predict elections, rate cuts, or recessions… your plan is already broken. This episode isn’t about whether prediction markets are legal, smart, or fun. It’s about what they reveal: not about the future—but about us. Because fear has always been a terrible financial advisor. You can now bet on inflation, elections, interest rates, wars, and whether the Fed blinks—and people are calling it “information,” not gambling.

This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we dig into prediction markets: what they are, why they’ve exploded in popularity, and what they really tell us about the economy, politics, and our collective anxiety about the future.

Platforms like Polymarket and Kalshi claim that markets can forecast the future better than polls, experts, or pundits. But can they actually predict what’s going to happen—or are they just pricing fear, confidence, and narrative momentum?

In this episode, we break down:

  • How prediction markets work (in plain English)

  • Why they sometimes outperform polls—and when they completely fall apart

  • The role of incentives, emotion, and thin liquidity

  • Why “probability” often gets mistaken for “certainty”

  • What prediction markets get dangerously wrong during volatile moments

Most importantly, we translate all of this into real life. Because while betting on the future can feel productive, it often replaces the boring, effective work of financial planning.

If your financial plan requires you to correctly predict elections, rate cuts, or recessions… your plan is already broken.

This episode isn’t about whether prediction markets are legal, smart, or fun. It’s about what they reveal: not about the future—but about us.

Because fear has always been a terrible financial advisor.

]]> 4092 no Why the markets are unsettled right now Gold is pulling back. Silver is getting smacked. Tech stocks feel heavy, crypto feels frozen, and investors everywhere are asking the same question: If things are so uncertain, why aren’t the “safe” assets working? This week, Pete breaks down the psychology of a cranky market — one that isn’t panicking or crashing, but is deeply skeptical and increasingly impatient. We’ll explain why gold can fall even when people are uneasy, why silver drops harder when growth expectations soften, and how rising real yields, industrial demand, and investor fatigue all collide at the same time. This isn’t fear-driven selling. It’s narrative exhaustion. And understanding the difference matters for how you invest, rebalance, and stay disciplined when markets stop being exciting. If you’re feeling uneasy, bored, or quietly annoyed by your portfolio right now, this episode is for you. Fri, 06 Feb 2026 16:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Gold is pulling back. Silver is getting smacked. Tech stocks feel heavy, crypto feels frozen, and investors everywhere are asking the same question: If things are so uncertain, why aren’t the “safe” assets working? This week, Pete breaks down the psychology of a cranky market — one that isn’t panicking or crashing, but is deeply skeptical and increasingly impatient. We’ll explain why gold can fall even when people are uneasy, why silver drops harder when growth expectations soften, and how rising real yields, industrial demand, and investor fatigue all collide at the same time. This isn’t fear-driven selling. It’s narrative exhaustion. And understanding the difference matters for how you invest, rebalance, and stay disciplined when markets stop being exciting. If you’re feeling uneasy, bored, or quietly annoyed by your portfolio right now, this episode is for you. Gold is pulling back. Silver is getting smacked. Tech stocks feel heavy, crypto feels frozen, and investors everywhere are asking the same question: If things are so uncertain, why aren’t the “safe” assets working?

This week, Pete breaks down the psychology of a cranky market — one that isn’t panicking or crashing, but is deeply skeptical and increasingly impatient. We’ll explain why gold can fall even when people are uneasy, why silver drops harder when growth expectations soften, and how rising real yields, industrial demand, and investor fatigue all collide at the same time.

This isn’t fear-driven selling. It’s narrative exhaustion. And understanding the difference matters for how you invest, rebalance, and stay disciplined when markets stop being exciting.

If you’re feeling uneasy, bored, or quietly annoyed by your portfolio right now, this episode is for you.

]]> 3872 no Is the Retirement Our Parents and Grandparents Had Even Possible Anymore? Did retirement get harder — or did it just change? A listener writes in with a question a lot of people are quietly asking: Is the kind of retirement our parents and grandparents had even possible anymore? They remember a time when retirement felt automatic — pensions, Social Security, paid-off homes, and far less anxiety about markets or running out of money. Today, even people doing “everything right” feel like retirement is something they have to constantly manage and second-guess. In this episode, Pete breaks down what actually changed, why retirement feels more fragile now, and what we’re really chasing when we say we want “that kind of retirement.” This isn’t a nostalgia tour or a lecture about saving more — it’s a clear, honest look at how responsibility shifted from institutions to individuals, and what that means for modern households. If you’ve ever felt like you’re behind despite being responsible — or wondered whether peace of mind is still attainable — this episode is for you. Because retirement didn’t disappear. The system did. Fri, 30 Jan 2026 16:59:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Did retirement get harder — or did it just change? A listener writes in with a question a lot of people are quietly asking: Is the kind of retirement our parents and grandparents had even possible anymore? They remember a time when retirement felt automatic — pensions, Social Security, paid-off homes, and far less anxiety about markets or running out of money. Today, even people doing “everything right” feel like retirement is something they have to constantly manage and second-guess. In this episode, Pete breaks down what actually changed, why retirement feels more fragile now, and what we’re really chasing when we say we want “that kind of retirement.” This isn’t a nostalgia tour or a lecture about saving more — it’s a clear, honest look at how responsibility shifted from institutions to individuals, and what that means for modern households. If you’ve ever felt like you’re behind despite being responsible — or wondered whether peace of mind is still attainable — this episode is for you. Because retirement didn’t disappear. The system did. Did retirement get harder — or did it just change?

A listener writes in with a question a lot of people are quietly asking: Is the kind of retirement our parents and grandparents had even possible anymore? They remember a time when retirement felt automatic — pensions, Social Security, paid-off homes, and far less anxiety about markets or running out of money. Today, even people doing “everything right” feel like retirement is something they have to constantly manage and second-guess.

In this episode, Pete breaks down what actually changed, why retirement feels more fragile now, and what we’re really chasing when we say we want “that kind of retirement.” This isn’t a nostalgia tour or a lecture about saving more — it’s a clear, honest look at how responsibility shifted from institutions to individuals, and what that means for modern households.

If you’ve ever felt like you’re behind despite being responsible — or wondered whether peace of mind is still attainable — this episode is for you.

Because retirement didn’t disappear. The system did.

]]> 3846 no Am I crazy, or is the economy teetering on the edge of boom and bust? Jobs are still there. Markets are still standing. Inflation isn’t spiraling. So why does everything feel… off? In this episode, Pete the Planner tackles the growing disconnect between what the economic data says and how people actually feel about their money. This isn’t a recession episode—but it’s definitely not a “everything’s great” episode either. We dig into why households feel financially exhausted even as incomes rise, why good headlines don’t translate into confidence, and how higher prices, frozen decisions, and lingering uncertainty are quietly changing behavior. People aren’t panicking—but they are pulling back. Less splurging. More hesitation. A constant sense of “we’re fine, but only barely.” The show explores whether this tension is temporary or if we’re entering a new era of permanent caution—where trust takes longer to rebuild than balance sheets, and reassurance alone doesn’t calm nerves. Because maybe the real question isn’t whether a recession is coming… It’s whether people believe things will actually get easier. Plus, we close with BWOM and the latest news shaping how all of this plays out in real life. Fri, 23 Jan 2026 16:18:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Jobs are still there. Markets are still standing. Inflation isn’t spiraling. So why does everything feel… off? In this episode, Pete the Planner tackles the growing disconnect between what the economic data says and how people actually feel about their money. This isn’t a recession episode—but it’s definitely not a “everything’s great” episode either. We dig into why households feel financially exhausted even as incomes rise, why good headlines don’t translate into confidence, and how higher prices, frozen decisions, and lingering uncertainty are quietly changing behavior. People aren’t panicking—but they are pulling back. Less splurging. More hesitation. A constant sense of “we’re fine, but only barely.” The show explores whether this tension is temporary or if we’re entering a new era of permanent caution—where trust takes longer to rebuild than balance sheets, and reassurance alone doesn’t calm nerves. Because maybe the real question isn’t whether a recession is coming… It’s whether people believe things will actually get easier. Plus, we close with BWOM and the latest news shaping how all of this plays out in real life. Jobs are still there. Markets are still standing. Inflation isn’t spiraling.
So why does everything feel… off?

In this episode, Pete the Planner tackles the growing disconnect between what the economic data says and how people actually feel about their money. This isn’t a recession episode—but it’s definitely not a “everything’s great” episode either.

We dig into why households feel financially exhausted even as incomes rise, why good headlines don’t translate into confidence, and how higher prices, frozen decisions, and lingering uncertainty are quietly changing behavior. People aren’t panicking—but they are pulling back. Less splurging. More hesitation. A constant sense of “we’re fine, but only barely.”

The show explores whether this tension is temporary or if we’re entering a new era of permanent caution—where trust takes longer to rebuild than balance sheets, and reassurance alone doesn’t calm nerves. Because maybe the real question isn’t whether a recession is coming…

It’s whether people believe things will actually get easier.

Plus, we close with BWOM and the latest news shaping how all of this plays out in real life.

]]> 3570 no If You Need Cash: Ranking Debt from Least Bad to Absolutely Not Nobody wants debt. But sometimes life forces the issue. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen tackle a reality most people face at some point: needing cash quickly. This isn’t an endorsement of borrowing and it’s definitely not a how-to. It’s a ranking of consequences—a clear-eyed look at which debt options hurt the least, which ones quietly wreck your future, and which should be avoided almost entirely. The conversation starts with why people reach for the fastest money instead of the smartest option. Stress, fear, and urgency push otherwise rational people into bad decisions—especially during emergencies, income gaps, or unexpected medical or home expenses. The goal here isn’t perfection; it’s minimizing damage when options are limited. From there, the team works through a tiered ranking: The least bad (situational) options, like already-open HELOCs and family loans—tools that can work, but only with serious guardrails and clear boundaries. The middle ground, including personal loans and 401(k) loans, where predictability and structure help—but behavioral traps and long-term costs still loom. The high-risk zone, where credit cards, payday loans, and title loans turn short-term problems into long-term financial pain. Along the way, they break down why “easy” money is usually the most expensive, how minimum payments create dangerous illusions, and why slowing the decision—even briefly—can be the biggest financial win. If you’ve ever thought, “I just need some cash to get through this,” this episode helps you ask a better question: Which mistake does the least damage—and which ones should never be on the table? Plus, the episode wraps with BWOM and the latest financial news. Fri, 16 Jan 2026 17:18:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Nobody wants debt. But sometimes life forces the issue. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen tackle a reality most people face at some point: needing cash quickly. This isn’t an endorsement of borrowing and it’s definitely not a how-to. It’s a ranking of consequences—a clear-eyed look at which debt options hurt the least, which ones quietly wreck your future, and which should be avoided almost entirely. The conversation starts with why people reach for the fastest money instead of the smartest option. Stress, fear, and urgency push otherwise rational people into bad decisions—especially during emergencies, income gaps, or unexpected medical or home expenses. The goal here isn’t perfection; it’s minimizing damage when options are limited. From there, the team works through a tiered ranking: The least bad (situational) options, like already-open HELOCs and family loans—tools that can work, but only with serious guardrails and clear boundaries. The middle ground, including personal loans and 401(k) loans, where predictability and structure help—but behavioral traps and long-term costs still loom. The high-risk zone, where credit cards, payday loans, and title loans turn short-term problems into long-term financial pain. Along the way, they break down why “easy” money is usually the most expensive, how minimum payments create dangerous illusions, and why slowing the decision—even briefly—can be the biggest financial win. If you’ve ever thought, “I just need some cash to get through this,” this episode helps you ask a better question: Which mistake does the least damage—and which ones should never be on the table? Plus, the episode wraps with BWOM and the latest financial news. Nobody wants debt. But sometimes life forces the issue.

In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen tackle a reality most people face at some point: needing cash quickly. This isn’t an endorsement of borrowing and it’s definitely not a how-to. It’s a ranking of consequences—a clear-eyed look at which debt options hurt the least, which ones quietly wreck your future, and which should be avoided almost entirely.

The conversation starts with why people reach for the fastest money instead of the smartest option. Stress, fear, and urgency push otherwise rational people into bad decisions—especially during emergencies, income gaps, or unexpected medical or home expenses. The goal here isn’t perfection; it’s minimizing damage when options are limited.

From there, the team works through a tiered ranking:

  • The least bad (situational) options, like already-open HELOCs and family loans—tools that can work, but only with serious guardrails and clear boundaries.

  • The middle ground, including personal loans and 401(k) loans, where predictability and structure help—but behavioral traps and long-term costs still loom.

  • The high-risk zone, where credit cards, payday loans, and title loans turn short-term problems into long-term financial pain.

Along the way, they break down why “easy” money is usually the most expensive, how minimum payments create dangerous illusions, and why slowing the decision—even briefly—can be the biggest financial win.

If you’ve ever thought, “I just need some cash to get through this,” this episode helps you ask a better question: Which mistake does the least damage—and which ones should never be on the table?

Plus, the episode wraps with BWOM and the latest financial news.

]]> 4241 no Why most people will retire later than they expect Most Americans believe retirement is just a math problem: invest consistently, ride the market, and everything will work out. The data says otherwise. In this episode, Pete digs into new retirement research that reveals a hard truth—retirement success isn’t being derailed by bad investing, it’s being quietly sabotaged by behavior, debt, and timing . You’ll learn why the vast majority of workers never save enough (even when they think they are), how credit card debt and 401(k) loans silently drain long-term wealth, and why two-thirds of retirees cash out their retirement plans far sooner than expected. Pete also explains why retirement spending is far more unpredictable than most plans assume—and how fear, not extravagance, causes many people to make their most damaging financial decisions right at the finish line. This isn’t a lecture about stock picking or beating the market. It’s a reality check about how real people actually behave with money—and what you can do now to avoid the most common retirement traps. If you’ve ever thought, “I’m doing everything right… I think,” this episode is for you. Fri, 09 Jan 2026 16:15:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Most Americans believe retirement is just a math problem: invest consistently, ride the market, and everything will work out. The data says otherwise. In this episode, Pete digs into new retirement research that reveals a hard truth—retirement success isn’t being derailed by bad investing, it’s being quietly sabotaged by behavior, debt, and timing . You’ll learn why the vast majority of workers never save enough (even when they think they are), how credit card debt and 401(k) loans silently drain long-term wealth, and why two-thirds of retirees cash out their retirement plans far sooner than expected. Pete also explains why retirement spending is far more unpredictable than most plans assume—and how fear, not extravagance, causes many people to make their most damaging financial decisions right at the finish line. This isn’t a lecture about stock picking or beating the market. It’s a reality check about how real people actually behave with money—and what you can do now to avoid the most common retirement traps. If you’ve ever thought, “I’m doing everything right… I think,” this episode is for you. Most Americans believe retirement is just a math problem: invest consistently, ride the market, and everything will work out.

The data says otherwise.

In this episode, Pete digs into new retirement research that reveals a hard truth—retirement success isn’t being derailed by bad investing, it’s being quietly sabotaged by behavior, debt, and timing .

You’ll learn why the vast majority of workers never save enough (even when they think they are), how credit card debt and 401(k) loans silently drain long-term wealth, and why two-thirds of retirees cash out their retirement plans far sooner than expected. Pete also explains why retirement spending is far more unpredictable than most plans assume—and how fear, not extravagance, causes many people to make their most damaging financial decisions right at the finish line.

This isn’t a lecture about stock picking or beating the market. It’s a reality check about how real people actually behave with money—and what you can do now to avoid the most common retirement traps.

If you’ve ever thought, “I’m doing everything right… I think,” this episode is for you.

]]> 3436 no Pete's 2026 predictions Pete the Planner's predictions for housing, higher ed, energy and a potential tariff mess We’re in the midst of the holidays—always a good time for reflection. And this week that means holding Pete the Planner accountable for bold predictions he made in January about the economy and U.S. fiscal policy in 2025. Pete hit a bunch of these out of the park—especially those related to Trumponomics—and he whiffed on several others. Because he’s a big-hearted guy not afraid of making mistakes, Pete this week presents his predictions for 2026, including positive portents for nuclear energy, his advance whiff of a stale housing market and a tough prognosis for higher education. His pick for the biggest story of 2026 might require some advance explanation. The U.S. Supreme Court is expected to decide soon whether President Trump’s emergency tariffs levied earlier this year are invalid. If the justices find that the president exceeded his authority by using emergency powers to impose tariffs on nearly every U.S. trading partner—which, to review, were paid by the companies that imported the products, not the countries or companies from which they came—the importers could be entitled to big refunds. As The Washington Post has reported, unwinding almost a year of Trump’s core economic policy likely could have serious consequences for the government’s finances and on the bottom linesof companies throughout the U.S. economy. It’s impossible to know how much money ultimately would be in play, but estimates of how much the U.S. had collected in emergency tariffs were close to $90 billion when the court heard arguments in early November. Fri, 02 Jan 2026 17:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete the Planner's predictions for housing, higher ed, energy and a potential tariff mess We’re in the midst of the holidays—always a good time for reflection. And this week that means holding Pete the Planner accountable for bold predictions he made in January about the economy and U.S. fiscal policy in 2025. Pete hit a bunch of these out of the park—especially those related to Trumponomics—and he whiffed on several others. Because he’s a big-hearted guy not afraid of making mistakes, Pete this week presents his predictions for 2026, including positive portents for nuclear energy, his advance whiff of a stale housing market and a tough prognosis for higher education. His pick for the biggest story of 2026 might require some advance explanation. The U.S. Supreme Court is expected to decide soon whether President Trump’s emergency tariffs levied earlier this year are invalid. If the justices find that the president exceeded his authority by using emergency powers to impose tariffs on nearly every U.S. trading partner—which, to review, were paid by the companies that imported the products, not the countries or companies from which they came—the importers could be entitled to big refunds. As The Washington Post has reported, unwinding almost a year of Trump’s core economic policy likely could have serious consequences for the government’s finances and on the bottom linesof companies throughout the U.S. economy. It’s impossible to know how much money ultimately would be in play, but estimates of how much the U.S. had collected in emergency tariffs were close to $90 billion when the court heard arguments in early November. Pete the Planner's predictions for housing, higher ed, energy and a potential tariff mess

We’re in the midst of the holidays—always a good time for reflection. And this week that means holding Pete the Planner accountable for bold predictions he made in January about the economy and U.S. fiscal policy in 2025. Pete hit a bunch of these out of the park—especially those related to Trumponomics—and he whiffed on several others. Because he’s a big-hearted guy not afraid of making mistakes, Pete this week presents his predictions for 2026, including positive portents for nuclear energy, his advance whiff of a stale housing market and a tough prognosis for higher education. His pick for the biggest story of 2026 might require some advance explanation. The U.S. Supreme Court is expected to decide soon whether President Trump’s emergency tariffs levied earlier this year are invalid. If the justices find that the president exceeded his authority by using emergency powers to impose tariffs on nearly every U.S. trading partner—which, to review, were paid by the companies that imported the products, not the countries or companies from which they came—the importers could be entitled to big refunds. As The Washington Post has reported, unwinding almost a year of Trump’s core economic policy likely could have serious consequences for the government’s finances and on the bottom linesof companies throughout the U.S. economy. It’s impossible to know how much money ultimately would be in play, but estimates of how much the U.S. had collected in emergency tariffs were close to $90 billion when the court heard arguments in early November.

]]> 2552 no The Pete the Planner origin story Pete the Planner on Humor, Habits and the Psychology of Money On this episode of Off the Record, host Nate Feltman sits down with Peter Dunn, better known as Pete the Planner, one of America’s most trusted voices on personal finance. Dunn shares how a sixth-grade stock market contest launched his career, how he blends comedy and financial coaching to help people build better habits, and why the psychology of money matters more than math. He opens up about building Your Money Line, a fast-growing financial technology company using AI to deliver personalized advice to more than 800,000 people, and how leading a startup taught him hard-earned lessons about leadership, responsibility and giving back. A former columnist for USA Today and author of 10 books, Dunn discusses his national media presence, his roots in Indianapolis, and why financial wellness is critical in today’s workplace. Fri, 26 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete the Planner on Humor, Habits and the Psychology of Money On this episode of Off the Record, host Nate Feltman sits down with Peter Dunn, better known as Pete the Planner, one of America’s most trusted voices on personal finance. Dunn shares how a sixth-grade stock market contest launched his career, how he blends comedy and financial coaching to help people build better habits, and why the psychology of money matters more than math. He opens up about building Your Money Line, a fast-growing financial technology company using AI to deliver personalized advice to more than 800,000 people, and how leading a startup taught him hard-earned lessons about leadership, responsibility and giving back. A former columnist for USA Today and author of 10 books, Dunn discusses his national media presence, his roots in Indianapolis, and why financial wellness is critical in today’s workplace. Pete the Planner on Humor, Habits and the Psychology of Money

On this episode of Off the Record, host Nate Feltman sits down with Peter Dunn, better known as Pete the Planner, one of America’s most trusted voices on personal finance. Dunn shares how a sixth-grade stock market contest launched his career, how he blends comedy and financial coaching to help people build better habits, and why the psychology of money matters more than math. He opens up about building Your Money Line, a fast-growing financial technology company using AI to deliver personalized advice to more than 800,000 people, and how leading a startup taught him hard-earned lessons about leadership, responsibility and giving back. A former columnist for USA Today and author of 10 books, Dunn discusses his national media presence, his roots in Indianapolis, and why financial wellness is critical in today’s workplace.

]]> 3578 no The New Year's Resolution Draft Let’s be honest: most New Year’s resolutions don’t make it to Valentine’s Day. So instead of pretending this year will be different, we’re drafting financial resolutions that actually survive real life. In this episode, we run The Financial Resolution Draft—fantasy-football style—selecting the smartest, most realistic financial moves for three life stages: your 20s, your 40s with kids, and your 60s nearing retirement. No vague goals. No financial TikTok nonsense. No personality changes required. Just one system per life stage that reduces stress, works with the money you already make, and doesn’t fall apart the first time something goes wrong. Because if your resolution needs motivation, it’s already dead. Fri, 19 Dec 2025 16:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Let’s be honest: most New Year’s resolutions don’t make it to Valentine’s Day. So instead of pretending this year will be different, we’re drafting financial resolutions that actually survive real life. In this episode, we run The Financial Resolution Draft—fantasy-football style—selecting the smartest, most realistic financial moves for three life stages: your 20s, your 40s with kids, and your 60s nearing retirement. No vague goals. No financial TikTok nonsense. No personality changes required. Just one system per life stage that reduces stress, works with the money you already make, and doesn’t fall apart the first time something goes wrong. Because if your resolution needs motivation, it’s already dead. Let’s be honest: most New Year’s resolutions don’t make it to Valentine’s Day.

So instead of pretending this year will be different, we’re drafting financial resolutions that actually survive real life.

In this episode, we run The Financial Resolution Draft—fantasy-football style—selecting the smartest, most realistic financial moves for three life stages: your 20s, your 40s with kids, and your 60s nearing retirement.

No vague goals. No financial TikTok nonsense. No personality changes required.

Just one system per life stage that reduces stress, works with the money you already make, and doesn’t fall apart the first time something goes wrong.

Because if your resolution needs motivation, it’s already dead.

]]> 3908 no The 10 financial mistakes you need to try to avoid In this week’s episode, Pete breaks down the ten biggest financial mistakes Americans are making right now — from investing too little and too late, to overspending on housing, to making car decisions that haunt their budgets for years. With the economy shifting under everyone’s feet, these missteps are more common (and more costly) than ever. Pete walks through why these mistakes happen, what they really cost you over time, and the simple, practical changes that can keep your financial life from drifting off-course. If you’ve ever wondered whether your biggest threat is debt, bad timing, or Future You procrastinating… this is the episode to reset your path. Bite-sized, honest, and packed with clarity — this is your roadmap to avoiding the pitfalls that hold most households back. Fri, 12 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week’s episode, Pete breaks down the ten biggest financial mistakes Americans are making right now — from investing too little and too late, to overspending on housing, to making car decisions that haunt their budgets for years. With the economy shifting under everyone’s feet, these missteps are more common (and more costly) than ever. Pete walks through why these mistakes happen, what they really cost you over time, and the simple, practical changes that can keep your financial life from drifting off-course. If you’ve ever wondered whether your biggest threat is debt, bad timing, or Future You procrastinating… this is the episode to reset your path. Bite-sized, honest, and packed with clarity — this is your roadmap to avoiding the pitfalls that hold most households back. In this week’s episode, Pete breaks down the ten biggest financial mistakes Americans are making right now — from investing too little and too late, to overspending on housing, to making car decisions that haunt their budgets for years. With the economy shifting under everyone’s feet, these missteps are more common (and more costly) than ever.

Pete walks through why these mistakes happen, what they really cost you over time, and the simple, practical changes that can keep your financial life from drifting off-course. If you’ve ever wondered whether your biggest threat is debt, bad timing, or Future You procrastinating… this is the episode to reset your path.

Bite-sized, honest, and packed with clarity — this is your roadmap to avoiding the pitfalls that hold most households back.

]]> 3317 no Can this emailer retire at 54? Eh This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a classic early-retirement temptation: what happens when you want out of the workforce before 59½, but almost all your money is locked inside qualified retirement accounts? A listener from Dayton writes in with solid savings, a paid-off home, and a serious case of “I can’t do this job anymore.” The problem? He wants $80,000 a year in retirement income, but he’s only 54 — and bridging those five and a half years before penalty-free withdrawals is tougher than people think. We break down his real numbers, explore strategies like 72(t) distributions and Roth conversion ladders, and explain why early retirement is often less about “Can I quit?” and more about “Can I cash-flow the gap years without blowing up my future?” If you’ve ever dreamed of early retirement (or Googled ‘how bad is the 10% penalty really?’), this episode is for you. Fri, 05 Dec 2025 16:29:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a classic early-retirement temptation: what happens when you want out of the workforce before 59½, but almost all your money is locked inside qualified retirement accounts? A listener from Dayton writes in with solid savings, a paid-off home, and a serious case of “I can’t do this job anymore.” The problem? He wants $80,000 a year in retirement income, but he’s only 54 — and bridging those five and a half years before penalty-free withdrawals is tougher than people think. We break down his real numbers, explore strategies like 72(t) distributions and Roth conversion ladders, and explain why early retirement is often less about “Can I quit?” and more about “Can I cash-flow the gap years without blowing up my future?” If you’ve ever dreamed of early retirement (or Googled ‘how bad is the 10% penalty really?’), this episode is for you. This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a classic early-retirement temptation: what happens when you want out of the workforce before 59½, but almost all your money is locked inside qualified retirement accounts?

A listener from Dayton writes in with solid savings, a paid-off home, and a serious case of “I can’t do this job anymore.” The problem? He wants $80,000 a year in retirement income, but he’s only 54 — and bridging those five and a half years before penalty-free withdrawals is tougher than people think.

We break down his real numbers, explore strategies like 72(t) distributions and Roth conversion ladders, and explain why early retirement is often less about “Can I quit?” and more about “Can I cash-flow the gap years without blowing up my future?”

If you’ve ever dreamed of early retirement (or Googled ‘how bad is the 10% penalty really?’), this episode is for you.

]]> 4178 no Encore -- Regretting a home purchase Pete and Kristen read a listener email who seems to indicate they greatly regret their recent home purchase Fri, 28 Nov 2025 16:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Kristen read a listener email who seems to indicate they greatly regret their recent home purchase Pete and Kristen read a listener email who seems to indicate they greatly regret their recent home purchase

]]> 3930 no The money questions HR shouldn't answer This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dive into one of the most universal workplace mysteries: why everyone treats HR like a certified financial planner… even though HR can barely tell you which parking pass to choose without checking a binder. Open enrollment, confusing benefits forms, retirement questions—employees fire all of it straight at HR hoping for guidance, clarity, or honestly just someone to make the decision for them. And while HR can walk you to the forms, they definitely cannot walk you through your medical history, risk tolerance, or whether your spouse is accident-prone. In this episode, we break down: Why HR gets stuck with financial questions in the first place The top “Please do not ask HR this” questions (yes, including the 401(k) ones) What HR is actually allowed to help you with How to get real answers without putting your HR team in legal jeopardy If you’ve ever stared at a PPO vs. HDHP page like it was ancient hieroglyphics—or asked HR which investments you should pick—this one’s for you. And for HR professionals everywhere: you’re welcome. Fri, 21 Nov 2025 16:28:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dive into one of the most universal workplace mysteries: why everyone treats HR like a certified financial planner… even though HR can barely tell you which parking pass to choose without checking a binder. Open enrollment, confusing benefits forms, retirement questions—employees fire all of it straight at HR hoping for guidance, clarity, or honestly just someone to make the decision for them. And while HR can walk you to the forms, they definitely cannot walk you through your medical history, risk tolerance, or whether your spouse is accident-prone. In this episode, we break down: Why HR gets stuck with financial questions in the first place The top “Please do not ask HR this” questions (yes, including the 401(k) ones) What HR is actually allowed to help you with How to get real answers without putting your HR team in legal jeopardy If you’ve ever stared at a PPO vs. HDHP page like it was ancient hieroglyphics—or asked HR which investments you should pick—this one’s for you. And for HR professionals everywhere: you’re welcome. This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dive into one of the most universal workplace mysteries: why everyone treats HR like a certified financial planner… even though HR can barely tell you which parking pass to choose without checking a binder.

Open enrollment, confusing benefits forms, retirement questions—employees fire all of it straight at HR hoping for guidance, clarity, or honestly just someone to make the decision for them. And while HR can walk you to the forms, they definitely cannot walk you through your medical history, risk tolerance, or whether your spouse is accident-prone.

In this episode, we break down:

  • Why HR gets stuck with financial questions in the first place

  • The top “Please do not ask HR this” questions (yes, including the 401(k) ones)

  • What HR is actually allowed to help you with

  • How to get real answers without putting your HR team in legal jeopardy

If you’ve ever stared at a PPO vs. HDHP page like it was ancient hieroglyphics—or asked HR which investments you should pick—this one’s for you. And for HR professionals everywhere: you’re welcome.

]]> 4208 Pete's Pre-Holiday Pep Talk As the calendar barrels toward its final pages, Pete sits down for a solo episode to talk about the strange, sloppy, wonderful chaos of the year’s final weeks. From an economy that can’t decide what mood it’s in, to holiday spending that threatens to turn December joy into January regret, Pete breaks down what Americans are really wrestling with right now — and how to keep your financial head on straight while everything else gets weird. In classic Pete fashion, he mixes practical advice with self-deprecating humor, heartfelt reminders, and a gentle nudge toward sanity. If you're feeling behind on your goals, confused by the markets, or tempted to buy your nephew a $400 gaming headset “because it’s the holidays,” this is your permission to slow down, reset, and approach the end of the year with clarity instead of chaos. A funny, grounding, down-to-earth episode for anyone trying to finish the year strong — or at least finish it without crying into their January bank statement. Tue, 18 Nov 2025 17:31:00 -0000 bonus IBJ Media As the calendar barrels toward its final pages, Pete sits down for a solo episode to talk about the strange, sloppy, wonderful chaos of the year’s final weeks. From an economy that can’t decide what mood it’s in, to holiday spending that threatens to turn December joy into January regret, Pete breaks down what Americans are really wrestling with right now — and how to keep your financial head on straight while everything else gets weird. In classic Pete fashion, he mixes practical advice with self-deprecating humor, heartfelt reminders, and a gentle nudge toward sanity. If you're feeling behind on your goals, confused by the markets, or tempted to buy your nephew a $400 gaming headset “because it’s the holidays,” this is your permission to slow down, reset, and approach the end of the year with clarity instead of chaos. A funny, grounding, down-to-earth episode for anyone trying to finish the year strong — or at least finish it without crying into their January bank statement. As the calendar barrels toward its final pages, Pete sits down for a solo episode to talk about the strange, sloppy, wonderful chaos of the year’s final weeks. From an economy that can’t decide what mood it’s in, to holiday spending that threatens to turn December joy into January regret, Pete breaks down what Americans are really wrestling with right now — and how to keep your financial head on straight while everything else gets weird.

In classic Pete fashion, he mixes practical advice with self-deprecating humor, heartfelt reminders, and a gentle nudge toward sanity. If you're feeling behind on your goals, confused by the markets, or tempted to buy your nephew a $400 gaming headset “because it’s the holidays,” this is your permission to slow down, reset, and approach the end of the year with clarity instead of chaos.

A funny, grounding, down-to-earth episode for anyone trying to finish the year strong — or at least finish it without crying into their January bank statement.

]]> 480 no The King of All Bad Ideas -- The 50 Yr Mortgage On this week’s episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete tackles what might be the most misguided “solution” to housing affordability ever pitched: the 50-year mortgage. On the surface, it sounds like a clever way to make homes more affordable — smaller payments, easier approval, and a chance for more people to buy. But dig a little deeper, and it’s clear this “innovation” is really a long-term financial trap. Pete breaks down the math, explores who really benefits, and explains why stretching your loan to half a century could make you the bank’s favorite customer — and your future self’s worst enemy. Fri, 14 Nov 2025 16:18:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week’s episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete tackles what might be the most misguided “solution” to housing affordability ever pitched: the 50-year mortgage. On the surface, it sounds like a clever way to make homes more affordable — smaller payments, easier approval, and a chance for more people to buy. But dig a little deeper, and it’s clear this “innovation” is really a long-term financial trap. Pete breaks down the math, explores who really benefits, and explains why stretching your loan to half a century could make you the bank’s favorite customer — and your future self’s worst enemy. On this week’s episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete tackles what might be the most misguided “solution” to housing affordability ever pitched: the 50-year mortgage. On the surface, it sounds like a clever way to make homes more affordable — smaller payments, easier approval, and a chance for more people to buy. But dig a little deeper, and it’s clear this “innovation” is really a long-term financial trap. Pete breaks down the math, explores who really benefits, and explains why stretching your loan to half a century could make you the bank’s favorite customer — and your future self’s worst enemy.

]]> 3762 no Willpower This week, Pete is joined by veteran podcaster and political enthusiast Chris Spangle to wrestle with the myth and the muscle of willpower. Why do we think it’s the key to every success story—money, fitness, food, or habits—when in reality, it often lets us down? Pete and Chris explore how environment, emotion, and even exhaustion can overpower our best intentions. From political discipline to personal finance, from calorie tracking to credit card restraint, they break down what really drives behavior—and why relying on sheer willpower alone is like trying to bench press your way out of bad decision-making. Funny, honest, and occasionally self-incriminating, this episode will make you rethink how you “control yourself” and maybe show a little more grace when you can’t. Fri, 07 Nov 2025 16:14:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, Pete is joined by veteran podcaster and political enthusiast Chris Spangle to wrestle with the myth and the muscle of willpower. Why do we think it’s the key to every success story—money, fitness, food, or habits—when in reality, it often lets us down? Pete and Chris explore how environment, emotion, and even exhaustion can overpower our best intentions. From political discipline to personal finance, from calorie tracking to credit card restraint, they break down what really drives behavior—and why relying on sheer willpower alone is like trying to bench press your way out of bad decision-making. Funny, honest, and occasionally self-incriminating, this episode will make you rethink how you “control yourself” and maybe show a little more grace when you can’t. This week, Pete is joined by veteran podcaster and political enthusiast Chris Spangle to wrestle with the myth and the muscle of willpower. Why do we think it’s the key to every success story—money, fitness, food, or habits—when in reality, it often lets us down? Pete and Chris explore how environment, emotion, and even exhaustion can overpower our best intentions. From political discipline to personal finance, from calorie tracking to credit card restraint, they break down what really drives behavior—and why relying on sheer willpower alone is like trying to bench press your way out of bad decision-making.

Funny, honest, and occasionally self-incriminating, this episode will make you rethink how you “control yourself” and maybe show a little more grace when you can’t.

]]> 3849 no The truth about a mid-life crisis Forget the convertible and the questionable haircut — the real midlife crisis happens when you open your retirement account and realize the math isn’t mathing. In this solo episode, Pete explores the emotional and financial crossroads that hit in your 40s and 50s — when time feels shorter, careers plateau, and money goals start bumping into real life. He unpacks why financial growth slows down, how priorities shift, and what to do when your sense of progress feels stuck on pause. From redefining success to right-sizing your lifestyle, this episode is part therapy session, part pep talk, and entirely relatable. Key takeaway: Your midlife crisis isn’t a breakdown — it’s a recalibration. Fri, 31 Oct 2025 14:58:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Forget the convertible and the questionable haircut — the real midlife crisis happens when you open your retirement account and realize the math isn’t mathing. In this solo episode, Pete explores the emotional and financial crossroads that hit in your 40s and 50s — when time feels shorter, careers plateau, and money goals start bumping into real life. He unpacks why financial growth slows down, how priorities shift, and what to do when your sense of progress feels stuck on pause. From redefining success to right-sizing your lifestyle, this episode is part therapy session, part pep talk, and entirely relatable. Key takeaway: Your midlife crisis isn’t a breakdown — it’s a recalibration. Forget the convertible and the questionable haircut — the real midlife crisis happens when you open your retirement account and realize the math isn’t mathing. In this solo episode, Pete explores the emotional and financial crossroads that hit in your 40s and 50s — when time feels shorter, careers plateau, and money goals start bumping into real life. He unpacks why financial growth slows down, how priorities shift, and what to do when your sense of progress feels stuck on pause. From redefining success to right-sizing your lifestyle, this episode is part therapy session, part pep talk, and entirely relatable. Key takeaway: Your midlife crisis isn’t a breakdown — it’s a recalibration.

]]> 3249 no Spotting financial advisor red flags Most people don’t know how to tell if their financial advisor is great—or just great at sounding confident. In this episode, Pete and Dame unpack the real red flags to watch for when you’re getting financial advice… without turning it into a witch hunt. They’ll break down the difference between a bad actor and a bad fit, decode advisor-speak (“We’ll rebalance with a tactical overlay!”), and show you how to spot when someone’s more interested in selling than solving. Plus, they’ll explain what good advice actually feels like—clear, consistent, and curious about your life. This isn’t an “advisors are evil” episode. It’s a smarter take on how to protect yourself and still believe in the power of good guidance. Fri, 24 Oct 2025 15:16:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Most people don’t know how to tell if their financial advisor is great—or just great at sounding confident. In this episode, Pete and Dame unpack the real red flags to watch for when you’re getting financial advice… without turning it into a witch hunt. They’ll break down the difference between a bad actor and a bad fit, decode advisor-speak (“We’ll rebalance with a tactical overlay!”), and show you how to spot when someone’s more interested in selling than solving. Plus, they’ll explain what good advice actually feels like—clear, consistent, and curious about your life. This isn’t an “advisors are evil” episode. It’s a smarter take on how to protect yourself and still believe in the power of good guidance. Most people don’t know how to tell if their financial advisor is great—or just great at sounding confident. In this episode, Pete and Dame unpack the real red flags to watch for when you’re getting financial advice… without turning it into a witch hunt.

They’ll break down the difference between a bad actor and a bad fit, decode advisor-speak (“We’ll rebalance with a tactical overlay!”), and show you how to spot when someone’s more interested in selling than solving. Plus, they’ll explain what good advice actually feels like—clear, consistent, and curious about your life.

This isn’t an “advisors are evil” episode. It’s a smarter take on how to protect yourself and still believe in the power of good guidance.

]]> 3644 no AI vs Two Money Guys 💥 This week, Pete and Damian face off against their newest (and possibly most intimidating) competitor: Artificial Intelligence. Can two seasoned money nerds outthink an algorithm? In each round, Pete or Dame tackles a real financial dilemma — from whether to raid an emergency fund to pay off debt, to deciding between a Roth or traditional 401(k). Then, they read the AI’s answer and debate which response wins on accuracy, empathy, and practicality. It’s human experience versus machine logic — and the results might surprise you. Who gives the better advice: the pros with decades of experience or the robot with instant access to infinite data? Tune in for laughs, sharp insights, and a fresh look at the future of financial guidance. 🎧 Featuring rounds like “The Credit Card Conundrum,” “The Roth Riddle,” and “The College Crunch.” 👾 Man. Machine. Money. Only one can win. Fri, 17 Oct 2025 16:16:00 -0000 full IBJ Media 💥 This week, Pete and Damian face off against their newest (and possibly most intimidating) competitor: Artificial Intelligence. Can two seasoned money nerds outthink an algorithm? In each round, Pete or Dame tackles a real financial dilemma — from whether to raid an emergency fund to pay off debt, to deciding between a Roth or traditional 401(k). Then, they read the AI’s answer and debate which response wins on accuracy, empathy, and practicality. It’s human experience versus machine logic — and the results might surprise you. Who gives the better advice: the pros with decades of experience or the robot with instant access to infinite data? Tune in for laughs, sharp insights, and a fresh look at the future of financial guidance. 🎧 Featuring rounds like “The Credit Card Conundrum,” “The Roth Riddle,” and “The College Crunch.” 👾 Man. Machine. Money. Only one can win. 💥 This week, Pete and Damian face off against their newest (and possibly most intimidating) competitor: Artificial Intelligence.

Can two seasoned money nerds outthink an algorithm? In each round, Pete or Dame tackles a real financial dilemma — from whether to raid an emergency fund to pay off debt, to deciding between a Roth or traditional 401(k). Then, they read the AI’s answer and debate which response wins on accuracy, empathy, and practicality.

It’s human experience versus machine logic — and the results might surprise you. Who gives the better advice: the pros with decades of experience or the robot with instant access to infinite data?

Tune in for laughs, sharp insights, and a fresh look at the future of financial guidance.

🎧 Featuring rounds like “The Credit Card Conundrum,” “The Roth Riddle,” and “The College Crunch.”

👾 Man. Machine. Money. Only one can win.

]]> 3565 no Why Smart People Do Dumb Things With Their Money Ever notice how the smartest people you know sometimes make the worst financial decisions? In this episode, Pete Dame unpack why intelligence doesn’t always translate to good money habits. From overconfidence and analysis paralysis to emotional blind spots and ego-driven decisions, we explore the psychology behind financial self-sabotage. We’ll share real-life examples of “smart” money mistakes — from chasing complex investments to ignoring basic budgeting — and discuss why simplicity often wins. Plus, we’ll reveal the subtle ways our brains trick us into believing we’re the exception to every financial rule. 💡 Being smart with money isn’t about IQ — it’s about self-awareness. Fri, 10 Oct 2025 15:34:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Ever notice how the smartest people you know sometimes make the worst financial decisions? In this episode, Pete Dame unpack why intelligence doesn’t always translate to good money habits. From overconfidence and analysis paralysis to emotional blind spots and ego-driven decisions, we explore the psychology behind financial self-sabotage. We’ll share real-life examples of “smart” money mistakes — from chasing complex investments to ignoring basic budgeting — and discuss why simplicity often wins. Plus, we’ll reveal the subtle ways our brains trick us into believing we’re the exception to every financial rule. 💡 Being smart with money isn’t about IQ — it’s about self-awareness. Ever notice how the smartest people you know sometimes make the worst financial decisions? In this episode, Pete Dame unpack why intelligence doesn’t always translate to good money habits. From overconfidence and analysis paralysis to emotional blind spots and ego-driven decisions, we explore the psychology behind financial self-sabotage. We’ll share real-life examples of “smart” money mistakes — from chasing complex investments to ignoring basic budgeting — and discuss why simplicity often wins. Plus, we’ll reveal the subtle ways our brains trick us into believing we’re the exception to every financial rule. 💡 Being smart with money isn’t about IQ — it’s about self-awareness.

]]> 4361 no When supporting your adult children turns bad This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we’re tackling one of the toughest money dilemmas families face today: when helping your adult children turns into hurting yourself. A listener writes in about her 31-year-old daughter who still lives at home, contributes nothing financially, and has become the center of a tug-of-war between supportive love and enabling behavior. Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack the concept of financial enmeshment—those blurred parent/child roles where support becomes indefinite, boundaries vanish, and retirement plans quietly suffer. Why is this happening more than ever? Sky-high housing costs, student debt, and the return of loan payments all play a role, but so do fear, guilt, and a desire to shield kids from failure. We’ll explore the emotional conflict between partners who disagree on rules, the hidden cost of Parent PLUS loans, and why “support without structure is just deferred conflict.” Then, we’ll lay out practical tools for parents: aligning as a couple, having honest conversations with adult kids, and creating a phased transition plan that respects both love and limits. If you’ve ever wondered where generosity ends and enabling begins, this is an episode you won’t want to miss. Fri, 03 Oct 2025 15:43:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we’re tackling one of the toughest money dilemmas families face today: when helping your adult children turns into hurting yourself. A listener writes in about her 31-year-old daughter who still lives at home, contributes nothing financially, and has become the center of a tug-of-war between supportive love and enabling behavior. Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack the concept of financial enmeshment—those blurred parent/child roles where support becomes indefinite, boundaries vanish, and retirement plans quietly suffer. Why is this happening more than ever? Sky-high housing costs, student debt, and the return of loan payments all play a role, but so do fear, guilt, and a desire to shield kids from failure. We’ll explore the emotional conflict between partners who disagree on rules, the hidden cost of Parent PLUS loans, and why “support without structure is just deferred conflict.” Then, we’ll lay out practical tools for parents: aligning as a couple, having honest conversations with adult kids, and creating a phased transition plan that respects both love and limits. If you’ve ever wondered where generosity ends and enabling begins, this is an episode you won’t want to miss. This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we’re tackling one of the toughest money dilemmas families face today: when helping your adult children turns into hurting yourself. A listener writes in about her 31-year-old daughter who still lives at home, contributes nothing financially, and has become the center of a tug-of-war between supportive love and enabling behavior.

Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack the concept of financial enmeshment—those blurred parent/child roles where support becomes indefinite, boundaries vanish, and retirement plans quietly suffer. Why is this happening more than ever? Sky-high housing costs, student debt, and the return of loan payments all play a role, but so do fear, guilt, and a desire to shield kids from failure.

We’ll explore the emotional conflict between partners who disagree on rules, the hidden cost of Parent PLUS loans, and why “support without structure is just deferred conflict.” Then, we’ll lay out practical tools for parents: aligning as a couple, having honest conversations with adult kids, and creating a phased transition plan that respects both love and limits.

If you’ve ever wondered where generosity ends and enabling begins, this is an episode you won’t want to miss.

]]> 3979 no If financial nihilism a thing? Young adults are increasingly turning to risky bets — sports gambling, meme stocks, crypto, even leveraged ETFs — not just for the thrill, but because traditional wealth-building feels out of reach. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dig into the rise of “financial nihilism,” a mindset fueled by housing costs, student loans, job market uncertainty, and fading confidence in the American Dream. We’ll unpack the CNBC stories of 20-somethings chasing fast money on Discord and betting platforms, explore whether these strategies are truly new or just speculation repackaged, and debate whether they’re desperation or savvy risk-taking. Finally, we’ll look at healthier alternatives: ways to channel risk appetite without blowing up your future. Because when people stop believing in long-term financial security, they don’t stop trying — they just look for shortcuts. Fri, 26 Sep 2025 15:21:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Young adults are increasingly turning to risky bets — sports gambling, meme stocks, crypto, even leveraged ETFs — not just for the thrill, but because traditional wealth-building feels out of reach. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dig into the rise of “financial nihilism,” a mindset fueled by housing costs, student loans, job market uncertainty, and fading confidence in the American Dream. We’ll unpack the CNBC stories of 20-somethings chasing fast money on Discord and betting platforms, explore whether these strategies are truly new or just speculation repackaged, and debate whether they’re desperation or savvy risk-taking. Finally, we’ll look at healthier alternatives: ways to channel risk appetite without blowing up your future. Because when people stop believing in long-term financial security, they don’t stop trying — they just look for shortcuts. Young adults are increasingly turning to risky bets — sports gambling, meme stocks, crypto, even leveraged ETFs — not just for the thrill, but because traditional wealth-building feels out of reach. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen dig into the rise of “financial nihilism,” a mindset fueled by housing costs, student loans, job market uncertainty, and fading confidence in the American Dream.

We’ll unpack the CNBC stories of 20-somethings chasing fast money on Discord and betting platforms, explore whether these strategies are truly new or just speculation repackaged, and debate whether they’re desperation or savvy risk-taking. Finally, we’ll look at healthier alternatives: ways to channel risk appetite without blowing up your future.

Because when people stop believing in long-term financial security, they don’t stop trying — they just look for shortcuts.

]]> 4033 no When Cash Feels Like a Burden Claire and Ethan, a newly married couple in their early 30s, are sitting on $450,000 in cash after selling property and combining finances — and instead of feeling secure, they’re feeling anxious. With a baby on the way, strong incomes, no debt, and a net worth north of $2 million, their dilemma is how to balance competing goals: buying a home, investing for the future, keeping travel flexibility, and raising their child. In this episode, Pete and Dame break down the psychology of “too much cash,” explain how to bucket money by time horizon, and show why timing often matters more than returns. They’ll also walk through the conversations every couple should have when life goals collide with financial uncertainty. If you’ve ever wondered how to turn money stress into money direction — whether you’ve got $4,500 or $450,000 — this episode is for you. Fri, 19 Sep 2025 15:16:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Claire and Ethan, a newly married couple in their early 30s, are sitting on $450,000 in cash after selling property and combining finances — and instead of feeling secure, they’re feeling anxious. With a baby on the way, strong incomes, no debt, and a net worth north of $2 million, their dilemma is how to balance competing goals: buying a home, investing for the future, keeping travel flexibility, and raising their child. In this episode, Pete and Dame break down the psychology of “too much cash,” explain how to bucket money by time horizon, and show why timing often matters more than returns. They’ll also walk through the conversations every couple should have when life goals collide with financial uncertainty. If you’ve ever wondered how to turn money stress into money direction — whether you’ve got $4,500 or $450,000 — this episode is for you. Claire and Ethan, a newly married couple in their early 30s, are sitting on $450,000 in cash after selling property and combining finances — and instead of feeling secure, they’re feeling anxious. With a baby on the way, strong incomes, no debt, and a net worth north of $2 million, their dilemma is how to balance competing goals: buying a home, investing for the future, keeping travel flexibility, and raising their child.

In this episode, Pete and Dame break down the psychology of “too much cash,” explain how to bucket money by time horizon, and show why timing often matters more than returns. They’ll also walk through the conversations every couple should have when life goals collide with financial uncertainty. If you’ve ever wondered how to turn money stress into money direction — whether you’ve got $4,500 or $450,000 — this episode is for you.

]]> 3628 no The Delusional Retirement Confidence of Americans Americans are feeling strangely upbeat about retirement — maybe too upbeat. A new survey shows confidence is soaring, with fewer people saying it will take a “miracle” to retire comfortably. But optimism fueled by a hot stock market can be a dangerous thing if it leads to complacency. In this episode, Pete and the team break down the new retirement mood, the hidden worries still keeping people up at night, and the math behind what it actually takes to stop working for good. From the half-million-dollar savings gap to the real meaning of the 4% rule, this conversation cuts through the delusion and gets to what matters: how to build a plan that works even when the market doesn’t. Fri, 12 Sep 2025 15:27:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Americans are feeling strangely upbeat about retirement — maybe too upbeat. A new survey shows confidence is soaring, with fewer people saying it will take a “miracle” to retire comfortably. But optimism fueled by a hot stock market can be a dangerous thing if it leads to complacency. In this episode, Pete and the team break down the new retirement mood, the hidden worries still keeping people up at night, and the math behind what it actually takes to stop working for good. From the half-million-dollar savings gap to the real meaning of the 4% rule, this conversation cuts through the delusion and gets to what matters: how to build a plan that works even when the market doesn’t. Americans are feeling strangely upbeat about retirement — maybe too upbeat. A new survey shows confidence is soaring, with fewer people saying it will take a “miracle” to retire comfortably. But optimism fueled by a hot stock market can be a dangerous thing if it leads to complacency. In this episode, Pete and the team break down the new retirement mood, the hidden worries still keeping people up at night, and the math behind what it actually takes to stop working for good. From the half-million-dollar savings gap to the real meaning of the 4% rule, this conversation cuts through the delusion and gets to what matters: how to build a plan that works even when the market doesn’t.

]]> 4050 Financial Red Flags That You Think You Get Away With Are all financial red flags truly dealbreakers? Not necessarily. This week, Pete and the team dig into the money habits that look risky on paper—but can actually be fine if managed with discipline. From Buy Now, Pay Later to car leases to living paycheck-to-paycheck, we explore the nuance between a red flag in isolation and a pattern that leads to real trouble. You’ll learn how to spot the difference, set guardrails, and balance risks with financial strengths. Because sometimes the red flag is just a reminder, not a reason to panic. Fri, 05 Sep 2025 15:43:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Are all financial red flags truly dealbreakers? Not necessarily. This week, Pete and the team dig into the money habits that look risky on paper—but can actually be fine if managed with discipline. From Buy Now, Pay Later to car leases to living paycheck-to-paycheck, we explore the nuance between a red flag in isolation and a pattern that leads to real trouble. You’ll learn how to spot the difference, set guardrails, and balance risks with financial strengths. Because sometimes the red flag is just a reminder, not a reason to panic. Are all financial red flags truly dealbreakers? Not necessarily. This week, Pete and the team dig into the money habits that look risky on paper—but can actually be fine if managed with discipline. From Buy Now, Pay Later to car leases to living paycheck-to-paycheck, we explore the nuance between a red flag in isolation and a pattern that leads to real trouble. You’ll learn how to spot the difference, set guardrails, and balance risks with financial strengths. Because sometimes the red flag is just a reminder, not a reason to panic.


]]> 4039 no I just moved and I think I regret it When love and real estate collide, things can get messy. A new listener writes in after moving into their partner’s home—a home that’s been theirs for nearly a decade, kids and all. The couple is serious, even planning to elope, but the money side of the relationship? Totally unplanned. How do you contribute fairly when you don’t technically own the house? How do you protect yourself without seeming selfish? And what conversations should couples really have before moving in together? Pete and Kristen unpack the unwritten rules of cohabitation, from cohab agreements to avoiding the “floating system” trap. Whether you’re dating, shacking up, or already living in a blended household, this episode explores the fine line between romance and responsibility—because building a future together requires more than just sharing groceries. Fri, 29 Aug 2025 15:39:00 -0000 full IBJ Media When love and real estate collide, things can get messy. A new listener writes in after moving into their partner’s home—a home that’s been theirs for nearly a decade, kids and all. The couple is serious, even planning to elope, but the money side of the relationship? Totally unplanned. How do you contribute fairly when you don’t technically own the house? How do you protect yourself without seeming selfish? And what conversations should couples really have before moving in together? Pete and Kristen unpack the unwritten rules of cohabitation, from cohab agreements to avoiding the “floating system” trap. Whether you’re dating, shacking up, or already living in a blended household, this episode explores the fine line between romance and responsibility—because building a future together requires more than just sharing groceries. When love and real estate collide, things can get messy. A new listener writes in after moving into their partner’s home—a home that’s been theirs for nearly a decade, kids and all. The couple is serious, even planning to elope, but the money side of the relationship? Totally unplanned.

How do you contribute fairly when you don’t technically own the house? How do you protect yourself without seeming selfish? And what conversations should couples really have before moving in together?

Pete and Kristen unpack the unwritten rules of cohabitation, from cohab agreements to avoiding the “floating system” trap. Whether you’re dating, shacking up, or already living in a blended household, this episode explores the fine line between romance and responsibility—because building a future together requires more than just sharing groceries.

]]> 3859 no Midlife Money Panic This week’s listener email comes from a 40-something who admits they’ve fallen behind on retirement savings—and they’re wondering if it’s too late to catch up. Pete and the team tackle the emotional weight of realizing you’re behind, the math of what’s still possible, and the practical moves to make right now. From cutting expenses and boosting savings, to making the most of peak earning years and catch-up contributions, we’ll show how to turn midlife money panic into a realistic plan for retirement. Fri, 22 Aug 2025 15:25:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week’s listener email comes from a 40-something who admits they’ve fallen behind on retirement savings—and they’re wondering if it’s too late to catch up. Pete and the team tackle the emotional weight of realizing you’re behind, the math of what’s still possible, and the practical moves to make right now. From cutting expenses and boosting savings, to making the most of peak earning years and catch-up contributions, we’ll show how to turn midlife money panic into a realistic plan for retirement. This week’s listener email comes from a 40-something who admits they’ve fallen behind on retirement savings—and they’re wondering if it’s too late to catch up. Pete and the team tackle the emotional weight of realizing you’re behind, the math of what’s still possible, and the practical moves to make right now. From cutting expenses and boosting savings, to making the most of peak earning years and catch-up contributions, we’ll show how to turn midlife money panic into a realistic plan for retirement.


]]> 3856 no Does downsizing your house always make sense? Downsizing sounds like a simple way to save money—sell the big house, pocket the cash, live leaner. But real life isn’t that tidy. In this week’s episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack the hidden math, emotional pull, and lifestyle trade-offs behind the “should we move?” question. From rising taxes and leaky roofs to property tax freezes and priceless neighborhood ties, we dig into when staying put might secretly be the better deal—and when it’s time to pack the boxes. Plus, we explore creative options for making your home (or your housing budget) work harder without automatically going smaller. Whether you’re a retiree with an empty nest or just wondering if your house fits your future, this conversation will help you decide what’s truly right for your wallet and your well-being. Fri, 15 Aug 2025 15:19:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Downsizing sounds like a simple way to save money—sell the big house, pocket the cash, live leaner. But real life isn’t that tidy. In this week’s episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack the hidden math, emotional pull, and lifestyle trade-offs behind the “should we move?” question. From rising taxes and leaky roofs to property tax freezes and priceless neighborhood ties, we dig into when staying put might secretly be the better deal—and when it’s time to pack the boxes. Plus, we explore creative options for making your home (or your housing budget) work harder without automatically going smaller. Whether you’re a retiree with an empty nest or just wondering if your house fits your future, this conversation will help you decide what’s truly right for your wallet and your well-being. Downsizing sounds like a simple way to save money—sell the big house, pocket the cash, live leaner. But real life isn’t that tidy. In this week’s episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack the hidden math, emotional pull, and lifestyle trade-offs behind the “should we move?” question. From rising taxes and leaky roofs to property tax freezes and priceless neighborhood ties, we dig into when staying put might secretly be the better deal—and when it’s time to pack the boxes. Plus, we explore creative options for making your home (or your housing budget) work harder without automatically going smaller. Whether you’re a retiree with an empty nest or just wondering if your house fits your future, this conversation will help you decide what’s truly right for your wallet and your well-being.

]]> 4108 no Should I buy a house with my in-laws? When one listener gets a job offer in the Midwest with a 40% pay bump, it sparks more than just career contemplation—it opens the door to a bold family experiment: combining households with the in-laws. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian tackle the emotional and financial complexities of multigenerational living. From structuring ownership and avoiding sibling drama to protecting retirement assets and managing expectations, we walk through the pros, cons, and creative setups that can make this kind of arrangement work. Spoiler: Loving your in-laws might be easier than figuring out who pays the property taxes. Fri, 08 Aug 2025 15:47:00 -0000 full IBJ Media When one listener gets a job offer in the Midwest with a 40% pay bump, it sparks more than just career contemplation—it opens the door to a bold family experiment: combining households with the in-laws. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian tackle the emotional and financial complexities of multigenerational living. From structuring ownership and avoiding sibling drama to protecting retirement assets and managing expectations, we walk through the pros, cons, and creative setups that can make this kind of arrangement work. Spoiler: Loving your in-laws might be easier than figuring out who pays the property taxes. When one listener gets a job offer in the Midwest with a 40% pay bump, it sparks more than just career contemplation—it opens the door to a bold family experiment: combining households with the in-laws. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian tackle the emotional and financial complexities of multigenerational living. From structuring ownership and avoiding sibling drama to protecting retirement assets and managing expectations, we walk through the pros, cons, and creative setups that can make this kind of arrangement work.

Spoiler: Loving your in-laws might be easier than figuring out who pays the property taxes.

]]> 4122 no How Do I Spend My 401(k)? Turning a Lifetime of Saving Into a Retirement Paycheck After 40 years of saving diligently, listener Jeff is retiring next month—and like many new retirees, he’s asking the question the industry rarely answers: How do I actually spend my 401(k)? In this episode, Pete and Damian walk through the critical decisions that come after the last paycheck: how much to withdraw, which accounts to pull from first, and how to invest your portfolio for a retirement that could last 30+ years. From the 4% rule to bucket strategies and tax-efficient withdrawal planning, we’re breaking down the complex into the practical. Whether retirement is right around the corner or still a decade away, this episode will help you think differently about what it means to turn savings into sustainable income. Fri, 01 Aug 2025 15:43:00 -0000 full IBJ Media After 40 years of saving diligently, listener Jeff is retiring next month—and like many new retirees, he’s asking the question the industry rarely answers: How do I actually spend my 401(k)? In this episode, Pete and Damian walk through the critical decisions that come after the last paycheck: how much to withdraw, which accounts to pull from first, and how to invest your portfolio for a retirement that could last 30+ years. From the 4% rule to bucket strategies and tax-efficient withdrawal planning, we’re breaking down the complex into the practical. Whether retirement is right around the corner or still a decade away, this episode will help you think differently about what it means to turn savings into sustainable income. After 40 years of saving diligently, listener Jeff is retiring next month—and like many new retirees, he’s asking the question the industry rarely answers: How do I actually spend my 401(k)? In this episode, Pete and Damian walk through the critical decisions that come after the last paycheck: how much to withdraw, which accounts to pull from first, and how to invest your portfolio for a retirement that could last 30+ years. From the 4% rule to bucket strategies and tax-efficient withdrawal planning, we’re breaking down the complex into the practical. Whether retirement is right around the corner or still a decade away, this episode will help you think differently about what it means to turn savings into sustainable income.

]]> 4389 no DIY Financial Planning: Can You Really Do It All Yourself? This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a question from a listener couple in their 30s who’ve nailed the basics—no debt (besides the mortgage), a healthy emergency fund, steady retirement savings, and even monthly money check-ins that end in high fives, not fights. So… do they really need a financial planner? We dive into when DIY is good enough—and when a second set of (professional) eyes might help you uncover what you don’t know you don’t know. Whether you love spreadsheets or break into a cold sweat at the word “fiduciary,” this episode will help you figure out if it’s time to level up your planning—or if you’re already crushing it on your own. You’ll learn: The tipping point between DIY and delegation What a financial planner can (and can’t) do for you How to avoid blind spots even when you're doing everything "right" It's a practical, honest conversation for anyone who's ever wondered: Do I need help, or am I just fine? Fri, 25 Jul 2025 15:23:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a question from a listener couple in their 30s who’ve nailed the basics—no debt (besides the mortgage), a healthy emergency fund, steady retirement savings, and even monthly money check-ins that end in high fives, not fights. So… do they really need a financial planner? We dive into when DIY is good enough—and when a second set of (professional) eyes might help you uncover what you don’t know you don’t know. Whether you love spreadsheets or break into a cold sweat at the word “fiduciary,” this episode will help you figure out if it’s time to level up your planning—or if you’re already crushing it on your own. You’ll learn: The tipping point between DIY and delegation What a financial planner can (and can’t) do for you How to avoid blind spots even when you're doing everything "right" It's a practical, honest conversation for anyone who's ever wondered: Do I need help, or am I just fine? This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle a question from a listener couple in their 30s who’ve nailed the basics—no debt (besides the mortgage), a healthy emergency fund, steady retirement savings, and even monthly money check-ins that end in high fives, not fights. So… do they really need a financial planner?

We dive into when DIY is good enough—and when a second set of (professional) eyes might help you uncover what you don’t know you don’t know. Whether you love spreadsheets or break into a cold sweat at the word “fiduciary,” this episode will help you figure out if it’s time to level up your planning—or if you’re already crushing it on your own.

You’ll learn:

  • The tipping point between DIY and delegation

  • What a financial planner can (and can’t) do for you

  • How to avoid blind spots even when you're doing everything "right"

It's a practical, honest conversation for anyone who's ever wondered: Do I need help, or am I just fine?

]]> 4461 no Let’s Talk About the Thing No One Wants to Talk About -- Funerals This week’s episode begins with a heartfelt listener question that cuts to the core of a topic we all tend to avoid—death, and the financial planning that surrounds it. Pete, Kristen, and Damian explore whether prepaying for funeral arrangements is a sound financial decision—or an expensive emotional shortcut. With compassion and clarity, the team breaks down the pros (like locking in today’s prices and reducing stress on loved ones), cons (think: lack of flexibility and risk of mismanaged funds), and alternatives (including payable-on-death accounts and funeral trusts). We also explore Medicaid planning implications and what to watch for if you're in a state like Indiana with specific caps. Then in Segment 2, it’s Estate Planning 101—without the intimidating legalese. What documents matter most? Why is this an act of love, not just a legal to-do list? The trio walks through wills, powers of attorney, healthcare directives, and the often-overlooked step of updating beneficiaries. Finally, we wrap with the emotional labor of planning ahead. Why is it so hard to talk about money and mortality with family? How do you start the conversation without freaking everyone out? We offer gentle scripts, relatable stories, and encouragement to be the planner your future self—and your family—will thank. You’ll laugh, you’ll cry, and—if we do our job—you’ll make at least one meaningful step toward peace of mind. Fri, 18 Jul 2025 17:15:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week’s episode begins with a heartfelt listener question that cuts to the core of a topic we all tend to avoid—death, and the financial planning that surrounds it. Pete, Kristen, and Damian explore whether prepaying for funeral arrangements is a sound financial decision—or an expensive emotional shortcut. With compassion and clarity, the team breaks down the pros (like locking in today’s prices and reducing stress on loved ones), cons (think: lack of flexibility and risk of mismanaged funds), and alternatives (including payable-on-death accounts and funeral trusts). We also explore Medicaid planning implications and what to watch for if you're in a state like Indiana with specific caps. Then in Segment 2, it’s Estate Planning 101—without the intimidating legalese. What documents matter most? Why is this an act of love, not just a legal to-do list? The trio walks through wills, powers of attorney, healthcare directives, and the often-overlooked step of updating beneficiaries. Finally, we wrap with the emotional labor of planning ahead. Why is it so hard to talk about money and mortality with family? How do you start the conversation without freaking everyone out? We offer gentle scripts, relatable stories, and encouragement to be the planner your future self—and your family—will thank. You’ll laugh, you’ll cry, and—if we do our job—you’ll make at least one meaningful step toward peace of mind. This week’s episode begins with a heartfelt listener question that cuts to the core of a topic we all tend to avoid—death, and the financial planning that surrounds it. Pete, Kristen, and Damian explore whether prepaying for funeral arrangements is a sound financial decision—or an expensive emotional shortcut. With compassion and clarity, the team breaks down the pros (like locking in today’s prices and reducing stress on loved ones), cons (think: lack of flexibility and risk of mismanaged funds), and alternatives (including payable-on-death accounts and funeral trusts). We also explore Medicaid planning implications and what to watch for if you're in a state like Indiana with specific caps. Then in Segment 2, it’s Estate Planning 101—without the intimidating legalese. What documents matter most? Why is this an act of love, not just a legal to-do list? The trio walks through wills, powers of attorney, healthcare directives, and the often-overlooked step of updating beneficiaries. Finally, we wrap with the emotional labor of planning ahead. Why is it so hard to talk about money and mortality with family? How do you start the conversation without freaking everyone out? We offer gentle scripts, relatable stories, and encouragement to be the planner your future self—and your family—will thank. You’ll laugh, you’ll cry, and—if we do our job—you’ll make at least one meaningful step toward peace of mind.

]]> 4360 no You down with OBBB? Congress just dropped the “One Big Beautiful Bill” (yes, that’s really what they’re calling it), and it could reshape everything from your paycheck to your student loans. In this fast-moving episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack what OBBB actually is—and more importantly, how it affects you. Segment 1 sets the stage: from expiring 2017 tax cuts to new SALT caps, we simplify the headlines and help you emotionally prepare for what’s coming at tax time. Segment 2 dives into the biggest student loan shake-up in a generation: new repayment plans, forgiveness tweaks, and tighter borrowing limits that could change how families approach college altogether. And in Segment 3, we highlight the under-the-radar changes: boosted child tax credits, deductions for tipped workers, Social Security tax relief, and new Medicaid work rules you need to know. Whether you’re a student, a parent, a retiree, or just trying to keep up—this episode is your guide to navigating the chaos with clarity (and a few laughs along the way). Call to Action: What’s the one part of your financial life you hope this bill improves—or doesn’t mess up? Let us know! Fri, 11 Jul 2025 15:31:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Congress just dropped the “One Big Beautiful Bill” (yes, that’s really what they’re calling it), and it could reshape everything from your paycheck to your student loans. In this fast-moving episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack what OBBB actually is—and more importantly, how it affects you. Segment 1 sets the stage: from expiring 2017 tax cuts to new SALT caps, we simplify the headlines and help you emotionally prepare for what’s coming at tax time. Segment 2 dives into the biggest student loan shake-up in a generation: new repayment plans, forgiveness tweaks, and tighter borrowing limits that could change how families approach college altogether. And in Segment 3, we highlight the under-the-radar changes: boosted child tax credits, deductions for tipped workers, Social Security tax relief, and new Medicaid work rules you need to know. Whether you’re a student, a parent, a retiree, or just trying to keep up—this episode is your guide to navigating the chaos with clarity (and a few laughs along the way). Call to Action: What’s the one part of your financial life you hope this bill improves—or doesn’t mess up? Let us know! Congress just dropped the “One Big Beautiful Bill” (yes, that’s really what they’re calling it), and it could reshape everything from your paycheck to your student loans. In this fast-moving episode, Pete, Kristen, and Damian unpack what OBBB actually is—and more importantly, how it affects you. Segment 1 sets the stage: from expiring 2017 tax cuts to new SALT caps, we simplify the headlines and help you emotionally prepare for what’s coming at tax time. Segment 2 dives into the biggest student loan shake-up in a generation: new repayment plans, forgiveness tweaks, and tighter borrowing limits that could change how families approach college altogether. And in Segment 3, we highlight the under-the-radar changes: boosted child tax credits, deductions for tipped workers, Social Security tax relief, and new Medicaid work rules you need to know. Whether you’re a student, a parent, a retiree, or just trying to keep up—this episode is your guide to navigating the chaos with clarity (and a few laughs along the way). Call to Action: What’s the one part of your financial life you hope this bill improves—or doesn’t mess up? Let us know!

]]> 4000 no How to trust your portfolio over the long haul When the market is a rollercoaster and headlines won’t stop screaming, even the savviest investors can start second-guessing everything. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack what confidence in investing actually means—and how to build it, rebuild it, and protect it when doubt creeps in. Segment 1 kicks off by normalizing the fear that even seasoned investors feel, especially in today’s world of economic whiplash and geopolitical uncertainty. Then in Segment 2, the team breaks down the four pillars of a trustworthy portfolio—clarity of purpose, evidence-based design, behavior as the engine, and regular (not obsessive) reviews. Finally, Segment 3 offers practical tools to reset your mindset when confidence takes a hit. Whether you’re a hands-on investor or someone who treats their 401(k) like a haunted house, this episode will help you shift your focus from predicting the market to trusting your plan. Because calm isn’t magic—it’s a skill. Fri, 27 Jun 2025 15:19:00 -0000 full IBJ Media When the market is a rollercoaster and headlines won’t stop screaming, even the savviest investors can start second-guessing everything. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack what confidence in investing actually means—and how to build it, rebuild it, and protect it when doubt creeps in. Segment 1 kicks off by normalizing the fear that even seasoned investors feel, especially in today’s world of economic whiplash and geopolitical uncertainty. Then in Segment 2, the team breaks down the four pillars of a trustworthy portfolio—clarity of purpose, evidence-based design, behavior as the engine, and regular (not obsessive) reviews. Finally, Segment 3 offers practical tools to reset your mindset when confidence takes a hit. Whether you’re a hands-on investor or someone who treats their 401(k) like a haunted house, this episode will help you shift your focus from predicting the market to trusting your plan. Because calm isn’t magic—it’s a skill. When the market is a rollercoaster and headlines won’t stop screaming, even the savviest investors can start second-guessing everything. In this episode, Pete, Damian, and Kristen unpack what confidence in investing actually means—and how to build it, rebuild it, and protect it when doubt creeps in. Segment 1 kicks off by normalizing the fear that even seasoned investors feel, especially in today’s world of economic whiplash and geopolitical uncertainty. Then in Segment 2, the team breaks down the four pillars of a trustworthy portfolio—clarity of purpose, evidence-based design, behavior as the engine, and regular (not obsessive) reviews. Finally, Segment 3 offers practical tools to reset your mindset when confidence takes a hit. Whether you’re a hands-on investor or someone who treats their 401(k) like a haunted house, this episode will help you shift your focus from predicting the market to trusting your plan. Because calm isn’t magic—it’s a skill.

]]> 4039 no Are the Rules for Teaching Kids About Money Different Now? Summer break is here—which means your kids are home, your fridge is empty, and your wallet is… nervous. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Dame explore whether the old rules of teaching kids about money still hold up, or if today’s world demands something new. From toddler toy budgets to teen summer job paychecks, we break down how to raise money-smart kids without turning into a lecture machine (or losing your mind). You’ll learn how to: Use summer moments as money teaching tools Talk to kids at different ages without getting eye-rolls Help teens manage their own money—without a meltdown Equip them for real life, not just allowance life Plus, the team shares their favorite (and most hilarious) wins and fails from teaching their own kids about money. Fri, 20 Jun 2025 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Summer break is here—which means your kids are home, your fridge is empty, and your wallet is… nervous. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Dame explore whether the old rules of teaching kids about money still hold up, or if today’s world demands something new. From toddler toy budgets to teen summer job paychecks, we break down how to raise money-smart kids without turning into a lecture machine (or losing your mind). You’ll learn how to: Use summer moments as money teaching tools Talk to kids at different ages without getting eye-rolls Help teens manage their own money—without a meltdown Equip them for real life, not just allowance life Plus, the team shares their favorite (and most hilarious) wins and fails from teaching their own kids about money. Summer break is here—which means your kids are home, your fridge is empty, and your wallet is… nervous. In this episode, Pete, Kristen, and Dame explore whether the old rules of teaching kids about money still hold up, or if today’s world demands something new.

From toddler toy budgets to teen summer job paychecks, we break down how to raise money-smart kids without turning into a lecture machine (or losing your mind). You’ll learn how to:

  • Use summer moments as money teaching tools

  • Talk to kids at different ages without getting eye-rolls

  • Help teens manage their own money—without a meltdown

  • Equip them for real life, not just allowance life

Plus, the team shares their favorite (and most hilarious) wins and fails from teaching their own kids about money.

]]> 3696 no Are You Actually Making Financial Progress… or Just Busy With Money? In this episode, we tackle a sneaky problem: confusing financial motion with actual progress. Just because you’re constantly doing money-related tasks—paying bills, checking balances, moving money around—doesn’t mean you’re getting ahead. Pete opens with a gym analogy that hits a little too close to home, then brings in Kristen and Dame to break down why so many people feel stuck despite their efforts. We explore what real progress looks like—both on paper and emotionally. From Power Percentage and savings rate to the peace of mind that comes with financial confidence, we’re separating the signal from the noise. And with the year halfway over, we wrap with a "mid-year compass check" to help you course-correct before it’s too late. If January’s goals are now a blurry memory, this is your wake-up call. Don’t wait for December to figure out whether you made progress—let’s find out now. Fri, 13 Jun 2025 15:21:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode, we tackle a sneaky problem: confusing financial motion with actual progress. Just because you’re constantly doing money-related tasks—paying bills, checking balances, moving money around—doesn’t mean you’re getting ahead. Pete opens with a gym analogy that hits a little too close to home, then brings in Kristen and Dame to break down why so many people feel stuck despite their efforts. We explore what real progress looks like—both on paper and emotionally. From Power Percentage and savings rate to the peace of mind that comes with financial confidence, we’re separating the signal from the noise. And with the year halfway over, we wrap with a "mid-year compass check" to help you course-correct before it’s too late. If January’s goals are now a blurry memory, this is your wake-up call. Don’t wait for December to figure out whether you made progress—let’s find out now. In this episode, we tackle a sneaky problem: confusing financial motion with actual progress. Just because you’re constantly doing money-related tasks—paying bills, checking balances, moving money around—doesn’t mean you’re getting ahead. Pete opens with a gym analogy that hits a little too close to home, then brings in Kristen and Dame to break down why so many people feel stuck despite their efforts.

We explore what real progress looks like—both on paper and emotionally. From Power Percentage and savings rate to the peace of mind that comes with financial confidence, we’re separating the signal from the noise.

And with the year halfway over, we wrap with a "mid-year compass check" to help you course-correct before it’s too late. If January’s goals are now a blurry memory, this is your wake-up call. Don’t wait for December to figure out whether you made progress—let’s find out now.

]]> 4122 no Navigating Now: How do market bubbles pop? The markets are soaring, the economy is expanding, and everyone's wondering—are we in a bubble? In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down the difference between market momentum and market mania, explores what real economic growth looks like, and helps you focus your energy on what matters most: your personal financial vision. Whether you’re tempted to chase hot stocks or just trying to make sense of the noise, this episode will help you zoom out, calm down, and plan forward. Thu, 12 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The markets are soaring, the economy is expanding, and everyone's wondering—are we in a bubble? In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down the difference between market momentum and market mania, explores what real economic growth looks like, and helps you focus your energy on what matters most: your personal financial vision. Whether you’re tempted to chase hot stocks or just trying to make sense of the noise, this episode will help you zoom out, calm down, and plan forward. The markets are soaring, the economy is expanding, and everyone's wondering—are we in a bubble? In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down the difference between market momentum and market mania, explores what real economic growth looks like, and helps you focus your energy on what matters most: your personal financial vision. Whether you’re tempted to chase hot stocks or just trying to make sense of the noise, this episode will help you zoom out, calm down, and plan forward.


]]> 695 no Understanding the markets's tell -- Volume Sometimes the markets have confidence, well at least their investors do. And sometimes the market struggles to find conviction. What helps you understand the difference between the two? Volume. In this episode of Navigating Now, Pete helps you understand what you can learn from volume. Additionally, he'll chat through the trade deficit and then touch on net worth as well. Tue, 10 Jun 2025 18:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Sometimes the markets have confidence, well at least their investors do. And sometimes the market struggles to find conviction. What helps you understand the difference between the two? Volume. In this episode of Navigating Now, Pete helps you understand what you can learn from volume. Additionally, he'll chat through the trade deficit and then touch on net worth as well. Sometimes the markets have confidence, well at least their investors do. And sometimes the market struggles to find conviction. What helps you understand the difference between the two? Volume. In this episode of Navigating Now, Pete helps you understand what you can learn from volume. Additionally, he'll chat through the trade deficit and then touch on net worth as well.

]]> 700 no Why smart people make dumb money decisions Think being smart protects you from financial blunders? Think again. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we uncover why even the most intelligent, high-earning individuals routinely make money mistakes. From gym memberships we never use to inflated lifestyles we never questioned, we explore the sneaky psychological traps—like overconfidence, present bias, and lifestyle creep—that derail even the best of us. You’ll learn why financial IQ doesn’t always translate to good behavior, and more importantly, how to bridge that gap with practical tools rooted in behavioral science. Whether you're making six figures or just trying to make ends meet, this episode will help you stop being your own financial enemy. Segments include: You Know Better, But Do You Do Better? – Why knowing isn’t doing. The Smart-People Traps – The surprising ways confidence costs you. How to Outsmart Your Smart Self – Tactical strategies to outwit your own brain. Smart doesn’t equal invincible. Let’s get better together. Fri, 06 Jun 2025 15:41:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Think being smart protects you from financial blunders? Think again. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we uncover why even the most intelligent, high-earning individuals routinely make money mistakes. From gym memberships we never use to inflated lifestyles we never questioned, we explore the sneaky psychological traps—like overconfidence, present bias, and lifestyle creep—that derail even the best of us. You’ll learn why financial IQ doesn’t always translate to good behavior, and more importantly, how to bridge that gap with practical tools rooted in behavioral science. Whether you're making six figures or just trying to make ends meet, this episode will help you stop being your own financial enemy. Segments include: You Know Better, But Do You Do Better? – Why knowing isn’t doing. The Smart-People Traps – The surprising ways confidence costs you. How to Outsmart Your Smart Self – Tactical strategies to outwit your own brain. Smart doesn’t equal invincible. Let’s get better together. Think being smart protects you from financial blunders? Think again. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we uncover why even the most intelligent, high-earning individuals routinely make money mistakes. From gym memberships we never use to inflated lifestyles we never questioned, we explore the sneaky psychological traps—like overconfidence, present bias, and lifestyle creep—that derail even the best of us.

You’ll learn why financial IQ doesn’t always translate to good behavior, and more importantly, how to bridge that gap with practical tools rooted in behavioral science. Whether you're making six figures or just trying to make ends meet, this episode will help you stop being your own financial enemy.

Segments include:

  • You Know Better, But Do You Do Better? – Why knowing isn’t doing.

  • The Smart-People Traps – The surprising ways confidence costs you.

  • How to Outsmart Your Smart Self – Tactical strategies to outwit your own brain.

Smart doesn’t equal invincible. Let’s get better together.

]]> 3606 no Is Stagflation Inevitable? The markets are nervous, the economy’s acting weird, and housing feels increasingly out of reach. In today’s CalmCast, we walk you through three critical signals: what investor sentiment is telling us (and why it’s not the whole story), what stagflation is and whether we’re in danger of it, and why housing affordability is straining the budgets of millions. We’ll help you make sense of what’s happening—and what you can do to stay grounded, no matter the economic weather. Topics Covered: Market Sentiment: Why moods move markets Stagflation: The warning signs and what they mean Housing Affordability: Owning vs renting in 2025 Stay calm. Stay informed. Stay on course. Thu, 05 Jun 2025 18:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The markets are nervous, the economy’s acting weird, and housing feels increasingly out of reach. In today’s CalmCast, we walk you through three critical signals: what investor sentiment is telling us (and why it’s not the whole story), what stagflation is and whether we’re in danger of it, and why housing affordability is straining the budgets of millions. We’ll help you make sense of what’s happening—and what you can do to stay grounded, no matter the economic weather. Topics Covered: Market Sentiment: Why moods move markets Stagflation: The warning signs and what they mean Housing Affordability: Owning vs renting in 2025 Stay calm. Stay informed. Stay on course. The markets are nervous, the economy’s acting weird, and housing feels increasingly out of reach. In today’s CalmCast, we walk you through three critical signals: what investor sentiment is telling us (and why it’s not the whole story), what stagflation is and whether we’re in danger of it, and why housing affordability is straining the budgets of millions.

We’ll help you make sense of what’s happening—and what you can do to stay grounded, no matter the economic weather.

Topics Covered:
Market Sentiment: Why moods move markets
Stagflation: The warning signs and what they mean
Housing Affordability: Owning vs renting in 2025

Stay calm. Stay informed. Stay on course.

]]> 697 no Paying for your own destruction...for the dopamine We know it’s bad for us—and we still buy it. In today’s Storytime with Pete, we dig into the bizarre economics of spending money on things that actively hurt us: alcohol, junk food, and those late-night dopamine bombs we call “treats.” Why do we do it? Blame your brain chemistry. Pete unpacks the science of dopamine, the illusion of indulgence, and the very real cost of self-sabotage—with just enough sarcasm to keep you from crying into your curly fries. This one’s part money talk, part emotional intervention. Bring your budget... and maybe a kale smoothie. Wed, 04 Jun 2025 03:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We know it’s bad for us—and we still buy it. In today’s Storytime with Pete, we dig into the bizarre economics of spending money on things that actively hurt us: alcohol, junk food, and those late-night dopamine bombs we call “treats.” Why do we do it? Blame your brain chemistry. Pete unpacks the science of dopamine, the illusion of indulgence, and the very real cost of self-sabotage—with just enough sarcasm to keep you from crying into your curly fries. This one’s part money talk, part emotional intervention. Bring your budget... and maybe a kale smoothie. We know it’s bad for us—and we still buy it. In today’s Storytime with Pete, we dig into the bizarre economics of spending money on things that actively hurt us: alcohol, junk food, and those late-night dopamine bombs we call “treats.” Why do we do it? Blame your brain chemistry. Pete unpacks the science of dopamine, the illusion of indulgence, and the very real cost of self-sabotage—with just enough sarcasm to keep you from crying into your curly fries. This one’s part money talk, part emotional intervention. Bring your budget... and maybe a kale smoothie.

]]> 379 no Navigating Now: Understanding Circuit Breakers In this episode of CalmCast, we break down one of the most misunderstood stock market tools: the circuit breaker. What triggers it, why it exists, and what it actually means for your investments. Then, we zoom out to explore how a sharp drop in U.S. markets can ripple through the global economy — impacting everything from oil prices to your grocery bill. Finally, we bring it back to you: how to set meaningful financial goals when the world feels financially unstable. Whether you're anxious about your 401(k) or just trying to stay the course, this episode is your reminder to pause, breathe, and take one solid financial step forward. Tue, 03 Jun 2025 18:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of CalmCast, we break down one of the most misunderstood stock market tools: the circuit breaker. What triggers it, why it exists, and what it actually means for your investments. Then, we zoom out to explore how a sharp drop in U.S. markets can ripple through the global economy — impacting everything from oil prices to your grocery bill. Finally, we bring it back to you: how to set meaningful financial goals when the world feels financially unstable. Whether you're anxious about your 401(k) or just trying to stay the course, this episode is your reminder to pause, breathe, and take one solid financial step forward. In this episode of CalmCast, we break down one of the most misunderstood stock market tools: the circuit breaker. What triggers it, why it exists, and what it actually means for your investments. Then, we zoom out to explore how a sharp drop in U.S. markets can ripple through the global economy — impacting everything from oil prices to your grocery bill. Finally, we bring it back to you: how to set meaningful financial goals when the world feels financially unstable.

Whether you're anxious about your 401(k) or just trying to stay the course, this episode is your reminder to pause, breathe, and take one solid financial step forward.

]]> 685 no How AI is changing how we manage money AI isn’t coming for your wallet—it’s already living in it. In this episode, Pete unpacks the surprising ways artificial intelligence is reshaping your financial life, from how your bank detects fraud to how scammers clone your voice. We explore the good (smart budgeting tools), the bad (AI-generated investment scams), and the weird (why your insurance premium changed without a human decision). Whether you’re intrigued or uneasy, one thing’s clear: ignoring AI in finance is no longer an option. Fri, 30 May 2025 15:23:00 -0000 full IBJ Media AI isn’t coming for your wallet—it’s already living in it. In this episode, Pete unpacks the surprising ways artificial intelligence is reshaping your financial life, from how your bank detects fraud to how scammers clone your voice. We explore the good (smart budgeting tools), the bad (AI-generated investment scams), and the weird (why your insurance premium changed without a human decision). Whether you’re intrigued or uneasy, one thing’s clear: ignoring AI in finance is no longer an option. AI isn’t coming for your wallet—it’s already living in it. In this episode, Pete unpacks the surprising ways artificial intelligence is reshaping your financial life, from how your bank detects fraud to how scammers clone your voice. We explore the good (smart budgeting tools), the bad (AI-generated investment scams), and the weird (why your insurance premium changed without a human decision). Whether you’re intrigued or uneasy, one thing’s clear: ignoring AI in finance is no longer an option.


]]> 4450 no Navigating Now: Understanding Market Caps In today’s episode, Pete peels back the curtain on three numbers that get tossed around like financial gospel — but may not tell the whole story. We kick off with market cap: what it actually means, how it defines a company’s identity, and why share price alone can be misleading. Then, we dive into the often-misunderstood unemployment rate — a metric that sounds solid on headlines but misses huge swaths of the American workforce. Finally, Pete helps you recalibrate your budget by reexamining the age-old debate of needs vs wants, especially as the threat of a recession looms. If you're confused by the disconnect between financial headlines and your lived experience, this episode is the bridge. Thu, 29 May 2025 18:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s episode, Pete peels back the curtain on three numbers that get tossed around like financial gospel — but may not tell the whole story. We kick off with market cap: what it actually means, how it defines a company’s identity, and why share price alone can be misleading. Then, we dive into the often-misunderstood unemployment rate — a metric that sounds solid on headlines but misses huge swaths of the American workforce. Finally, Pete helps you recalibrate your budget by reexamining the age-old debate of needs vs wants, especially as the threat of a recession looms. If you're confused by the disconnect between financial headlines and your lived experience, this episode is the bridge. In today’s episode, Pete peels back the curtain on three numbers that get tossed around like financial gospel — but may not tell the whole story. We kick off with market cap: what it actually means, how it defines a company’s identity, and why share price alone can be misleading. Then, we dive into the often-misunderstood unemployment rate — a metric that sounds solid on headlines but misses huge swaths of the American workforce. Finally, Pete helps you recalibrate your budget by reexamining the age-old debate of needs vs wants, especially as the threat of a recession looms. If you're confused by the disconnect between financial headlines and your lived experience, this episode is the bridge.

]]> 700 no Your body called - it wants a line item in your budget In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we tackle the awkward truth about spending money on your health. Sure, it doesn’t come with rewards points or Instagram clout, but ignoring your body’s maintenance needs? That’s a financial strategy with a guaranteed crash. Pete breaks down why co-pays feel like emotional theft, how preventative care is the least sexy but most valuable expense in your budget, and what it really means to invest in your future self—even when it feels like paying for a gym you barely go to. Spoiler: staying alive costs money, and that’s not a scam. It’s just adulthood. Wed, 28 May 2025 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we tackle the awkward truth about spending money on your health. Sure, it doesn’t come with rewards points or Instagram clout, but ignoring your body’s maintenance needs? That’s a financial strategy with a guaranteed crash. Pete breaks down why co-pays feel like emotional theft, how preventative care is the least sexy but most valuable expense in your budget, and what it really means to invest in your future self—even when it feels like paying for a gym you barely go to. Spoiler: staying alive costs money, and that’s not a scam. It’s just adulthood. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we tackle the awkward truth about spending money on your health. Sure, it doesn’t come with rewards points or Instagram clout, but ignoring your body’s maintenance needs? That’s a financial strategy with a guaranteed crash. Pete breaks down why co-pays feel like emotional theft, how preventative care is the least sexy but most valuable expense in your budget, and what it really means to invest in your future self—even when it feels like paying for a gym you barely go to. Spoiler: staying alive costs money, and that’s not a scam. It’s just adulthood.

]]> 392 no Navigating Now: What is technical analysis? Reading the Signals: What Charts, Indicators, and Your Wallet Are Telling You In this episode of CalmCast, Pete the Planner breaks down three of the most important tools for staying steady in a shaky economy: Technical Analysis – Why traders are obsessed with charts, and what you can learn from their patterns. Leading Indicators – The economic signals that whisper “recession” before anyone makes it official. Cash Flow – Your personal financial early-warning system—and how to use it to stay in control when everything else feels out of whack. Whether you’re managing a portfolio or just trying to make it to next payday, this episode will help you spot the signals that matter—and ignore the noise that doesn’t. Breathe easy. Make a plan. Let’s get to it. Tue, 27 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Reading the Signals: What Charts, Indicators, and Your Wallet Are Telling You In this episode of CalmCast, Pete the Planner breaks down three of the most important tools for staying steady in a shaky economy: Technical Analysis – Why traders are obsessed with charts, and what you can learn from their patterns. Leading Indicators – The economic signals that whisper “recession” before anyone makes it official. Cash Flow – Your personal financial early-warning system—and how to use it to stay in control when everything else feels out of whack. Whether you’re managing a portfolio or just trying to make it to next payday, this episode will help you spot the signals that matter—and ignore the noise that doesn’t. Breathe easy. Make a plan. Let’s get to it. Reading the Signals: What Charts, Indicators, and Your Wallet Are Telling You
In this episode of CalmCast, Pete the Planner breaks down three of the most important tools for staying steady in a shaky economy:

  1. Technical Analysis – Why traders are obsessed with charts, and what you can learn from their patterns.

  2. Leading Indicators – The economic signals that whisper “recession” before anyone makes it official.

  3. Cash Flow – Your personal financial early-warning system—and how to use it to stay in control when everything else feels out of whack.

Whether you’re managing a portfolio or just trying to make it to next payday, this episode will help you spot the signals that matter—and ignore the noise that doesn’t.

Breathe easy. Make a plan. Let’s get to it.

]]> 698 no How to get addicted to good money habits We usually talk about money problems like they’re something to fix. But what if the real breakthrough is getting addicted—in the healthiest way possible—to the right financial habits? This week, Pete breaks down how to rewire your brain to crave progress instead of purchases. From the neuroscience behind smart money decisions to the financial routines that actually stick, we’ll explore how to build a habit loop that pays off (literally). No shame, no spreadsheets—just practical psychology, positive momentum, and a few weirdly satisfying tips for getting hooked on financial success. Fri, 23 May 2025 15:46:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We usually talk about money problems like they’re something to fix. But what if the real breakthrough is getting addicted—in the healthiest way possible—to the right financial habits? This week, Pete breaks down how to rewire your brain to crave progress instead of purchases. From the neuroscience behind smart money decisions to the financial routines that actually stick, we’ll explore how to build a habit loop that pays off (literally). No shame, no spreadsheets—just practical psychology, positive momentum, and a few weirdly satisfying tips for getting hooked on financial success. We usually talk about money problems like they’re something to fix. But what if the real breakthrough is getting addicted—in the healthiest way possible—to the right financial habits? This week, Pete breaks down how to rewire your brain to crave progress instead of purchases. From the neuroscience behind smart money decisions to the financial routines that actually stick, we’ll explore how to build a habit loop that pays off (literally). No shame, no spreadsheets—just practical psychology, positive momentum, and a few weirdly satisfying tips for getting hooked on financial success.

]]> 4427 no Navigating Now: Finally understanding yield curves Today’s markets aren’t just noisy—they’re downright confusing. In this episode, Pete breaks down three financial forces shaping the current economy: What short selling tells us about investor anxiety Why the yield curve just returned to normal after a historic inversion And how a simple act like rebalancing your portfolio can protect your future If you’ve been wondering whether the calm is real or just the eye of the storm, this episode is for you. Thu, 22 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Today’s markets aren’t just noisy—they’re downright confusing. In this episode, Pete breaks down three financial forces shaping the current economy: What short selling tells us about investor anxiety Why the yield curve just returned to normal after a historic inversion And how a simple act like rebalancing your portfolio can protect your future If you’ve been wondering whether the calm is real or just the eye of the storm, this episode is for you. Today’s markets aren’t just noisy—they’re downright confusing. In this episode, Pete breaks down three financial forces shaping the current economy:

  • What short selling tells us about investor anxiety

  • Why the yield curve just returned to normal after a historic inversion

  • And how a simple act like rebalancing your portfolio can protect your future

If you’ve been wondering whether the calm is real or just the eye of the storm, this episode is for you.

]]> 700 no Storytime with Pete: What you didn't learn from your parents In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the messy, funny, and sometimes frustrating financial lessons we inherited from our parents. From "Don’t get a credit card" to "Buy a house ASAP," we explore what stuck, what was missing, and how to move forward without passing on the same money blind spots. Whether your parents taught you to budget or just told you to “figure it out,” this one’s for you. It’s time to stop surviving and start building. Wed, 21 May 2025 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the messy, funny, and sometimes frustrating financial lessons we inherited from our parents. From "Don’t get a credit card" to "Buy a house ASAP," we explore what stuck, what was missing, and how to move forward without passing on the same money blind spots. Whether your parents taught you to budget or just told you to “figure it out,” this one’s for you. It’s time to stop surviving and start building. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the messy, funny, and sometimes frustrating financial lessons we inherited from our parents. From "Don’t get a credit card" to "Buy a house ASAP," we explore what stuck, what was missing, and how to move forward without passing on the same money blind spots. Whether your parents taught you to budget or just told you to “figure it out,” this one’s for you. It’s time to stop surviving and start building.

]]> 310 no Understanding ETFs vs Mutual Funds In today’s CalmCast, we untangle three big ideas you need to understand right now: why ETFs are outpacing mutual funds, what “core inflation” actually means (and why the Fed cares more about it than you might think), and how distinguishing fixed from variable expenses can give you immediate power over your budget. We’ll explain: The sneaky fees and tax quirks hiding in mutual funds What core inflation says about where the economy’s really headed Why knowing the difference between a grocery bill and a rent check might just save your financial plan This episode is fast, practical, and built to calm the chaos in your money life. Tue, 20 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s CalmCast, we untangle three big ideas you need to understand right now: why ETFs are outpacing mutual funds, what “core inflation” actually means (and why the Fed cares more about it than you might think), and how distinguishing fixed from variable expenses can give you immediate power over your budget. We’ll explain: The sneaky fees and tax quirks hiding in mutual funds What core inflation says about where the economy’s really headed Why knowing the difference between a grocery bill and a rent check might just save your financial plan This episode is fast, practical, and built to calm the chaos in your money life. In today’s CalmCast, we untangle three big ideas you need to understand right now: why ETFs are outpacing mutual funds, what “core inflation” actually means (and why the Fed cares more about it than you might think), and how distinguishing fixed from variable expenses can give you immediate power over your budget.

We’ll explain:

  • The sneaky fees and tax quirks hiding in mutual funds

  • What core inflation says about where the economy’s really headed

  • Why knowing the difference between a grocery bill and a rent check might just save your financial plan

This episode is fast, practical, and built to calm the chaos in your money life.

]]> 697 no Storytime with Pete: How to break bad money habits Why is it so easy to blow $30 on takeout but so hard to cancel that Amazon auto-ship of things you didn’t even know you were buying? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the psychology behind our worst financial habits—like dining out, impulse shopping, and spending to soothe our emotions. Pete breaks down the science of habit loops, explains why willpower alone doesn’t cut it, and shares six practical strategies to finally kick those budget-busting behaviors to the curb. Spoiler: deleting an app might change your financial life. Sat, 17 May 2025 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Why is it so easy to blow $30 on takeout but so hard to cancel that Amazon auto-ship of things you didn’t even know you were buying? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the psychology behind our worst financial habits—like dining out, impulse shopping, and spending to soothe our emotions. Pete breaks down the science of habit loops, explains why willpower alone doesn’t cut it, and shares six practical strategies to finally kick those budget-busting behaviors to the curb. Spoiler: deleting an app might change your financial life. Why is it so easy to blow $30 on takeout but so hard to cancel that Amazon auto-ship of things you didn’t even know you were buying? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the psychology behind our worst financial habits—like dining out, impulse shopping, and spending to soothe our emotions. Pete breaks down the science of habit loops, explains why willpower alone doesn’t cut it, and shares six practical strategies to finally kick those budget-busting behaviors to the curb. Spoiler: deleting an app might change your financial life.

]]> 386 no Pete's Ideal Budget Gets Roasted Years ago, Pete created the Ideal Household Budget, a simple-yet-spicy allocation model for how Americans should be spending their money. It lit up inboxes and dinner table debates across the country. But today, the gloves are off. Dame and Kristen come ready to challenge the old model—armed with data, real-world messiness, and a whole lot of sass. Will Pete’s golden ratio survive the scrutiny? Or is it time to retire the “Ideal” in favor of the “Real”? Let’s find out. Fri, 16 May 2025 15:13:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Years ago, Pete created the Ideal Household Budget, a simple-yet-spicy allocation model for how Americans should be spending their money. It lit up inboxes and dinner table debates across the country. But today, the gloves are off. Dame and Kristen come ready to challenge the old model—armed with data, real-world messiness, and a whole lot of sass. Will Pete’s golden ratio survive the scrutiny? Or is it time to retire the “Ideal” in favor of the “Real”? Let’s find out. Years ago, Pete created the Ideal Household Budget, a simple-yet-spicy allocation model for how Americans should be spending their money. It lit up inboxes and dinner table debates across the country. But today, the gloves are off. Dame and Kristen come ready to challenge the old model—armed with data, real-world messiness, and a whole lot of sass. Will Pete’s golden ratio survive the scrutiny? Or is it time to retire the “Ideal” in favor of the “Real”? Let’s find out.

]]> 4147 no Navigating Now: What the highs and lows of stock can teach you In today’s episode, we explore how the market’s emotional extremes—its 52-week highs and lows—can mess with our perspective if we’re not careful. Then we shift to Main Street with the latest retail sales numbers and what they say about how Americans are really feeling financially. Finally, we bring it home with a simple but powerful financial move: a subscription audit. Because sometimes the difference between financial stress and stability is as small as canceling that streaming service you forgot you had. Topics covered: -What 52-week highs and lows really signal-Why retail sales are flashing mixed messages-How to cut your spending without feeling the pain Watch. Listen. Breathe. Then make one good financial decision. Thu, 15 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s episode, we explore how the market’s emotional extremes—its 52-week highs and lows—can mess with our perspective if we’re not careful. Then we shift to Main Street with the latest retail sales numbers and what they say about how Americans are really feeling financially. Finally, we bring it home with a simple but powerful financial move: a subscription audit. Because sometimes the difference between financial stress and stability is as small as canceling that streaming service you forgot you had. Topics covered: -What 52-week highs and lows really signal-Why retail sales are flashing mixed messages-How to cut your spending without feeling the pain Watch. Listen. Breathe. Then make one good financial decision. In today’s episode, we explore how the market’s emotional extremes—its 52-week highs and lows—can mess with our perspective if we’re not careful. Then we shift to Main Street with the latest retail sales numbers and what they say about how Americans are really feeling financially. Finally, we bring it home with a simple but powerful financial move: a subscription audit.

Because sometimes the difference between financial stress and stability is as small as canceling that streaming service you forgot you had.

Topics covered:
-What 52-week highs and lows really signal
-Why retail sales are flashing mixed messages
-How to cut your spending without feeling the pain

Watch. Listen. Breathe. Then make one good financial decision.

]]> 696 no Navigating Now: The average car payment is what?!?! In today’s CalmCast, we’re following the money — from Wall Street to your driveway. P/E Ratio – Is the stock market overvalued? We unpack what investors are really paying for and whether the math makes sense. Producer Price Index (PPI) – A leading indicator of inflation. If it costs more to make things, guess who eventually pays more? (Hint: It’s you.) Car Affordability – The average car payment is now over $700 a month — and that’s not including insurance, maintenance, and rising loan terms. For many households, the new car smell now comes with old mortgage vibes. We’ll help you make smarter decisions in the face of rising costs and financial pressure. Tue, 13 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s CalmCast, we’re following the money — from Wall Street to your driveway. P/E Ratio – Is the stock market overvalued? We unpack what investors are really paying for and whether the math makes sense. Producer Price Index (PPI) – A leading indicator of inflation. If it costs more to make things, guess who eventually pays more? (Hint: It’s you.) Car Affordability – The average car payment is now over $700 a month — and that’s not including insurance, maintenance, and rising loan terms. For many households, the new car smell now comes with old mortgage vibes. We’ll help you make smarter decisions in the face of rising costs and financial pressure. In today’s CalmCast, we’re following the money — from Wall Street to your driveway.

  • P/E Ratio – Is the stock market overvalued? We unpack what investors are really paying for and whether the math makes sense.

  • Producer Price Index (PPI) – A leading indicator of inflation. If it costs more to make things, guess who eventually pays more? (Hint: It’s you.)

  • Car Affordability – The average car payment is now over $700 a month — and that’s not including insurance, maintenance, and rising loan terms. For many households, the new car smell now comes with old mortgage vibes.

We’ll help you make smarter decisions in the face of rising costs and financial pressure.

]]> 702 no Waiting for the world to change will crush you There’s always a reason to wait. Maybe it’s the Fed. Maybe it’s student loan forgiveness. Maybe it’s the housing market finally “cooling off.” But here’s the truth: financial progress doesn’t happen in theory—it happens in action. In this episode, we’re talking about the dangerous game of waiting for someone else to fix your financial life. Whether it’s PSLF hanging in the balance, interest rates hovering, or the SAVE plan in limbo, you still have decisions to make. Good medicine is still good medicine—even when the world feels like a mess. Let’s stop outsourcing our momentum to headlines and hypotheticals. Fri, 09 May 2025 16:16:00 -0000 full IBJ Media There’s always a reason to wait. Maybe it’s the Fed. Maybe it’s student loan forgiveness. Maybe it’s the housing market finally “cooling off.” But here’s the truth: financial progress doesn’t happen in theory—it happens in action. In this episode, we’re talking about the dangerous game of waiting for someone else to fix your financial life. Whether it’s PSLF hanging in the balance, interest rates hovering, or the SAVE plan in limbo, you still have decisions to make. Good medicine is still good medicine—even when the world feels like a mess. Let’s stop outsourcing our momentum to headlines and hypotheticals. There’s always a reason to wait. Maybe it’s the Fed. Maybe it’s student loan forgiveness. Maybe it’s the housing market finally “cooling off.” But here’s the truth: financial progress doesn’t happen in theory—it happens in action. In this episode, we’re talking about the dangerous game of waiting for someone else to fix your financial life. Whether it’s PSLF hanging in the balance, interest rates hovering, or the SAVE plan in limbo, you still have decisions to make. Good medicine is still good medicine—even when the world feels like a mess. Let’s stop outsourcing our momentum to headlines and hypotheticals.

]]> 4176 no Navigating Now: Three Tools to Calm Your Finances in a Shaky Economy In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down three essential tools for staying steady in a shaky economy. First, we look at how diversification can protect your portfolio from market swings — because when one sector zigs, you want another to zag. Then, we wade through the latest economic data and recession chatter to explain what a slowdown really means and how often it actually happens. Finally, we spotlight the unsung hero of financial calm: the sinking fund. It’s not glamorous, but it is how you survive a car repair, a vacation, or the holidays without panic. This episode is your friendly reminder: you can’t predict the economy, but you can prepare for it. Thu, 08 May 2025 18:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down three essential tools for staying steady in a shaky economy. First, we look at how diversification can protect your portfolio from market swings — because when one sector zigs, you want another to zag. Then, we wade through the latest economic data and recession chatter to explain what a slowdown really means and how often it actually happens. Finally, we spotlight the unsung hero of financial calm: the sinking fund. It’s not glamorous, but it is how you survive a car repair, a vacation, or the holidays without panic. This episode is your friendly reminder: you can’t predict the economy, but you can prepare for it. In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down three essential tools for staying steady in a shaky economy. First, we look at how diversification can protect your portfolio from market swings — because when one sector zigs, you want another to zag. Then, we wade through the latest economic data and recession chatter to explain what a slowdown really means and how often it actually happens. Finally, we spotlight the unsung hero of financial calm: the sinking fund. It’s not glamorous, but it is how you survive a car repair, a vacation, or the holidays without panic.

This episode is your friendly reminder: you can’t predict the economy, but you can prepare for it.

]]> 694 no Storytime with Pete: Filtering everyone's money advice You won’t always have perfect data, unanimous advice, or a spreadsheet that answers all your questions—and that’s okay. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down how to take in feedback, sort the good from the garbage, and make smart, confident financial decisions right now, not just “someday when you know more.” Featuring Maya Angelou, a baking metaphor, and a few spicy takes on bad advice. Spoiler: doing your best is enough—until it isn’t. Then you just do better. Wed, 07 May 2025 03:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media You won’t always have perfect data, unanimous advice, or a spreadsheet that answers all your questions—and that’s okay. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down how to take in feedback, sort the good from the garbage, and make smart, confident financial decisions right now, not just “someday when you know more.” Featuring Maya Angelou, a baking metaphor, and a few spicy takes on bad advice. Spoiler: doing your best is enough—until it isn’t. Then you just do better. You won’t always have perfect data, unanimous advice, or a spreadsheet that answers all your questions—and that’s okay. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down how to take in feedback, sort the good from the garbage, and make smart, confident financial decisions right now, not just “someday when you know more.” Featuring Maya Angelou, a baking metaphor, and a few spicy takes on bad advice. Spoiler: doing your best is enough—until it isn’t. Then you just do better.

]]> 409 no Navigating Now: What you need to know about GDP The latest GDP numbers are in—and they tell a story of a cooling economy amid policy shifts and global uncertainty. In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down what that actually means for your wallet. We’ll look at which parts of the economy are shrinking, what sectors are still showing strength, and how tariffs and interest rates are shaping the growth story. Then we shift gears to explore why asset allocation—not stock picking—is the bedrock of a stable portfolio, especially in times like these. Finally, we wrap with a fresh take on your credit score: what really moves it, and how to use it as a tool—not a source of stress. Tue, 06 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The latest GDP numbers are in—and they tell a story of a cooling economy amid policy shifts and global uncertainty. In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down what that actually means for your wallet. We’ll look at which parts of the economy are shrinking, what sectors are still showing strength, and how tariffs and interest rates are shaping the growth story. Then we shift gears to explore why asset allocation—not stock picking—is the bedrock of a stable portfolio, especially in times like these. Finally, we wrap with a fresh take on your credit score: what really moves it, and how to use it as a tool—not a source of stress. The latest GDP numbers are in—and they tell a story of a cooling economy amid policy shifts and global uncertainty. In today’s CalmCast, Pete breaks down what that actually means for your wallet. We’ll look at which parts of the economy are shrinking, what sectors are still showing strength, and how tariffs and interest rates are shaping the growth story. Then we shift gears to explore why asset allocation—not stock picking—is the bedrock of a stable portfolio, especially in times like these. Finally, we wrap with a fresh take on your credit score: what really moves it, and how to use it as a tool—not a source of stress.


]]> 699 no The $84k Flood That Might Just Change Everything When a pipe burst turned their dream townhouse into a soggy mess, this week’s listener found themselves with a surprise $84,000 insurance check and a big decision: buy the forever home now or wait out the madness of the housing market? In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen break down whether selling a damaged home as-is is a smart financial move, what “forever home” really means in an unpredictable economy, and whether renting for a year could be a secret financial power play. If you’ve ever wondered whether now is the time to jump into the housing market—or stay on the sidelines—this is the episode for you. Want your financial dilemma on the show? Send it to us at askpete@petetheplanner.com. This episode is sponsored by Indiana529. Terms and conditions apply. Go to MyIndiana529.com to learn more. Fri, 02 May 2025 15:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media When a pipe burst turned their dream townhouse into a soggy mess, this week’s listener found themselves with a surprise $84,000 insurance check and a big decision: buy the forever home now or wait out the madness of the housing market? In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen break down whether selling a damaged home as-is is a smart financial move, what “forever home” really means in an unpredictable economy, and whether renting for a year could be a secret financial power play. If you’ve ever wondered whether now is the time to jump into the housing market—or stay on the sidelines—this is the episode for you. Want your financial dilemma on the show? Send it to us at askpete@petetheplanner.com. This episode is sponsored by Indiana529. Terms and conditions apply. Go to MyIndiana529.com to learn more. When a pipe burst turned their dream townhouse into a soggy mess, this week’s listener found themselves with a surprise $84,000 insurance check and a big decision: buy the forever home now or wait out the madness of the housing market? In this episode, Pete, Dame, and Kristen break down whether selling a damaged home as-is is a smart financial move, what “forever home” really means in an unpredictable economy, and whether renting for a year could be a secret financial power play. If you’ve ever wondered whether now is the time to jump into the housing market—or stay on the sidelines—this is the episode for you. Want your financial dilemma on the show? Send it to us at askpete@petetheplanner.com. This episode is sponsored by Indiana529. Terms and conditions apply. Go to MyIndiana529.com to learn more.

]]> 4027 no Navigating Now: How Not To Cut Your Market Returns In Half In today’s episode, Pete the Planner breaks down three key money topics that matter more than you think: why time in the market always wins over timing the market, what the Federal Reserve's latest pause means for your wallet, and how your debt-to-income ratio quietly controls your financial stress level. Whether you're investing for the long haul, waiting for mortgage rates to drop, or just trying to breathe easier when the bills come in, this CalmCast is your 10-minute financial reset. Thu, 01 May 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today’s episode, Pete the Planner breaks down three key money topics that matter more than you think: why time in the market always wins over timing the market, what the Federal Reserve's latest pause means for your wallet, and how your debt-to-income ratio quietly controls your financial stress level. Whether you're investing for the long haul, waiting for mortgage rates to drop, or just trying to breathe easier when the bills come in, this CalmCast is your 10-minute financial reset. In today’s episode, Pete the Planner breaks down three key money topics that matter more than you think: why time in the market always wins over timing the market, what the Federal Reserve's latest pause means for your wallet, and how your debt-to-income ratio quietly controls your financial stress level. Whether you're investing for the long haul, waiting for mortgage rates to drop, or just trying to breathe easier when the bills come in, this CalmCast is your 10-minute financial reset.

]]> 697 no Storytime with Pete: The Awkward Truth About Being Born on Third Base In today's Storytime with Pete, we get honest about something success stories often skip: luck. Pete shares a personal realization about being born on third base — and why acknowledging luck doesn’t diminish hard work, it actually makes success more meaningful. We explore why hearing about privilege feels complicated, how luck factors into building careers and wealth, and how you can put yourself in the path of opportunity without losing your hustle. This is a refreshing, empathetic take on success, luck, and financial growth that just might shift how you see your own journey. Wed, 30 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In today's Storytime with Pete, we get honest about something success stories often skip: luck. Pete shares a personal realization about being born on third base — and why acknowledging luck doesn’t diminish hard work, it actually makes success more meaningful. We explore why hearing about privilege feels complicated, how luck factors into building careers and wealth, and how you can put yourself in the path of opportunity without losing your hustle. This is a refreshing, empathetic take on success, luck, and financial growth that just might shift how you see your own journey. In today's Storytime with Pete, we get honest about something success stories often skip: luck. Pete shares a personal realization about being born on third base — and why acknowledging luck doesn’t diminish hard work, it actually makes success more meaningful. We explore why hearing about privilege feels complicated, how luck factors into building careers and wealth, and how you can put yourself in the path of opportunity without losing your hustle. This is a refreshing, empathetic take on success, luck, and financial growth that just might shift how you see your own journey.

]]> 293 no Navigating Now: What You Need To Know About Interest Today on the CalmCast: We're navigating the stormy waters of a market correction, checking the pulse on rising interest rates, and breaking down the difference between using interest to grow your money — and letting it crush you. Stay calm, stay sharp, and stay in control. Tue, 29 Apr 2025 18:12:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Today on the CalmCast: We're navigating the stormy waters of a market correction, checking the pulse on rising interest rates, and breaking down the difference between using interest to grow your money — and letting it crush you. Stay calm, stay sharp, and stay in control. Today on the CalmCast: We're navigating the stormy waters of a market correction, checking the pulse on rising interest rates, and breaking down the difference between using interest to grow your money — and letting it crush you. Stay calm, stay sharp, and stay in control.


]]> 694 no The Passive Aggressive Economy You’re not crazy — your bank account is under attack. This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame dive into the sneaky financial forces draining your money (and your patience), even as inflation cools on paper. From tipping screens on $4 coffees to subscriptions you forgot existed, it’s not just about how much things cost — it’s how cleverly they get you to pay for them. Pete explores the emotional toll of "death by a thousand charges," Dame unpacks the data behind financial creep, and Kristen delivers the full-body eye-roll we’re all feeling at checkout. Plus: Kristen’s latest wallet regret, Dame’s subscription shame, and Pete’s escalating feud with digital convenience. Oh, and yes — we’ve got this week’s Biggest Waste of Money and a round of financial news you actually care about. Fri, 25 Apr 2025 15:48:00 -0000 full 348 IBJ Media You’re not crazy — your bank account is under attack. This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame dive into the sneaky financial forces draining your money (and your patience), even as inflation cools on paper. From tipping screens on $4 coffees to subscriptions you forgot existed, it’s not just about how much things cost — it’s how cleverly they get you to pay for them. Pete explores the emotional toll of "death by a thousand charges," Dame unpacks the data behind financial creep, and Kristen delivers the full-body eye-roll we’re all feeling at checkout. Plus: Kristen’s latest wallet regret, Dame’s subscription shame, and Pete’s escalating feud with digital convenience. Oh, and yes — we’ve got this week’s Biggest Waste of Money and a round of financial news you actually care about. You’re not crazy — your bank account is under attack. This week, Pete, Kristen, and Dame dive into the sneaky financial forces draining your money (and your patience), even as inflation cools on paper. From tipping screens on $4 coffees to subscriptions you forgot existed, it’s not just about how much things cost — it’s how cleverly they get you to pay for them.

Pete explores the emotional toll of "death by a thousand charges," Dame unpacks the data behind financial creep, and Kristen delivers the full-body eye-roll we’re all feeling at checkout. Plus: Kristen’s latest wallet regret, Dame’s subscription shame, and Pete’s escalating feud with digital convenience.


Oh, and yes — we’ve got this week’s Biggest Waste of Money and a round of financial news you actually care about.

]]> 4383 no Navigating Now: What Earnings Season is Telling Us Earnings season is here, and Wall Street is grading corporate America. But what do these earnings tell us about the economy you’re actually living in? In this episode, we break down the big surprises and what they mean for your money. We also unpack the latest trends in wage growth—and how inflation is still playing referee. Finally, Pete shares why “pay yourself first” isn’t just financial advice—it’s a financial life raft. This 10-minute CalmCast is your antidote to the noise. Market context, economic insight, and personal finance you can actually use. Thu, 24 Apr 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full 347 IBJ Media Earnings season is here, and Wall Street is grading corporate America. But what do these earnings tell us about the economy you’re actually living in? In this episode, we break down the big surprises and what they mean for your money. We also unpack the latest trends in wage growth—and how inflation is still playing referee. Finally, Pete shares why “pay yourself first” isn’t just financial advice—it’s a financial life raft. This 10-minute CalmCast is your antidote to the noise. Market context, economic insight, and personal finance you can actually use. Earnings season is here, and Wall Street is grading corporate America. But what do these earnings tell us about the economy you’re actually living in? In this episode, we break down the big surprises and what they mean for your money. We also unpack the latest trends in wage growth—and how inflation is still playing referee. Finally, Pete shares why “pay yourself first” isn’t just financial advice—it’s a financial life raft.


This 10-minute CalmCast is your antidote to the noise. Market context, economic insight, and personal finance you can actually use.

]]> 694 no Storytime with Pete: Are you financially ethical? https://www.ibj.com/pete-the-planner In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we shine a harsh but hilarious light on your financial ethics. Are you as honest with your money as you think you are? Or are you quietly fudging the rules when no one’s looking—except your credit card statement? Pete walks you through a self-evaluation that’s part confessional, part comedy, and fully necessary. From tipping habits to Netflix mooching, we’re asking the tough questions… so you don’t have to lie to yourself anymore. Grab your ego and let’s go. Wed, 23 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0000 full 346 IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we shine a harsh but hilarious light on your financial ethics. Are you as honest with your money as you think you are? Or are you quietly fudging the rules when no one’s looking—except your credit card statement? Pete walks you through a self-evaluation that’s part confessional, part comedy, and fully necessary. From tipping habits to Netflix mooching, we’re asking the tough questions… so you don’t have to lie to yourself anymore. Grab your ego and let’s go. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we shine a harsh but hilarious light on your financial ethics. Are you as honest with your money as you think you are? Or are you quietly fudging the rules when no one’s looking—except your credit card statement? Pete walks you through a self-evaluation that’s part confessional, part comedy, and fully necessary. From tipping habits to Netflix mooching, we’re asking the tough questions… so you don’t have to lie to yourself anymore. Grab your ego and let’s go.

]]> 395 no Navigating Now: Bear and Bull Markets Explained In today’s CalmCast, we break down the emotional zoo of the stock market—why bulls charge, bears retreat, and what it all means for your money. Then, we take a deeper look at the monthly Jobs Report—beyond the headlines—uncovering what it really tells us about the economy, interest rates, and your paycheck. Finally, we bring it home with a personal finance concept that deserves more airtime: Power Percentage—your monthly measure of financial momentum, and a surprisingly calming number in volatile times. Stay calm. Stay curious. And don’t let Wall Street animals scare you out of smart decisions. Tue, 22 Apr 2025 18:11:00 -0000 full 345 IBJ Media In today’s CalmCast, we break down the emotional zoo of the stock market—why bulls charge, bears retreat, and what it all means for your money. Then, we take a deeper look at the monthly Jobs Report—beyond the headlines—uncovering what it really tells us about the economy, interest rates, and your paycheck. Finally, we bring it home with a personal finance concept that deserves more airtime: Power Percentage—your monthly measure of financial momentum, and a surprisingly calming number in volatile times. Stay calm. Stay curious. And don’t let Wall Street animals scare you out of smart decisions. In today’s CalmCast, we break down the emotional zoo of the stock market—why bulls charge, bears retreat, and what it all means for your money. Then, we take a deeper look at the monthly Jobs Report—beyond the headlines—uncovering what it really tells us about the economy, interest rates, and your paycheck. Finally, we bring it home with a personal finance concept that deserves more airtime: Power Percentage—your monthly measure of financial momentum, and a surprisingly calming number in volatile times.


Stay calm. Stay curious. And don’t let Wall Street animals scare you out of smart decisions.

]]> 699 no What Does Not Needing Money Look Like at Different Stages of Your Life? https://www.ibj.com/pete-the-planner What if “not needing money” doesn’t mean being rich—but being free? In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we explore how the concept of not needing money evolves as you age. From the beautiful ignorance of childhood, to the messy middle of adulthood, all the way to the promised land of retirement—we unpack what it really means to live with financial freedom at every stage. You'll hear: Why not needing money as a kid doesn’t count (but it was nice, wasn’t it?) How adulthood tricks you into thinking you need more than you really do What retirees get right—and wrong—about feeling financially untouchable If you've ever fantasized about not worrying about money, this episode is your reality check (and maybe your roadmap). Thoughtful. Honest. And just a little snarky. Fri, 18 Apr 2025 15:16:00 -0000 full IBJ Media What if “not needing money” doesn’t mean being rich—but being free? In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we explore how the concept of not needing money evolves as you age. From the beautiful ignorance of childhood, to the messy middle of adulthood, all the way to the promised land of retirement—we unpack what it really means to live with financial freedom at every stage. You'll hear: Why not needing money as a kid doesn’t count (but it was nice, wasn’t it?) How adulthood tricks you into thinking you need more than you really do What retirees get right—and wrong—about feeling financially untouchable If you've ever fantasized about not worrying about money, this episode is your reality check (and maybe your roadmap). Thoughtful. Honest. And just a little snarky. What if “not needing money” doesn’t mean being rich—but being free?


In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we explore how the concept of not needing money evolves as you age. From the beautiful ignorance of childhood, to the messy middle of adulthood, all the way to the promised land of retirement—we unpack what it really means to live with financial freedom at every stage.

You'll hear:

  • Why not needing money as a kid doesn’t count (but it was nice, wasn’t it?)
  • How adulthood tricks you into thinking you need more than you really do
  • What retirees get right—and wrong—about feeling financially untouchable


If you've ever fantasized about not worrying about money, this episode is your reality check (and maybe your roadmap).


Thoughtful. Honest. And just a little snarky.

]]> 4375 no Navigating Now: Consumer Confidence Predicts The Future In this episode of CalmCast, we unpack the emotional undercurrent of the economy—consumer confidence. With recent drops in sentiment reflecting rising anxiety over inflation, tariffs, and a potential recession, we explain what these confidence numbers really mean, and why they matter more than you might think. We’ll cover: The latest consumer confidence data—and why it’s signaling trouble How confidence impacts your spending, borrowing, and saving habits (even if you don’t realize it) A practical, personal finance action you can take this week to stabilize your own financial mindset—no matter what the headlines say Markets are reacting. People are pulling back. But you don’t have to panic—you just need a plan. Thu, 17 Apr 2025 18:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of CalmCast, we unpack the emotional undercurrent of the economy—consumer confidence. With recent drops in sentiment reflecting rising anxiety over inflation, tariffs, and a potential recession, we explain what these confidence numbers really mean, and why they matter more than you might think. We’ll cover: The latest consumer confidence data—and why it’s signaling trouble How confidence impacts your spending, borrowing, and saving habits (even if you don’t realize it) A practical, personal finance action you can take this week to stabilize your own financial mindset—no matter what the headlines say Markets are reacting. People are pulling back. But you don’t have to panic—you just need a plan. In this episode of CalmCast, we unpack the emotional undercurrent of the economy—consumer confidence. With recent drops in sentiment reflecting rising anxiety over inflation, tariffs, and a potential recession, we explain what these confidence numbers really mean, and why they matter more than you might think.

We’ll cover:

  • The latest consumer confidence data—and why it’s signaling trouble


  • How confidence impacts your spending, borrowing, and saving habits (even if you don’t realize it)


  • A practical, personal finance action you can take this week to stabilize your own financial mindset—no matter what the headlines say


Markets are reacting. People are pulling back. But you don’t have to panic—you just need a plan.


]]> 696 no Storytime with Pete: The truth about money problems https://cms.megaphone.fm/channel/ANAIA4012071553?selected=ANAIA9887691121 In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we flip the script on financial frustration. Pete explores why money problems aren’t detours—they’re the whole journey. From busted budgets to surprise bills, he breaks down how embracing financial challenges as problem-solving opportunities can actually build confidence, resilience, and control. It’s a witty, slightly snarky reminder that you're not failing—you’re learning to play the game. Wed, 16 Apr 2025 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we flip the script on financial frustration. Pete explores why money problems aren’t detours—they’re the whole journey. From busted budgets to surprise bills, he breaks down how embracing financial challenges as problem-solving opportunities can actually build confidence, resilience, and control. It’s a witty, slightly snarky reminder that you're not failing—you’re learning to play the game. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we flip the script on financial frustration. Pete explores why money problems aren’t detours—they’re the whole journey. From busted budgets to surprise bills, he breaks down how embracing financial challenges as problem-solving opportunities can actually build confidence, resilience, and control. It’s a witty, slightly snarky reminder that you're not failing—you’re learning to play the game.

]]> 331 no Navigating Now: How sector rotation can impact your investing and your career Episode 3 – This Economic Shift Could Hit Your Job—and Your Budget Not every part of the economy reacts the same way to a crisis. Some sectors take the brunt of it. Others benefit. And understanding who’s winning and who’s losing can give you a better handle on what’s coming next—for the market and for your own finances. In this episode, we break down: How different sectors are reacting to the current wave of tariffs and inflation Why sector rotation—when investors shift money between industries—is happening right now What the Consumer Price Index (CPI) really tells us about inflation (and what it doesn’t) Which sectors may actually benefit from Trump’s new tariffs, including U.S. agriculture, auto manufacturing, and discount retail Then we bring it home: How to start funding your emergency fund by identifying flexible vs. fixed expenses Why this is the right moment to tighten up your budget—even if your income hasn’t changed The economy is changing. The market is adapting. And your personal finances can too—with a little strategy and a little calm. Watch new episodes every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET on YouTube or LinkedIn. You can also subscribe to The Pete the Planner Podcast wherever you listen. Tue, 15 Apr 2025 18:22:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Episode 3 – This Economic Shift Could Hit Your Job—and Your Budget Not every part of the economy reacts the same way to a crisis. Some sectors take the brunt of it. Others benefit. And understanding who’s winning and who’s losing can give you a better handle on what’s coming next—for the market and for your own finances. In this episode, we break down: How different sectors are reacting to the current wave of tariffs and inflation Why sector rotation—when investors shift money between industries—is happening right now What the Consumer Price Index (CPI) really tells us about inflation (and what it doesn’t) Which sectors may actually benefit from Trump’s new tariffs, including U.S. agriculture, auto manufacturing, and discount retail Then we bring it home: How to start funding your emergency fund by identifying flexible vs. fixed expenses Why this is the right moment to tighten up your budget—even if your income hasn’t changed The economy is changing. The market is adapting. And your personal finances can too—with a little strategy and a little calm. Watch new episodes every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET on YouTube or LinkedIn. You can also subscribe to The Pete the Planner Podcast wherever you listen. Episode 3 – This Economic Shift Could Hit Your Job—and Your Budget

Not every part of the economy reacts the same way to a crisis. Some sectors take the brunt of it. Others benefit. And understanding who’s winning and who’s losing can give you a better handle on what’s coming next—for the market and for your own finances.

In this episode, we break down:

  • How different sectors are reacting to the current wave of tariffs and inflation
  • Why sector rotation—when investors shift money between industries—is happening right now
  • What the Consumer Price Index (CPI) really tells us about inflation (and what it doesn’t)
  • Which sectors may actually benefit from Trump’s new tariffs, including U.S. agriculture, auto manufacturing, and discount retail

Then we bring it home:

  • How to start funding your emergency fund by identifying flexible vs. fixed expenses
  • Why this is the right moment to tighten up your budget—even if your income hasn’t changed

The economy is changing. The market is adapting. And your personal finances can too—with a little strategy and a little calm.


Watch new episodes every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET on YouTube or LinkedIn. You can also subscribe to The Pete the Planner Podcast wherever you listen.

]]> 703 no What to do if the market just smashed your plans You made the plan. You followed the plan. And then—life happened. This week, Pete dives into the all-too-common reality of financial plans getting sideswiped by market shifts, unexpected expenses, and economic curveballs. From this week’s inflation data to job market jitters, we explore how to stay calm, adapt, and keep moving forward when things don’t go according to plan. You’ll learn how to recalibrate your goals, avoid panic pivots, and build a financial life that bends without breaking. Because being flexible isn’t failure—it’s survival. Fri, 11 Apr 2025 04:02:00 -0000 full IBJ Media You made the plan. You followed the plan. And then—life happened. This week, Pete dives into the all-too-common reality of financial plans getting sideswiped by market shifts, unexpected expenses, and economic curveballs. From this week’s inflation data to job market jitters, we explore how to stay calm, adapt, and keep moving forward when things don’t go according to plan. You’ll learn how to recalibrate your goals, avoid panic pivots, and build a financial life that bends without breaking. Because being flexible isn’t failure—it’s survival. You made the plan. You followed the plan. And then—life happened. This week, Pete dives into the all-too-common reality of financial plans getting sideswiped by market shifts, unexpected expenses, and economic curveballs. From this week’s inflation data to job market jitters, we explore how to stay calm, adapt, and keep moving forward when things don’t go according to plan.


You’ll learn how to recalibrate your goals, avoid panic pivots, and build a financial life that bends without breaking. Because being flexible isn’t failure—it’s survival.

]]> 4367 no Navigating Now: Volatility can take your breath away The stock market has been unpredictable lately—and the same can be said for your grocery bill. In this episode, we explain what’s behind all this volatility and how it’s tied to the real economy and your real life. We focus on two key themes: Market volatility – Why the market reacts so sharply to uncertainty, and what causes these swings in the first place. Supply chain disruptions – How current events, including new tariffs and global tensions, are making everyday goods more expensive. We’ll also cover: Why companies are stockpiling goods and encouraging early consumer spending How tariffs on imports from China, Vietnam, and others are impacting prices What sectors (like cars, appliances, electronics) are being hit hardest One practical step you can take in your budget to prepare for unpredictable pricing Volatility isn’t just a market issue—it’s a life issue. We’ll help you connect the dots and stay focused when it feels like everything is shifting. New episodes air every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen on The Pete the Planner Podcast feed. Thu, 10 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The stock market has been unpredictable lately—and the same can be said for your grocery bill. In this episode, we explain what’s behind all this volatility and how it’s tied to the real economy and your real life. We focus on two key themes: Market volatility – Why the market reacts so sharply to uncertainty, and what causes these swings in the first place. Supply chain disruptions – How current events, including new tariffs and global tensions, are making everyday goods more expensive. We’ll also cover: Why companies are stockpiling goods and encouraging early consumer spending How tariffs on imports from China, Vietnam, and others are impacting prices What sectors (like cars, appliances, electronics) are being hit hardest One practical step you can take in your budget to prepare for unpredictable pricing Volatility isn’t just a market issue—it’s a life issue. We’ll help you connect the dots and stay focused when it feels like everything is shifting. New episodes air every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen on The Pete the Planner Podcast feed. The stock market has been unpredictable lately—and the same can be said for your grocery bill. In this episode, we explain what’s behind all this volatility and how it’s tied to the real economy and your real life.

We focus on two key themes:

  1. Market volatility – Why the market reacts so sharply to uncertainty, and what causes these swings in the first place.
  2. Supply chain disruptions – How current events, including new tariffs and global tensions, are making everyday goods more expensive.

We’ll also cover:

  • Why companies are stockpiling goods and encouraging early consumer spending
  • How tariffs on imports from China, Vietnam, and others are impacting prices
  • What sectors (like cars, appliances, electronics) are being hit hardest
  • One practical step you can take in your budget to prepare for unpredictable pricing

Volatility isn’t just a market issue—it’s a life issue. We’ll help you connect the dots and stay focused when it feels like everything is shifting.


New episodes air every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen on The Pete the Planner Podcast feed.

]]> 700 no Storytime with Pete: The Market crashed! Here's what to do next. The stock market just face-planted—and while your investments may be taking a nap, your financial habits don’t have to. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, Pete the Planner breaks down what to do right now to reset your spending, stop the bleeding, and build real resilience. We’re not talking theory. We’re talking real-life, practical stuff: – The single subscription to cancel today – A 7-day no-spend challenge that actually works – Grocery hacks to save $100 this week – Why budgeting isn’t punishment—it’s protection If you’re feeling anxious about the market, your money, or just life in general—this is your reset button. Wed, 09 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The stock market just face-planted—and while your investments may be taking a nap, your financial habits don’t have to. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, Pete the Planner breaks down what to do right now to reset your spending, stop the bleeding, and build real resilience. We’re not talking theory. We’re talking real-life, practical stuff: – The single subscription to cancel today – A 7-day no-spend challenge that actually works – Grocery hacks to save $100 this week – Why budgeting isn’t punishment—it’s protection If you’re feeling anxious about the market, your money, or just life in general—this is your reset button. The stock market just face-planted—and while your investments may be taking a nap, your financial habits don’t have to. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, Pete the Planner breaks down what to do right now to reset your spending, stop the bleeding, and build real resilience.

We’re not talking theory. We’re talking real-life, practical stuff:

– The single subscription to cancel today

– A 7-day no-spend challenge that actually works

– Grocery hacks to save $100 this week

– Why budgeting isn’t punishment—it’s protection

If you’re feeling anxious about the market, your money, or just life in general—this is your reset button.

]]> 357 no Navigating Now: What's actually wrong with the economy and markets right now? Series Premiere Welcome to the first episode of our new financial series, designed to help you make sense of what's happening in the market, the broader economy, and your personal finances. In this premiere, we tackle one of the most talked-about issues in the headlines right now: tariffs. You’ve likely noticed prices creeping up, but how much of that is due to trade policy? And are there other forces at play? In this episode: We break down how tariffs impact the market and your daily expenses We look at how supply chain disruptions and global tensions affect inflation We explain the real-world effects on your cost of living And we share one simple, strategic move you can make to stay ahead financially This series airs live every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen wherever you get your podcasts via The Pete the Planner Podcast feed. This isn’t just news. It’s news you can use. Tue, 08 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Series Premiere Welcome to the first episode of our new financial series, designed to help you make sense of what's happening in the market, the broader economy, and your personal finances. In this premiere, we tackle one of the most talked-about issues in the headlines right now: tariffs. You’ve likely noticed prices creeping up, but how much of that is due to trade policy? And are there other forces at play? In this episode: We break down how tariffs impact the market and your daily expenses We look at how supply chain disruptions and global tensions affect inflation We explain the real-world effects on your cost of living And we share one simple, strategic move you can make to stay ahead financially This series airs live every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen wherever you get your podcasts via The Pete the Planner Podcast feed. This isn’t just news. It’s news you can use. Series Premiere

Welcome to the first episode of our new financial series, designed to help you make sense of what's happening in the market, the broader economy, and your personal finances.

In this premiere, we tackle one of the most talked-about issues in the headlines right now: tariffs. You’ve likely noticed prices creeping up, but how much of that is due to trade policy? And are there other forces at play?

In this episode:

  • We break down how tariffs impact the market and your daily expenses
  • We look at how supply chain disruptions and global tensions affect inflation
  • We explain the real-world effects on your cost of living
  • And we share one simple, strategic move you can make to stay ahead financially

This series airs live every Tuesday and Thursday at 2 PM ET. Watch on YouTube or LinkedIn, or listen wherever you get your podcasts via The Pete the Planner Podcast feed.

This isn’t just news. It’s news you can use.

]]> 707 no The Market’s Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day The market tanked yesterday. Investors panicked. Tariff talk is back. If you're feeling like now is definitely not the time to start investing, you're not alone. But what if that fear is actually holding you back? In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle one of the most paralyzing money fears out there: investing. From yesterday’s market meltdown—fueled by President Trump's tariffs—to the emotional rollercoaster that keeps people on the sidelines, we break down why fear is normal… but not a reason to avoid the market entirely. We explore: The most common fears keeping people from investing (and how to overcome them) What President Trump’s tariffs mean for your portfolio How to understand risk without freaking out A dead-simple 15-minute plan to start investing confidently—even if you feel like you missed your chance If you've ever thought, "I'm too scared to invest," this episode is for you. Fri, 04 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The market tanked yesterday. Investors panicked. Tariff talk is back. If you're feeling like now is definitely not the time to start investing, you're not alone. But what if that fear is actually holding you back? In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle one of the most paralyzing money fears out there: investing. From yesterday’s market meltdown—fueled by President Trump's tariffs—to the emotional rollercoaster that keeps people on the sidelines, we break down why fear is normal… but not a reason to avoid the market entirely. We explore: The most common fears keeping people from investing (and how to overcome them) What President Trump’s tariffs mean for your portfolio How to understand risk without freaking out A dead-simple 15-minute plan to start investing confidently—even if you feel like you missed your chance If you've ever thought, "I'm too scared to invest," this episode is for you. The market tanked yesterday. Investors panicked. Tariff talk is back.

If you're feeling like now is definitely not the time to start investing, you're not alone. But what if that fear is actually holding you back?


In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, we tackle one of the most paralyzing money fears out there: investing. From yesterday’s market meltdown—fueled by President Trump's tariffs—to the emotional rollercoaster that keeps people on the sidelines, we break down why fear is normal… but not a reason to avoid the market entirely.


We explore:


The most common fears keeping people from investing (and how to overcome them)


What President Trump’s tariffs mean for your portfolio


How to understand risk without freaking out


A dead-simple 15-minute plan to start investing confidently—even if you feel like you missed your chance


If you've ever thought, "I'm too scared to invest," this episode is for you.

]]> 4706 no EMERGENCY EPISODE -- If I Were President Trump: What I’d Say About Tariffs In this episode, I step into the role of President—yes, really—to deliver the kind of honest, empathetic, and clear-eyed explanation of tariffs I wish we heard more often. I explore the reasoning behind the Trump administration’s trade strategy, acknowledge the real economic pain many Americans are feeling, and make the case for why short-term sacrifice may be necessary for long-term strength. This isn’t about politics—it’s about leadership, communication, and treating people with respect, even when the news is tough. Thu, 03 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode, I step into the role of President—yes, really—to deliver the kind of honest, empathetic, and clear-eyed explanation of tariffs I wish we heard more often. I explore the reasoning behind the Trump administration’s trade strategy, acknowledge the real economic pain many Americans are feeling, and make the case for why short-term sacrifice may be necessary for long-term strength. This isn’t about politics—it’s about leadership, communication, and treating people with respect, even when the news is tough. In this episode, I step into the role of President—yes, really—to deliver the kind of honest, empathetic, and clear-eyed explanation of tariffs I wish we heard more often. I explore the reasoning behind the Trump administration’s trade strategy, acknowledge the real economic pain many Americans are feeling, and make the case for why short-term sacrifice may be necessary for long-term strength. This isn’t about politics—it’s about leadership, communication, and treating people with respect, even when the news is tough.

]]> 596 no Storytime with Pete: The Insincerity of Negotiation Why does negotiation so often feel like you're lying with a handshake? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dig into the insincerity baked into negotiation—and why it leaves you feeling like you need a shower and a moral realignment. Whether you're haggling over a salary or splitting a dinner bill, negotiation can quietly pit your values against your strategy. Pete unpacks the emotional hangover that follows, and why sometimes, what we call "negotiation" is really just a polite performance of mutual deception. It's honest, a little uncomfortable, and exactly the clarity you didn't know you needed. Thu, 03 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Why does negotiation so often feel like you're lying with a handshake? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dig into the insincerity baked into negotiation—and why it leaves you feeling like you need a shower and a moral realignment. Whether you're haggling over a salary or splitting a dinner bill, negotiation can quietly pit your values against your strategy. Pete unpacks the emotional hangover that follows, and why sometimes, what we call "negotiation" is really just a polite performance of mutual deception. It's honest, a little uncomfortable, and exactly the clarity you didn't know you needed. Why does negotiation so often feel like you're lying with a handshake? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dig into the insincerity baked into negotiation—and why it leaves you feeling like you need a shower and a moral realignment. Whether you're haggling over a salary or splitting a dinner bill, negotiation can quietly pit your values against your strategy. Pete unpacks the emotional hangover that follows, and why sometimes, what we call "negotiation" is really just a polite performance of mutual deception. It's honest, a little uncomfortable, and exactly the clarity you didn't know you needed.

]]> 356 no Storytime with Pete: The Juxtaposition of Modern Consumption In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the oddly satisfying yet financially devastating loop of wanting money so you can buy things—and then not having money because you bought things. Pete unpacks the emotional gymnastics we perform to justify purchases and why true financial freedom might be found in the power of not clicking “Buy Now.” Come for the irony, stay for the guac metaphor. Tue, 01 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the oddly satisfying yet financially devastating loop of wanting money so you can buy things—and then not having money because you bought things. Pete unpacks the emotional gymnastics we perform to justify purchases and why true financial freedom might be found in the power of not clicking “Buy Now.” Come for the irony, stay for the guac metaphor. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the oddly satisfying yet financially devastating loop of wanting money so you can buy things—and then not having money because you bought things. Pete unpacks the emotional gymnastics we perform to justify purchases and why true financial freedom might be found in the power of not clicking “Buy Now.” Come for the irony, stay for the guac metaphor.

]]> 316 no What Can You Afford on $100k a year? The Honest Breakdown Is $100,000 a year really enough to live a stable, comfortable life? In this episode, Pete breaks down the harsh reality of six-figure income in 2025 — starting with what you actually take home after taxes, 401(k contributions, and healthcare. Spoiler: it’s not $100K. Then we build a real financial life around what’s left, covering retirement savings, housing, transportation, food, insurance, and everything else life throws at you. If you’ve ever asked, “Why do I still feel broke even though I make six figures?” — this one’s for you. This is the first in a new series where we build complete financial lives around real household incomes. Coming up: How to make $70,000 feel like stability What life looks like at $50,000 a year Why $200K doesn’t guarantee wealth And what true financial peace looks like at any income Subscribe now — and let’s build a life that actually works. Fri, 28 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Is $100,000 a year really enough to live a stable, comfortable life? In this episode, Pete breaks down the harsh reality of six-figure income in 2025 — starting with what you actually take home after taxes, 401(k contributions, and healthcare. Spoiler: it’s not $100K. Then we build a real financial life around what’s left, covering retirement savings, housing, transportation, food, insurance, and everything else life throws at you. If you’ve ever asked, “Why do I still feel broke even though I make six figures?” — this one’s for you. This is the first in a new series where we build complete financial lives around real household incomes. Coming up: How to make $70,000 feel like stability What life looks like at $50,000 a year Why $200K doesn’t guarantee wealth And what true financial peace looks like at any income Subscribe now — and let’s build a life that actually works. Is $100,000 a year really enough to live a stable, comfortable life?

In this episode, Pete breaks down the harsh reality of six-figure income in 2025 — starting with what you actually take home after taxes, 401(k contributions, and healthcare. Spoiler: it’s not $100K. Then we build a real financial life around what’s left, covering retirement savings, housing, transportation, food, insurance, and everything else life throws at you.

If you’ve ever asked, “Why do I still feel broke even though I make six figures?” — this one’s for you.


This is the first in a new series where we build complete financial lives around real household incomes. Coming up:

  • How to make $70,000 feel like stability
  • What life looks like at $50,000 a year
  • Why $200K doesn’t guarantee wealth
  • And what true financial peace looks like at any income

Subscribe now — and let’s build a life that actually works.

]]> 4506 no Storytime with Pete: What is an American Car? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the tangled web of what it really means to "buy American"—especially in light of President Trump’s March 26 announcement of a 25% tariff on all imported cars and auto parts. It’s a bold move aimed at boosting U.S. manufacturing, but it begs the question: what actually counts as American-made anymore? Using the 2024 Cars.com American-Made Index as our roadmap, Pete uncovers some surprising truths—like why Honda might be more American than Chevy, and how Tesla quietly dominates the list. If you’ve ever proudly bought a “domestic” vehicle, this one’s for you. Let’s hit the gas on the truth behind those red, white, and blue bumpers. Thu, 27 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the tangled web of what it really means to "buy American"—especially in light of President Trump’s March 26 announcement of a 25% tariff on all imported cars and auto parts. It’s a bold move aimed at boosting U.S. manufacturing, but it begs the question: what actually counts as American-made anymore? Using the 2024 Cars.com American-Made Index as our roadmap, Pete uncovers some surprising truths—like why Honda might be more American than Chevy, and how Tesla quietly dominates the list. If you’ve ever proudly bought a “domestic” vehicle, this one’s for you. Let’s hit the gas on the truth behind those red, white, and blue bumpers. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the tangled web of what it really means to "buy American"—especially in light of President Trump’s March 26 announcement of a 25% tariff on all imported cars and auto parts. It’s a bold move aimed at boosting U.S. manufacturing, but it begs the question: what actually counts as American-made anymore?

Using the 2024 Cars.com American-Made Index as our roadmap, Pete uncovers some surprising truths—like why Honda might be more American than Chevy, and how Tesla quietly dominates the list. If you’ve ever proudly bought a “domestic” vehicle, this one’s for you.

Let’s hit the gas on the truth behind those red, white, and blue bumpers.

]]> 263 no Storytime with Pete: The bittersweet tax refund In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the financial mirage that is the tax refund. Sure, it feels like free money—but it's really your own cash making a dramatic return after spending a year with the IRS. Pete breaks down why getting a big refund isn’t a win, how it exposes flawed money management, and what you can do to turn that refund into a financial reset (instead of a regrettable shopping spree). It's funny, it's a little uncomfortable, and—most importantly—it'll change how you think about your next refund check. Tue, 25 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the financial mirage that is the tax refund. Sure, it feels like free money—but it's really your own cash making a dramatic return after spending a year with the IRS. Pete breaks down why getting a big refund isn’t a win, how it exposes flawed money management, and what you can do to turn that refund into a financial reset (instead of a regrettable shopping spree). It's funny, it's a little uncomfortable, and—most importantly—it'll change how you think about your next refund check. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we unpack the financial mirage that is the tax refund. Sure, it feels like free money—but it's really your own cash making a dramatic return after spending a year with the IRS. Pete breaks down why getting a big refund isn’t a win, how it exposes flawed money management, and what you can do to turn that refund into a financial reset (instead of a regrettable shopping spree). It's funny, it's a little uncomfortable, and—most importantly—it'll change how you think about your next refund check.

]]> 353 no Trapped at the Bottom: The Science Behind Staying Broke Economic mobility—the ability to move up the financial ladder—has long been a hallmark of the American Dream. But recent research suggests that for many, mobility is increasingly out of reach. In this episode, we’ll examine the determinants of economic mobility, explore why some individuals and families stay stagnant, and discuss realistic strategies for improving mobility at both a personal and policy level. Fri, 21 Mar 2025 19:52:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Economic mobility—the ability to move up the financial ladder—has long been a hallmark of the American Dream. But recent research suggests that for many, mobility is increasingly out of reach. In this episode, we’ll examine the determinants of economic mobility, explore why some individuals and families stay stagnant, and discuss realistic strategies for improving mobility at both a personal and policy level. Economic mobility—the ability to move up the financial ladder—has long been a hallmark of the American Dream. But recent research suggests that for many, mobility is increasingly out of reach. In this episode, we’ll examine the determinants of economic mobility, explore why some individuals and families stay stagnant, and discuss realistic strategies for improving mobility at both a personal and policy level.

]]> 4182 no Storytime with Pete: The Recession Obsession Are we on the brink of a recession, or is this just another round of economic fear-mongering? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down the recession debate, why everything feels expensive even if the economy is supposedly fine, and whether tariffs could push us over the edge. Plus, practical steps to recession-proof your finances—without panicking and buying gold bars. Tune in, stay informed, and maybe start brewing your own coffee. Tue, 18 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Are we on the brink of a recession, or is this just another round of economic fear-mongering? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down the recession debate, why everything feels expensive even if the economy is supposedly fine, and whether tariffs could push us over the edge. Plus, practical steps to recession-proof your finances—without panicking and buying gold bars. Tune in, stay informed, and maybe start brewing your own coffee. Are we on the brink of a recession, or is this just another round of economic fear-mongering? In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down the recession debate, why everything feels expensive even if the economy is supposedly fine, and whether tariffs could push us over the edge. Plus, practical steps to recession-proof your finances—without panicking and buying gold bars. Tune in, stay informed, and maybe start brewing your own coffee.

]]> 460 no Panic is Expensive -- Calm Down Market downturns bring out the worst in investors—panic selling, emotional decisions, and a desperate need to ‘do something.’ But that’s exactly when a good financial advisor proves their worth. In this episode, we pull back the curtain on what advisors really do during turbulent times. From keeping clients from self-sabotage to executing tactical strategies like tax-loss harvesting and rebalancing, we break down why their value goes far beyond picking investments. Plus, why going it alone in a volatile market could be the most expensive mistake you ever make. If you've ever questioned whether an advisor is worth it, this episode is for you. Fri, 14 Mar 2025 17:53:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Market downturns bring out the worst in investors—panic selling, emotional decisions, and a desperate need to ‘do something.’ But that’s exactly when a good financial advisor proves their worth. In this episode, we pull back the curtain on what advisors really do during turbulent times. From keeping clients from self-sabotage to executing tactical strategies like tax-loss harvesting and rebalancing, we break down why their value goes far beyond picking investments. Plus, why going it alone in a volatile market could be the most expensive mistake you ever make. If you've ever questioned whether an advisor is worth it, this episode is for you. Market downturns bring out the worst in investors—panic selling, emotional decisions, and a desperate need to ‘do something.’ But that’s exactly when a good financial advisor proves their worth. In this episode, we pull back the curtain on what advisors really do during turbulent times. From keeping clients from self-sabotage to executing tactical strategies like tax-loss harvesting and rebalancing, we break down why their value goes far beyond picking investments. Plus, why going it alone in a volatile market could be the most expensive mistake you ever make. If you've ever questioned whether an advisor is worth it, this episode is for you. Market downturns bring out the worst in investors—panic selling, emotional decisions, and a desperate need to ‘do something.’ But that’s exactly when a good financial advisor proves their worth. In this episode, we pull back the curtain on what advisors really do during turbulent times. From keeping clients from self-sabotage to executing tactical strategies like tax-loss harvesting and rebalancing, we break down why their value goes far beyond picking investments. Plus, why going it alone in a volatile market could be the most expensive mistake you ever make. If you've ever questioned whether an advisor is worth it, this episode is for you.

]]> 4375 Storytime with Pete: Youth travel sports In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the financial and emotional whirlwind of youth travel sports. What started as something I once mocked has now become my weekend reality—two-star hotels, overpriced tournament fees, and the ever-present pressure to “invest” in my kid’s future. But is it worth it? Can a reasonable person justify the expense? And what happens to the families who can’t afford it but do it anyway? Join me as we explore the absurdity, the financial lessons, and the delicate balance between passion and practicality in the world of elite youth sports. Tue, 11 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the financial and emotional whirlwind of youth travel sports. What started as something I once mocked has now become my weekend reality—two-star hotels, overpriced tournament fees, and the ever-present pressure to “invest” in my kid’s future. But is it worth it? Can a reasonable person justify the expense? And what happens to the families who can’t afford it but do it anyway? Join me as we explore the absurdity, the financial lessons, and the delicate balance between passion and practicality in the world of elite youth sports. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the financial and emotional whirlwind of youth travel sports. What started as something I once mocked has now become my weekend reality—two-star hotels, overpriced tournament fees, and the ever-present pressure to “invest” in my kid’s future. But is it worth it? Can a reasonable person justify the expense? And what happens to the families who can’t afford it but do it anyway? Join me as we explore the absurdity, the financial lessons, and the delicate balance between passion and practicality in the world of elite youth sports. In this episode of Storytime with Pete, we dive into the financial and emotional whirlwind of youth travel sports. What started as something I once mocked has now become my weekend reality—two-star hotels, overpriced tournament fees, and the ever-present pressure to “invest” in my kid’s future. But is it worth it? Can a reasonable person justify the expense? And what happens to the families who can’t afford it but do it anyway? Join me as we explore the absurdity, the financial lessons, and the delicate balance between passion and practicality in the world of elite youth sports.

]]> 425 Credit Scores: The Silent Score Controlling Your Life Your credit report might be controlling more of your life than you think. From loans and insurance rates to job opportunities and even renting an apartment, this silent score holds serious power. But is the system fair, or is it working against you? In this episode, Pete dives into the history, controversies, and hidden pitfalls of credit reports—plus what you can do to take back control. If you’ve ever wondered whether your credit report is helping or hurting you, this is the episode you don’t want to miss. Fri, 07 Mar 2025 05:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Your credit report might be controlling more of your life than you think. From loans and insurance rates to job opportunities and even renting an apartment, this silent score holds serious power. But is the system fair, or is it working against you? In this episode, Pete dives into the history, controversies, and hidden pitfalls of credit reports—plus what you can do to take back control. If you’ve ever wondered whether your credit report is helping or hurting you, this is the episode you don’t want to miss. Your credit report might be controlling more of your life than you think. From loans and insurance rates to job opportunities and even renting an apartment, this silent score holds serious power. But is the system fair, or is it working against you? In this episode, Pete dives into the history, controversies, and hidden pitfalls of credit reports—plus what you can do to take back control. If you’ve ever wondered whether your credit report is helping or hurting you, this is the episode you don’t want to miss. Your credit report might be controlling more of your life than you think. From loans and insurance rates to job opportunities and even renting an apartment, this silent score holds serious power. But is the system fair, or is it working against you? In this episode, Pete dives into the history, controversies, and hidden pitfalls of credit reports—plus what you can do to take back control. If you’ve ever wondered whether your credit report is helping or hurting you, this is the episode you don’t want to miss.

]]> 4067 Storytime with Pete: The good and the bad of tariffs https://blubrry.com/askptp/142829580/storytime-with-pete-the-good-and-the-bad-of-tariffs/ Exploring the good and the bad of tariffs. And yes, there's good. Tue, 04 Mar 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Exploring the good and the bad of tariffs. And yes, there's good. Exploring the good and the bad of tariffs. And yes, there's good. Exploring the good and the bad of tariffs. And yes, there's good.

]]> 427 no Why it feels impossible to get ahead https://blubrry.com/askptp/142713886/why-it-feels-impossible-to-get-ahead/ Today, Pete, Kristen, and Dame take a deep dive into the best and worst economic periods in American history. Was the post-WWII boom really the golden age of prosperity, or is that just nostalgia talking? How does today’s economy stack up against past crises like the Great Depression, stagflation, and the Great Recession? We break down real numbers—GDP growth, wages, home affordability, and even the cost of healthcare and college—to see when life was truly the best (and worst) for the average American. Plus, what lessons can we take from history to improve our financial future? Strap in for a fascinating discussion full of surprises, economic insights, and just a little bit of Kristen and Dame keeping Pete in check. Listen now—because knowing history might just help your wallet today. Fri, 28 Feb 2025 16:17:00 -0000 Why it feels impossible to get ahead full IBJ Media Today, Pete, Kristen, and Dame take a deep dive into the best and worst economic periods in American history. Was the post-WWII boom really the golden age of prosperity, or is that just nostalgia talking? How does today’s economy stack up against past crises like the Great Depression, stagflation, and the Great Recession?We break down real numbers—GDP growth, wages, home affordability, and even the cost of healthcare and college—to see when life was truly the best (and worst) for the average American. Plus, what lessons can we take from history to improve our financial future?Strap in for a fascinating discussion full of surprises, economic insights, and just a little bit of Kristen and Dame keeping Pete in check.Listen now—because knowing history might just help your wallet today. Today, Pete, Kristen, and Dame take a deep dive into the best and worst economic periods in American history. Was the post-WWII boom really the golden age of prosperity, or is that just nostalgia talking? How does today’s economy stack up against past crises like the Great Depression, stagflation, and the Great Recession? We break down real numbers—GDP growth, wages, home affordability, and even the cost of healthcare and college—to see when life was truly the best (and worst) for the average American. Plus, what lessons can we take from history to improve our financial future? Strap in for a fascinating discussion full of surprises, economic insights, and just a little bit of Kristen and Dame keeping Pete in check. Listen now—because knowing history might just help your wallet today. Today, Pete, Kristen, and Dame take a deep dive into the best and worst economic periods in American history. Was the post-WWII boom really the golden age of prosperity, or is that just nostalgia talking? How does today’s economy stack up against past crises like the Great Depression, stagflation, and the Great Recession?


We break down real numbers—GDP growth, wages, home affordability, and even the cost of healthcare and college—to see when life was truly the best (and worst) for the average American. Plus, what lessons can we take from history to improve our financial future?


Strap in for a fascinating discussion full of surprises, economic insights, and just a little bit of Kristen and Dame keeping Pete in check.


Listen now—because knowing history might just help your wallet today.

]]> 4140 no Storytime with Pete: The winners and losers in the death of the CFPB https://blubrry.com/askptp/142577801/storytime-with-pete-the-winners-and-losers-in-the-death-of-the-cfpb/ The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is officially no more. Is this the long-overdue removal of a bureaucratic overreach, or the beginning of a new era of financial chaos? In today’s episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down what the CFPB’s closure means for banks, businesses, and, most importantly, your wallet. Will fewer regulations lead to more financial freedom, or just more fine print and hidden fees? Let’s find out. Tue, 25 Feb 2025 13:36:00 -0000 full IBJ Media The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is officially no more. Is this the long-overdue removal of a bureaucratic overreach, or the beginning of a new era of financial chaos? In today’s episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down what the CFPB’s closure means for banks, businesses, and, most importantly, your wallet. Will fewer regulations lead to more financial freedom, or just more fine print and hidden fees? Let’s find out. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is officially no more. Is this the long-overdue removal of a bureaucratic overreach, or the beginning of a new era of financial chaos? In today’s episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down what the CFPB’s closure means for banks, businesses, and, most importantly, your wallet. Will fewer regulations lead to more financial freedom, or just more fine print and hidden fees? Let’s find out. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is officially no more. Is this the long-overdue removal of a bureaucratic overreach, or the beginning of a new era of financial chaos? In today’s episode of Storytime with Pete, we break down what the CFPB’s closure means for banks, businesses, and, most importantly, your wallet. Will fewer regulations lead to more financial freedom, or just more fine print and hidden fees? Let’s find out.

]]> 352 no Storytime with Pete: The truth about egg prices https://blubrry.com/askptp/142344346/storytime-with-pete-the-truth-about-egg-prices/ A new series -- Storytime with Pete. Pete the Planner delivers sharp, insightful, and sometimes provocative takes on the financial world and beyond—all in under five minutes. These short-form episodes are high-energy, opinionated, and straight to the point, blending Pete’s signature wit with hard-hitting truths about money, business, and life. Whether he’s breaking down economic trends, calling out financial nonsense, or offering no-nonsense advice, Pete keeps it real and relevant. No fluff. No wasted time. Just Pete, a mic, and a fresh perspective. New episodes drop regularly—quick enough to fit into your coffee break, but impactful enough to change how you think about your money and future. Wed, 19 Feb 2025 19:36:00 -0000 full IBJ Media A new series -- Storytime with Pete.Pete the Planner delivers sharp, insightful, and sometimes provocative takes on the financial world and beyond—all in under five minutes. These short-form episodes are high-energy, opinionated, and straight to the point, blending Pete’s signature wit with hard-hitting truths about money, business, and life. Whether he’s breaking down economic trends, calling out financial nonsense, or offering no-nonsense advice, Pete keeps it real and relevant.No fluff. No wasted time. Just Pete, a mic, and a fresh perspective.New episodes drop regularly—quick enough to fit into your coffee break, but impactful enough to change how you think about your money and future. A new series -- Storytime with Pete. Pete the Planner delivers sharp, insightful, and sometimes provocative takes on the financial world and beyond—all in under five minutes. These short-form episodes are high-energy, opinionated, and straight to the point, blending Pete’s signature wit with hard-hitting truths about money, business, and life. Whether he’s breaking down economic trends, calling out financial nonsense, or offering no-nonsense advice, Pete keeps it real and relevant. No fluff. No wasted time. Just Pete, a mic, and a fresh perspective. New episodes drop regularly—quick enough to fit into your coffee break, but impactful enough to change how you think about your money and future. A new series -- Storytime with Pete.


Pete the Planner delivers sharp, insightful, and sometimes provocative takes on the financial world and beyond—all in under five minutes. These short-form episodes are high-energy, opinionated, and straight to the point, blending Pete’s signature wit with hard-hitting truths about money, business, and life. Whether he’s breaking down economic trends, calling out financial nonsense, or offering no-nonsense advice, Pete keeps it real and relevant.

No fluff. No wasted time. Just Pete, a mic, and a fresh perspective.

New episodes drop regularly—quick enough to fit into your coffee break, but impactful enough to change how you think about your money and future.

]]> 343 no Stockpicking 101: More than vibes https://blubrry.com/askptp/142301206/stockpicking-101-more-than-vibes/ In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Kristen, and Dane dive into a mix of financial wisdom, everyday observations, and entertaining tangents. Pete kicks things off by discussing an unexpected fashion moment inspired by a mannequin outfit. From there, the team transitions into personal finance topics, breaking down money management strategies with a relatable and humorous approach. Whether it's navigating spending habits, financial planning, or reacting to real-world economic trends, this episode balances practical advice with engaging conversation. Tue, 18 Feb 2025 19:42:51 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Kristen, and Dane dive into a mix of financial wisdom, everyday observations, and entertaining tangents. Pete kicks things off by discussing an unexpected fashion moment inspired by a mannequin outfit. From there, the team transitions into personal finance topics, breaking down money management strategies with a relatable and humorous approach. Whether it's navigating spending habits, financial planning, or reacting to real-world economic trends, this episode balances practical advice with engaging conversation. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Kristen, and Dane dive into a mix of financial wisdom, everyday observations, and entertaining tangents. Pete kicks things off by discussing an unexpected fashion moment inspired by a mannequin outfit. From there, the team transitions into personal finance topics, breaking down money management strategies with a relatable and humorous approach. Whether it's navigating spending habits, financial planning, or reacting to real-world economic trends, this episode balances practical advice with engaging conversation. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Kristen, and Dane dive into a mix of financial wisdom, everyday observations, and entertaining tangents. Pete kicks things off by discussing an unexpected fashion moment inspired by a mannequin outfit. From there, the team transitions into personal finance topics, breaking down money management strategies with a relatable and humorous approach. Whether it's navigating spending habits, financial planning, or reacting to real-world economic trends, this episode balances practical advice with engaging conversation.



]]> 3878 no Netflix, Chill, and Split the Bill https://blubrry.com/askptp/142161248/netflix-chill-and-split-the-bill/ Big Changes for The Pete the Planner Show! Plus, Love and Money We’re kicking things off with a major update—The Pete the Planner Show is now part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network! If you're a longtime listener, welcome back. If you’re new, get ready for a personal finance show that’s anything but ordinary. In this episode, Pete, Kristen Ahlenius, and Damian Dunn talk about the evolution of the show, what this new partnership means, and the core mission of helping people navigate money with humor, honesty, and insight. But that’s not all—since it’s Valentine’s week, we’re diving into one of the biggest financial stressors in relationships: Love and Money. Why financial transparency is key in any partnership Common money fights couples have—and how to avoid them The real impact of different spending styles and financial goals How to talk about money without ruining date night  Subscribe, leave a review, and stay tuned for more insightful (and weird) financial wisdom! Fri, 14 Feb 2025 19:02:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Big Changes for The Pete the Planner Show! Plus, Love and MoneyWe’re kicking things off with a major update—The Pete the Planner Show is now part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network! If you're a longtime listener, welcome back. If you’re new, get ready for a personal finance show that’s anything but ordinary.In this episode, Pete, Kristen Ahlenius, and Damian Dunn talk about the evolution of the show, what this new partnership means, and the core mission of helping people navigate money with humor, honesty, and insight.But that’s not all—since it’s Valentine’s week, we’re diving into one of the biggest financial stressors in relationships: Love and Money.* Why financial transparency is key in any partnership* Common money fights couples have—and how to avoid them* The real impact of different spending styles and financial goals* How to talk about money without ruining date nightSubscribe, leave a review, and stay tuned for more insightful (and weird) financial wisdom! Big Changes for The Pete the Planner Show! Plus, Love and Money We’re kicking things off with a major update—The Pete the Planner Show is now part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network! If you're a longtime listener, welcome back. If you’re new, get ready for a personal finance show that’s anything but ordinary. In this episode, Pete, Kristen Ahlenius, and Damian Dunn talk about the evolution of the show, what this new partnership means, and the core mission of helping people navigate money with humor, honesty, and insight. But that’s not all—since it’s Valentine’s week, we’re diving into one of the biggest financial stressors in relationships: Love and Money. Why financial transparency is key in any partnership Common money fights couples have—and how to avoid them The real impact of different spending styles and financial goals How to talk about money without ruining date night  Subscribe, leave a review, and stay tuned for more insightful (and weird) financial wisdom! Big Changes for The Pete the Planner Show! Plus, Love and Money


We’re kicking things off with a major update—The Pete the Planner Show is now part of the IBJ Media Podcast Network! If you're a longtime listener, welcome back. If you’re new, get ready for a personal finance show that’s anything but ordinary.

In this episode, Pete, Kristen Ahlenius, and Damian Dunn talk about the evolution of the show, what this new partnership means, and the core mission of helping people navigate money with humor, honesty, and insight.


But that’s not all—since it’s Valentine’s week, we’re diving into one of the biggest financial stressors in relationships: Love and Money.


  • Why financial transparency is key in any partnership
  • Common money fights couples have—and how to avoid them
  • The real impact of different spending styles and financial goals
  • How to talk about money without ruining date night



Subscribe, leave a review, and stay tuned for more insightful (and weird) financial wisdom!




]]> 3822 no Tapping Investments Early: Goldmine or Landmine https://blubrry.com/askptp/141982443/tapping-investments-early-goldmine-or-landmine/ In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle a listener’s question about using a taxable brokerage account to supplement income before retirement. A high-earning couple with no debt and significant savings wonders if they should ease off their high-paying IT jobs and start tapping their investments. Pete isn’t buying it—he challenges whether they’re taking the easy way out rather than making a sustainable career shift. The conversation dives into financial independence, the psychology of wealth-building, and why having enough money doesn’t always mean you should start using it. Is this couple making a smart move, or are they jeopardizing their long-term financial security? Plus, Pete shares insights from his son’s personal finance class, unexpected thoughts on hugging etiquette, and an inside look at changes coming to the show. Tue, 11 Feb 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle a listener’s question about using a taxable brokerage account to supplement income before retirement. A high-earning couple with no debt and significant savings wonders if they should ease off their high-paying IT jobs and start tapping their investments. Pete isn’t buying it—he challenges whether they’re taking the easy way out rather than making a sustainable career shift.The conversation dives into financial independence, the psychology of wealth-building, and why having enough money doesn’t always mean you should start using it. Is this couple making a smart move, or are they jeopardizing their long-term financial security? Plus, Pete shares insights from his son’s personal finance class, unexpected thoughts on hugging etiquette, and an inside look at changes coming to the show. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle a listener’s question about using a taxable brokerage account to supplement income before retirement. A high-earning couple with no debt and significant savings wonders if they should ease off their high-paying IT jobs and start tapping their investments. Pete isn’t buying it—he challenges whether they’re taking the easy way out rather than making a sustainable career shift. The conversation dives into financial independence, the psychology of wealth-building, and why having enough money doesn’t always mean you should start using it. Is this couple making a smart move, or are they jeopardizing their long-term financial security? Plus, Pete shares insights from his son’s personal finance class, unexpected thoughts on hugging etiquette, and an inside look at changes coming to the show. In this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, Pete, Dame, and Kristen tackle a listener’s question about using a taxable brokerage account to supplement income before retirement. A high-earning couple with no debt and significant savings wonders if they should ease off their high-paying IT jobs and start tapping their investments. Pete isn’t buying it—he challenges whether they’re taking the easy way out rather than making a sustainable career shift.


The conversation dives into financial independence, the psychology of wealth-building, and why having enough money doesn’t always mean you should start using it. Is this couple making a smart move, or are they jeopardizing their long-term financial security? Plus, Pete shares insights from his son’s personal finance class, unexpected thoughts on hugging etiquette, and an inside look at changes coming to the show.


]]> 4019 no 2025 Spectaxular https://blubrry.com/askptp/141738083/2025-spectaxular/ Tax season is upon us, and The Pete the Planner Show is here to guide you through it with The 2025 SpecTAXular! Pete, Dame, and Kristen dive deep into everything you need to know about taxes—what your accountant really wishes you knew, how to avoid common tax season pitfalls, and the ultimate debate: Is it better to owe or get a refund? They also tackle listener questions, bust common tax myths (hint: there’s no such thing as a “write-off”), and break down the difference between standard deductions and itemized deductions. Plus, Dame shares insider wisdom from his tax expert wife, even though she wasn’t invited to the show. Tue, 04 Feb 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Tax season is upon us, and The Pete the Planner Show is here to guide you through it with The 2025 SpecTAXular! Pete, Dame, and Kristen dive deep into everything you need to know about taxes—what your accountant really wishes you knew, how to avoid common tax season pitfalls, and the ultimate debate: Is it better to owe or get a refund?They also tackle listener questions, bust common tax myths (hint: there’s no such thing as a “write-off”), and break down the difference between standard deductions and itemized deductions. Plus, Dame shares insider wisdom from his tax expert wife, even though she wasn’t invited to the show. Tax season is upon us, and The Pete the Planner Show is here to guide you through it with The 2025 SpecTAXular! Pete, Dame, and Kristen dive deep into everything you need to know about taxes—what your accountant really wishes you knew, how to avoid common tax season pitfalls, and the ultimate debate: Is it better to owe or get a refund? They also tackle listener questions, bust common tax myths (hint: there’s no such thing as a “write-off”), and break down the difference between standard deductions and itemized deductions. Plus, Dame shares insider wisdom from his tax expert wife, even though she wasn’t invited to the show. Tax season is upon us, and The Pete the Planner Show is here to guide you through it with The 2025 SpecTAXular! Pete, Dame, and Kristen dive deep into everything you need to know about taxes—what your accountant really wishes you knew, how to avoid common tax season pitfalls, and the ultimate debate: Is it better to owe or get a refund?


They also tackle listener questions, bust common tax myths (hint: there’s no such thing as a “write-off”), and break down the difference between standard deductions and itemized deductions. Plus, Dame shares insider wisdom from his tax expert wife, even though she wasn’t invited to the show.


]]> 3580 no Ep. 572: When in doubt, use target date funds...according to one of us https://blubrry.com/askptp/141483187/ep-572-when-in-doubt-use-target-date-fundsaccording-to-one-of-us/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the utility of target date funds. Disagreement abounds. Tue, 28 Jan 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the utility of target date funds. Disagreement abounds. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the utility of target date funds. Disagreement abounds. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the utility of target date funds. Disagreement abounds.

]]> 3134 no Ep. 571: Why we told an emailer it's time to breakup with his financial advisor https://blubrry.com/askptp/141088229/ep-571-why-we-told-an-emailer-its-time-to-breakup-with-his-financial-advisor/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate whether or not an emailer should breakup with their advisor. We talk fees, communication, and underperformance. Tue, 21 Jan 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate whether or not an emailer should breakup with their advisor. We talk fees, communication, and underperformance. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate whether or not an emailer should breakup with their advisor. We talk fees, communication, and underperformance. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate whether or not an emailer should breakup with their advisor. We talk fees, communication, and underperformance.

]]> 3968 no Ep. 570: 2025 stock pics of the year https://blubrry.com/askptp/140925341/ep-570-2025-stock-pics-of-the-year/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete pick their stocks for 2025. As always, the stock picks are for entertainment purposes only. Tue, 14 Jan 2025 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete pick their stocks for 2025. As always, the stock picks are for entertainment purposes only. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete pick their stocks for 2025. As always, the stock picks are for entertainment purposes only. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete pick their stocks for 2025. As always, the stock picks are for entertainment purposes only.

]]> 3628 no Ep. 569: End of the year extravaganza https://blubrry.com/askptp/140010016/ep-569-end-of-the-year-extravaganza/ Pete and Kristen wrap the year! Tue, 24 Dec 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Kristen wrap the year! Pete and Kristen wrap the year! Pete and Kristen wrap the year!

]]> 3279 no Ep. 568: Financial influencer advice is somehow getting worse https://blubrry.com/askptp/139814347/ep-568-financial-influencer-advice-is-somehow-getting-worse/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss terrible housing advice which would leave you stressed, broke, and working forever. Tue, 17 Dec 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss terrible housing advice which would leave you stressed, broke, and working forever. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss terrible housing advice which would leave you stressed, broke, and working forever. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss terrible housing advice which would leave you stressed, broke, and working forever.

]]> 3926 no Ep. 567: Finally a substantive episode on Bitcoin https://blubrry.com/askptp/139509863/ep-567-finally-a-substantive-episode-on-bitcoin/ On this week's episode, the crew is joined by crypto enthusiast Doug Collins to talk about Bitcoin cresting $100k/coin Tue, 10 Dec 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, the crew is joined by crypto enthusiast Doug Collins to talk about Bitcoin cresting $100k/coin On this week's episode, the crew is joined by crypto enthusiast Doug Collins to talk about Bitcoin cresting $100k/coin On this week's episode, the crew is joined by crypto enthusiast Doug Collins to talk about Bitcoin cresting $100k/coin

]]> 4013 no Ep. 566: Neglecting your home will cost you https://blubrry.com/askptp/138916285/ep-566-neglecting-your-home-will-cost-you/ On this week's episode Dame and Pete talk about how easy it is to get behind on home projects. Tue, 26 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode Dame and Pete talk about how easy it is to get behind on home projects. On this week's episode Dame and Pete talk about how easy it is to get behind on home projects. On this week's episode Dame and Pete talk about how easy it is to get behind on home projects.

]]> 3577 no Ep. 565: The conversations to have before you combine finances https://blubrry.com/askptp/138563752/ep-565-the-conversations-to-have-before-you-combine-finances/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about what you should discuss with your partner before you combine finances. Tue, 19 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about what you should discuss with your partner before you combine finances. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about what you should discuss with your partner before you combine finances. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about what you should discuss with your partner before you combine finances.

]]> 3981 no Ep. 564: How will Trump's re-election impact the markets and the economy at large? https://blubrry.com/askptp/138318538/ep-564-how-will-trumps-re-election-impact-the-markets-and-the-economy-at-large/ Don't worry, we don't get into the politics. Numbers only this week. Tue, 12 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Don't worry, we don't get into the politics. Numbers only this week. Don't worry, we don't get into the politics. Numbers only this week. Don't worry, we don't get into the politics. Numbers only this week.

]]> 4461 no Ep. 563: Financial infidelity isn't sustainable https://blubrry.com/askptp/138165699/ep-563-financial-infidelity-isnt-sustainable/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer an email regarding financial infidelity. Let's just say they didn't like the ground rules. Tue, 05 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer an email regarding financial infidelity. Let's just say they didn't like the ground rules. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer an email regarding financial infidelity. Let's just say they didn't like the ground rules. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer an email regarding financial infidelity. Let's just say they didn't like the ground rules.

]]> 3345 no Ep. 562: Does everyone actually need a financial planner? https://blubrry.com/askptp/137954771/ep-562-does-everyone-actually-need-a-financial-planner/ On this week's episode we discuss whether or not everyone really needs a financial planner. Tue, 29 Oct 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode we discuss whether or not everyone really needs a financial planner. On this week's episode we discuss whether or not everyone really needs a financial planner. On this week's episode we discuss whether or not everyone really needs a financial planner.

]]> 3348 no Ep. 561: The case for the 15 year mortgage https://blubrry.com/askptp/137714989/ep-561-the-case-for-the-15-year-mortgage/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss they whys and why-nots of 15 year mortgages. Tue, 22 Oct 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss they whys and why-nots of 15 year mortgages. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss they whys and why-nots of 15 year mortgages. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss they whys and why-nots of 15 year mortgages.

]]> 4202 no Ep. 560: Should you refinance a car loan? https://blubrry.com/askptp/137479110/ep-560-should-you-refinance-a-car-loan/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the falling interest rates should influence you to refinance your car loans. Tue, 15 Oct 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the falling interest rates should influence you to refinance your car loans. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the falling interest rates should influence you to refinance your car loans. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the falling interest rates should influence you to refinance your car loans.

]]> 4234 no Ep. 559: Arguing with each other for an hour https://blubrry.com/askptp/137059678/ep-559-arguing-with-each-other-for-an-hour/ On this week's episode, chaos. Tue, 08 Oct 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, chaos. On this week's episode, chaos. On this week's episode, chaos.

]]> 3553 no Ep. 558: Pete returns to social media https://blubrry.com/askptp/136838321/ep-558-pete-returns-to-social-media/ On this week's episode, Pete teases his return to the socials. Tue, 01 Oct 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Pete teases his return to the socials. On this week's episode, Pete teases his return to the socials. On this week's episode, Pete teases his return to the socials.

]]> 3425 no Ep. 557: Splitting things 50/50 in a divorce is more complicated than you think https://blubrry.com/askptp/136241925/ep-557-splitting-things-5050-in-a-divorce-is-more-complicated-than-you-think/ On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss an email from divorcee who may not have gotten the best divorce settlement. Tue, 17 Sep 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss an email from divorcee who may not have gotten the best divorce settlement. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss an email from divorcee who may not have gotten the best divorce settlement. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss an email from divorcee who may not have gotten the best divorce settlement.

]]> 3785 no Ep. 556: Are youth travel sports worth it? https://blubrry.com/askptp/135984158/ep-556-are-youth-travel-sports-worth-it/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the outlandish costs of youth travel sports. Kristen goes back in time to adopt Pete's perspective from 10 years ago. Tue, 10 Sep 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the outlandish costs of youth travel sports. Kristen goes back in time to adopt Pete's perspective from 10 years ago. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the outlandish costs of youth travel sports. Kristen goes back in time to adopt Pete's perspective from 10 years ago. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the outlandish costs of youth travel sports. Kristen goes back in time to adopt Pete's perspective from 10 years ago.

]]> 3705 no Ep. 555: All balances being equal, should you payoff student loans, credit cards, or car loans first? https://blubrry.com/askptp/135776027/ep-555-all-balances-being-equal-should-you-payoff-student-loans-credit-cards-or-car-loans-first/ On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete talk about why different types of debt are, well, different. Mon, 02 Sep 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete talk about why different types of debt are, well, different. On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete talk about why different types of debt are, well, different. On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete talk about why different types of debt are, well, different.

]]> 3820 no Ep. 554: Big inheritance, shocked into retirement? https://blubrry.com/askptp/135462317/ep-554-big-inheritance-shocked-into-retirement/ On this week's episode we consider whether or not a person should retire based on a surprise inheritance. Tue, 27 Aug 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode we consider whether or not a person should retire based on a surprise inheritance. On this week's episode we consider whether or not a person should retire based on a surprise inheritance. On this week's episode we consider whether or not a person should retire based on a surprise inheritance.

]]> 3179 no Ep. 553: The new real estate commission changes are WILD https://blubrry.com/askptp/135126585/ep-553-the-new-real-estate-commission-changes-are-wild/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete are joined by real estate wizard Jimmy Dulin. We knew there were major real estate contract changes, we had no idea how big the changes are. Tue, 20 Aug 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete are joined by real estate wizard Jimmy Dulin. We knew there were major real estate contract changes, we had no idea how big the changes are. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete are joined by real estate wizard Jimmy Dulin. We knew there were major real estate contract changes, we had no idea how big the changes are. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete are joined by real estate wizard Jimmy Dulin. We knew there were major real estate contract changes, we had no idea how big the changes are.

]]> 4118 no Ep. 552: It's likely too soon to refinance https://blubrry.com/askptp/134760518/ep-552-its-likely-too-soon-to-refinance/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss historic mortgage rates and whether or not it's too soon to refinance. Tue, 13 Aug 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss historic mortgage rates and whether or not it's too soon to refinance. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss historic mortgage rates and whether or not it's too soon to refinance. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss historic mortgage rates and whether or not it's too soon to refinance.

]]> 4154 no Ep. 551: Sure personal finance is personal, but you're not the only stakeholder https://blubrry.com/askptp/134320364/ep-551-sure-personal-finance-is-personal-but-youre-not-the-only-stakeholder/ On this week's episode Kristen and Pete explore the various stakeholders in your personal finances, including the furry four-legged ones. Tue, 06 Aug 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode Kristen and Pete explore the various stakeholders in your personal finances, including the furry four-legged ones. On this week's episode Kristen and Pete explore the various stakeholders in your personal finances, including the furry four-legged ones. On this week's episode Kristen and Pete explore the various stakeholders in your personal finances, including the furry four-legged ones.

]]> 3904 no Ep. 550: Whoever the next President is, will love the falling interest rates https://blubrry.com/askptp/133555343/ep-550-whoever-the-next-president-is-will-love-the-falling-interest-rates/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk politics. Well, no exactly. We talk economics, and the ramifications for the next president. Tue, 30 Jul 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk politics. Well, no exactly. We talk economics, and the ramifications for the next president. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk politics. Well, no exactly. We talk economics, and the ramifications for the next president. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk politics. Well, no exactly. We talk economics, and the ramifications for the next president.

]]> 3807 no Ep. 549: Pushing your housing budget, when you don't have to https://blubrry.com/askptp/133419848/ep-549-pushing-your-housing-budget-when-you-dont-have-to/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether it makes any sense at all to make a dynamic housing decision, when housing has previously been a position of strength in a money life. Also, Pete glitches-out. Tue, 23 Jul 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether it makes any sense at all to make a dynamic housing decision, when housing has previously been a position of strength in a money life. Also, Pete glitches-out. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether it makes any sense at all to make a dynamic housing decision, when housing has previously been a position of strength in a money life. Also, Pete glitches-out. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether it makes any sense at all to make a dynamic housing decision, when housing has previously been a position of strength in a money life.


Also, Pete glitches-out.

]]> 3809 no Ep. 548: Should you intervene in your friend's financial infidelity? https://blubrry.com/askptp/133008111/ep-548-should-you-intervene-in-your-friends-financial-infidelity/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame discuss whether or not an emailer should say something about a friend hiding purchases. It has all the elements of a great story, including money, fast food gift cards, and well, that's it. Tue, 16 Jul 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame discuss whether or not an emailer should say something about a friend hiding purchases. It has all the elements of a great story, including money, fast food gift cards, and well, that's it. On this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame discuss whether or not an emailer should say something about a friend hiding purchases. It has all the elements of a great story, including money, fast food gift cards, and well, that's it. On this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame discuss whether or not an emailer should say something about a friend hiding purchases. It has all the elements of a great story, including money, fast food gift cards, and well, that's it.

]]> 3970 no Ep. 547: Should an emailer payoff their house with a giant bonus? https://blubrry.com/askptp/132909715/ep-547-should-an-emailer-payoff-their-house-with-a-giant-bonus/ On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether a 37 year old should payoff his 6.5% mortgage with a giant bonus. Tue, 02 Jul 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether a 37 year old should payoff his 6.5% mortgage with a giant bonus. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether a 37 year old should payoff his 6.5% mortgage with a giant bonus. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether a 37 year old should payoff his 6.5% mortgage with a giant bonus.

]]> 3014 no Ep. 546: More allegations surface against prominent financial advisor https://blubrry.com/askptp/132865881/ep-546-more-allegations-surface-against-prominent-financial-advisor/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss new fraud allegations against Alexander Joyce, CEO of Rejoyce Financial LLC. You can read the most recent court filing here. If you believe you've been the vicim of financial fraud, contact your state's Secretary of State's office. All matters discussed on this show are allegations at this point, and the justice system will determine guilt/liability. Tue, 25 Jun 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss new fraud allegations against Alexander Joyce, CEO of Rejoyce Financial LLC. You can read the most recent court filing here (https://public.courts.in.gov/MyCase#/vw/CaseSummary/eyJ2Ijp7IkNhc2VUb2tlbiI6Ik1KN2dhb2hJX2J1dTJhZXpVaC0xMklEVEdET0RNWkU4R1V0aUxCdmZSZ3cxIn19).If you believe you've been the vicim of financial fraud, contact your state's Secretary of State's office. All matters discussed on this show are allegations at this point, and the justice system will determine guilt/liability. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss new fraud allegations against Alexander Joyce, CEO of Rejoyce Financial LLC. You can read the most recent court filing here. If you believe you've been the vicim of financial fraud, contact your state's Secretary of State's office. All matters discussed on this show are allegations at this point, and the justice system will determine guilt/liability. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss new fraud allegations against Alexander Joyce, CEO of Rejoyce Financial LLC.


You can read the most recent court filing here.


If you believe you've been the vicim of financial fraud, contact your state's Secretary of State's office. All matters discussed on this show are allegations at this point, and the justice system will determine guilt/liability.

]]> 4072 no Ep. 545: Are zombie mortgages an actual threat? And if they are, should you have already known that? https://blubrry.com/askptp/132808161/ep-545-are-zombie-mortgages-an-actual-threat-and-if-they-are-should-you-have-already-known-that/ In this weeks episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete explore zombie mortgages. Then they debate who's to blame. Tue, 11 Jun 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this weeks episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete explore zombie mortgages. Then they debate who's to blame. In this weeks episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete explore zombie mortgages. Then they debate who's to blame. In this weeks episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete explore zombie mortgages. Then they debate who's to blame.

]]> 3653 no Ep. 544: Setting up an investment account for a kid is harder than it should be https://blubrry.com/askptp/132763743/ep-544-setting-up-an-investment-account-for-a-kid-is-harder-than-it-should-be/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what a pain in the neck setting up account for your kids is. You should do it anyway. Batman makes an appearance, and Pete has Schlage deja vu. Tue, 04 Jun 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what a pain in the neck setting up account for your kids is. You should do it anyway. Batman makes an appearance, and Pete has Schlage deja vu. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what a pain in the neck setting up account for your kids is. You should do it anyway. Batman makes an appearance, and Pete has Schlage deja vu. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what a pain in the neck setting up account for your kids is. You should do it anyway.


Batman makes an appearance, and Pete has Schlage deja vu.

]]> 3738 no Ep. 543: So what you're saying is the average American doesn't understand the economy https://blubrry.com/askptp/132675806/ep-543-so-what-youre-saying-is-the-average-american-doesnt-understand-the-economy/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss a new survey which sheds light on the average American's economic ignorance. It's not surprising, but it's still shocking. Tue, 28 May 2024 12:00:16 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss a new survey which sheds light on the average American's economic ignorance. It's not surprising, but it's still shocking. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss a new survey which sheds light on the average American's economic ignorance. It's not surprising, but it's still shocking. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss a new survey which sheds light on the average American's economic ignorance. It's not surprising, but it's still shocking.

]]> 3811 no Ep. 542: What to do if your financial advisor changes firms https://blubrry.com/askptp/132639106/ep-542-what-to-do-if-your-financial-advisor-changes-firms/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame talk about how to handle your financial advisor changing firms. Tue, 21 May 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame talk about how to handle your financial advisor changing firms. In this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame talk about how to handle your financial advisor changing firms. In this week's episode, Kristen, Pete, and Dame talk about how to handle your financial advisor changing firms.

]]> 3727 no Ep 541: Instagram is driving-up the cost of weddings https://blubrry.com/askptp/132563639/ep-541-instagram-is-driving-up-the-cost-of-weddings/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete dig through new realities of getting married in the 21st century. The result? Kristen reminds Pete and Dame how old they are. Tue, 14 May 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete dig through new realities of getting married in the 21st century. The result? Kristen reminds Pete and Dame how old they are. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete dig through new realities of getting married in the 21st century. The result? Kristen reminds Pete and Dame how old they are. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete dig through new realities of getting married in the 21st century. The result? Kristen reminds Pete and Dame how old they are.

]]> 3683 no Ep. 540: Should a new relationship help pay-off old debts? https://blubrry.com/askptp/132518781/ep-540-should-a-new-relationship-help-pay-off-old-debts/ On this week's episode, Dame, Pete and Kristen debate whether or not a new relationship is a get out of debt jail free card. Tue, 07 May 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Pete and Kristen debate whether or not a new relationship is a get out of debt jail free card. On this week's episode, Dame, Pete and Kristen debate whether or not a new relationship is a get out of debt jail free card. On this week's episode, Dame, Pete and Kristen debate whether or not a new relationship is a get out of debt jail free card.

]]> 3793 no Ep. 539: Why I'm skeptical of a person's $3 million retirement plan https://blubrry.com/askptp/132419639/ep-539-why-im-skeptical-of-a-persons-3-million-retirement-plan/ On this week's episode, we debate whether or not an emailer should retire with his $3 million plan. It's not as cut and try as you might think. Tue, 30 Apr 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, we debate whether or not an emailer should retire with his $3 million plan. It's not as cut and try as you might think. On this week's episode, we debate whether or not an emailer should retire with his $3 million plan. It's not as cut and try as you might think. On this week's episode, we debate whether or not an emailer should retire with his $3 million plan. It's not as cut and try as you might think.

]]> 3942 no Ep. 538: Your primary residence isn't the ultimate investment https://blubrry.com/askptp/132241744/ep-538-your-primary-residence-isnt-the-ultimate-investment/ On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete, combat a local credit union's assertion that a primary residence is the ultimate wealth generation tool. Needless to say, it's not. Tue, 23 Apr 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete, combat a local credit union's assertion that a primary residence is the ultimate wealth generation tool. Needless to say, it's not. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete, combat a local credit union's assertion that a primary residence is the ultimate wealth generation tool. Needless to say, it's not. On this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete, combat a local credit union's assertion that a primary residence is the ultimate wealth generation tool. Needless to say, it's not.

]]> 3818 no Ep. 537: Being an executor can't be that hard, can it? https://blubrry.com/askptp/132100490/ep-537-being-an-executor-cant-be-that-hard-can-it/ On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss the complexity of being the executor of an estate. Long story short, it's a lot harder than you think it is. Tue, 16 Apr 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss the complexity of being the executor of an estate. Long story short, it's a lot harder than you think it is. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss the complexity of being the executor of an estate. Long story short, it's a lot harder than you think it is. On this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss the complexity of being the executor of an estate. Long story short, it's a lot harder than you think it is.

]]> 3573 no Ep. 536: If only we had avoided these stupid mistakes https://blubrry.com/askptp/131869089/ep-536-if-only-we-had-avoided-these-stupid-mistakes/ In this week's episode, Kristen and Pete recall the mistakes they made early in their financial lives. Tue, 02 Apr 2024 12:54:06 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen and Pete recall the mistakes they made early in their financial lives. In this week's episode, Kristen and Pete recall the mistakes they made early in their financial lives. In this week's episode, Kristen and Pete recall the mistakes they made early in their financial lives.

]]> 4134 no Ep. 535: Did the real estate industry just change forever? https://blubrry.com/askptp/131713625/ep-535-did-the-real-estate-industry-just-change-forever/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss whether the NAR settlement will shift real estate prices significantly. They also make predictions as to how low real estate commissions will go in the next couple of years. Tue, 26 Mar 2024 09:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss whether the NAR settlement will shift real estate prices significantly. They also make predictions as to how low real estate commissions will go in the next couple of years. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss whether the NAR settlement will shift real estate prices significantly. They also make predictions as to how low real estate commissions will go in the next couple of years. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss whether the NAR settlement will shift real estate prices significantly. They also make predictions as to how low real estate commissions will go in the next couple of years.

]]> 3168 no Ep. 534: The gender episode https://blubrry.com/askptp/131604466/ep-534-the-gender-episode/ On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete discuss money and gender. Tue, 19 Mar 2024 13:41:51 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete discuss money and gender. On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete discuss money and gender. On this week's episode, Kristen and Pete discuss money and gender.

]]> 4132 no Ep. 533: How to recover from a big financial mistake https://blubrry.com/askptp/131460930/ep-533-how-to-recover-from-a-big-financial-mistake/ In this week's episode, Dame and Pete talk about how to recover from a bad financial mistake. Tue, 12 Mar 2024 11:56:40 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame and Pete talk about how to recover from a bad financial mistake. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete talk about how to recover from a bad financial mistake. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete talk about how to recover from a bad financial mistake.

]]> 3671 no Ep. 532: A deep look inside the alleged misdeeds of a prominent financial advisor https://blubrry.com/askptp/131307278/ep-532-a-deep-look-inside-the-alleged-misdeeds-of-a-prominent-financial-advisor/ In this week's episode, Dame and Pete take a deep dive into shocking allegations against a Carmel, Indiana based financial advisor. The advisor is accused of stealing $2.6 million from a husband and wife, and then buying a $2 million mansion within minutes of take control of their money. Tue, 05 Mar 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame and Pete take a deep dive into shocking allegations against a Carmel, Indiana based financial advisor.The advisor is accused of stealing $2.6 million from a husband and wife, and then buying a $2 million mansion within minutes of take control of their money. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete take a deep dive into shocking allegations against a Carmel, Indiana based financial advisor. The advisor is accused of stealing $2.6 million from a husband and wife, and then buying a $2 million mansion within minutes of take control of their money. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete take a deep dive into shocking allegations against a Carmel, Indiana based financial advisor.


The advisor is accused of stealing $2.6 million from a husband and wife, and then buying a $2 million mansion within minutes of take control of their money.

]]> 3631 no Ep. 531: Pivoting hard when you think you might lose your job https://blubrry.com/askptp/131167663/ep-531-pivoting-hard-when-you-think-you-might-lose-your-job/ In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete explore how to make preemptive financial moves, if you think you're about to lose your job. Tue, 27 Feb 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete explore how to make preemptive financial moves, if you think you're about to lose your job. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete explore how to make preemptive financial moves, if you think you're about to lose your job. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete explore how to make preemptive financial moves, if you think you're about to lose your job.

]]> 3600 no Ep. 530: Overrated and underrated financial advice https://blubrry.com/askptp/131037551/ep-530-overrated-and-underrated-financial-advice/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate what financial advice is overrated and what financial advice is underrated. Tue, 20 Feb 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate what financial advice is overrated and what financial advice is underrated. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate what financial advice is overrated and what financial advice is underrated. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate what financial advice is overrated and what financial advice is underrated.

]]> 3673 no Ep. 529: The 5 money conversations you need to have with your partner https://blubrry.com/askptp/130894360/ep-529-the-5-money-conversations-you-need-to-have-with-your-partner/ In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about having better money conversations with your significant other. Tue, 13 Feb 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about having better money conversations with your significant other. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about having better money conversations with your significant other. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about having better money conversations with your significant other.

]]> 3376 no Ep. 528: What is the best amount for a starter emergency fund https://blubrry.com/askptp/130752656/ep-528-what-is-the-best-amount-for-a-starter-emergency-fund/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the best amount of money to set aside as a starter emergency fund. Tue, 06 Feb 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the best amount of money to set aside as a starter emergency fund. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the best amount of money to set aside as a starter emergency fund. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate the best amount of money to set aside as a starter emergency fund.

]]> 4048 no Ep. 527: Why don't people research their financial advisor's past? https://blubrry.com/askptp/130395931/ep-527-why-dont-people-research-their-financial-advisors-past/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete express their frustrations with the lack of due diligence surrounding hiring a financial advisor. Tue, 30 Jan 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete express their frustrations with the lack of due diligence surrounding hiring a financial advisor. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete express their frustrations with the lack of due diligence surrounding hiring a financial advisor. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete express their frustrations with the lack of due diligence surrounding hiring a financial advisor.

]]> 4145 no Ep. 526: The first day of retirement https://blubrry.com/askptp/128564108/ep-526-the-first-day-of-retirement/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about their visions for their first day of retirement. Tue, 23 Jan 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about their visions for their first day of retirement. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about their visions for their first day of retirement. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about their visions for their first day of retirement.

]]> 4243 no Ep. 525: The ins and out of 2024 https://blubrry.com/askptp/128414668/ep-525-the-ins-and-out-of-2024/ In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about what habits they're leaving behind, and what habits they're employing anew in 2024. Tue, 16 Jan 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about what habits they're leaving behind, and what habits they're employing anew in 2024. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about what habits they're leaving behind, and what habits they're employing anew in 2024. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete talk about what habits they're leaving behind, and what habits they're employing anew in 2024.

]]> 4212 no Ep. 524: Stock prediction awards spectacular https://blubrry.com/askptp/128280948/ep-524-stock-prediction-awards-spectacular/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review their 2023 stock picks, and make their selections for 2024. Stock and market predictions are for entertainment purposes only. Tue, 09 Jan 2024 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review their 2023 stock picks, and make their selections for 2024.Stock and market predictions are for entertainment purposes only. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review their 2023 stock picks, and make their selections for 2024. Stock and market predictions are for entertainment purposes only. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review their 2023 stock picks, and make their selections for 2024.


Stock and market predictions are for entertainment purposes only.

]]> 3917 no Ep. 523: 2023 PTP Show Wrapped https://blubrry.com/askptp/127931671/ep-523-2023-ptp-show-wrapped/ In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review the year that was the PTP Show. We also hand-out our listener of the year award(s)! Tue, 26 Dec 2023 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review the year that was the PTP Show. We also hand-out our listener of the year award(s)! In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review the year that was the PTP Show. We also hand-out our listener of the year award(s)! In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete review the year that was the PTP Show. We also hand-out our listener of the year award(s)!

]]> 4230 no Ep. 522: The crew shares their book recommendations! https://blubrry.com/askptp/127866926/ep-522-the-crew-shares-their-book-recommendations/ In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer three different emails. The highlight of this episode is when the crew shares their book recommendations. Tue, 19 Dec 2023 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer three different emails. The highlight of this episode is when the crew shares their book recommendations. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer three different emails. The highlight of this episode is when the crew shares their book recommendations. In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete answer three different emails. The highlight of this episode is when the crew shares their book recommendations.

]]> 3173 no Ep. 521: When should you NOT max out your retirement plan contributions? https://blubrry.com/askptp/127791209/ep-521-when-should-you-not-max-out-your-retirement-plan-contributions/ On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss scenarios in which it makes no sense to max-out your retirement plan contributions. Also, stolen valor. Tue, 12 Dec 2023 11:52:37 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss scenarios in which it makes no sense to max-out your retirement plan contributions.Also, stolen valor. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss scenarios in which it makes no sense to max-out your retirement plan contributions. Also, stolen valor. On this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss scenarios in which it makes no sense to max-out your retirement plan contributions.


Also, stolen valor.

]]> 3509 no Ep. 520: There are questions you should be asking questions about your money, and you currently aren't asking these questions. https://blubrry.com/askptp/127577365/ep-520-there-are-questions-you-should-be-asking-questions-about-your-money-and-you-currently-arent-asking-these-questions/ In this week's episode, Dame and Pete chat through the various questions you should be asking about your money, but aren't. Tue, 05 Dec 2023 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame and Pete chat through the various questions you should be asking about your money, but aren't. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete chat through the various questions you should be asking about your money, but aren't. In this week's episode, Dame and Pete chat through the various questions you should be asking about your money, but aren't.

]]> 3756 no Ep. 519: Are the fees in my retirement plan too high? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122462169/ep-519-are-the-fees-in-my-retirement-plan-too-high/ In this week's episode, Stacy, Dame, and Pete discuss high retirement plan fees. Tue, 21 Nov 2023 10:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week's episode, Stacy, Dame, and Pete discuss high retirement plan fees. In this week's episode, Stacy, Dame, and Pete discuss high retirement plan fees. In this week's episode, Stacy, Dame, and Pete discuss high retirement plan fees.

]]> 3629 no Ep. 518: Paying off your partner's debt https://blubrry.com/askptp/122390110/ep-518-paying-off-your-partners-debt/ In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss the ends and out of paying off your partner's debt. And as you might guess, the email which stoked the conversation, has some strange twists. Tue, 14 Nov 2023 11:40:58 -0000 Ep. 518 full 518 IBJ Media In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss the ends and out of paying off your partner's debt. And as you might guess, the email which stoked the conversation, has some strange twists. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss the ends and out of paying off your partner's debt. And as you might guess, the email which stoked the conversation, has some strange twists. In this week's episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss the ends and out of paying off your partner's debt. And as you might guess, the email which stoked the conversation, has some strange twists.

]]> 3892 no Ep. 517: Considering unorthodox financial products https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336906/ep-517-considering-unorthodox-financial-products/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not they’d purchase an All-in-one mortgage or universal life insurance. Tue, 07 Nov 2023 17:28:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not they’d purchase an All-in-one mortgage or universal life insurance. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not they’d purchase an All-in-one mortgage or universal life insurance. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not they’d purchase an All-in-one mortgage or universal life insurance.

]]> 3738 no Ep. 516: Dame's 2024 economic outlook https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336902/ep-516-dames-2024-economic-outlook/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what Dame learned at a recent economic conference. Tue, 31 Oct 2023 16:28:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what Dame learned at a recent economic conference. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what Dame learned at a recent economic conference. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss what Dame learned at a recent economic conference.

]]> 3749 no Ep. 515: Okay fine. Life is tremendously more expensive than it was in 1967 and 1995. https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336897/ep-515-okay-fine-life-is-tremendously-more-expensive-than-it-was-in-1967-and-1995/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how much the cost of living has increased relative to wage growth. Even though we knew it would illustrate a crazy challenge for young people, the results were actually worse than we thought. Tue, 24 Oct 2023 16:27:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how much the cost of living has increased relative to wage growth. Even though we knew it would illustrate a crazy challenge for young people, the results were actually worse than we thought. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how much the cost of living has increased relative to wage growth. Even though we knew it would illustrate a crazy challenge for young people, the results were actually worse than we thought. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM


In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how much the cost of living has increased relative to wage growth. Even though we knew it would illustrate a crazy challenge for young people, the results were actually worse than we thought.

]]> 3613 no Ep. 514: The Gen Z episode https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336893/ep-514-the-gen-z-episode/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Pete and special guest co-host Ellie discuss all things Gen Z finance. Tue, 10 Oct 2023 16:25:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Pete and special guest co-host Ellie discuss all things Gen Z finance. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Pete and special guest co-host Ellie discuss all things Gen Z finance. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Pete and special guest co-host Ellie discuss all things Gen Z finance.

]]> 3069 no Ep. 513: Is it dishonest to have two financial advisors? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336888/ep-513-is-it-dishonest-to-have-two-financial-advisors/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete discuss Pete’s most recent newspaper column. In it, he suggests people hurt themselves when they try to juggle various financial advisors. Tue, 03 Oct 2023 16:24:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete discuss Pete’s most recent newspaper column. In it, he suggests people hurt themselves when they try to juggle various financial advisors. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete discuss Pete’s most recent newspaper column. In it, he suggests people hurt themselves when they try to juggle various financial advisors. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete discuss Pete’s most recent newspaper column. In it, he suggests people hurt themselves when they try to juggle various financial advisors.

]]> 3840 no Ep. 512: The refilling of the emergency fund is the key to success https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336885/ep-512-the-refilling-of-the-emergency-fund-is-the-key-to-success/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete, and special guest L.A.-based comedian Danny Dunn (actually related), discuss various financial topics. Tue, 26 Sep 2023 16:22:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete, and special guest L.A.-based comedian Danny Dunn (actually related), discuss various financial topics. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete, and special guest L.A.-based comedian Danny Dunn (actually related), discuss various financial topics. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, Pete, and special guest L.A.-based comedian Danny Dunn (actually related), discuss various financial topics.

]]> 4375 no Ep. 511: Did Aaron just come-up with a compelling reason for a 401k loan? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336882/ep-511-did-aaron-just-come-up-with-a-compelling-reason-for-a-401k-loan/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame and Pete consider whether or not the dreaded 401k loan is justified by emailer Aaron’s latest case use. Tue, 19 Sep 2023 16:21:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame and Pete consider whether or not the dreaded 401k loan is justified by emailer Aaron’s latest case use. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Dame and Pete consider whether or not the dreaded 401k loan is justified by emailer Aaron’s latest case use. WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete consider whether or not the dreaded 401k loan is justified by emailer Aaron’s latest case use.



]]> 3327 no Ep. 510: The personal finance fantasy draft https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336865/ep-510-the-personal-finance-fantasy-draft/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, Ben, and Pete put together personal finance fantasy teams. We draft strategies in 9 different areas of personal finance, and then we vote to see who drafted the best financial life. We’ll validate what you already know — it’s not Pete. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 12 Sep 2023 16:15:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, Ben, and Pete put together personal finance fantasy teams. We draft strategies in 9 different areas of personal finance, and then we vote to see who drafted the best financial life. We’ll validate what you already know — it’s not Pete.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, Ben, and Pete put together personal finance fantasy teams. We draft strategies in 9 different areas of personal finance, and then we vote to see who drafted the best financial life. We’ll validate what you already know — it’s not Pete. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, Ben, and Pete put together personal finance fantasy teams. We draft strategies in 9 different areas of personal finance, and then we vote to see who drafted the best financial life. We’ll validate what you already know — it’s not Pete.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 4019 no Ep. 509: Kristen, what debts would you take on? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336858/ep-509-kristen-what-debts-would-you-take-on/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss what types of loans they’d actually sign-up for. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 05 Sep 2023 16:13:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss what types of loans they’d actually sign-up for.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss what types of loans they’d actually sign-up for. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM


In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss what types of loans they’d actually sign-up for.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 4004 no Ep. 508: Signs your financial stability is starting to crumble https://blubrry.com/askptp/122336854/ep-508-signs-your-financial-stability-is-starting-to-crumble/ WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how they know their financial stability is starting to suffer, and what they do about it. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 29 Aug 2023 16:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIn this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how they know their financial stability is starting to suffer, and what they do about it.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how they know their financial stability is starting to suffer, and what they do about it. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! WE WANT TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY. EMAIL US AND YOU MAY HEAR YOURS ON THE AIR: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM


In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss how they know their financial stability is starting to suffer, and what they do about it.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 3284 no Ep. 507: Why homeowners insurance and auto insurance premiums are climbing https://petetheplanner.com/ep-507-why-homeowners-insurance-and-auto-insurance-premiums-are-climbing/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the harsh reality many people are facing — skyrocketing insurance rates. Is there a way around it? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 507: Why homeowners insurance and auto insurance premiums are climbing appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 15 Aug 2023 11:38:19 -0000 Ep. 507: Why homeowners insurance and auto insurance premiums are climbing full 509 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the harsh reality many people are facing — skyrocketing insurance rates. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the harsh reality many people are facing — skyrocketing insurance rates. Is there a way around it? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 507: Why homeowners insurance and auto insurance premiums are climbing appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss the harsh reality many people are facing — skyrocketing insurance rates. Is there a way around it?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 507: Why homeowners insurance and auto insurance premiums are climbing appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4128 no Ep. 506: Kristen and Pete’s battle royale over hot button issues https://petetheplanner.com/ep-506-kristen-and-petes-battle-royale-over-hot-button-issues/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete “debate” each other, as Dame watches-on with glee. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 506: Kristen and Pete’s battle royale over hot button issues appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 08 Aug 2023 09:30:46 -0000 Ep. 506: Kristen and Pete's battle royale over hot button issues full 506 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete “debate” each other, as Dame watches-on with glee. Click the PLAY button below for the rest... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete “debate” each other, as Dame watches-on with glee. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 506: Kristen and Pete’s battle royale over hot button issues appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete “debate” each other, as Dame watches-on with glee.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 506: Kristen and Pete’s battle royale over hot button issues appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4225 no Ep. 505: When sitting on a giant chunk of money is the right answer https://petetheplanner.com/ep-505-when-sitting-on-a-giant-chunk-of-money-is-the-right-answer/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete answer an email question which wonders what to do with an extra $250,000. Yeah, we know that’s a great problem to have. But the answer can serve anyone. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 505: When sitting on a giant chunk of money is the right answer appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 01 Aug 2023 09:30:18 -0000 Ep. 505: When sitting on a giant chunk of money is the right answer full 505 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete answer an email question which wonders what to do with an extra $250,000. Yeah, we know... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete answer an email question which wonders what to do with an extra $250,000. Yeah, we know that’s a great problem to have. But the answer can serve anyone. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 505: When sitting on a giant chunk of money is the right answer appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete answer an email question which wonders what to do with an extra $250,000. Yeah, we know that’s a great problem to have. But the answer can serve anyone.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 505: When sitting on a giant chunk of money is the right answer appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3678 no Ep. 504: Pete actually has a personal finance issue https://petetheplanner.com/ep-504-pete-actually-has-a-personal-finance-issue/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss Pete’s financial conundrum. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 504: Pete actually has a personal finance issue appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 25 Jul 2023 09:30:06 -0000 Ep. 504: Pete actually has a personal finance issue full 504 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss Pete’s financial conundrum. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the sho... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss Pete’s financial conundrum. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 504: Pete actually has a personal finance issue appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss Pete’s financial conundrum.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 504: Pete actually has a personal finance issue appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4341 no Ep. 503: It’s time to ask your advisor what you’re doing wrong https://petetheplanner.com/ep-503-its-time-to-ask-your-advisor-what-youre-doing-wrong/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss why you should convince your financial advisor to be harder on you. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 503: It’s time to ask your advisor what you’re doing wrong appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 18 Jul 2023 09:30:32 -0000 Ep. 503: It's time to ask your advisor what you're doing wrong full 503 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss why you should convince your financial advisor to be harder on you. Click the... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss why you should convince your financial advisor to be harder on you. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 503: It’s time to ask your advisor what you’re doing wrong appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame, Kristen, and Pete discuss why you should convince your financial advisor to be harder on you.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 503: It’s time to ask your advisor what you’re doing wrong appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3505 no Ep. 502: The Supreme Court live stream reporting episode https://petetheplanner.com/ep-502-the-supreme-court-live-stream-reporting-episode/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete did their best to update live stream viewers in real time about the US Supreme Court’s rulings. How did it go? Well, it got weird. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 502: The Supreme Court live stream reporting episode appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 04 Jul 2023 11:34:36 -0000 Ep. 502: The Supreme Court live stream reporting episode full 502 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete did their best to update live stream viewers in real time about the US Supreme Court’s... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete did their best to update live stream viewers in real time about the US Supreme Court’s rulings. How did it go? Well, it got weird. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 502: The Supreme Court live stream reporting episode appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete did their best to update live stream viewers in real time about the US Supreme Court’s rulings. How did it go? Well, it got weird.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 502: The Supreme Court live stream reporting episode appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4048 no Ep. 501: What does it mean to financially “win the game”? And is it realistic? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-501-what-does-it-mean-to-financially-win-the-game-and-is-it-realistic/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen spend an entire episode on one very long email. The email eventually asks about “winning the game.” The crew debates this. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 501: What does it mean to financially “win the game”? And is it realistic? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 27 Jun 2023 09:30:52 -0000 Ep. 501: What does it mean to financially "win the game"? And is it realistic? full 501 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen spend an entire episode on one very long email. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen spend an entire episode on one very long email. The email eventually asks about “winning the game.” The crew debates this. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 501: What does it mean to financially “win the game”? And is it realistic? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen spend an entire episode on one very long email. The email eventually asks about “winning the game.” The crew debates this.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 501: What does it mean to financially “win the game”? And is it realistic? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4174 no Ep. 500: It’s kinda episode 850, but whatever https://petetheplanner.com/ep-500-its-kinda-episode-850-but-whatever/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen celebrate their 500th episode. There are special guests, special moments, and of course technical difficulties. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 500: It’s kinda episode 850, but whatever appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 20 Jun 2023 12:11:17 -0000 Ep. 500: It's kinda episode 850, but whatever full 500 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen celebrate their 500th episode. There are special guests, special moments, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen celebrate their 500th episode. There are special guests, special moments, and of course technical difficulties. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 500: It’s kinda episode 850, but whatever appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen celebrate their 500th episode. There are special guests, special moments, and of course technical difficulties.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 500: It’s kinda episode 850, but whatever appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4383 no Ep. 499: Do 401k loans ever make sense? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-499-do-401k-loans-ever-make-sense/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not a 401k is ever justified. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 499: Do 401k loans ever make sense? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 13 Jun 2023 10:04:22 -0000 Ep. 499: Do 401k loans ever make sense? full 502 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not a 401k is ever justified. Click the PLAY button below for the... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not a 401k is ever justified. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 499: Do 401k loans ever make sense? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not a 401k is ever justified.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 499: Do 401k loans ever make sense? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3400 no Ep. 498: Why renters are giving up on homeownership https://petetheplanner.com/ep-498-why-renters-are-giving-up-on-homeownership/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss why 66% of renters have given-up on the idea of home ownership. Do their reasons align with reality? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 498: Why renters are giving up on homeownership appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 06 Jun 2023 09:30:02 -0000 Ep. 498: Why renters are giving up on homeownership full 498 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss why 66% of renters have given-up on the idea of home ownership. Do their reasons... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss why 66% of renters have given-up on the idea of home ownership. Do their reasons align with reality? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 498: Why renters are giving up on homeownership appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete discuss why 66% of renters have given-up on the idea of home ownership. Do their reasons align with reality?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 498: Why renters are giving up on homeownership appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3668 no Ep. 497: These are the financial metrics we dislike https://petetheplanner.com/ep-497-these-are-the-financial-metrics-we-dislike/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate financial metrics. Which ones are helpful and insightful? And which ones can you lead you astray.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 497: These are the financial metrics we dislike appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 30 May 2023 11:02:26 -0000 Ep. 497: These are the financial metrics we dislike full 497 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate financial metrics. Which ones are helpful and insightful? We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate financial metrics. Which ones are helpful and insightful? And which ones can you lead you astray.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 497: These are the financial metrics we dislike appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete debate financial metrics. Which ones are helpful and insightful? And which ones can you lead you astray.

 

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 497: These are the financial metrics we dislike appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3730 no Ep. 496: The popular expenses we just don’t get https://petetheplanner.com/ep-496-the-popular-expenses-we-just-dont-get/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete take a look at the popular expense categories which just don’t make any sense to them. Summary – Kristen thinks she’s insulting Dame and Pete. She didn’t. Dame insults Kristen. And Pete insults and Kristen and Dame. So yeah, it was a fun conversation.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 496: The popular expenses we just don’t get appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 16 May 2023 09:30:19 -0000 Ep. 496: The popular expenses we just don't get full 496 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete take a look at the popular expense categories which just don’t make any sense to... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete take a look at the popular expense categories which just don’t make any sense to them. Summary – Kristen thinks she’s insulting Dame and Pete. She didn’t. Dame insults Kristen. And Pete insults and Kristen and Dame. So yeah, it was a fun conversation.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 496: The popular expenses we just don’t get appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete take a look at the popular expense categories which just don’t make any sense to them. Summary – Kristen thinks she’s insulting Dame and Pete. She didn’t. Dame insults Kristen. And Pete insults and Kristen and Dame. So yeah, it was a fun conversation.

 

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 496: The popular expenses we just don’t get appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4097 no Ep. 495: Evaluating homeownership standards https://petetheplanner.com/ep-495-evaluating-homeownership-standards/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete take a look at home income, downpayment, and other factors impact your ability to buy a home. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 495: Evaluating homeownership standards appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 09 May 2023 09:30:22 -0000 Ep. 495: Evaluating homeownership standards full 495 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete take a look at home income, downpayment, and other factors impact your ability to buy a... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete take a look at home income, downpayment, and other factors impact your ability to buy a home. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 495: Evaluating homeownership standards appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete take a look at home income, downpayment, and other factors impact your ability to buy a home.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 495: Evaluating homeownership standards appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3676 no Ep. 494: Is your benefits package any good? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-494-is-your-benefits-package-any-good/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss what makes a good benefits package. And yes, we talk about hybrid work. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 494: Is your benefits package any good? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 02 May 2023 09:30:03 -0000 Ep. 494: Is your benefits package any good? full 498 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss what makes a good benefits package. And yes, we talk about hybrid work. Click... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss what makes a good benefits package. And yes, we talk about hybrid work. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 494: Is your benefits package any good? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss what makes a good benefits package. And yes, we talk about hybrid work.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 494: Is your benefits package any good? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3553 no Ep. 493: Wait, Apple’s a bank now? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-493-wait-apples-a-bank-now/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not Apple’s foray into banking will be a success or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 493: Wait, Apple’s a bank now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:08:32 -0000 Ep. 493: Wait, Apple's a bank now? full 493 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not Apple’s foray into banking will be a success or not. Click... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not Apple’s foray into banking will be a success or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 493: Wait, Apple’s a bank now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not Apple’s foray into banking will be a success or not.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 493: Wait, Apple’s a bank now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3717 no Ep. 492: The dynamics of 1 and 2 income households https://petetheplanner.com/ep-492-the-dynamics-of-1-and-2-income-households/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss the dynamics of having two working incomes versus one, in a two person household. Despite our earnestness, it’s still a very touchy topic. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 492: The dynamics of 1 and 2 income households appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 18 Apr 2023 09:30:56 -0000 Ep. 492: The dynamics of 1 and 2 income households full 492 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss the dynamics of having two working incomes versus one, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss the dynamics of having two working incomes versus one, in a two person household. Despite our earnestness, it’s still a very touchy topic. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!   The post Ep. 492: The dynamics of 1 and 2 income households appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen, Dame and Pete discuss the dynamics of having two working incomes versus one, in a two person household. Despite our earnestness, it’s still a very touchy topic.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

The post Ep. 492: The dynamics of 1 and 2 income households appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3908 no Ep. 488: Is the new 529 rollover rule helpful? https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236270/ep-488-is-the-new-529-rollover-rule-helpful/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not the 529 rollover rule is helpful or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 14 Mar 2023 14:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not the 529 rollover rule is helpful or not.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not the 529 rollover rule is helpful or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week's episode, Dame and Pete discuss whether or not the 529 rollover rule is helpful or not.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 3615 no Ep. 487: What's the biggest threat to your financial stability? https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236472/ep-487-whats-the-biggest-threat-to-your-financial-stability/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss each major threat to financial stability, for ever generation. Yes, it gets cranky. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 07 Mar 2023 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss each major threat to financial stability, for ever generation. Yes, it gets cranky.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss each major threat to financial stability, for ever generation. Yes, it gets cranky. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com


In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss each major threat to financial stability, for ever generation. Yes, it gets cranky.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 2982 no Ep. 483: Should you hire a friend as your financial advisor? https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236476/ep-483-should-you-hire-a-friend-as-your-financial-advisor/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not you should hire a friend to run your finances. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 31 Jan 2023 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not you should hire a friend to run your finances.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not you should hire a friend to run your finances. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com


In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete discuss whether or not you should hire a friend to run your finances.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 3981 no Ep. 482: Hills we're willing to die on -- boy that escalated quickly https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236478/ep-482-hills-were-willing-to-die-on-boy-that-escalated-quickly/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete each reveal the personal finance hills they're willing to die on. Everything was going just fine, and then Pete got serious. #Awkward Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 24 Jan 2023 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete each reveal the personal finance hills they're willing to die on. Everything was going just fine, and then Pete got serious. #AwkwardClick the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete each reveal the personal finance hills they're willing to die on. Everything was going just fine, and then Pete got serious. #Awkward Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete each reveal the personal finance hills they're willing to die on. Everything was going just fine, and then Pete got serious. #Awkward


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 4237 no Ep. 480: 2023 stock market predictions https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236417/ep-480-2023-stock-market-predictions/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete make their 2023 stock picks. ****This is not investment advice. Picks are for entertainment purposes only. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 10 Jan 2023 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete make their 2023 stock picks. ****This is not investment advice. Picks are for entertainment purposes only.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete make their 2023 stock picks. ****This is not investment advice. Picks are for entertainment purposes only. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com


In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete make their 2023 stock picks. ****This is not investment advice. Picks are for entertainment purposes only.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 3378 no Ep. 477: Expenses retirees regret https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236479/ep-477-expenses-retirees-regret/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about the various expenses retirees end-up regretting. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! Tue, 13 Dec 2022 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.comIn this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about the various expenses retirees end-up regretting.Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about the various expenses retirees end-up regretting. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com


In this week's episode, Kristen, Dame, and Pete talk about the various expenses retirees end-up regretting.


Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

]]> 3362 no Ep. 476: Are these popular money tips actually just myths? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-476-are-these-popular-money-tips-actually-just-myths/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete explore popular pieces of money advice. And we ask the question of whether or not they’re true or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 476: Are these popular money tips actually just myths? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 22 Nov 2022 10:30:58 -0000 Ep. 476: Are these popular money tips actually just myths? full 476 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete explore popular pieces of money advice. And we ask the question of whether or not they’re... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete explore popular pieces of money advice. And we ask the question of whether or not they’re true or not. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 476: Are these popular money tips actually just myths? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete explore popular pieces of money advice. And we ask the question of whether or not they’re true or not.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 476: Are these popular money tips actually just myths? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3189 no Ep. 475: What is your dominant money behavior? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-475-what-is-your-dominant-money-behavior/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talk the four dominant money behaviors. You can determine your dominant behaviors right here. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 475: What is your dominant money behavior? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 15 Nov 2022 10:30:43 -0000 Ep. 475: What is your dominant money behavior? full 475 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talk the four dominant money behaviors. You can determine your dominant behaviors right here. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talk the four dominant money behaviors. You can determine your dominant behaviors right here. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 475: What is your dominant money behavior? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we talk the four dominant money behaviors. You can determine your dominant behaviors right here.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 475: What is your dominant money behavior? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3336 no Ep. 474: Would you rather — the financial addition https://petetheplanner.com/ep-474-would-you-rather-the-financial-addition/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we play everyone’s favorite game — Would you rather. It’s an illuminating conversation which touches on the complexities of high-stakes decisions. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 474: Would you rather — the financial addition appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 08 Nov 2022 10:30:36 -0000 Ep. 474: Would you rather -- the financial addition full 474 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we play everyone’s favorite game — Would you rather. It’s an illuminating conversation which touches on the com... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we play everyone’s favorite game — Would you rather. It’s an illuminating conversation which touches on the complexities of high-stakes decisions. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 474: Would you rather — the financial addition appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we play everyone’s favorite game — Would you rather. It’s an illuminating conversation which touches on the complexities of high-stakes decisions.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 474: Would you rather — the financial addition appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3608 no Ep. 473: Common insurance mistakes to avoid https://petetheplanner.com/ep-473-common-insurance-mistakes-to-avoid/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss everyone’s least favorite topic — insurance. We know this topic isn’t fun, but we did our best to ensure we covered all the things you need to know in a fun way. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 473: Common insurance mistakes to avoid appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 25 Oct 2022 09:30:42 -0000 Ep. 473: Common insurance mistakes to avoid full 473 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss everyone’s least favorite topic — insurance. We know this topic isn’t fun, but we did our best... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss everyone’s least favorite topic — insurance. We know this topic isn’t fun, but we did our best to ensure we covered all the things you need to know in a fun way. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 473: Common insurance mistakes to avoid appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we discuss everyone’s least favorite topic — insurance. We know this topic isn’t fun, but we did our best to ensure we covered all the things you need to know in a fun way.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 473: Common insurance mistakes to avoid appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3404 no Ep. 472: How to use behavior modification tactics to better your finances https://petetheplanner.com/ep-472-how-to-use-behavior-modification-tactics-to-better-your-finances/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss various ways to use behavior modification tools to make good financial ideas stick. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 472: How to use behavior modification tactics to better your finances appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 11 Oct 2022 09:30:37 -0000 Ep. 472: How to use behavior modification tactics to better your finances full 472 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss various ways to use behavior modification tools to make good financial ideas stick. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we discuss various ways to use behavior modification tools to make good financial ideas stick. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 472: How to use behavior modification tactics to better your finances appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we discuss various ways to use behavior modification tools to make good financial ideas stick.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 472: How to use behavior modification tactics to better your finances appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3356 no Ep. 471: Dame flees the hurricane https://petetheplanner.com/ep-471-dame-flees-the-hurricane/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete talk money. Then Dame shows up late to tell us how he barely escaped the hurricane. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 471: Dame flees the hurricane appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 04 Oct 2022 12:44:44 -0000 Ep. 471: Dame flees the hurricane full 471 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete talk money. Then Dame shows up late to tell us how he barely escaped the hurricane.... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete talk money. Then Dame shows up late to tell us how he barely escaped the hurricane. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 471: Dame flees the hurricane appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen and Pete talk money. Then Dame shows up late to tell us how he barely escaped the hurricane.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 471: Dame flees the hurricane appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 2858 no Ep. 470: Can a single income under the age of 30 really afford a house? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-470-can-a-single-income-under-the-age-of-30-really-afford-a-house/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen debate whether a young person can actually afford to buy a house in 2022. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 470: Can a single income under the age of 30 really afford a house? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 27 Sep 2022 09:30:17 -0000 Ep. 470: Can a single income under the age of 30 really afford a house? full 470 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen debate whether a young person can actually afford to buy a house in 2022. Click... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen debate whether a young person can actually afford to buy a house in 2022. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 470: Can a single income under the age of 30 really afford a house? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame, Pete, and Kristen debate whether a young person can actually afford to buy a house in 2022.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 470: Can a single income under the age of 30 really afford a house? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3323 no Ep. 469: The relationship between urgency and regret https://petetheplanner.com/ep-469-the-relationship-between-urgency-and-regret/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss how fickle we can be when it comes to urgency, and how our inaction is what drives regret. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 469: The relationship between urgency and regret appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 20 Sep 2022 09:30:45 -0000 Ep. 469: The relationship between urgency and regret full 472 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss how fickle we can be when it comes to urgency, and how our inaction is... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss how fickle we can be when it comes to urgency, and how our inaction is what drives regret. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 469: The relationship between urgency and regret appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete discuss how fickle we can be when it comes to urgency, and how our inaction is what drives regret.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 469: The relationship between urgency and regret appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3685 no Ep. 468: September Stock Market Checkin https://petetheplanner.com/ep-468-september-stock-market-checkin/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete review their 2022 stock picks. Who’s losing, and why is it Pete? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 468: September Stock Market Checkin appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 13 Sep 2022 09:30:17 -0000 Ep. 468: September Stock Market Checkin full 468 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete review their 2022 stock picks. Who’s losing, and why is it Pete? Click the PLAY button... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete review their 2022 stock picks. Who’s losing, and why is it Pete? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 468: September Stock Market Checkin appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Dame and Pete review their 2022 stock picks. Who’s losing, and why is it Pete?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 468: September Stock Market Checkin appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3202 no Ep. 467: How much effort should you put into retiring your parents? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-467-how-much-effort-should-you-put-into-retiring-your-parents/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we tackle on awesome question from a listener in regards to helping her mom retire. Does it ever make sense to put your parents’ financial life in front of your own? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 467: How much effort should you put into retiring your parents? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 06 Sep 2022 09:30:17 -0000 Ep. 467: How much effort should you put into retiring your parents? full 467 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we tackle on awesome question from a listener in regards to helping her mom retire. Does it ever make... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we tackle on awesome question from a listener in regards to helping her mom retire. Does it ever make sense to put your parents’ financial life in front of your own? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 467: How much effort should you put into retiring your parents? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode we tackle on awesome question from a listener in regards to helping her mom retire. Does it ever make sense to put your parents’ financial life in front of your own?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 467: How much effort should you put into retiring your parents? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3917 no Ep. 466: The day student loans were forgiven https://petetheplanner.com/ep-466-the-day-student-loans-were-forgiven/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we talk about the biggest personal finance news story in years — Student Loan Forgiveness. What’s good about it, what’s bad about it, and what are the long-term implications of this policy. It certainly addresses one problem, but did it make the other problem worse? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 466: The day student loans were forgiven appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 30 Aug 2022 11:04:01 -0000 Ep. 466: The day student loans were forgiven full 466 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we talk about the biggest personal finance news story in years — Student Loan Forgiveness. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we talk about the biggest personal finance news story in years — Student Loan Forgiveness. What’s good about it, what’s bad about it, and what are the long-term implications of this policy. It certainly addresses one problem, but did it make the other problem worse? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 466: The day student loans were forgiven appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode we talk about the biggest personal finance news story in years — Student Loan Forgiveness. What’s good about it, what’s bad about it, and what are the long-term implications of this policy. It certainly addresses one problem, but did it make the other problem worse?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 466: The day student loans were forgiven appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3727 no Ep. 465: Should you ask for details of your inheritance now? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-465-should-you-ask-for-details-of-your-inheritance-now/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore whether or not asking your family about your inheritance makes sense. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 465: Should you ask for details of your inheritance now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 23 Aug 2022 09:30:18 -0000 Ep. 465: Should you ask for details of your inheritance now? full 465 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore whether or not asking your family about your inheritance makes sense. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore whether or not asking your family about your inheritance makes sense. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 465: Should you ask for details of your inheritance now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode we explore whether or not asking your family about your inheritance makes sense.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 465: Should you ask for details of your inheritance now? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3778 no Ep. 464: How long will the recession last? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-464-how-long-will-the-recession-last/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore how long we think the recession will last. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 464: How long will the recession last? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 16 Aug 2022 09:30:54 -0000 Ep. 464: How long will the recession last? full 464 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore how long we think the recession will last. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode we explore how long we think the recession will last. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 464: How long will the recession last? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode we explore how long we think the recession will last.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 464: How long will the recession last? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3230 no Ep. 463: I would never… https://petetheplanner.com/ep-463-i-would-never/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen introduced us to a game of “I would never.” It became the whole show. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 463: I would never… appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 09 Aug 2022 13:31:00 -0000 Ep. 463: I would never... full 463 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen introduced us to a game of “I would never.” It became the whole show. Click the PLAY button... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, Kristen introduced us to a game of “I would never.” It became the whole show. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 463: I would never… appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, Kristen introduced us to a game of “I would never.” It became the whole show.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 463: I would never… appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3959 no Ep. 462: Should moving-in with a partner be the solution to your financial problems? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-462-should-moving-in-with-a-partner-be-the-solution-to-your-financial-problems/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the whether or not a financial situation should escalate a relationship. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 462: Should moving-in with a partner be the solution to your financial problems? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Mon, 25 Jul 2022 09:30:59 -0000 Ep. 462: Should moving-in with a partner be the solution to your financial problems? full 462 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the whether or not a financial situation should escalate a relationship. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the whether or not a financial situation should escalate a relationship. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 462: Should moving-in with a partner be the solution to your financial problems? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we talked about the whether or not a financial situation should escalate a relationship.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 462: Should moving-in with a partner be the solution to your financial problems? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3102 no Ep. 461: Why withdrawing money for college this fall will sting https://petetheplanner.com/ep-461-why-withdrawing-money-for-college-this-fall-will-sting/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the unfortunate timing of this down-turn as it relates to the college fall semester. Plus, Kristen talks about why it’s so hard to get yourself to budget. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 461: Why withdrawing money for college this fall will sting appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 19 Jul 2022 09:30:16 -0000 Ep. 461: Why withdrawing money for college this fall will sting full 461 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the unfortunate timing of this down-turn as it relates to the college fall semester. Plus, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we talked about the unfortunate timing of this down-turn as it relates to the college fall semester. Plus, Kristen talks about why it’s so hard to get yourself to budget. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 461: Why withdrawing money for college this fall will sting appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we talked about the unfortunate timing of this down-turn as it relates to the college fall semester. Plus, Kristen talks about why it’s so hard to get yourself to budget.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 461: Why withdrawing money for college this fall will sting appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4197 no Ep. 460: Is a credit line a reasonable emergency fund? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-460-is-a-credit-line-a-reasonable-emergency-fund/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we all brought a topic to the table. In other words, it was Potluck Radio. Dame talked emergency funds. Pete talked about a report of increased planned layoffs. And Kristen talked about college savings beyond 529 plans. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 460: Is a credit line a reasonable emergency fund? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 12 Jul 2022 09:30:35 -0000 Ep. 460: Is a credit line a reasonable emergency fund? full 460 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we all brought a topic to the table. In other words, it was Potluck Radio. Dame talked emergency funds.... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we all brought a topic to the table. In other words, it was Potluck Radio. Dame talked emergency funds. Pete talked about a report of increased planned layoffs. And Kristen talked about college savings beyond 529 plans. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 460: Is a credit line a reasonable emergency fund? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we all brought a topic to the table. In other words, it was Potluck Radio. Dame talked emergency funds. Pete talked about a report of increased planned layoffs. And Kristen talked about college savings beyond 529 plans.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 460: Is a credit line a reasonable emergency fund? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3813 no Ep. 459: Are income share agreements going to replace student loans? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-459-are-income-share-agreements-going-to-replace-student-loans/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether income share agreements can replace student loans. Purdue University made a big bet on this type of college funding, but now they’ve suspended the program. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 459: Are income share agreements going to replace student loans? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 05 Jul 2022 12:28:14 -0000 Ep. 459: Are income share agreements going to replace student loans? full 459 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether income share agreements can replace student loans. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether income share agreements can replace student loans. Purdue University made a big bet on this type of college funding, but now they’ve suspended the program. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 459: Are income share agreements going to replace student loans? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we explore whether income share agreements can replace student loans. Purdue University made a big bet on this type of college funding, but now they’ve suspended the program.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 459: Are income share agreements going to replace student loans? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3452 no Ep. 458: iBonds, gas tax holidays, and a chaotic stock market https://petetheplanner.com/ep-458-ibonds-gas-tax-holidays-and-a-chaotic-stock-market/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore what we’ve learned about the stock market so far this year. We also look at iBonds and the proposed federal gas tax holiday. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 458: iBonds, gas tax holidays, and a chaotic stock market appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 28 Jun 2022 09:30:30 -0000 Ep. 458: iBonds, gas tax holidays, and a chaotic stock market full 460 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore what we’ve learned about the stock market so far this year. We also look at iBonds and... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore what we’ve learned about the stock market so far this year. We also look at iBonds and the proposed federal gas tax holiday. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 458: iBonds, gas tax holidays, and a chaotic stock market appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we explore what we’ve learned about the stock market so far this year. We also look at iBonds and the proposed federal gas tax holiday.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 458: iBonds, gas tax holidays, and a chaotic stock market appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3208 no Ep. 457: Was the American Rescue Plan a mistake? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-457-was-the-american-rescue-plan-a-mistake/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether or not all the economic stimulus helped us or hurt us. Is it possible for it to have been both appropriate and incredibly damaging? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 457: Was the American Rescue Plan a mistake? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 14 Jun 2022 09:30:28 -0000 Ep. 457: Was the American Rescue Plan a mistake? full 457 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether or not all the economic stimulus helped us or hurt us. Is it possible for it... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we explore whether or not all the economic stimulus helped us or hurt us. Is it possible for it to have been both appropriate and incredibly damaging? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 457: Was the American Rescue Plan a mistake? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we explore whether or not all the economic stimulus helped us or hurt us. Is it possible for it to have been both appropriate and incredibly damaging?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 457: Was the American Rescue Plan a mistake? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3805 no Ep. 456: The return of live calls! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-456-the-return-of-live-calls/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, I did something I hadn’t done in nearly 10 years. I took random live calls. I loved it. Enjoy. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 456: The return of live calls! appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 07 Jun 2022 09:30:22 -0000 Ep. 456: The return of live calls! full 456 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, I did something I hadn’t done in nearly 10 years. I took random live calls. I loved it. Enjoy.... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, I did something I hadn’t done in nearly 10 years. I took random live calls. I loved it. Enjoy. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 456: The return of live calls! appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, I did something I hadn’t done in nearly 10 years. I took random live calls. I loved it. Enjoy.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 456: The return of live calls! appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3352 no Ep. 455: The housing market is about to cool down, right? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-455-the-housing-market-is-about-to-cool-down-right/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not the housing market is finally going to cool down. With rising interest rates and a recession on the horizon, buying a home right now feels like a risk. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 455: The housing market is about to cool down, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 24 May 2022 09:30:08 -0000 Ep. 455: The housing market is about to cool down, right? full 455 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not the housing market is finally going to cool down. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not the housing market is finally going to cool down. With rising interest rates and a recession on the horizon, buying a home right now feels like a risk. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 455: The housing market is about to cool down, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not the housing market is finally going to cool down. With rising interest rates and a recession on the horizon, buying a home right now feels like a risk.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 455: The housing market is about to cool down, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3279 no Ep. 454: 1,000 point market swings are the latest rage https://petetheplanner.com/ep-454-1000-point-market-swings-are-the-latest-rage/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether you should be concerned that the market is swinging 1,000 points at a time. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 454: 1,000 point market swings are the latest rage appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 10 May 2022 09:30:36 -0000 Ep. 454: 1,000 point market swings are the latest rage full 454 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether you should be concerned that the market is swinging 1,000 points at a time. Click the... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether you should be concerned that the market is swinging 1,000 points at a time. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 454: 1,000 point market swings are the latest rage appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether you should be concerned that the market is swinging 1,000 points at a time.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 454: 1,000 point market swings are the latest rage appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3635 no Ep. 453: Is a recession coming? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-453-is-a-recession-coming/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not a recession is on the horizon. It kinda feels that way, doesn’t it? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 453: Is a recession coming? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 03 May 2022 09:30:18 -0000 Ep. 453: Is a recession coming? full 453 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not a recession is on the horizon. It kinda feels that way, doesn’t it? Click... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not a recession is on the horizon. It kinda feels that way, doesn’t it? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 453: Is a recession coming? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re discussing whether or not a recession is on the horizon. It kinda feels that way, doesn’t it?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 453: Is a recession coming? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3642 no Ep. 452: What role should shame play in our financial lives? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-452-what-role-should-shame-play-in-our-financial-lives/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to the Director of Education at Your Money Line, Kristen Ahlenius, about how shame impacts our finances. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 452: What role should shame play in our financial lives? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 26 Apr 2022 09:30:35 -0000 Ep. 452: What role should shame play in our financial lives? full 452 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to the Director of Education at Your Money Line, Kristen Ahlenius, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to the Director of Education at Your Money Line, Kristen Ahlenius, about how shame impacts our finances. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 452: What role should shame play in our financial lives? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re talking to the Director of Education at Your Money Line, Kristen Ahlenius, about how shame impacts our finances.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 452: What role should shame play in our financial lives? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3777 no Ep. 451: Thing That Matter with Joshua Becker https://petetheplanner.com/ep-451-thing-that-matter-with-joshua-becker/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to friend of the show Joshua Becker. Joshua’s new book Things That Matter is available for purchase April 19th. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 451: Thing That Matter with Joshua Becker appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 19 Apr 2022 09:30:25 -0000 Ep. 451: Things That Matter with Joshua Becker full 451 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to friend of the show Joshua Becker. Joshua’s new book Things That Matter is available for purcha... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking to friend of the show Joshua Becker. Joshua’s new book Things That Matter is available for purchase April 19th. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 451: Thing That Matter with Joshua Becker appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re talking to friend of the show Joshua Becker. Joshua’s new book Things That Matter is available for purchase April 19th.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 451: Thing That Matter with Joshua Becker appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3738 no Ep. 450: What parts of your financial life should be automated? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-450-what-parts-of-your-financial-life-should-be-automated/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how much of your financial life should be automated. The reality is, sometimes automation burns you. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 450: What parts of your financial life should be automated? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 05 Apr 2022 09:30:41 -0000 Ep. 450: What parts of your financial life should be automated? full 450 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how much of your financial life should be automated. The reality is, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how much of your financial life should be automated. The reality is, sometimes automation burns you. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 450: What parts of your financial life should be automated? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how much of your financial life should be automated. The reality is, sometimes automation burns you.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 450: What parts of your financial life should be automated? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3690 no Ep. 449: Should you be concerned if your advisor is charging you 2.5 percent? Probably https://petetheplanner.com/ep-449-should-you-be-concerned-if-your-advisor-is-charging-you-2-5-percent-probably/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at advisor fees. We’ll discuss what’s normal, what’s high, and why you should care. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 449: Should you be concerned if your advisor is charging you 2.5 percent? Probably appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 29 Mar 2022 09:30:56 -0000 Ep. 449: Should you be concerned if your advisor is charging you 2.5 percent? Probably full 449 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at advisor fees. We’ll discuss what’s normal, what’s high, and why you should care. Click... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at advisor fees. We’ll discuss what’s normal, what’s high, and why you should care. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 449: Should you be concerned if your advisor is charging you 2.5 percent? Probably appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at advisor fees. We’ll discuss what’s normal, what’s high, and why you should care.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 449: Should you be concerned if your advisor is charging you 2.5 percent? Probably appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3938 no Ep. 448: How much are gas prices really impacting your wallet? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-448-how-much-are-gas-prices-really-impacting-your-wallet/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how gas prices are directly impact your wallet. Yes, there’s indirect impact, primarily pass through by businesses. But is the direct impact really that bad? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 448: How much are gas prices really impacting your wallet? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 15 Mar 2022 09:30:30 -0000 Ep. 448: How much are gas prices really impacting your wallet? full 448 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how gas prices are directly impact your wallet. Yes, there’s indirect impact, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how gas prices are directly impact your wallet. Yes, there’s indirect impact, primarily pass through by businesses. But is the direct impact really that bad? Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 448: How much are gas prices really impacting your wallet? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re taking a look at how gas prices are directly impact your wallet. Yes, there’s indirect impact, primarily pass through by businesses. But is the direct impact really that bad?

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 448: How much are gas prices really impacting your wallet? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3404 no Ep. 447: The difference between risk tolerance and risk capacity https://petetheplanner.com/ep-447-the-difference-between-risk-tolerance-and-risk-capacity/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking investing! We discuss a few finer point, which often get overlooked. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 447: The difference between risk tolerance and risk capacity appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 08 Mar 2022 10:30:54 -0000 Ep. 447: The difference between risk tolerance and risk capacity full 447 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking investing! We discuss a few finer point, which often get overlooked. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re talking investing! We discuss a few finer point, which often get overlooked. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 447: The difference between risk tolerance and risk capacity appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re talking investing! We discuss a few finer point, which often get overlooked.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 447: The difference between risk tolerance and risk capacity appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3127 no Ep. 446: The impact of Ukraine on the world economy https://petetheplanner.com/ep-446-the-impact-of-ukraine-on-the-world-economy/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing the impact Ukraine has on the world right now. Please understand, our primary concern is with the Ukrainian people and their safety and security. We do explore other ways in which this crisis impacts other parts of the world. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 446: The impact of Ukraine on the world economy appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 01 Mar 2022 10:30:33 -0000 Ep. 446: The impact of Ukraine on the world economy full 446 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing the impact Ukraine has on the world right now. Please understand, We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com In this week’s episode, we’re discussing the impact Ukraine has on the world right now. Please understand, our primary concern is with the Ukrainian people and their safety and security. We do explore other ways in which this crisis impacts other parts of the world. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 446: The impact of Ukraine on the world economy appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

In this week’s episode, we’re discussing the impact Ukraine has on the world right now. Please understand, our primary concern is with the Ukrainian people and their safety and security. We do explore other ways in which this crisis impacts other parts of the world.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 446: The impact of Ukraine on the world economy appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3820 no Ep. 445: The housing market is a giant bubble, right? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-445-the-housing-market-is-a-giant-bubble-right/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring why we think the housing market is about to get hammered, and who’s going to suffer for it. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 445: The housing market is a giant bubble, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 22 Feb 2022 10:30:44 -0000 Ep. 445: The housing market is a giant bubble, right? full 445 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring why we think the housing market is about to get hammered, and who’s... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring why we think the housing market is about to get hammered, and who’s going to suffer for it. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 445: The housing market is a giant bubble, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring why we think the housing market is about to get hammered, and who’s going to suffer for it.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 445: The housing market is a giant bubble, right? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3108 no Ep. 444: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-444-are-401k-vesting-schedules-ethical/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? Should my wife’s organ transplant affect our retirement spending strategy? Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, due to everyone getting paid and making 401k deposits? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Emailer worried his employer’s 401 matching contributions could be pulled-back, if he leaves his job Whether you know it or not, when your employer contributes to your 401k, their deposits aren’t completely yours until after a pre-determined period of time. Of course there’s a term for this; it’s called vesting. Vesting exists for a few different reasons, but the primary reason is to encourage you to stay at your job longer. There are some strange ramifications to vesting, for both the employer and the employee. In this segment, we discuss whether vesting makes sense, and what you need to know to ensure you don’t miss-out on your employer’s contributions. An emailer’s wife got two organ transplants; should that affect their planning? The great challenge of financial planning is that a plan must be practical and realistic both 5 minutes from now and 30 years from now. Health realities only add to the complexity of financial planning. In this segment, the emailer must make decisions around pension survivor benefits. Why doesn’t the market spike on payday, as millions make deposits into their 401k’s? On the surface, this hypothesis makes a lot of sense. Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, or other popular paydays? It’s complicated, but 401k deposits aren’t as immediate as you think.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 444: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 15 Feb 2022 10:30:28 -0000 Ep. 444: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? full 434 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? Should my wife’s organ transplant affect our retirement spending strategy? Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, due to everyone getting paid and making 401k deposits? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Emailer worried his employer’s 401 matching contributions could be pulled-back, if he leaves his job Whether you know it or not, when your employer contributes to your 401k, their deposits aren’t completely yours until after a pre-determined period of time. Of course there’s a term for this; it’s called vesting. Vesting exists for a few different reasons, but the primary reason is to encourage you to stay at your job longer. There are some strange ramifications to vesting, for both the employer and the employee. In this segment, we discuss whether vesting makes sense, and what you need to know to ensure you don’t miss-out on your employer’s contributions. An emailer’s wife got two organ transplants; should that affect their planning? The great challenge of financial planning is that a plan must be practical and realistic both 5 minutes from now and 30 years from now. Health realities only add to the complexity of financial planning. In this segment, the emailer must make decisions around pension survivor benefits. Why doesn’t the market spike on payday, as millions make deposits into their 401k’s? On the surface, this hypothesis makes a lot of sense. Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, or other popular paydays? It’s complicated, but 401k deposits aren’t as immediate as you think.   Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 444: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics:

  • Are 401k vesting schedules ethical?
  • Should my wife’s organ transplant affect our retirement spending strategy?
  • Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, due to everyone getting paid and making 401k deposits?

Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

Emailer worried his employer’s 401 matching contributions could be pulled-back, if he leaves his job

Whether you know it or not, when your employer contributes to your 401k, their deposits aren’t completely yours until after a pre-determined period of time. Of course there’s a term for this; it’s called vesting. Vesting exists for a few different reasons, but the primary reason is to encourage you to stay at your job longer.

There are some strange ramifications to vesting, for both the employer and the employee. In this segment, we discuss whether vesting makes sense, and what you need to know to ensure you don’t miss-out on your employer’s contributions.

An emailer’s wife got two organ transplants; should that affect their planning?

The great challenge of financial planning is that a plan must be practical and realistic both 5 minutes from now and 30 years from now. Health realities only add to the complexity of financial planning. In this segment, the emailer must make decisions around pension survivor benefits.

Why doesn’t the market spike on payday, as millions make deposits into their 401k’s?

On the surface, this hypothesis makes a lot of sense. Why doesn’t the market spike on Fridays, or other popular paydays? It’s complicated, but 401k deposits aren’t as immediate as you think.

 

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 444: Are 401k vesting schedules ethical? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3841 no Ep. 443: Could consumer habits solve the inflation problem? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-443-could-consumer-habits-solve-the-inflation-problem/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How often should you look at your investments? Could changing consumer habits toward experiences, make goods less expensive? How is a person who is very behind on retirement savings supposed to retire? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Looking at your investment account balances too often can cause undue financial anxiety Dame admits to looking at his investments too often, in good times and in bad. And Pete admits to checking the price of certain investments during bad times, but can’t bring himself to look at the balance. The fact is, if you’re a long-term investor and the market is trending down, looking at your account is pointless. More harm than good can come from that increased awareness. A new report suggests consumers are buying more experiences and fewer goods When the pandemic started, all you could buy were goods, as experiences were more or less closed. With the return to normalcy at the front of everyone’s mind, consumers have started to buy less stuff and buy more experiences (like travel). Theoretically, along with the supply chain getting caught-up, could result in inflation finding itself under control. If you’re 50 years old and just starting to save, is there hope at retirement? Yes, but it depends on how much money you make and how much you spend. But not the way you think. The less your household income is, the more likely Social Security retirement can replace a great deal of that income once you reach full-retirement age. Your job then become to supplement that income by systematically investing during your remaining work years. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 443: Could consumer habits solve the inflation problem? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 08 Feb 2022 10:30:21 -0000 Ep. 443: Could consumer habits solve the inflation problem? full 443 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How often should you look at your investments? We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How often should you look at your investments? Could changing consumer habits toward experiences, make goods less expensive? How is a person who is very behind on retirement savings supposed to retire? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Looking at your investment account balances too often can cause undue financial anxiety Dame admits to looking at his investments too often, in good times and in bad. And Pete admits to checking the price of certain investments during bad times, but can’t bring himself to look at the balance. The fact is, if you’re a long-term investor and the market is trending down, looking at your account is pointless. More harm than good can come from that increased awareness. A new report suggests consumers are buying more experiences and fewer goods When the pandemic started, all you could buy were goods, as experiences were more or less closed. With the return to normalcy at the front of everyone’s mind, consumers have started to buy less stuff and buy more experiences (like travel). Theoretically, along with the supply chain getting caught-up, could result in inflation finding itself under control. If you’re 50 years old and just starting to save, is there hope at retirement? Yes, but it depends on how much money you make and how much you spend. But not the way you think. The less your household income is, the more likely Social Security retirement can replace a great deal of that income once you reach full-retirement age. Your job then become to supplement that income by systematically investing during your remaining work years. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 443: Could consumer habits solve the inflation problem? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics:

  • How often should you look at your investments?
  • Could changing consumer habits toward experiences, make goods less expensive?
  • How is a person who is very behind on retirement savings supposed to retire?

Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

Looking at your investment account balances too often can cause undue financial anxiety

Dame admits to looking at his investments too often, in good times and in bad. And Pete admits to checking the price of certain investments during bad times, but can’t bring himself to look at the balance. The fact is, if you’re a long-term investor and the market is trending down, looking at your account is pointless. More harm than good can come from that increased awareness.

A new report suggests consumers are buying more experiences and fewer goods

When the pandemic started, all you could buy were goods, as experiences were more or less closed. With the return to normalcy at the front of everyone’s mind, consumers have started to buy less stuff and buy more experiences (like travel). Theoretically, along with the supply chain getting caught-up, could result in inflation finding itself under control.

If you’re 50 years old and just starting to save, is there hope at retirement?

Yes, but it depends on how much money you make and how much you spend. But not the way you think. The less your household income is, the more likely Social Security retirement can replace a great deal of that income once you reach full-retirement age. Your job then become to supplement that income by systematically investing during your remaining work years.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 443: Could consumer habits solve the inflation problem? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3792 no Ep. 442: Stress is an amazing financial motivator…at first https://petetheplanner.com/ep-442-stress-is-an-amazing-financial-motivator-at-first/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How does the taxation of ETFs differ from the taxation of actively managed mutual funds? Does you level of stability impact your primary financial motivation? Pete says absolutely yes. The economy is gonna get weird in the 2nd and 3rd quarter of 2022, according to Pete’s bold prediction of the week. Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Diana wants to know if ETFs are a tax nightmare When you are holding passive investment vehicles, your tax burden can often be significantly less than when you’re holding active vehicles. Dame explains. Pete has a new theory about stress, reality, and opportunity Pete’s hypothesis is that people who aren’t struggling, but also not stable, run the risk of chasing opportunity, as opposed to acting on the reality of the situation. Will student loan repayments starting up again in May impact the economy? Pete and Dame say yes, that is unless repayment obligations are delayed again. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 442: Stress is an amazing financial motivator…at first appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 01 Feb 2022 10:30:41 -0000 Ep. 442: Stress is an amazing financial motivator...at first full 442 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How does the taxation of ETFs differ from the taxation... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: How does the taxation of ETFs differ from the taxation of actively managed mutual funds? Does you level of stability impact your primary financial motivation? Pete says absolutely yes. The economy is gonna get weird in the 2nd and 3rd quarter of 2022, according to Pete’s bold prediction of the week. Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Diana wants to know if ETFs are a tax nightmare When you are holding passive investment vehicles, your tax burden can often be significantly less than when you’re holding active vehicles. Dame explains. Pete has a new theory about stress, reality, and opportunity Pete’s hypothesis is that people who aren’t struggling, but also not stable, run the risk of chasing opportunity, as opposed to acting on the reality of the situation. Will student loan repayments starting up again in May impact the economy? Pete and Dame say yes, that is unless repayment obligations are delayed again. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 442: Stress is an amazing financial motivator…at first appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics:

  • How does the taxation of ETFs differ from the taxation of actively managed mutual funds?
  • Does you level of stability impact your primary financial motivation? Pete says absolutely yes.
  • The economy is gonna get weird in the 2nd and 3rd quarter of 2022, according to Pete’s bold prediction of the week.

Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

Diana wants to know if ETFs are a tax nightmare

When you are holding passive investment vehicles, your tax burden can often be significantly less than when you’re holding active vehicles. Dame explains.

Pete has a new theory about stress, reality, and opportunity

Pete’s hypothesis is that people who aren’t struggling, but also not stable, run the risk of chasing opportunity, as opposed to acting on the reality of the situation.

Will student loan repayments starting up again in May impact the economy?

Pete and Dame say yes, that is unless repayment obligations are delayed again.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 442: Stress is an amazing financial motivator…at first appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3588 no Ep. 441: How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-441-how-common-is-insider-trading-and-are-you-at-risk/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Is cash about to become popular again?  Why did Netflix and Peloton have the worst week ever? How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: More stores are giving cash discounts Is society’s move to cashless, short-lived? A recent trend in cash discounts suggests that cash is making a comeback. Dame and Pete explore whether or not that’s practical. Pete and Dame discuss why Netflix and Peloton’s stocks crashed Turns-out, people want to go outside when the pandemic is over. Netflix has hit a subscriber ceiling, possibly. You always hear about insider trading, but how common is it Unless you are an executive at a publicly traded company or you’re in the investment business, insider trading is pretty rare. That is unless you’re a congressperson, allegedly. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 441: How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 25 Jan 2022 10:30:20 -0000 Ep. 441: How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? full 441 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Is cash about to become popular again?  Why did Netflix... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Is cash about to become popular again?  Why did Netflix and Peloton have the worst week ever? How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: More stores are giving cash discounts Is society’s move to cashless, short-lived? A recent trend in cash discounts suggests that cash is making a comeback. Dame and Pete explore whether or not that’s practical. Pete and Dame discuss why Netflix and Peloton’s stocks crashed Turns-out, people want to go outside when the pandemic is over. Netflix has hit a subscriber ceiling, possibly. You always hear about insider trading, but how common is it Unless you are an executive at a publicly traded company or you’re in the investment business, insider trading is pretty rare. That is unless you’re a congressperson, allegedly. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 441: How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics:

  • Is cash about to become popular again? 
  • Why did Netflix and Peloton have the worst week ever?
  • How common is insider trading, and are you at risk?

Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

More stores are giving cash discounts

Is society’s move to cashless, short-lived? A recent trend in cash discounts suggests that cash is making a comeback. Dame and Pete explore whether or not that’s practical.

Pete and Dame discuss why Netflix and Peloton’s stocks crashed

  • Turns-out, people want to go outside when the pandemic is over.
  • Netflix has hit a subscriber ceiling, possibly.

You always hear about insider trading, but how common is it

Unless you are an executive at a publicly traded company or you’re in the investment business, insider trading is pretty rare. That is unless you’re a congressperson, allegedly.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 441: How common is insider trading, and are you at risk? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4098 no Ep. 440: Should you care if your financial advisor is an avid gambler? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-440-should-you-care-if-your-financial-advisor-is-an-avid-gambler/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Can an emailer retire, whether or not you should be bothered by your advisor’s sports gambling, and how you can avoid the impending tax refund delay. Oh, and Pete may have been over-caffeinated. Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Emailer asks questions, saves words for himself Hi. We’re 55. 4.6m net worth, 1m of which is in our home. 2 private colleges funded 0 debt. 120k a year all in spending and we can easily cut back Estimate 5k a month SS in 12 years or more waiting to 70.5. Can we retire? P.S. 60/40 portfolio. 6% rebalancing bands. Pete and Dame debate the relevance of a financial advisor’s sports gambling As it turns out, it bothers both Pete and Dame. But they admit they’re likely way over-sensitive to this topic. Gambling and investing are not the same, but sometimes people approach investing like they approach gambling, which is where things start to go horribly wrong. The IRS is incredibly understaffed, which means tax refunds could be severely delayed this year In the first 6 months of 2021, 15,000 IRS employees tried to handle 240 million calls. Yeah, that didn’t work. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 440: Should you care if your financial advisor is an avid gambler? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 18 Jan 2022 10:30:10 -0000 Ep. 439: Market Review for 2021 PLUS Our Picks for 2022 full 439 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Can an emailer retire, whether or not you should be... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Can an emailer retire, whether or not you should be bothered by your advisor’s sports gambling, and how you can avoid the impending tax refund delay. Oh, and Pete may have been over-caffeinated. Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Emailer asks questions, saves words for himself Hi. We’re 55. 4.6m net worth, 1m of which is in our home. 2 private colleges funded 0 debt. 120k a year all in spending and we can easily cut back Estimate 5k a month SS in 12 years or more waiting to 70.5. Can we retire? P.S. 60/40 portfolio. 6% rebalancing bands. Pete and Dame debate the relevance of a financial advisor’s sports gambling As it turns out, it bothers both Pete and Dame. But they admit they’re likely way over-sensitive to this topic. Gambling and investing are not the same, but sometimes people approach investing like they approach gambling, which is where things start to go horribly wrong. The IRS is incredibly understaffed, which means tax refunds could be severely delayed this year In the first 6 months of 2021, 15,000 IRS employees tried to handle 240 million calls. Yeah, that didn’t work. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     SIDE NOTE: — Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 440: Should you care if your financial advisor is an avid gambler? appeared first on Pete the Planner®. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re exploring three main topics: Can an emailer retire, whether or not you should be bothered by your advisor’s sports gambling, and how you can avoid the impending tax refund delay. Oh, and Pete may have been over-caffeinated.

Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

Emailer asks questions, saves words for himself

Hi. We’re 55. 4.6m net worth, 1m of which is in our home. 2 private colleges funded
0 debt. 120k a year all in spending and we can easily cut back
Estimate 5k a month SS in 12 years or more waiting to 70.5.
Can we retire? P.S. 60/40 portfolio. 6% rebalancing bands.

Pete and Dame debate the relevance of a financial advisor’s sports gambling

  • As it turns out, it bothers both Pete and Dame. But they admit they’re likely way over-sensitive to this topic.
  • Gambling and investing are not the same, but sometimes people approach investing like they approach gambling, which is where things start to go horribly wrong.

The IRS is incredibly understaffed, which means tax refunds could be severely delayed this year

In the first 6 months of 2021, 15,000 IRS employees tried to handle 240 million calls. Yeah, that didn’t work.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Give your personal finances a facelift. Explore our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 440: Should you care if your financial advisor is an avid gambler? appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3753 no Ep. 439: Market Review for 2021 PLUS Our Picks for 2022 https://petetheplanner.com/ep-439-market-review-for-2021-plus-our-picks-for-2022/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re still saying Happy New Year! Tue, 11 Jan 2022 12:12:29 -0000 Ep. 439: Market Review for 2021 PLUS Our Picks for 2022 full 439 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re still saying Happy New Year! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re still saying Happy New Year!

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, we’re still saying Happy New Year!

]]> 3598 no Ep. 438: Three Smart Money Moves to End 2021 & Start 2022 https://petetheplanner.com/ep-438-three-smart-money-moves-to-end-2021-start-2022/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, a bonanza of Dunns! Damian is back, Pete’s here, and they bring on the most special guest co-host, Pete’s very own son: Theo “Ted” Dunn! No time to listen to the LAST SHOW OF 2021?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: SPECIAL NEWS ALERT: FEDERAL STUDENT LOANS PAUSE EXTENSION: [5:55] On December 12, 2021, President Biden extended the pause on federal student loans until May 1, 2022. Payments had been set to restart on February 1, 2022. Approximately 41 million individuals had their loans put into administrative forbearance as part of the CARES Act nearly 2 years ago effectively removing the requirement that they make monthly payments to the government. The deadline has been extended by both Presidents Trump and Biden. Borrowers will continue to have the option of not making any student loan payments due on their federal student loans, though they can resume making payments at any time. Any payments made during this pause will be applied against the principal of the loan as interest has been paused during this time, as well. PETE: I am surprised, but not shocked. DAMIAN: People are appreciative, but upset about this news. The conversation was previously about forgiving (some) of the Student Loan debt. PETE: The perfect time to restart this, politics aside, is actually now. DAMIAN: There may be a tax return coming in around that time, to possibly help ease the transition back into payments.   THREE SMART MONEY MOVES: [22:30] Let’s begin with Employee Benefits. Instead of waiting until open enrollment, get into your portal and ask yourself the critical question: “Am I okay with this current path?” DAMIAN: Maybe it’s looking at any new changes to the benefits from over the year(s). Minor changes to health plans, or retirement accounts, are all to be considered. PETE: Ah, the annual rebalance. This is a good time of year to take a look at what’s happening across the entire financial landscape of your life. DAMIAN: Look to see if there is an automatic rebalance option. Second money move: Conduct a household financial meeting DAMIAN: Use this time (even 30 minutes) to do a household finance S.W.O.T analysis and set some financial goals for the new year Third money move: Look at your checking account more critically. How could you improve the flow of your money? What patterns do you see? DAMIAN: We’re not talking about huge changes, but remember that small changes can lead to big differences over time.   We only show a few previews here, but don’t stop you from enjoying the whole show. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     FINAL SIDE NOTE OF 2021: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 438: Three Smart Money Moves to End 2021 & Start 2022 appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 28 Dec 2021 10:24:26 -0000 Ep. 438: Three Smart Money Moves to End 2021 & Start 2022 full 438 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, a bonanza of Dunns! Damian is back, Pete’s here, and they bring on the most... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, a bonanza of Dunns! Damian is back, Pete’s here, and they bring on the most special guest co-host, Pete’s very own son: Theo “Ted” Dunn! No time to listen to the LAST SHOW OF 2021?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: SPECIAL NEWS ALERT: FEDERAL STUDENT LOANS PAUSE EXTENSION: [5:55] On December 12, 2021, President Biden extended the pause on federal student loans until May 1, 2022. Payments had been set to restart on February 1, 2022. Approximately 41 million individuals had their loans put into administrative forbearance as part of the CARES Act nearly 2 years ago effectively removing the requirement that they make monthly payments to the government. The deadline has been extended by both Presidents Trump and Biden. Borrowers will continue to have the option of not making any student loan payments due on their federal student loans, though they can resume making payments at any time. Any payments made during this pause will be applied against the principal of the loan as interest has been paused during this time, as well. PETE: I am surprised, but not shocked. DAMIAN: People are appreciative, but upset about this news. The conversation was previously about forgiving (some) of the Student Loan debt. PETE: The perfect time to restart this, politics aside, is actually now. DAMIAN: There may be a tax return coming in around that time, to possibly help ease the transition back into payments.   THREE SMART MONEY MOVES: [22:30] Let’s begin with Employee Benefits. Instead of waiting until open enrollment, get into your portal and ask yourself the critical question: “Am I okay with this current path?” DAMIAN: Maybe it’s looking at any new changes to the benefits from over the year(s). Minor changes to health plans, or retirement accounts, are all to be considered. PETE: Ah, the annual rebalance. This is a good time of year to take a look at what’s happening across the entire financial landscape of your life. DAMIAN: Look to see if there is an automatic rebalance option. Second money move: Conduct a household financial meeting DAMIAN: Use this time (even 30 minutes) to do a household finance S.W.O.T analysis and set some financial goals for the new year Third money move: Look at your checking account more critically. How could you improve the flow of your money? What patterns do you see? DAMIAN: We’re not talking about huge changes, but remember that small changes can lead to big differences over time.   We only show a few previews here, but don’t stop you from enjoying the whole show. Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!     FINAL SIDE NOTE OF 2021: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 438: Three Smart Money Moves to End 2021 & Start 2022 appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, a bonanza of Dunns! Damian is back, Pete’s here, and they bring on the most special guest co-host, Pete’s very own son: Theo “Ted” Dunn!

No time to listen to the LAST SHOW OF 2021?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

SPECIAL NEWS ALERT: FEDERAL STUDENT LOANS PAUSE EXTENSION: [5:55]

  • On December 12, 2021, President Biden extended the pause on federal student loans until May 1, 2022. Payments had been set to restart on February 1, 2022.

    Approximately 41 million individuals had their loans put into administrative forbearance as part of the CARES Act nearly 2 years ago effectively removing the requirement that they make monthly payments to the government. The deadline has been extended by both Presidents Trump and Biden.

    Borrowers will continue to have the option of not making any student loan payments due on their federal student loans, though they can resume making payments at any time. Any payments made during this pause will be applied against the principal of the loan as interest has been paused during this time, as well.

    • PETE: I am surprised, but not shocked.
    • DAMIAN: People are appreciative, but upset about this news. The conversation was previously about forgiving (some) of the Student Loan debt.
    • PETE: The perfect time to restart this, politics aside, is actually now.
    • DAMIAN: There may be a tax return coming in around that time, to possibly help ease the transition back into payments.

 

THREE SMART MONEY MOVES: [22:30]

  • Let’s begin with Employee Benefits. Instead of waiting until open enrollment, get into your portal and ask yourself the critical question: “Am I okay with this current path?”
    • DAMIAN: Maybe it’s looking at any new changes to the benefits from over the year(s). Minor changes to health plans, or retirement accounts, are all to be considered.
    • PETE: Ah, the annual rebalance. This is a good time of year to take a look at what’s happening across the entire financial landscape of your life.
    • DAMIAN: Look to see if there is an automatic rebalance option.
    • Second money move: Conduct a household financial meeting
    • DAMIAN: Use this time (even 30 minutes) to do a household finance S.W.O.T analysis and set some financial goals for the new year
    • Third money move: Look at your checking account more critically.
    • How could you improve the flow of your money? What patterns do you see?
    • DAMIAN: We’re not talking about huge changes, but remember that small changes can lead to big differences over time.

 

We only show a few previews here, but don’t stop you from enjoying the whole show.

Click the PLAY button below for the rest of the show!

 

 

FINAL SIDE NOTE OF 2021:

— Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 438: Three Smart Money Moves to End 2021 & Start 2022 appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3557 no Ep. 437: Talking Modern Money with Special Guest: Joe Saul-Sehy https://petetheplanner.com/ep-437-talking-modern-money-with-special-guest-joe-saul-sehy/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete brings a friend and special guest co-host, Joe Saul-Sehy from the podcast Stacking Benjamins! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Looking for the TL;DR summary? This conversation is too fun not to check it our for yourself. From cryptocurrency to Joe’s latest book, “STACKED: Your Super‑Serious Guide to Modern Money,” you can tell they both have had long histories of being on-air.   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 437: Talking Modern Money with Special Guest: Joe Saul-Sehy appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 21 Dec 2021 11:38:26 -0000 Ep. 437: Talking Modern Money with Special Guest: Joe Saul-Sehy full 437 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete brings a friend and special guest co-host, Joe Saul-Sehy from the podcast Stacking Benjami... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete brings a friend and special guest co-host, Joe Saul-Sehy from the podcast Stacking Benjamins! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: Looking for the TL;DR summary? This conversation is too fun not to check it our for yourself. From cryptocurrency to Joe’s latest book, “STACKED: Your Super‑Serious Guide to Modern Money,” you can tell they both have had long histories of being on-air.   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 437: Talking Modern Money with Special Guest: Joe Saul-Sehy appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete brings a friend and special guest co-host, Joe Saul-Sehy from the podcast Stacking Benjamins!

No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

Looking for the TL;DR summary? This conversation is too fun not to check it our for yourself. From cryptocurrency to Joe’s latest book, “STACKED: Your Super‑Serious Guide to Modern Money,” you can tell they both have had long histories of being on-air.

 

Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 437: Talking Modern Money with Special Guest: Joe Saul-Sehy appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 4313 no Ep. 436: HELP! My Employer Doesn’t Have A Good 401(k) Plan https://petetheplanner.com/ep-436-help-my-employer-doesnt-have-a-good-401k-plan/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete pushed his limits tooooo far with a giant 2PM cold brew coffee. Tue, 14 Dec 2021 09:48:13 -0000 Ep. 436: HELP! My Employer Doesn't Have A Good 401(k) Plan full 436 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete pushed his limits tooooo far with a giant 2PM cold brew coffee. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete pushed his limits tooooo far with a giant 2PM cold brew coffee.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete pushed his limits tooooo far with a giant 2PM cold brew coffee.

]]> 3895 no Ep. 435: Discretionary Spending + Financial News Rundown https://petetheplanner.com/ep-435-discretionary-spending-financial-news-rundown/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete abandoned the show opening tune and got scolded by Damian! Whew! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [5:05] “Dear Pete, I heard colleagues talking about discretionary spending this week. It got me thinking about how much money I allow myself to spend in any given month. I typically give myself some cushion for dinning out and a random purchase here or there. Beyond that, I tend to keep a pretty low balance in my checking account because I tend to spend more responsibly if I limit the amount of money I have access to. How do you think about discretionary spending? DAMIAN: Discretionary spending is actually planned, you just don’t know what you’re spending it on yet. DAMIAN: It’s quite variable, so don’t compare yourself to other families in this category PETE: You’re giving yourself an allowance; what you spend it on is what’s discretionary. It took an ugly turn when online banking came out. The debit card makes spending all too easy. PETE: You have to find a way that works for you. You don’t need to keep boatloads of money in your checking account.   The Dunns cover so much more in the full show! Don’t let this little teaser stop you from enjoying the whole thing.   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 435: Discretionary Spending + Financial News Rundown appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Thu, 09 Dec 2021 05:50:54 -0000 Ep. 435: Discretionary Spending + Financial News Rundown full 435 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete abandoned the show opening tune and got scolded by Damian! Whew! No time to... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete abandoned the show opening tune and got scolded by Damian! Whew! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [5:05] “Dear Pete, I heard colleagues talking about discretionary spending this week. It got me thinking about how much money I allow myself to spend in any given month. I typically give myself some cushion for dinning out and a random purchase here or there. Beyond that, I tend to keep a pretty low balance in my checking account because I tend to spend more responsibly if I limit the amount of money I have access to. How do you think about discretionary spending? DAMIAN: Discretionary spending is actually planned, you just don’t know what you’re spending it on yet. DAMIAN: It’s quite variable, so don’t compare yourself to other families in this category PETE: You’re giving yourself an allowance; what you spend it on is what’s discretionary. It took an ugly turn when online banking came out. The debit card makes spending all too easy. PETE: You have to find a way that works for you. You don’t need to keep boatloads of money in your checking account.   The Dunns cover so much more in the full show! Don’t let this little teaser stop you from enjoying the whole thing.   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 435: Discretionary Spending + Financial News Rundown appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete abandoned the show opening tune and got scolded by Damian! Whew!

No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [5:05]

  • “Dear Pete, I heard colleagues talking about discretionary spending this week. It got me thinking about how much money I allow myself to spend in any given month. I typically give myself some cushion for dinning out and a random purchase here or there. Beyond that, I tend to keep a pretty low balance in my checking account because I tend to spend more responsibly if I limit the amount of money I have access to. How do you think about discretionary spending?
    • DAMIAN: Discretionary spending is actually planned, you just don’t know what you’re spending it on yet.
    • DAMIAN: It’s quite variable, so don’t compare yourself to other families in this category
    • PETE: You’re giving yourself an allowance; what you spend it on is what’s discretionary. It took an ugly turn when online banking came out. The debit card makes spending all too easy.
    • PETE: You have to find a way that works for you. You don’t need to keep boatloads of money in your checking account.

 

The Dunns cover so much more in the full show! Don’t let this little teaser stop you from enjoying the whole thing.

 

Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 435: Discretionary Spending + Financial News Rundown appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3004 no Ep. 434: Let’s Play, ‘Will You Need That Much?’ https://petetheplanner.com/ep-434-lets-play-will-you-need-that-much/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get into the show in record time! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [2:07] “Hey Pete, honest question: given recent content around inflation and changing conventional knowledge about drawdown rates… My wife and I generally set aside $50,000 – $60,000 annually for retirement, including employer matches. We have 25-30 years until retirement and our savings is about $430,000. We max out one 401(k), we’re also funding two 529s and making weekly contributions into brokerage accounts. We have a very aggressive risk tolerance, but assume conservative returns for long-term planning. Despite all of this, most retirement calculators have us coming up short because they assume we’ll need 75%-80% of our current income in retirement. Our income is slightly variable based on annual bonus potential and whatnot. But shouldn’t we reduce the amount of annual retirement income we’ll need by what we’re currently saving? At the point of retirement, we’ll be drawing down our balance rather than actively contributing so it seems that it should be reflected in the assumed need… PETE: I major beef with retirement calculators. Do they assume people won’t reduce their expenses at all? DAMIAN: Most people don’t want to live on less in retirement. Hopefully your health will be in good condition, and you may end up spending more with the extra time on your hands. PETE: Most people accumulate priorities without shedding priorities DAMIAN: That can be an absolute retirement plan killer.   WILL YOU NEED THAT MUCH?:  [13:50] Let’s look at the Ideal Budget and play a game. Do you think you will need more or less of the following expenses in retirement?: HOUSING (25%) of your income: Damian – Less. Pete – Less TRANSPORTATION (15%): Damian – Maybe a push. Pete – Less FOOD (12%): Damian – Less. Pete – Maybe about the same. Review the rest of the Ideal Budget with the Dunns in when you listen to the full show!   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 434: Let’s Play, ‘Will You Need That Much?’ appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 23 Nov 2021 12:45:30 -0000 Ep. 434: Let's Play, 'Will You Need That Much?' full 434 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get into the show in record time! No time to listen?  Here’s... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get into the show in record time! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [2:07] “Hey Pete, honest question: given recent content around inflation and changing conventional knowledge about drawdown rates… My wife and I generally set aside $50,000 – $60,000 annually for retirement, including employer matches. We have 25-30 years until retirement and our savings is about $430,000. We max out one 401(k), we’re also funding two 529s and making weekly contributions into brokerage accounts. We have a very aggressive risk tolerance, but assume conservative returns for long-term planning. Despite all of this, most retirement calculators have us coming up short because they assume we’ll need 75%-80% of our current income in retirement. Our income is slightly variable based on annual bonus potential and whatnot. But shouldn’t we reduce the amount of annual retirement income we’ll need by what we’re currently saving? At the point of retirement, we’ll be drawing down our balance rather than actively contributing so it seems that it should be reflected in the assumed need… PETE: I major beef with retirement calculators. Do they assume people won’t reduce their expenses at all? DAMIAN: Most people don’t want to live on less in retirement. Hopefully your health will be in good condition, and you may end up spending more with the extra time on your hands. PETE: Most people accumulate priorities without shedding priorities DAMIAN: That can be an absolute retirement plan killer.   WILL YOU NEED THAT MUCH?:  [13:50] Let’s look at the Ideal Budget and play a game. Do you think you will need more or less of the following expenses in retirement?: HOUSING (25%) of your income: Damian – Less. Pete – Less TRANSPORTATION (15%): Damian – Maybe a push. Pete – Less FOOD (12%): Damian – Less. Pete – Maybe about the same. Review the rest of the Ideal Budget with the Dunns in when you listen to the full show!   Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 434: Let’s Play, ‘Will You Need That Much?’ appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get into the show in record time!

No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

MAILBAG QUESTION #1: [2:07]

  • “Hey Pete, honest question: given recent content around inflation and changing conventional knowledge about drawdown rates… My wife and I generally set aside $50,000 – $60,000 annually for retirement, including employer matches. We have 25-30 years until retirement and our savings is about $430,000. We max out one 401(k), we’re also funding two 529s and making weekly contributions into brokerage accounts. We have a very aggressive risk tolerance, but assume conservative returns for long-term planning. Despite all of this, most retirement calculators have us coming up short because they assume we’ll need 75%-80% of our current income in retirement. Our income is slightly variable based on annual bonus potential and whatnot. But shouldn’t we reduce the amount of annual retirement income we’ll need by what we’re currently saving? At the point of retirement, we’ll be drawing down our balance rather than actively contributing so it seems that it should be reflected in the assumed need…
    • PETE: I major beef with retirement calculators. Do they assume people won’t reduce their expenses at all?
    • DAMIAN: Most people don’t want to live on less in retirement. Hopefully your health will be in good condition, and you may end up spending more with the extra time on your hands.
    • PETE: Most people accumulate priorities without shedding priorities
    • DAMIAN: That can be an absolute retirement plan killer.

 

WILL YOU NEED THAT MUCH?:  [13:50]

  • Let’s look at the Ideal Budget and play a game. Do you think you will need more or less of the following expenses in retirement?:
    • HOUSING (25%) of your income: Damian – Less. Pete – Less
    • TRANSPORTATION (15%): Damian – Maybe a push. Pete – Less
    • FOOD (12%): Damian – Less. Pete – Maybe about the same.

Review the rest of the Ideal Budget with the Dunns in when you listen to the full show!

 

Play the rest of the show for more!  —  click PLAY below.

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 434: Let’s Play, ‘Will You Need That Much?’ appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 2673 no Ep. 433: Retirement – Digging Deep Into the 4% Rule… https://petetheplanner.com/ep-433-retirement-digging-deep-into-the-4-rule/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian revisit a #FAIL of their own: the intro music to the show. No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: DIGGING DEEP INTO THE 4% RULE: [6:33] One of the weird things about saving money into a retirement plan for 45 years is your find yourself perpetually in the accumulation phase. You don’t really think about the distribution phase. It can be hard to stay focused and remember why you’re doing it. The industry rallied around this idea that you should calculate how much your nest egg will generate by multiplying your nest egg by 4% and that will tell you how much you can safely withdraw annually without the fear of running out of money.  This past week, a paper was published suggesting the new number should be 3.3%. PETE: This means a $500,000 nest egg at retirement would then drop from $20K to $16,500 per year without the fear of running out of money. DAMIAN: $500,000 sounds cool, but that’s a pretty small number when you break it down with maths. PETE: If more people calculated a proper withdrawal rate at the midpoint in their career, I think it would make people get on their horse a bit more when thinking about retirement.   IRS  CONTRIBUTION LIMITS HAVE CHANGED AGAIN!:  [19:45] Every year, the IRS puts together the increases in contribution limits people can put into retirement vehicles and other things. Their changes are always shockingly predictable. Special note: there has been a lot of criticism lately as this relates to the income gap and how retirement plans unfairly reward those with money, which in turn, leaves people with no money behind. In 2021, if you were to max out a 401(k) or 403(b), you could put in $19,500. It used to be $18,000 some years ago. PETE: One of the ways people can prepare for the retirement crisis is by putting away the right amount of money. By not moving the limits up, in some respects could dissuade people from properly planning for retirement. DAMIAN: In the year 2000, it was $10,500. In 2005: $14,000. In 2010: $16,500. In 2015: $18,000. In 2022: it’s $20,500….if you’re 49 years old or younger. Find out why we think this is problematic in the full show!   Play the rest of the show for more!  Check it out in the full show!  — click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 433: Retirement – Digging Deep Into the 4% Rule… appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Tue, 16 Nov 2021 11:40:40 -0000 Ep. 433: Retirement - Digging Deep Into the 4% Rule... full 433 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian revisit a #FAIL of their own: the intro music to the show.... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian revisit a #FAIL of their own: the intro music to the show. No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when: Show Notes: DIGGING DEEP INTO THE 4% RULE: [6:33] One of the weird things about saving money into a retirement plan for 45 years is your find yourself perpetually in the accumulation phase. You don’t really think about the distribution phase. It can be hard to stay focused and remember why you’re doing it. The industry rallied around this idea that you should calculate how much your nest egg will generate by multiplying your nest egg by 4% and that will tell you how much you can safely withdraw annually without the fear of running out of money.  This past week, a paper was published suggesting the new number should be 3.3%. PETE: This means a $500,000 nest egg at retirement would then drop from $20K to $16,500 per year without the fear of running out of money. DAMIAN: $500,000 sounds cool, but that’s a pretty small number when you break it down with maths. PETE: If more people calculated a proper withdrawal rate at the midpoint in their career, I think it would make people get on their horse a bit more when thinking about retirement.   IRS  CONTRIBUTION LIMITS HAVE CHANGED AGAIN!:  [19:45] Every year, the IRS puts together the increases in contribution limits people can put into retirement vehicles and other things. Their changes are always shockingly predictable. Special note: there has been a lot of criticism lately as this relates to the income gap and how retirement plans unfairly reward those with money, which in turn, leaves people with no money behind. In 2021, if you were to max out a 401(k) or 403(b), you could put in $19,500. It used to be $18,000 some years ago. PETE: One of the ways people can prepare for the retirement crisis is by putting away the right amount of money. By not moving the limits up, in some respects could dissuade people from properly planning for retirement. DAMIAN: In the year 2000, it was $10,500. In 2005: $14,000. In 2010: $16,500. In 2015: $18,000. In 2022: it’s $20,500….if you’re 49 years old or younger. Find out why we think this is problematic in the full show!   Play the rest of the show for more!  Check it out in the full show!  — click PLAY below.   SIDE NOTE: — Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —   The post Ep. 433: Retirement – Digging Deep Into the 4% Rule… appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian revisit a #FAIL of their own: the intro music to the show.

No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and when:

Show Notes:

DIGGING DEEP INTO THE 4% RULE: [6:33]

  • One of the weird things about saving money into a retirement plan for 45 years is your find yourself perpetually in the accumulation phase. You don’t really think about the distribution phase. It can be hard to stay focused and remember why you’re doing it. The industry rallied around this idea that you should calculate how much your nest egg will generate by multiplying your nest egg by 4% and that will tell you how much you can safely withdraw annually without the fear of running out of money.  This past week, a paper was published suggesting the new number should be 3.3%.
    • PETE: This means a $500,000 nest egg at retirement would then drop from $20K to $16,500 per year without the fear of running out of money.
    • DAMIAN: $500,000 sounds cool, but that’s a pretty small number when you break it down with maths.
    • PETE: If more people calculated a proper withdrawal rate at the midpoint in their career, I think it would make people get on their horse a bit more when thinking about retirement.

 

IRS  CONTRIBUTION LIMITS HAVE CHANGED AGAIN!:  [19:45]

  • Every year, the IRS puts together the increases in contribution limits people can put into retirement vehicles and other things. Their changes are always shockingly predictable. Special note: there has been a lot of criticism lately as this relates to the income gap and how retirement plans unfairly reward those with money, which in turn, leaves people with no money behind.
    • In 2021, if you were to max out a 401(k) or 403(b), you could put in $19,500. It used to be $18,000 some years ago.
    • PETE: One of the ways people can prepare for the retirement crisis is by putting away the right amount of money. By not moving the limits up, in some respects could dissuade people from properly planning for retirement.
    • DAMIAN: In the year 2000, it was $10,500. In 2005: $14,000. In 2010: $16,500. In 2015: $18,000. In 2022: it’s $20,500….if you’re 49 years old or younger.

Find out why we think this is problematic in the full show!

 

Play the rest of the show for more!  Check it out in the full show!  — click PLAY below.

 

SIDE NOTE:

— Before you go, give your personal finances a facelift. Peep our personal guidance platform: Hey Money. —

 

The post Ep. 433: Retirement – Digging Deep Into the 4% Rule… appeared first on Pete the Planner®.

]]> 3307 no Ep. 432: Does Being ‘Dependable’ Make You Financially Stable? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-432-does-being-dependable-make-you-financially-stable/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what could be the biggest business FAIL of all time! No... Read More Tue, 09 Nov 2021 09:30:20 -0000 Ep. 432: Does Being 'Dependable' Make You Financially Stable? full 432 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what could be the biggest business FAIL of all time! No... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what could be the biggest business FAIL of all time! No... Read More 2946 no Ep. 431: Do You Need Credit to Get Student Loans? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-431-do-you-need-credit-to-get-student-loans/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is back! And …there goes the show. Tue, 26 Oct 2021 11:59:38 -0000 Ep. 431: Do You Need Credit to Get Student Loans? full 431 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is back! And …there goes the show. We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is back! And …there goes the show.

We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is back! And …there goes the show.

]]> 3700 no Ep. 430: Colleges Running Up the Tab on Parent PLUS Loans https://petetheplanner.com/ep-430-colleges-running-up-the-tab-on-parent-plus-loans/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Dam- wait… no; Kristen! Pete and Kristen connect to throw down the gauntlet... Read More Tue, 19 Oct 2021 11:54:29 -0000 Ep. 430: Colleges Running Up the Tab on Parent PLUS Loans full 430 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Dam- wait… no; Kristen! Pete and Kristen connect to throw down the gauntlet... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Dam- wait… no; Kristen! Pete and Kristen connect to throw down the gauntlet... Read More 3804 no Ep. 429: Why Raising the Federal Debt Ceiling Matters https://petetheplanner.com/ep-429-why-raising-the-federal-debt-ceiling-matters/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian are back in the chairs with the most hilarious banter of all... Read More Tue, 12 Oct 2021 09:12:50 -0000 Ep. 429: Why Raising the Federal Debt Ceiling Matters full 429 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian are back in the chairs with the most hilarious banter of all... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian are back in the chairs with the most hilarious banter of all... Read More 3656 no Ep. 428: Handling the Unexpected Expenses Parents See! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-428-handling-the-unexpected-expenses-parents-see/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, IT’S SPOOKY SEASON! Don’t skip past this show intro! No time to listen?  Here’s a... Read More Tue, 05 Oct 2021 12:54:27 -0000 Ep. 428: Handling the Unexpected Expenses Parents See! full 428 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, IT’S SPOOKY SEASON! Don’t skip past this show intro! No time to listen?  Here’s a... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, IT’S SPOOKY SEASON! Don’t skip past this show intro! No time to listen?  Here’s a... Read More 3476 no Ep. 427: Questioning Our Confidence in Retirement! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-427-questioning-our-confidence-in-retirement/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete admitted he talked too much last week! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview... Read More Mon, 27 Sep 2021 23:22:00 -0000 Ep. 427: Questioning Our Confidence in Retirement! full 427 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete admitted he talked too much last week! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete admitted he talked too much last week! No time to listen?  Here’s a preview... Read More 3161 no Ep. 426: Parent PLUS Loans Are the Bane of Our Existence?! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-426-parent-plus-loans-are-the-bane-of-our-existence/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian drop in with a new intro! You’ve got to hear this. No... Read More Tue, 21 Sep 2021 13:41:17 -0000 Ep. 426: Parent PLUS Loans Are the Bane of Our Existence? full 426 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian drop in with a new intro! You’ve got to hear this. No... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian drop in with a new intro! You’ve got to hear this. No... Read More 3739 no Ep. 425: Open Enrollment: The Biggest (Financial) Missed Opportunity? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-425-open-enrollment-the-biggest-financial-missed-opportunity/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian ease back into things from a holiday off-week!  No time to listen? ... Read More Tue, 14 Sep 2021 12:46:11 -0000 Ep. 425: Open Enrollment: The Biggest (Financial) Missed Opportunity? full 425 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian ease back into things from a holiday off-week!  No time to listen? ... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian ease back into things from a holiday off-week!  No time to listen? ... Read More 3602 no Ep. 424: Is Your Alma Mater Going Under? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-424-is-your-alma-mater-going-under/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete goes full-on Soccer Assistant Coach!  No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened... Read More Tue, 31 Aug 2021 13:38:17 -0000 Ep. 424: Is Your Alma Mater Going Under? full 424 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete goes full-on Soccer Assistant Coach!  No time to listen? We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete goes full-on Soccer Assistant Coach!  No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened... Read More 3464 no Ep. 423: Pandemic Fallout: We React to the News! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-423-pandemic-fallout-we-react-to-the-news/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian continue their Dunniest unrelated Dunn banter!  No time to listen?  Here’s a... Read More Tue, 24 Aug 2021 12:06:39 -0000 full IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian continue their Dunniest unrelated Dunn banter!  No time to listen?  Here’s a... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian continue their Dunniest unrelated Dunn banter!  No time to listen?  Here’s a... Read More 3383 no Ep. 422: When I Retire, What Really Happens to My Money? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-422-when-i-retire-what-really-happens-to-my-money/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian becomes a radio star!  No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and... Read More Tue, 17 Aug 2021 12:19:02 -0000 Ep. 422: When I Retire, What Really Happens to My Money? full 422 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian becomes a radio star!  No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and... We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Damian becomes a radio star!  No time to listen?  Here’s a preview of what happened and... Read More 3451 no Ep. 421: The Jobs Report Is Here & I Was Wrong (Again!) https://petetheplanner.com/ep-421-the-jobs-report-is-here-i-was-wrong-again/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian change it up with YouTube and Facebook Live with the killer ‘wide... Read More Tue, 10 Aug 2021 12:06:16 -0000 Ep. 421: The Jobs Report Is Here & I Was Wrong (Again!) full 421 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian change it up with YouTube and Facebook Live with the killer ‘wide... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian change it up with YouTube and Facebook Live with the killer ‘wide... Read More 4105 no Ep. 420: “Pete, Am I Investing Too Aggressively?” https://petetheplanner.com/ep-420-pete-am-i-investing-too-aggressively/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete is back from vacation and Dame’s AquaDunns are expected to do quite well in... Read More Tue, 03 Aug 2021 11:58:27 -0000 Ep. 420: "Pete, Am I Investing Too Aggressively?" full 420 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete is back from vacation and Dame’s AquaDunns are expected to do quite well in... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete is back from vacation and Dame’s AquaDunns are expected to do quite well in... Read More 2899 no Ep. 419: Dissecting the New Inflation & Social Security Rates https://petetheplanner.com/ep-419-dissecting-the-new-inflation-social-security-rates/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what happens next week when Pete goes on vacation! What do... Read More Tue, 20 Jul 2021 13:11:11 -0000 Ep. 419: Dissecting the New Inflation & Social Security Rates full 419 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what happens next week when Pete goes on vacation! What do... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian discuss what happens next week when Pete goes on vacation! What do... Read More 2818 no Ep. 418: What Do We Do If We Might Over-Fund Our 529? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-418-what-do-we-do-if-we-might-over-fund-our-529/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN and wonders if he’s a radio master by now after... Read More Tue, 13 Jul 2021 11:39:56 -0000 Ep. 418: What Do We Do If We Might Over-Fund Our 529? full 418 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN and wonders if he’s a radio master by now after... Read More We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN and wonders if he’s a radio master by now after... Read More 3183 no Ep. 417: Should I Roll Over My Older 401(k)s? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-417-should-i-roll-over-my-older-401ks/ We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN, also Damian chooses the order for the show. WHAAAAT?! Tue, 06 Jul 2021 11:38:30 -0000 Ep. 417: Should You Roll Over Old 401(k)s? full 417 IBJ Media We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN, also Damian chooses the order for the show. WHAAAAT?! We want to answer your questions about money. Email us and you may hear yours on the air: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete hits the beep AGAIN, also Damian chooses the order for the show. WHAAAAT?! 2983 no Ep. 390: A New Format & Our Weirdest Metaphor Ever! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357672/ep-390-a-new-format-our-weirdest-metaphor-ever/ QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian have an amazing surprise for our show listeners! You will now be getting the full, raw, unedited podcast to hear even more Dunn-isms each week! Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: My wife and I are both 52 and have a done a mediocre job at saving for retirement. Based on every online calculator I’ve used, we’re falling short of our retirement goals and the goals are modest. Between our mortgage, car payments and kids’ college educations, we don’t have much left each month. What do you tell people who are scraping by now and headed toward a not-so-great retirement?” Damian: You may have to shift your idea of what retirement looks like. The things you may have envisioned are likely going to have to change a bit. Pete: When people look at retirement shortfalls, they come to the conclusion “I don’t have a lot of money.” Change that lens; instead of focusing on not having a lot, focus on eliminating the obligations which make retirement seem impossible.   Pete’s StoryTime: “When the pandemic and recession hit, we volunteered our services to the city of Indianapolis to be able to help people who had been suffering. This guy and his wife were about 50 years old. She was staying at home, not working. He was in the hospitality industry. Last year was his best year ever, bringing in $130,000. This year, he will have made $65,000. They’re only going in the hole to the tune of $750 per month. They’re renters and want to buy a home, while staying in their good school district. They’ve saved a bit of a downpayment, and want to buy a $225,000 home. …. They had saved $100K as a downpayment and have $50K in an emergency fund. They don’t feel great about what they have saved for retirement …but they have about $250K saved for retirement. They want to stop renting, but they can’t afford a new house in their neighborhood, even with that downpayment. It’s a remarkable problem, their perspective. Is this not one of the most unusual crises you’ve ever heard of?“ Damian: They must have been pretty disciplined prior to this year. They’ve got decisions to make, with younger kids still in school. “How much are they going to want to contribute to their kids’ education?” Some of that savings could need to be redistributed to other areas on their life. Pete: It’s fascinating; they’ve got four goals, but only three of them are possible. I hate to say this, but ‘college’ is at the complete end of the list here.    NO MORE SEGMENTS! There’s so much more in the full show! Tue, 15 Dec 2020 17:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMThis week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian have an amazing surprise for our show listeners! You will now be getting the full, raw, unedited podcast to hear even more Dunn-isms each week!Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* My wife and I are both 52 and have a done a mediocre job at saving for retirement. Based on every online calculator I’ve used, we’re falling short of our retirement goals and the goals are modest. Between our mortgage, car payments and kids’ college educations, we don’t have much left each month. What do you tell people who are scraping by now and headed toward a not-so-great retirement?”Damian: You may have to shift your idea of what retirement looks like. The things you may have envisioned are likely going to have to change a bit.Pete: When people look at retirement shortfalls, they come to the conclusion “I don’t have a lot of money.” Change that lens; instead of focusing on not having a lot, focus on eliminating the obligations which make retirement seem impossible. Pete’s StoryTime:* “When the pandemic and recession hit, we volunteered our services to the city of Indianapolis to be able to help people who had been suffering. This guy and his wife were about 50 years old. She was staying at home, not working. He was in the hospitality industry. Last year was his best year ever, bringing in $130,000. This year, he will have made $65,000. They’re only going in the hole to the tune of $750 per month. They’re renters and want to buy a home, while staying in their good school district. They’ve saved a bit of a downpayment, and want to buy a $225,000 home. …. They had saved $100K as a downpayment and have $50K in an emergency fund. They don’t feel great about what they have saved for retirement …but they have about $250K saved for retirement. They want to stop renting, but they can’t afford a new house in their neighborhood, even with that downpayment. It’s a remarkable problem, their perspective. Is this not one of the most unusual crises you’ve ever heard of?“Damian: They must have been pretty disciplined prior to this year. They’ve got decisions to make, with younger kids still in school. “How much are they going to want to contribute to their kids’ education?” Some of that savings could need to be redistributed to other areas on their life.Pete: It’s fascinating; they’ve got four goals, but only three of them are possible. I hate to say this, but ‘college’ is at the complete end of the list here.  NO MORE SEGMENTS! There’s so much more in the full show! QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian have an amazing surprise for our show listeners! You will now be getting the full, raw, unedited podcast to hear even more Dunn-isms each week! Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: My wife and I are both 52 and have a done a mediocre job at saving for retirement. Based on every online calculator I’ve used, we’re falling short of our retirement goals and the goals are modest. Between our mortgage, car payments and kids’ college educations, we don’t have much left each month. What do you tell people who are scraping by now and headed toward a not-so-great retirement?” Damian: You may have to shift your idea of what retirement looks like. The things you may have envisioned are likely going to have to change a bit. Pete: When people look at retirement shortfalls, they come to the conclusion “I don’t have a lot of money.” Change that lens; instead of focusing on not having a lot, focus on eliminating the obligations which make retirement seem impossible.   Pete’s StoryTime: “When the pandemic and recession hit, we volunteered our services to the city of Indianapolis to be able to help people who had been suffering. This guy and his wife were about 50 years old. She was staying at home, not working. He was in the hospitality industry. Last year was his best year ever, bringing in $130,000. This year, he will have made $65,000. They’re only going in the hole to the tune of $750 per month. They’re renters and want to buy a home, while staying in their good school district. They’ve saved a bit of a downpayment, and want to buy a $225,000 home. …. They had saved $100K as a downpayment and have $50K in an emergency fund. They don’t feel great about what they have saved for retirement …but they have about $250K saved for retirement. They want to stop renting, but they can’t afford a new house in their neighborhood, even with that downpayment. It’s a remarkable problem, their perspective. Is this not one of the most unusual crises you’ve ever heard of?“ Damian: They must have been pretty disciplined prior to this year. They’ve got decisions to make, with younger kids still in school. “How much are they going to want to contribute to their kids’ education?” Some of that savings could need to be redistributed to other areas on their life. Pete: It’s fascinating; they’ve got four goals, but only three of them are possible. I hate to say this, but ‘college’ is at the complete end of the list here.    NO MORE SEGMENTS! There’s so much more in the full show! QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM


This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian have an amazing surprise for our show listeners! You will now be getting the full, raw, unedited podcast to hear even more Dunn-isms each week!


Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • My wife and I are both 52 and have a done a mediocre job at saving for retirement. Based on every online calculator I’ve used, we’re falling short of our retirement goals and the goals are modest. Between our mortgage, car payments and kids’ college educations, we don’t have much left each month. What do you tell people who are scraping by now and headed toward a not-so-great retirement?”
  • Damian: You may have to shift your idea of what retirement looks like. The things you may have envisioned are likely going to have to change a bit.
  • Pete: When people look at retirement shortfalls, they come to the conclusion “I don’t have a lot of money.” Change that lens; instead of focusing on not having a lot, focus on eliminating the obligations which make retirement seem impossible.

 

Pete’s StoryTime:

  • “When the pandemic and recession hit, we volunteered our services to the city of Indianapolis to be able to help people who had been suffering. This guy and his wife were about 50 years old. She was staying at home, not working. He was in the hospitality industry. Last year was his best year ever, bringing in $130,000. This year, he will have made $65,000. They’re only going in the hole to the tune of $750 per month. They’re renters and want to buy a home, while staying in their good school district. They’ve saved a bit of a downpayment, and want to buy a $225,000 home. …. They had saved $100K as a downpayment and have $50K in an emergency fund. They don’t feel great about what they have saved for retirement …but they have about $250K saved for retirement. They want to stop renting, but they can’t afford a new house in their neighborhood, even with that downpayment. It’s a remarkable problem, their perspective. Is this not one of the most unusual crises you’ve ever heard of?“
  • Damian: They must have been pretty disciplined prior to this year. They’ve got decisions to make, with younger kids still in school. “How much are they going to want to contribute to their kids’ education?” Some of that savings could need to be redistributed to other areas on their life.
  • Pete: It’s fascinating; they’ve got four goals, but only three of them are possible. I hate to say this, but ‘college’ is at the complete end of the list here. 

 


NO MORE SEGMENTS! There’s so much more in the full show!

]]> 3572 no Ep. 389: A Unique Stock Market Year-End Review! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357674/ep-389-a-unique-stock-market-year-end-review/ QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMThis week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian welcome a special co-host: Pete’s daughter, Ollie! No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Stock Market Year-End Review (a month early): Back on March 23rd, Pete and Damian talked about the performance of the market. Neither predicted that things would recover and rally like it has. Guessing Game: How has this stock done this year – is it: up, really up, or down, or really down? Carnival Cruise Lines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Very down. – Actual: Very down. Peloton: (Olivia) Up to really up; (Damian) Astronomically up. – Actual: Really up.. Delta Airlines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Down. – Actual: Really down. ZOOM: (Olivia) Really up; (Damian) Really up. – Actual: Really down. S&P 500: (Olivia) Really up; – Actual: up.   Mailbag Question: “I like to think I’m very responsible with money. Other than mortgage ($308K), I have no debt. I make $216K salary + a bonus of about $75K per year. Cashflow is good and I max out my 401(k) with company match. I’ve got 3 kids, 17, 15, and 12 years old respectively. I have some college funds set up for them. Is it stupid to join a country club?“ Damian: I’m not unbiased. I grew up on a golf course. The one word that concerns us is “some.” IF the kids know what their future college expense responsible going to be, sure, join the club. Make memories! Pete: Me too. I’m leaning yes on this. His cash flow is significant. They could basically cashflow college.   Tue, 08 Dec 2020 17:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMThis week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian welcome a special co-host: Pete’s daughter, Ollie!No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Stock Market Year-End Review (a month early):Back on March 23rd, Pete and Damian talked about the performance of the market. Neither predicted that things would recover and rally like it has.* Guessing Game: How has this stock done this year – is it: up, really up, or down, or really down?Carnival Cruise Lines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Very down. – Actual: Very down.Peloton: (Olivia) Up to really up; (Damian) Astronomically up. – Actual: Really up..Delta Airlines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Down. – Actual: Really down.ZOOM: (Olivia) Really up; (Damian) Really up. – Actual: Really down.S&P 500: (Olivia) Really up; – Actual: up. Mailbag Question:* “I like to think I’m very responsible with money. Other than mortgage ($308K), I have no debt. I make $216K salary + a bonus of about $75K per year. Cashflow is good and I max out my 401(k) with company match. I’ve got 3 kids, 17, 15, and 12 years old respectively. I have some college funds set up for them. Is it stupid to join a country club?“Damian: I’m not unbiased. I grew up on a golf course. The one word that concerns us is “some.” IF the kids know what their future college expense responsible going to be, sure, join the club. Make memories!Pete: Me too. I’m leaning yes on this. His cash flow is significant. They could basically cashflow college.  QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMThis week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian welcome a special co-host: Pete’s daughter, Ollie! No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Stock Market Year-End Review (a month early): Back on March 23rd, Pete and Damian talked about the performance of the market. Neither predicted that things would recover and rally like it has. Guessing Game: How has this stock done this year – is it: up, really up, or down, or really down? Carnival Cruise Lines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Very down. – Actual: Very down. Peloton: (Olivia) Up to really up; (Damian) Astronomically up. – Actual: Really up.. Delta Airlines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Down. – Actual: Really down. ZOOM: (Olivia) Really up; (Damian) Really up. – Actual: Really down. S&P 500: (Olivia) Really up; – Actual: up.   Mailbag Question: “I like to think I’m very responsible with money. Other than mortgage ($308K), I have no debt. I make $216K salary + a bonus of about $75K per year. Cashflow is good and I max out my 401(k) with company match. I’ve got 3 kids, 17, 15, and 12 years old respectively. I have some college funds set up for them. Is it stupid to join a country club?“ Damian: I’m not unbiased. I grew up on a golf course. The one word that concerns us is “some.” IF the kids know what their future college expense responsible going to be, sure, join the club. Make memories! Pete: Me too. I’m leaning yes on this. His cash flow is significant. They could basically cashflow college.   QUESTIONS ABOUT MONEY? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian welcome a special co-host: Pete’s daughter, Ollie!



No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:


Show Notes:

Stock Market Year-End Review (a month early):

  • Back on March 23rd, Pete and Damian talked about the performance of the market. Neither predicted that things would recover and rally like it has.
  • Guessing Game: How has this stock done this year – is it: up, really up, or down, or really down?
  • Carnival Cruise Lines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Very down. – Actual: Very down.
  • Peloton: (Olivia) Up to really up; (Damian) Astronomically up. – Actual: Really up..
  • Delta Airlines: (Olivia) Down; (Damian) Down. – Actual: Really down.
  • ZOOM: (Olivia) Really up; (Damian) Really up. – Actual: Really down.
  • S&P 500: (Olivia) Really up; – Actual: up.

 

Mailbag Question:

  • “I like to think I’m very responsible with money. Other than mortgage ($308K), I have no debt. I make $216K salary + a bonus of about $75K per year. Cashflow is good and I max out my 401(k) with company match. I’ve got 3 kids, 17, 15, and 12 years old respectively. I have some college funds set up for them. Is it stupid to join a country club?“
  • Damian: I’m not unbiased. I grew up on a golf course. The one word that concerns us is “some.” IF the kids know what their future college expense responsible going to be, sure, join the club. Make memories!
  • Pete: Me too. I’m leaning yes on this. His cash flow is significant. They could basically cashflow college.

 




]]> 2430 no Ep. 388: Our Philosophies on Money, Explained! Sort Of. https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357675/ep-388-our-philosophies-on-money-explained-sort-of/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get two of the shortest questions of 2020 …and then they get the longest email question in the history of the show. Tue, 01 Dec 2020 15:07:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMThis week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get two of the shortest questions of 2020 …and then they get the longest email question in the history of the show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get two of the shortest questions of 2020 …and then they get the longest email question in the history of the show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS. EMAIL US AT: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM


This week on the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian get two of the shortest questions of 2020 …and then they get the longest email question in the history of the show.

]]> 2433 no Ep. 387: “Hold Tight. See How Things Play Out…” https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357678/ep-387-hold-tight-see-how-things-play-out/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remind everyone that the upcoming holidays are not cancelled; we just need to look at them differently, with safety being a priority. FEATURED CONVO: Will Student Loan Forgiveness plans continue with the new federal administration? REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’m in Indiana. What is a reasonable fee for a fee-only advisor? What services should I expect? I’ve seen $600 for a retirement readiness assessment, and I’ve seen $1200/year fees. What’s reasonable?” Damian: Let’s compare this to the percentage of the assets managed. I’ve seen all the way up to 2%. This flat-fee idea is gaining traction. What to expect? It depends. A bigger portfolio or on-going relationship is likely going to cost more. Ask yourself ‘what do you need?’ The advisor should essentially keep you from doing something foolish in the long term. Pete: There could be some real confusion here. $125 – $300 per hour sounds reasonable to talk through your financial strategies. Also, use Hey Money, for everything else once you’ve got your investments figured out. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)   Mailbag Question 2: “My wife and I are plotting out our financial goals for 2021, but hit a snag on deciding our theme for the year. Our incomes are north of $350K, or about $17K per month. We both contribute more than 10% to our 401(k)s. We don’t have kids and live in a modest house. We have a savings account with $80K in it we kick into every month; it’s higher than normal. Our debt is our mortgage and med school loans. Should we use the excess cash and pay down our mortgage or invest into the S&P500?“ Damian: I think they should wait and keep doing what you’re doing. Watch the incoming administration. Especially with regard to student loans. Does your wife qualify for PSLF (Public Service Student Loan Forgiveness)? Pete: I agree. They need more time. Maybe consider stopping saving so aggressively?    There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 24 Nov 2020 15:08:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remind everyone that the upcoming holidays are not cancelled; we just need to look at them differently, with safety being a priority. FEATURED CONVO: Will Student Loan Forgiveness plans continue with the new federal administration?REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “I’m in Indiana. What is a reasonable fee for a fee-only advisor? What services should I expect? I’ve seen $600 for a retirement readiness assessment, and I’ve seen $1200/year fees. What’s reasonable?”Damian: Let’s compare this to the percentage of the assets managed. I’ve seen all the way up to 2%. This flat-fee idea is gaining traction. What to expect? It depends. A bigger portfolio or on-going relationship is likely going to cost more. Ask yourself ‘what do you need?’ The advisor should essentially keep you from doing something foolish in the long term.Pete: There could be some real confusion here. $125 – $300 per hour sounds reasonable to talk through your financial strategies. Also, use Hey Money, for everything else once you’ve got your investments figured out. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”) Mailbag Question 2:* “My wife and I are plotting out our financial goals for 2021, but hit a snag on deciding our theme for the year. Our incomes are north of $350K, or about $17K per month. We both contribute more than 10% to our 401(k)s. We don’t have kids and live in a modest house. We have a savings account with $80K in it we kick into every month; it’s higher than normal. Our debt is our mortgage and med school loans. Should we use the excess cash and pay down our mortgage or invest into the S&P500?“Damian: I think they should wait and keep doing what you’re doing. Watch the incoming administration. Especially with regard to student loans. Does your wife qualify for PSLF (Public Service Student Loan Forgiveness)?Pete: I agree. They need more time. Maybe consider stopping saving so aggressively?  * There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remind everyone that the upcoming holidays are not cancelled; we just need to look at them differently, with safety being a priority. FEATURED CONVO: Will Student Loan Forgiveness plans continue with the new federal administration? REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’m in Indiana. What is a reasonable fee for a fee-only advisor? What services should I expect? I’ve seen $600 for a retirement readiness assessment, and I’ve seen $1200/year fees. What’s reasonable?” Damian: Let’s compare this to the percentage of the assets managed. I’ve seen all the way up to 2%. This flat-fee idea is gaining traction. What to expect? It depends. A bigger portfolio or on-going relationship is likely going to cost more. Ask yourself ‘what do you need?’ The advisor should essentially keep you from doing something foolish in the long term. Pete: There could be some real confusion here. $125 – $300 per hour sounds reasonable to talk through your financial strategies. Also, use Hey Money, for everything else once you’ve got your investments figured out. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)   Mailbag Question 2: “My wife and I are plotting out our financial goals for 2021, but hit a snag on deciding our theme for the year. Our incomes are north of $350K, or about $17K per month. We both contribute more than 10% to our 401(k)s. We don’t have kids and live in a modest house. We have a savings account with $80K in it we kick into every month; it’s higher than normal. Our debt is our mortgage and med school loans. Should we use the excess cash and pay down our mortgage or invest into the S&P500?“ Damian: I think they should wait and keep doing what you’re doing. Watch the incoming administration. Especially with regard to student loans. Does your wife qualify for PSLF (Public Service Student Loan Forgiveness)? Pete: I agree. They need more time. Maybe consider stopping saving so aggressively?    There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remind everyone that the upcoming holidays are not cancelled; we just need to look at them differently, with safety being a priority. FEATURED CONVO: Will Student Loan Forgiveness plans continue with the new federal administration?

REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “I’m in Indiana. What is a reasonable fee for a fee-only advisor? What services should I expect? I’ve seen $600 for a retirement readiness assessment, and I’ve seen $1200/year fees. What’s reasonable?”
  • Damian: Let’s compare this to the percentage of the assets managed. I’ve seen all the way up to 2%. This flat-fee idea is gaining traction. What to expect? It depends. A bigger portfolio or on-going relationship is likely going to cost more. Ask yourself ‘what do you need?’ The advisor should essentially keep you from doing something foolish in the long term.
  • Pete: There could be some real confusion here. $125 – $300 per hour sounds reasonable to talk through your financial strategies. Also, use Hey Money, for everything else once you’ve got your investments figured out. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)

 

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “My wife and I are plotting out our financial goals for 2021, but hit a snag on deciding our theme for the year. Our incomes are north of $350K, or about $17K per month. We both contribute more than 10% to our 401(k)s. We don’t have kids and live in a modest house. We have a savings account with $80K in it we kick into every month; it’s higher than normal. Our debt is our mortgage and med school loans. Should we use the excess cash and pay down our mortgage or invest into the S&P500?“
  • Damian: I think they should wait and keep doing what you’re doing. Watch the incoming administration. Especially with regard to student loans. Does your wife qualify for PSLF (Public Service Student Loan Forgiveness)?
  • Pete: I agree. They need more time. Maybe consider stopping saving so aggressively? 

 


There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2435 no Ep. 386: Maturity Plays A Big Role In This… https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357688/ep-386-maturity-plays-a-big-role-in-this/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tackle some serious relationship problems.  REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’m feeling I’ve been abused by my husband. He thinks a stay-at-home mom is a servant and I don’t need an allowance, and is constantly saying rude things to me about our financial problems.” Pete: This hurts. So little is said, with words, but it says so much. The idea of an adult with an allowance still rubs me the wrong way. Damian: Financial abuse often comes along with emotional of physical abuse and manipulation. These stories aren’t to be brushed under the rug. Peoples’ value and worth is not their income. She might need to find an advocate to help create an opening to work through this.   Mailbag Question 2: “I believe you have a better chance of success when you know how to define success, which is to set a goal. How do you recommend people set goals when they’re doing it with someone else?“ Damian: Communication has to happen. Maybe even over multiple meetings. Start talking about where you’re at and what you want to accomplish. Give yourself a specific number to reach and within a specific time limit. Pete: I’ll add “what it is you’re trying to accomplish.” It’s not enough to say, “I’d like less debt this year.” You need something like, “I’d like $350 less debt on my Best Buy card by December 6th of this year.” You’ve got to be able to measure it. Also, trust and vulnerability have to be there. We built Hey Money so someone can guide you through this process to set financial goals together. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)   There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 10 Nov 2020 15:10:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tackle some serious relationship problems. REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “I’m feeling I’ve been abused by my husband. He thinks a stay-at-home mom is a servant and I don’t need an allowance, and is constantly saying rude things to me about our financial problems.”Pete: This hurts. So little is said, with words, but it says so much. The idea of an adult with an allowance still rubs me the wrong way.Damian: Financial abuse often comes along with emotional of physical abuse and manipulation. These stories aren’t to be brushed under the rug. Peoples’ value and worth is not their income. She might need to find an advocate to help create an opening to work through this. Mailbag Question 2:* “I believe you have a better chance of success when you know how to define success, which is to set a goal. How do you recommend people set goals when they’re doing it with someone else?“Damian: Communication has to happen. Maybe even over multiple meetings. Start talking about where you’re at and what you want to accomplish. Give yourself a specific number to reach and within a specific time limit.Pete: I’ll add “what it is you’re trying to accomplish.” It’s not enough to say, “I’d like less debt this year.” You need something like, “I’d like $350 less debt on my Best Buy card by December 6th of this year.” You’ve got to be able to measure it. Also, trust and vulnerability have to be there.We built Hey Money so someone can guide you through this process to set financial goals together. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”) * There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tackle some serious relationship problems.  REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’m feeling I’ve been abused by my husband. He thinks a stay-at-home mom is a servant and I don’t need an allowance, and is constantly saying rude things to me about our financial problems.” Pete: This hurts. So little is said, with words, but it says so much. The idea of an adult with an allowance still rubs me the wrong way. Damian: Financial abuse often comes along with emotional of physical abuse and manipulation. These stories aren’t to be brushed under the rug. Peoples’ value and worth is not their income. She might need to find an advocate to help create an opening to work through this.   Mailbag Question 2: “I believe you have a better chance of success when you know how to define success, which is to set a goal. How do you recommend people set goals when they’re doing it with someone else?“ Damian: Communication has to happen. Maybe even over multiple meetings. Start talking about where you’re at and what you want to accomplish. Give yourself a specific number to reach and within a specific time limit. Pete: I’ll add “what it is you’re trying to accomplish.” It’s not enough to say, “I’d like less debt this year.” You need something like, “I’d like $350 less debt on my Best Buy card by December 6th of this year.” You’ve got to be able to measure it. Also, trust and vulnerability have to be there. We built Hey Money so someone can guide you through this process to set financial goals together. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)   There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tackle some serious relationship problems. 

REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “I’m feeling I’ve been abused by my husband. He thinks a stay-at-home mom is a servant and I don’t need an allowance, and is constantly saying rude things to me about our financial problems.”
  • Pete: This hurts. So little is said, with words, but it says so much. The idea of an adult with an allowance still rubs me the wrong way.
  • Damian: Financial abuse often comes along with emotional of physical abuse and manipulation. These stories aren’t to be brushed under the rug. Peoples’ value and worth is not their income. She might need to find an advocate to help create an opening to work through this.

 

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “I believe you have a better chance of success when you know how to define success, which is to set a goal. How do you recommend people set goals when they’re doing it with someone else?“
  • Damian: Communication has to happen. Maybe even over multiple meetings. Start talking about where you’re at and what you want to accomplish. Give yourself a specific number to reach and within a specific time limit.
  • Pete: I’ll add “what it is you’re trying to accomplish.” It’s not enough to say, “I’d like less debt this year.” You need something like, “I’d like $350 less debt on my Best Buy card by December 6th of this year.” You’ve got to be able to measure it. Also, trust and vulnerability have to be there.
  • We built Hey Money so someone can guide you through this process to set financial goals together. (Hint: Use the offer code “RADIO”)

 


There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2432 no Ep. 385: The Effects of the Pandemic (and Recession) on Higher Ed https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357689/ep-385-the-effects-of-the-pandemic-and-recession-on-higher-ed/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University! REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Catching Up: “What does the local economy of Bloomington, look like?“ Phil: I’m glad people hare respecting the mask mandates and following the rules for managing COVID-19, but it’s different; it’s a very different vibe. We’ve seen lots of locals support restaurants.   “From a financial perspective… what’s the vibe of students?“ Phil: Weirdly, it’s fairly similar. Also, I’m hearing more conversations about about 401(k)s and resources they can use. We’re asking “what can we do to help them overcome financial issues that keep students from their degree?”   “Have you seen a trend with parents taking out more or less student loan debt during this pandemic? Damian: The trends are still parented trying to figure out how they’re going to pay for it, especially if there’s been an income disruption in the household… There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here!z! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 03 Nov 2020 15:11:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University!REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Catching Up:* “What does the local economy of Bloomington, look like?“Phil: I’m glad people hare respecting the mask mandates and following the rules for managing COVID-19, but it’s different; it’s a very different vibe. We’ve seen lots of locals support restaurants. * “From a financial perspective… what’s the vibe of students?“Phil: Weirdly, it’s fairly similar. Also, I’m hearing more conversations about about 401(k)s and resources they can use. We’re asking “what can we do to help them overcome financial issues that keep students from their degree?” * “Have you seen a trend with parents taking out more or less student loan debt during this pandemic?Damian: The trends are still parented trying to figure out how they’re going to pay for it, especially if there’s been an income disruption in the household…* There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here!z! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University! REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Catching Up: “What does the local economy of Bloomington, look like?“ Phil: I’m glad people hare respecting the mask mandates and following the rules for managing COVID-19, but it’s different; it’s a very different vibe. We’ve seen lots of locals support restaurants.   “From a financial perspective… what’s the vibe of students?“ Phil: Weirdly, it’s fairly similar. Also, I’m hearing more conversations about about 401(k)s and resources they can use. We’re asking “what can we do to help them overcome financial issues that keep students from their degree?”   “Have you seen a trend with parents taking out more or less student loan debt during this pandemic? Damian: The trends are still parented trying to figure out how they’re going to pay for it, especially if there’s been an income disruption in the household… There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here!z! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University!

REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Catching Up:

  • “What does the local economy of Bloomington, look like?“
  • Phil: I’m glad people hare respecting the mask mandates and following the rules for managing COVID-19, but it’s different; it’s a very different vibe. We’ve seen lots of locals support restaurants.

 

  • “From a financial perspective… what’s the vibe of students?“
  • Phil: Weirdly, it’s fairly similar. Also, I’m hearing more conversations about about 401(k)s and resources they can use. We’re asking “what can we do to help them overcome financial issues that keep students from their degree?”

 

  • “Have you seen a trend with parents taking out more or less student loan debt during this pandemic?
  • Damian: The trends are still parented trying to figure out how they’re going to pay for it, especially if there’s been an income disruption in the household…

There’s a full, entertaining conversation in here!z! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2432 no Ep. 385: The Effects of the Pandemic (and Recession) on Higher Ed https://petetheplanner.com/ep-385-the-effects-of-the-pandemic-and-recession-on-higher-ed/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University! REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new... Read More Tue, 03 Nov 2020 06:28:22 -0000 Ep. 385: The Effects of the Pandemic (and Recession) on Higher Ed full 385 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana Univer... Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian welcome a special guest: Phil Schuman, Executive Director of Financial Wellness & Education at Indiana University! REMINDER: Try HEY MONEY, your new... Read More 2432 no Ep. 384: How We Feel About What We Said 238 Days Ago! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357884/ep-384-how-we-feel-about-what-we-said-238-days-ago/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIt’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020!  Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: On the Pandemic: “On the pandemic, how concerned are you on a scale of 1-10?“ Damian: (NOW) – 6/7. We’re navigating our daily lives, but there’s still something sitting out there… (MARCH) – 1, for my family’s safety. Pete: (NOW) – About an 8, trending towards 9. (MARCH) – I was a 6. On the Market: “On the market, 1 = no concern, 10 = freaking out?“ Damian: (NOW) – 2. We’ve been through lots of traumatic stuff over the last 100 years, but things keep steamrolling on. (MARCH) – 1. Pete: (NOW) – 1 on a long-term view, 2 on short-term view. (MARCH) – 1. On the Economy: “On the economy, where are you on the US economy?“ Damian: (NOW) – About a 7. We’ve talked about a number of challenges coming (election, evictions, virus ramping back up) so sI’m a little afraid of getting into an open-close cycle in the next 3-12 months… (MARCH) – 3-5, with the information we had. Pete: (NOW) – About an 8 or 9. For the same reasons, maybe a hair stronger though. (MARCH) – I was more concerned about the economy than the pandemic, back then.   This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 27 Oct 2020 14:19:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIt’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:On the Pandemic:* “On the pandemic, how concerned are you on a scale of 1-10?“Damian: (NOW) – 6/7. We’re navigating our daily lives, but there’s still something sitting out there… (MARCH) – 1, for my family’s safety.Pete: (NOW) – About an 8, trending towards 9. (MARCH) – I was a 6.On the Market:* “On the market, 1 = no concern, 10 = freaking out?“Damian: (NOW) – 2. We’ve been through lots of traumatic stuff over the last 100 years, but things keep steamrolling on. (MARCH) – 1.Pete: (NOW) – 1 on a long-term view, 2 on short-term view. (MARCH) – 1.On the Economy:* “On the economy, where are you on the US economy?“Damian: (NOW) – About a 7. We’ve talked about a number of challenges coming (election, evictions, virus ramping back up) so sI’m a little afraid of getting into an open-close cycle in the next 3-12 months… (MARCH) – 3-5, with the information we had.Pete: (NOW) – About an 8 or 9. For the same reasons, maybe a hair stronger though. (MARCH) – I was more concerned about the economy than the pandemic, back then. * This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMIt’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020!  Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: On the Pandemic: “On the pandemic, how concerned are you on a scale of 1-10?“ Damian: (NOW) – 6/7. We’re navigating our daily lives, but there’s still something sitting out there… (MARCH) – 1, for my family’s safety. Pete: (NOW) – About an 8, trending towards 9. (MARCH) – I was a 6. On the Market: “On the market, 1 = no concern, 10 = freaking out?“ Damian: (NOW) – 2. We’ve been through lots of traumatic stuff over the last 100 years, but things keep steamrolling on. (MARCH) – 1. Pete: (NOW) – 1 on a long-term view, 2 on short-term view. (MARCH) – 1. On the Economy: “On the economy, where are you on the US economy?“ Damian: (NOW) – About a 7. We’ve talked about a number of challenges coming (election, evictions, virus ramping back up) so sI’m a little afraid of getting into an open-close cycle in the next 3-12 months… (MARCH) – 3-5, with the information we had. Pete: (NOW) – About an 8 or 9. For the same reasons, maybe a hair stronger though. (MARCH) – I was more concerned about the economy than the pandemic, back then.   This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

It’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020! 

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

On the Pandemic:

  • “On the pandemic, how concerned are you on a scale of 1-10?“
  • Damian: (NOW) – 6/7. We’re navigating our daily lives, but there’s still something sitting out there… (MARCH) – 1, for my family’s safety.
  • Pete: (NOW) – About an 8, trending towards 9. (MARCH) – I was a 6.

On the Market:

  • “On the market, 1 = no concern, 10 = freaking out?“
  • Damian: (NOW) – 2. We’ve been through lots of traumatic stuff over the last 100 years, but things keep steamrolling on. (MARCH) – 1.
  • Pete: (NOW) – 1 on a long-term view, 2 on short-term view. (MARCH) – 1.

On the Economy:

  • “On the economy, where are you on the US economy?“
  • Damian: (NOW) – About a 7. We’ve talked about a number of challenges coming (election, evictions, virus ramping back up) so sI’m a little afraid of getting into an open-close cycle in the next 3-12 months… (MARCH) – 3-5, with the information we had.
  • Pete: (NOW) – About an 8 or 9. For the same reasons, maybe a hair stronger though. (MARCH) – I was more concerned about the economy than the pandemic, back then.

 


This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2430 no Ep. 384: How We Feel About What We Said 238 Days Ago! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-384-how-we-feel-about-what-we-said-238-days-ago/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com It’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020!  Don’t... Read More Tue, 27 Oct 2020 13:49:26 -0000 Ep. 384: How We Feel About What We Said 238 Days Ago! full 384 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com It’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020! Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com It’s time for a semi-annual review! On this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, Peter and Damian discuss their current views on the concerns they had from March 1, 2020!  Don’t... Read More 2430 no Ep. 383: Managing Money Is Not A “Men’s Only” Club https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357887/ep-383-managing-money-is-not-a-mens-only-club/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ for an important chat! Reminder: HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes:   Women and Investing: “I’m 24, and a woman. I have never invested in the stock market and I’ve always wanted to. Thinking long term, is it wise for me to invest? Studies show, fewer women invest in the stock market than men. Is there a better mechanism for the risk-averse to grow their money? How do women know when and how to jump into the market?“ Pete: There’s been a lot of research around this topic. One shows that when women do invest, they tend to be better investors than men. Here’s the theory on why: in situations where women don’t know what to do, they investigate and to find the answers first. Men tend to plow through the lack of information anyway. That likely leads men into more binds than women. Nevertheless, it’s a predominantly male industry. You should find a female investment advisor. Here’s one!” Equity and The Industry: “The gender equity gap is expected to only grow wider in this country. We are all better off with equitable workplaces. This is only the highlight reel! Dive into this critical conversation! — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 20 Oct 2020 14:21:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ for an important chat!Reminder: HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:  Women and Investing:* “I’m 24, and a woman. I have never invested in the stock market and I’ve always wanted to. Thinking long term, is it wise for me to invest? Studies show, fewer women invest in the stock market than men. Is there a better mechanism for the risk-averse to grow their money? How do women know when and how to jump into the market?“Pete: There’s been a lot of research around this topic. One shows that when women do invest, they tend to be better investors than men. Here’s the theory on why: in situations where women don’t know what to do, they investigate and to find the answers first. Men tend to plow through the lack of information anyway. That likely leads men into more binds than women.Nevertheless, it’s a predominantly male industry. You should find a female investment advisor. Here’s one!”Equity and The Industry:“The gender equity gap is expected to only grow wider in this country. We are all better off with equitable workplaces.* * This is only the highlight reel! Dive into this critical conversation! — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ for an important chat! Reminder: HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes:   Women and Investing: “I’m 24, and a woman. I have never invested in the stock market and I’ve always wanted to. Thinking long term, is it wise for me to invest? Studies show, fewer women invest in the stock market than men. Is there a better mechanism for the risk-averse to grow their money? How do women know when and how to jump into the market?“ Pete: There’s been a lot of research around this topic. One shows that when women do invest, they tend to be better investors than men. Here’s the theory on why: in situations where women don’t know what to do, they investigate and to find the answers first. Men tend to plow through the lack of information anyway. That likely leads men into more binds than women. Nevertheless, it’s a predominantly male industry. You should find a female investment advisor. Here’s one!” Equity and The Industry: “The gender equity gap is expected to only grow wider in this country. We are all better off with equitable workplaces. This is only the highlight reel! Dive into this critical conversation! — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ for an important chat!

Reminder: HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

  Women and Investing:

  • “I’m 24, and a woman. I have never invested in the stock market and I’ve always wanted to. Thinking long term, is it wise for me to invest? Studies show, fewer women invest in the stock market than men. Is there a better mechanism for the risk-averse to grow their money? How do women know when and how to jump into the market?“
  • Pete: There’s been a lot of research around this topic. One shows that when women do invest, they tend to be better investors than men. Here’s the theory on why: in situations where women don’t know what to do, they investigate and to find the answers first. Men tend to plow through the lack of information anyway. That likely leads men into more binds than women.
  • Nevertheless, it’s a predominantly male industry. You should find a female investment advisor. Here’s one!”


Equity and The Industry:

  • “The gender equity gap is expected to only grow wider in this country. We are all better off with equitable workplaces.


This is only the highlight reel! Dive into this critical conversation! — click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2434 no Ep. 383: Managing Money Is Not A “Men’s Only” Club https://petetheplanner.com/ep-383-managing-money-is-not-a-mens-only-club/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ... Read More Tue, 20 Oct 2020 11:42:52 -0000 Ep. 383: Managing Money Isn't A "Men's Only" Club full 383 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes ou... Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Damian is gone forever! Well….forever was a stretch. For this awesome episode, Pete is handling hosting duties and welcomes our very own, OZ... Read More 2434 no Ep. 382: Let’s Talk About Lifestyle Creep! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357888/ep-382-lets-talk-about-lifestyle-creep/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “As my means has grown, so has my budget. My wife and I used to make $25K, now we are both at about $85-90K. Over the years, we’ve purchased a home and pay for daycare now. We both contribute over 15% to our retirements accounts, and we have no debt other than our mortgage. At what point is a growing budget lifestyle creep and what are key indicators to watch out for?“ Damian: Find a way to measure yourself year-over-year. Make sure your goals are covered up front, and appropriate for your situation. Pete: Their income has increased significantly. Their metrics are indicative of people who can responsibly increase their lifestyle. Ask, “what can you remove if times get tough?” Mailbag Question 2: “Is now a good time to refinance my house? … If I am a renter right now, who has a down payment and an emergency fund, is now a good time to buy a house?“ Damian: …No. This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 13 Oct 2020 14:22:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “As my means has grown, so has my budget. My wife and I used to make $25K, now we are both at about $85-90K. Over the years, we’ve purchased a home and pay for daycare now. We both contribute over 15% to our retirements accounts, and we have no debt other than our mortgage. At what point is a growing budget lifestyle creep and what are key indicators to watch out for?“Damian: Find a way to measure yourself year-over-year. Make sure your goals are covered up front, and appropriate for your situation.Pete: Their income has increased significantly. Their metrics are indicative of people who can responsibly increase their lifestyle. Ask, “what can you remove if times get tough?”Mailbag Question 2:* “Is now a good time to refinance my house? … If I am a renter right now, who has a down payment and an emergency fund, is now a good time to buy a house?“Damian: …No.* This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “As my means has grown, so has my budget. My wife and I used to make $25K, now we are both at about $85-90K. Over the years, we’ve purchased a home and pay for daycare now. We both contribute over 15% to our retirements accounts, and we have no debt other than our mortgage. At what point is a growing budget lifestyle creep and what are key indicators to watch out for?“ Damian: Find a way to measure yourself year-over-year. Make sure your goals are covered up front, and appropriate for your situation. Pete: Their income has increased significantly. Their metrics are indicative of people who can responsibly increase their lifestyle. Ask, “what can you remove if times get tough?” Mailbag Question 2: “Is now a good time to refinance my house? … If I am a renter right now, who has a down payment and an emergency fund, is now a good time to buy a house?“ Damian: …No. This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “As my means has grown, so has my budget. My wife and I used to make $25K, now we are both at about $85-90K. Over the years, we’ve purchased a home and pay for daycare now. We both contribute over 15% to our retirements accounts, and we have no debt other than our mortgage. At what point is a growing budget lifestyle creep and what are key indicators to watch out for?“
  • Damian: Find a way to measure yourself year-over-year. Make sure your goals are covered up front, and appropriate for your situation.
  • Pete: Their income has increased significantly. Their metrics are indicative of people who can responsibly increase their lifestyle. Ask, “what can you remove if times get tough?”

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “Is now a good time to refinance my house? … If I am a renter right now, who has a down payment and an emergency fund, is now a good time to buy a house?“
  • Damian: …No.

This is only the highlight reel! Get the full answers to this more — click PLAY below for the full show.



]]> 2435 no Ep. 382: Let’s Talk About Lifestyle Creep! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-382-lets-talk-about-lifestyle-creep/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More Tue, 13 Oct 2020 11:37:47 -0000 Ep. 382: Let's Talk About Lifestyle Creep! full 382 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian ask, “Should a person buy a home right now?” And they answer it! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More 2435 no Ep. 381: Help! My Parents Haven’t Filed Taxes in 5 Years! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357889/ep-381-help-my-parents-havent-filed-taxes-in-5-years/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “My grandmother passed away and left me $15,000. I could use a new car. What should I do with it?“ Damian: I don’t think there’s any way you told them to use that on the car. How are we feeling about their employment? Is it solid? Pete: They also are considering a $12,000 home repair. There are responsible options here. Small-ish inheritances don’t seem to get the same respect as larger amounts. Mailbag Question 2: “You often talk about budgeting. Where I struggle in budgeting is to know what is actually left. We no longer live in a cash society. With debit and credit cards as our spending method, how do you actually know when you’re out of money?” For the answers to this and this episode’s featured question, click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 06 Oct 2020 14:23:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “My grandmother passed away and left me $15,000. I could use a new car. What should I do with it?“Damian: I don’t think there’s any way you told them to use that on the car. How are we feeling about their employment? Is it solid?Pete: They also are considering a $12,000 home repair. There are responsible options here. Small-ish inheritances don’t seem to get the same respect as larger amounts.Mailbag Question 2:“You often talk about budgeting. Where I struggle in budgeting is to know what is actually left. We no longer live in a cash society. With debit and credit cards as our spending method, how do you actually know when you’re out of money?”* For the answers to this and this episode’s featured question, click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “My grandmother passed away and left me $15,000. I could use a new car. What should I do with it?“ Damian: I don’t think there’s any way you told them to use that on the car. How are we feeling about their employment? Is it solid? Pete: They also are considering a $12,000 home repair. There are responsible options here. Small-ish inheritances don’t seem to get the same respect as larger amounts. Mailbag Question 2: “You often talk about budgeting. Where I struggle in budgeting is to know what is actually left. We no longer live in a cash society. With debit and credit cards as our spending method, how do you actually know when you’re out of money?” For the answers to this and this episode’s featured question, click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “My grandmother passed away and left me $15,000. I could use a new car. What should I do with it?“
  • Damian: I don’t think there’s any way you told them to use that on the car. How are we feeling about their employment? Is it solid?
  • Pete: They also are considering a $12,000 home repair. There are responsible options here. Small-ish inheritances don’t seem to get the same respect as larger amounts.

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “You often talk about budgeting. Where I struggle in budgeting is to know what is actually left. We no longer live in a cash society. With debit and credit cards as our spending method, how do you actually know when you’re out of money?”

For the answers to this and this episode’s featured question, click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2435 no Ep. 381: Help! My Parents Haven’t Filed Taxes in 5 Years! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-381-help-my-parents-havent-filed-taxes-in-5-years/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.... Read More Tue, 06 Oct 2020 13:19:13 -0000 Ep. 381: Help! My Parents Haven't Filed Taxes in 5 Years! full 381 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in... Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian tell personal stories about their households! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.... Read More 2435 no Ep. 380: How Much You Should Have Saved for Retirement https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357890/ep-380-how-much-you-should-have-saved-for-retirement/ HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Main Question: “How much should I have saved based on how old I am in relation to my retirement portfolio?“ Damian: This is a very common question; especially the younger a person is. They’re more focused on a benchmark or guideline to see where they are on “track.” Based on an article by Michael Batnik responding to a Fidelity infographic, at Age 30, Fidelity says you should have the equivalent of 1 year’s income in your retirement plan. At Age 40: you should have 3x your current income set aside in retirement funds. At Age 50: you should have 6x your current income set aside in retirement funds to know that you are on track. At Age 60: you should have 8x your current income set aside in retirement funds. At Age 67: you should have 10x your current income set aside in retirement funds. Follow Up: “Michael Batnik didn’t believe this was realistic until looking at the data. He found that this is actually realistic if you start in your early 20s. Also, this falls apart if you have huge pay jumps through the years, largely due to lifestyle creep. Tune in for the featured segment. The segments in this episode are INTERESTING. It’s pretty different from many of our educations. Click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 29 Sep 2020 14:24:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Main Question:* “How much should I have saved based on how old I am in relation to my retirement portfolio?“Damian: This is a very common question; especially the younger a person is. They’re more focused on a benchmark or guideline to see where they are on “track.”Based on an article by Michael Batnik responding to a Fidelity infographic (https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2020/09/25/how-much-money-should-you-have-saved-for-retirement/), at Age 30, Fidelity says you should have the equivalent of 1 year’s income in your retirement plan.At Age 40: you should have 3x your current income set aside in retirement funds.At Age 50: you should have 6x your current income set aside in retirement funds to know that you are on track.At Age 60: you should have 8x your current income set aside in retirement funds.At Age 67: you should have 10x your current income set aside in retirement funds.Follow Up:“Michael Batnik didn’t believe this was realistic until looking at the data. He found that this is actually realistic if you start in your early 20s. Also, this falls apart if you have huge pay jumps through the years, largely due to lifestyle creep.* Tune in for the featured segment. The segments in this episode are INTERESTING. It’s pretty different from many of our educations. Click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Main Question: “How much should I have saved based on how old I am in relation to my retirement portfolio?“ Damian: This is a very common question; especially the younger a person is. They’re more focused on a benchmark or guideline to see where they are on “track.” Based on an article by Michael Batnik responding to a Fidelity infographic, at Age 30, Fidelity says you should have the equivalent of 1 year’s income in your retirement plan. At Age 40: you should have 3x your current income set aside in retirement funds. At Age 50: you should have 6x your current income set aside in retirement funds to know that you are on track. At Age 60: you should have 8x your current income set aside in retirement funds. At Age 67: you should have 10x your current income set aside in retirement funds. Follow Up: “Michael Batnik didn’t believe this was realistic until looking at the data. He found that this is actually realistic if you start in your early 20s. Also, this falls apart if you have huge pay jumps through the years, largely due to lifestyle creep. Tune in for the featured segment. The segments in this episode are INTERESTING. It’s pretty different from many of our educations. Click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A MONEY QUESTION? GET EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Main Question:

  • “How much should I have saved based on how old I am in relation to my retirement portfolio?“
  • Damian: This is a very common question; especially the younger a person is. They’re more focused on a benchmark or guideline to see where they are on “track.”
  • Based on an article by Michael Batnik responding to a Fidelity infographic, at Age 30, Fidelity says you should have the equivalent of 1 year’s income in your retirement plan.
  • At Age 40: you should have 3x your current income set aside in retirement funds.
  • At Age 50: you should have 6x your current income set aside in retirement funds to know that you are on track.
  • At Age 60: you should have 8x your current income set aside in retirement funds.
  • At Age 67: you should have 10x your current income set aside in retirement funds.

Follow Up:

  • “Michael Batnik didn’t believe this was realistic until looking at the data. He found that this is actually realistic if you start in your early 20s. Also, this falls apart if you have huge pay jumps through the years, largely due to lifestyle creep.

Tune in for the featured segment. The segments in this episode are INTERESTING. It’s pretty different from many of our educations. Click PLAY below for the full show.

]]> 2437 no Ep. 380: How Much You Should Have Saved for Retirement https://petetheplanner.com/ep-380-how-much-you-should-have-saved-for-retirement/ Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No... Read More Tue, 29 Sep 2020 09:50:10 -0000 Ep. 380: How Much You Should Have Saved for Retirement full 380 IBJ Media Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your perso... Have a money question? Get expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian remember they don’t speak Spanish! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No... Read More 2437 no Ep. 379: The Economic Chaos Coming This Holiday Season https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357915/ep-379-the-economic-chaos-coming-this-holiday-season/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: “I was previously featured on episode 291. I bought a home in New Jersey for $148,000 with $1110 monthly payment on the $114K mortgage at 2.75%. My other expenses come to $400 per month. I’m making $47,000 per year, hoping to increase my income in the future. My Roth IRA is up to $34K now, and my student loans are down to $11K at 3%. A 1-year emergency fund is about $20K to me, so what do I do with that money?“ Pete: She lives well within her means and is incredibly stable. What should she do? With relief options available, wiping out student loan debt wouldn’t be the highest item on my list. Damian: She’s got some opportunities as this point. with nearly two years of savings sitting there waiting. She could get rid of student loans entirely. She could max out funding retirement accounts. And she’s not in a rush, not even being 30 years old yet. Question 2: “Bryan here again…my girlfriend and I, both 26, currently lease an 700 sq. ft. apartment in Westchester, NY for $2600 per month. For our next place, I’ll be working from home more due to COVID-19. We want more space now, so I see our options as rent a 2 BR apartment for $3K per month, but hearing of a possibly disastrous rental market coming. Or purchase a townhome, running at least $750K with 15% down, and 3% interest, for a monthly fee of about $4K per month. I’m hesitant to commit due to other homeownership costs and our short-term interest in a house. What do you two think?“ Damian: I would not want to be tied into an interest-only mortgage with all that’s coming. Renting is the only answer here. Pete: I hate interest-only mortgages with a passion. Ask the landlord for a month-to-month agreement for added flexibility. Tune in for the featured segment. The light-hearted conversation about the serious topic of finances never stops! Click PLAY below for the full show. Tue, 22 Sep 2020 14:25:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Question 1:* “I was previously featured on episode 291. I bought a home in New Jersey for $148,000 with $1110 monthly payment on the $114K mortgage at 2.75%. My other expenses come to $400 per month. I’m making $47,000 per year, hoping to increase my income in the future. My Roth IRA is up to $34K now, and my student loans are down to $11K at 3%. A 1-year emergency fund is about $20K to me, so what do I do with that money?“Pete: She lives well within her means and is incredibly stable. What should she do? With relief options available, wiping out student loan debt wouldn’t be the highest item on my list.Damian: She’s got some opportunities as this point. with nearly two years of savings sitting there waiting. She could get rid of student loans entirely. She could max out funding retirement accounts. And she’s not in a rush, not even being 30 years old yet.Question 2:* “Bryan here again…my girlfriend and I, both 26, currently lease an 700 sq. ft. apartment in Westchester, NY for $2600 per month. For our next place, I’ll be working from home more due to COVID-19. We want more space now, so I see our options as rent a 2 BR apartment for $3K per month, but hearing of a possibly disastrous rental market coming. Or purchase a townhome, running at least $750K with 15% down, and 3% interest, for a monthly fee of about $4K per month. I’m hesitant to commit due to other homeownership costs and our short-term interest in a house. What do you two think?“Damian: I would not want to be tied into an interest-only mortgage with all that’s coming. Renting is the only answer here.Pete: I hate interest-only mortgages with a passion. Ask the landlord for a month-to-month agreement for added flexibility.* Tune in for the featured segment. The light-hearted conversation about the serious topic of finances never stops! Click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: “I was previously featured on episode 291. I bought a home in New Jersey for $148,000 with $1110 monthly payment on the $114K mortgage at 2.75%. My other expenses come to $400 per month. I’m making $47,000 per year, hoping to increase my income in the future. My Roth IRA is up to $34K now, and my student loans are down to $11K at 3%. A 1-year emergency fund is about $20K to me, so what do I do with that money?“ Pete: She lives well within her means and is incredibly stable. What should she do? With relief options available, wiping out student loan debt wouldn’t be the highest item on my list. Damian: She’s got some opportunities as this point. with nearly two years of savings sitting there waiting. She could get rid of student loans entirely. She could max out funding retirement accounts. And she’s not in a rush, not even being 30 years old yet. Question 2: “Bryan here again…my girlfriend and I, both 26, currently lease an 700 sq. ft. apartment in Westchester, NY for $2600 per month. For our next place, I’ll be working from home more due to COVID-19. We want more space now, so I see our options as rent a 2 BR apartment for $3K per month, but hearing of a possibly disastrous rental market coming. Or purchase a townhome, running at least $750K with 15% down, and 3% interest, for a monthly fee of about $4K per month. I’m hesitant to commit due to other homeownership costs and our short-term interest in a house. What do you two think?“ Damian: I would not want to be tied into an interest-only mortgage with all that’s coming. Renting is the only answer here. Pete: I hate interest-only mortgages with a passion. Ask the landlord for a month-to-month agreement for added flexibility. Tune in for the featured segment. The light-hearted conversation about the serious topic of finances never stops! Click PLAY below for the full show. HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Question 1:

  • “I was previously featured on episode 291. I bought a home in New Jersey for $148,000 with $1110 monthly payment on the $114K mortgage at 2.75%. My other expenses come to $400 per month. I’m making $47,000 per year, hoping to increase my income in the future. My Roth IRA is up to $34K now, and my student loans are down to $11K at 3%. A 1-year emergency fund is about $20K to me, so what do I do with that money?“
  • Pete: She lives well within her means and is incredibly stable. What should she do? With relief options available, wiping out student loan debt wouldn’t be the highest item on my list.
  • Damian: She’s got some opportunities as this point. with nearly two years of savings sitting there waiting. She could get rid of student loans entirely. She could max out funding retirement accounts. And she’s not in a rush, not even being 30 years old yet.

Question 2:

  • “Bryan here again…my girlfriend and I, both 26, currently lease an 700 sq. ft. apartment in Westchester, NY for $2600 per month. For our next place, I’ll be working from home more due to COVID-19. We want more space now, so I see our options as rent a 2 BR apartment for $3K per month, but hearing of a possibly disastrous rental market coming. Or purchase a townhome, running at least $750K with 15% down, and 3% interest, for a monthly fee of about $4K per month. I’m hesitant to commit due to other homeownership costs and our short-term interest in a house. What do you two think?“
  • Damian: I would not want to be tied into an interest-only mortgage with all that’s coming. Renting is the only answer here.
  • Pete: I hate interest-only mortgages with a passion. Ask the landlord for a month-to-month agreement for added flexibility.

Tune in for the featured segment. The light-hearted conversation about the serious topic of finances never stops! Click PLAY below for the full show.



]]> 2435 no Ep. 379: The Economic Chaos Coming This Holiday Season https://petetheplanner.com/ep-379-the-economic-chaos-coming-this-holiday-season/ Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back!... Read More Tue, 22 Sep 2020 10:37:36 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us bac... Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and Damian realize that the show is so good, we’ve got return visitors! There are actually people who have emailed us back!... Read More 2435 no Ep. 378: The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show?! https://blubrry.com/askptp/122357986/ep-378-the-greatest-segment-in-the-history-of-our-show/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of this show. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: “I’ve got an unusual conundrum. On a previous show, you said that a landscape artist shouldn’t aggressively pay off his mortgage during a pandemic. What if you already had the cash to do so? My wife and I bought our home 11 years ago with <10% down, 30-year mortgage, for more than half our take-home pay. We purchased a home we loved, in a location we loved, for a payment we could (barely) afford. Since, we’ve refinanced to a 3.15%, 15-year mortgage, which consumes about 30% of our net income. The balance is about $179K with a home value of $600K. During the last 10 years, we’ve saved and put about $650K into retirement vehicles, $55K in HSA, $60K into our kids’ 529 plans, and over $200K in savings and taxable brokerage accounts, and $25K emergency fund. We make about $180K/year and have no other debt. I’ve lost short, midterm faith in the markets – expecting a significant correction coming in the next 3-5 years. If we paid off our mortgage, we could boost our monthly brokerage account investment from $1K to $2800. I’ve thought this through. Should we liquidate some of our savings? What to do?“ Damian: There’s a compelling argument to sell off some securities and pay it off. There would also be some tax/capital gains consequences. Considering that, with the new free money each month, that could do so many things. Pate: What, to the dollar, would be the tax bill for liquidating $179K from the $200K available? By freeing up that roughly 30% of their income each month, would they avoid lifestyle creep? What is the riskier move: pay it off and “outsmart the market” or ride out the 3.15% mortgage? There’s so, so much more more on this deep conversation. Check out the full show to walk through it all with our hosts! The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show! You’ve got to hear this to believe it. Seriously.   Click PLAY below for the full show!  Tue, 15 Sep 2020 14:27:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of this show.Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Question 1:* “I’ve got an unusual conundrum. On a previous show, you said that a landscape artist shouldn’t aggressively pay off his mortgage during a pandemic. What if you already had the cash to do so? My wife and I bought our home 11 years ago with HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of this show. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: “I’ve got an unusual conundrum. On a previous show, you said that a landscape artist shouldn’t aggressively pay off his mortgage during a pandemic. What if you already had the cash to do so? My wife and I bought our home 11 years ago with <10% down, 30-year mortgage, for more than half our take-home pay. We purchased a home we loved, in a location we loved, for a payment we could (barely) afford. Since, we’ve refinanced to a 3.15%, 15-year mortgage, which consumes about 30% of our net income. The balance is about $179K with a home value of $600K. During the last 10 years, we’ve saved and put about $650K into retirement vehicles, $55K in HSA, $60K into our kids’ 529 plans, and over $200K in savings and taxable brokerage accounts, and $25K emergency fund. We make about $180K/year and have no other debt. I’ve lost short, midterm faith in the markets – expecting a significant correction coming in the next 3-5 years. If we paid off our mortgage, we could boost our monthly brokerage account investment from $1K to $2800. I’ve thought this through. Should we liquidate some of our savings? What to do?“ Damian: There’s a compelling argument to sell off some securities and pay it off. There would also be some tax/capital gains consequences. Considering that, with the new free money each month, that could do so many things. Pate: What, to the dollar, would be the tax bill for liquidating $179K from the $200K available? By freeing up that roughly 30% of their income each month, would they avoid lifestyle creep? What is the riskier move: pay it off and “outsmart the market” or ride out the 3.15% mortgage? There’s so, so much more more on this deep conversation. Check out the full show to walk through it all with our hosts! The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show! You’ve got to hear this to believe it. Seriously.   Click PLAY below for the full show!  HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of this show.

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Question 1:

  • “I’ve got an unusual conundrum. On a previous show, you said that a landscape artist shouldn’t aggressively pay off his mortgage during a pandemic. What if you already had the cash to do so? My wife and I bought our home 11 years ago with <10% down, 30-year mortgage, for more than half our take-home pay. We purchased a home we loved, in a location we loved, for a payment we could (barely) afford. Since, we’ve refinanced to a 3.15%, 15-year mortgage, which consumes about 30% of our net income. The balance is about $179K with a home value of $600K. During the last 10 years, we’ve saved and put about $650K into retirement vehicles, $55K in HSA, $60K into our kids’ 529 plans, and over $200K in savings and taxable brokerage accounts, and $25K emergency fund. We make about $180K/year and have no other debt. I’ve lost short, midterm faith in the markets – expecting a significant correction coming in the next 3-5 years. If we paid off our mortgage, we could boost our monthly brokerage account investment from $1K to $2800. I’ve thought this through. Should we liquidate some of our savings? What to do?“
  • Damian: There’s a compelling argument to sell off some securities and pay it off. There would also be some tax/capital gains consequences. Considering that, with the new free money each month, that could do so many things.
  • Pate: What, to the dollar, would be the tax bill for liquidating $179K from the $200K available? By freeing up that roughly 30% of their income each month, would they avoid lifestyle creep? What is the riskier move: pay it off and “outsmart the market” or ride out the 3.15% mortgage?
  • There’s so, so much more more on this deep conversation. Check out the full show to walk through it all with our hosts!


The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show!

  • You’ve got to hear this to believe it. Seriously.

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! 

]]> 2441 no Ep. 378: The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show?! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-378-the-greatest-segment-in-the-history-of-our-show/ Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of... Read More Tue, 15 Sep 2020 09:27:08 -0000 Ep. 378: The Greatest Segment in the History of Our Show?! full 378 IBJ Media Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of... Read More Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Pete and Damian, use 3/4 of the show to tell and answer ONE question and cover the greatest segment in the history of... Read More 2441 no Ep. 377: Pressing Reset on Our Financial Sensibilities https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358009/ep-377-pressing-reset-on-our-financial-sensibilities/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as the CDC makes an unprecedented move on housing. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: I switched jobs and I have a retirement account from my last job with a financial company. My new job also uses the same company. I got a call from them asking me to rollover my old account into an IRA with them, but it makes more sense to me to take my old account and put it into my new 401(k) account. Does it really matter?“ Pete: I’m upset. Institutional fees are generally lower than individual fees. This is likely a money grab. Go with the new 401(k). Damian: “Maybe.” Let’s look at the fees of the transaction and all of the investment options. For more on this and tips to look out for from Pete, check out the full show! Story Time! “My Grandpa Dunn, as a child of the Great Depression, learned to make do with what they had and nothing more. He was a very sensible, prudent person. He went on to fight in WWII, was stranded on a beach overnight, had to find their way to a ship, etc. He taught me about money, saving his coins in a Pringles can. His generation would laugh at a “Never Satisfied” bumper sticker. I think there’s a sensibility reckoning as it relates to materialism and consumerism. Our financial habits have gotten worse year after year. I’m not sure we can come back from our addition to a comfortable lifestyle and regain that prudence his generation once had. What do you think, Damian?“ Damian: I hope you’re right, thinking we will change. Most of us have very comfortable lifestyles we’re raising kids in. My kids are going to have an expected lifestyle where they graduate from college. The chances are probably lower than they should be that they’re not going to have a period of struggle where they worry about putting food on the table. We try to solve our kids’ problems. I don’t let my kids struggle enough… Pete: I think we have to press reset on our financial sensibilities.   Click PLAY below for the full show!  Wed, 09 Sep 2020 14:27:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as the CDC makes an unprecedented move on housing.Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Question 1:* I switched jobs and I have a retirement account from my last job with a financial company. My new job also uses the same company. I got a call from them asking me to rollover my old account into an IRA with them, but it makes more sense to me to take my old account and put it into my new 401(k) account. Does it really matter?“Pete: I’m upset. Institutional fees are generally lower than individual fees. This is likely a money grab. Go with the new 401(k).Damian: “Maybe.” Let’s look at the fees of the transaction and all of the investment options.For more on this and tips to look out for from Pete, check out the full show!Story Time!* “My Grandpa Dunn, as a child of the Great Depression, learned to make do with what they had and nothing more. He was a very sensible, prudent person. He went on to fight in WWII, was stranded on a beach overnight, had to find their way to a ship, etc. He taught me about money, saving his coins in a Pringles can. His generation would laugh at a “Never Satisfied” bumper sticker. I think there’s a sensibility reckoning as it relates to materialism and consumerism. Our financial habits have gotten worse year after year. I’m not sure we can come back from our addition to a comfortable lifestyle and regain that prudence his generation once had. What do you think, Damian?“Damian: I hope you’re right, thinking we will change. Most of us have very comfortable lifestyles we’re raising kids in. My kids are going to have an expected lifestyle where they graduate from college. The chances are probably lower than they should be that they’re not going to have a period of struggle where they worry about putting food on the table. We try to solve our kids’ problems. I don’t let my kids struggle enough…Pete: I think we have to press reset on our financial sensibilities.*  Click PLAY below for the full show!  HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMOn this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as the CDC makes an unprecedented move on housing. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Question 1: I switched jobs and I have a retirement account from my last job with a financial company. My new job also uses the same company. I got a call from them asking me to rollover my old account into an IRA with them, but it makes more sense to me to take my old account and put it into my new 401(k) account. Does it really matter?“ Pete: I’m upset. Institutional fees are generally lower than individual fees. This is likely a money grab. Go with the new 401(k). Damian: “Maybe.” Let’s look at the fees of the transaction and all of the investment options. For more on this and tips to look out for from Pete, check out the full show! Story Time! “My Grandpa Dunn, as a child of the Great Depression, learned to make do with what they had and nothing more. He was a very sensible, prudent person. He went on to fight in WWII, was stranded on a beach overnight, had to find their way to a ship, etc. He taught me about money, saving his coins in a Pringles can. His generation would laugh at a “Never Satisfied” bumper sticker. I think there’s a sensibility reckoning as it relates to materialism and consumerism. Our financial habits have gotten worse year after year. I’m not sure we can come back from our addition to a comfortable lifestyle and regain that prudence his generation once had. What do you think, Damian?“ Damian: I hope you’re right, thinking we will change. Most of us have very comfortable lifestyles we’re raising kids in. My kids are going to have an expected lifestyle where they graduate from college. The chances are probably lower than they should be that they’re not going to have a period of struggle where they worry about putting food on the table. We try to solve our kids’ problems. I don’t let my kids struggle enough… Pete: I think we have to press reset on our financial sensibilities.   Click PLAY below for the full show!  HAVE A QUESTION? GET SOME EXPERT ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as the CDC makes an unprecedented move on housing.

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Question 1:

  • I switched jobs and I have a retirement account from my last job with a financial company. My new job also uses the same company. I got a call from them asking me to rollover my old account into an IRA with them, but it makes more sense to me to take my old account and put it into my new 401(k) account. Does it really matter?“
  • Pete: I’m upset. Institutional fees are generally lower than individual fees. This is likely a money grab. Go with the new 401(k).
  • Damian: “Maybe.” Let’s look at the fees of the transaction and all of the investment options.
  • For more on this and tips to look out for from Pete, check out the full show!

Story Time!

  • “My Grandpa Dunn, as a child of the Great Depression, learned to make do with what they had and nothing more. He was a very sensible, prudent person. He went on to fight in WWII, was stranded on a beach overnight, had to find their way to a ship, etc. He taught me about money, saving his coins in a Pringles can. His generation would laugh at a “Never Satisfied” bumper sticker. I think there’s a sensibility reckoning as it relates to materialism and consumerism. Our financial habits have gotten worse year after year. I’m not sure we can come back from our addition to a comfortable lifestyle and regain that prudence his generation once had. What do you think, Damian?“
  • Damian: I hope you’re right, thinking we will change. Most of us have very comfortable lifestyles we’re raising kids in. My kids are going to have an expected lifestyle where they graduate from college. The chances are probably lower than they should be that they’re not going to have a period of struggle where they worry about putting food on the table. We try to solve our kids’ problems. I don’t let my kids struggle enough…
  • Pete: I think we have to press reset on our financial sensibilities.

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! 

]]> 2438 no Ep. 377: Pressing Reset on Our Financial Sensibilities https://petetheplanner.com/ep-377-pressing-reset-on-our-financial-sensibilities/ Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as... Read More Wed, 09 Sep 2020 10:34:40 -0000 Ep. 377: Pressing Reset on Our Financial Sensibilities full 377 IBJ Media Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not... Have a question? Get some expert answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com On this episode of the Pete the Planner Show, Peter and VP of Advice, Damian, answer a question, Pete gets personal, and the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic are not over as... Read More 2438 no Ep. 376: Shoring Up Finances In The Economic Downturn https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358010/ep-376-shoring-up-finances-in-the-economic-downturn/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMPeople are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Story Time! Article: “Survey: Many in United States Shoring Up Finances Amid Downturn.”It’s the paradox of a pandemic that has crushed the U.S. economy: 12.9 million lost jobs and a dangerous rash of businesses closing, yet the personal finances of many Americans have remained strong—and in some ways have even improved. A new poll…finds that 45% of Americans say they’re setting aside more money than usual. 26% are paying down debt faster than they were before the coronavirus pandemic. In total, about half of Americans say they’ve either saved more or paid down debt since the outbreak began. Kent Sullivan, a landscape painter from Orlando, Florida, has been making extra mortgage payments.“ Pete: There is a right way and a wrong way to do it. You don’t get flexibility by making extra mortgage payments during a pandemic. Paying off your mortgage quickly doesn’t always make sense. Damian: “What’s this guy’s emergency fund look like?” He’s an older gentleman, if he’s got the cash flow, maybe there’s a reason to do this going into retirement, IF the emergency fund is there. Student Loan Refinancing: “Both my wife and I lost our jobs when the pandemic hit. We previously had a household income of $165k. I’ve been able to get a job for $15 per hour while I look for jobs more consistent with my skills and experience. My wife is coordinating our kids’ virtual learning so it’s difficult for her to find work. I’m also going to look into a second job on nights or weekends. We might have to dip into our retirement savings or we won’t be able to make our mortgage payments. Are we crazy for doing that? I want to make sure I’m thinking clearly.“ Pete: I’m sorry, John, that you’re going through this. Don’t feel the pressure to let this moment in history to define your character. But the fact that he’s willing to do whatever it takes to care for his family demonstrates his character. The CARES Act makes this a much less risky move. Damian: We’ve made it almost taboo to withdraw from retirement accounts for any reason other than retirement. In this case, you’re forced to look at the resources that you’ve got.   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! Tue, 01 Sep 2020 14:29:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMPeople are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic.Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Story Time!* Article: “Survey: Many in United States Shoring Up Finances Amid Downturn.”It’s the paradox of a pandemic that has crushed the U.S. economy: 12.9 million lost jobs and a dangerous rash of businesses closing, yet the personal finances of many Americans have remained strong—and in some ways have even improved. A new poll…finds that 45% of Americans say they’re setting aside more money than usual. 26% are paying down debt faster than they were before the coronavirus pandemic. In total, about half of Americans say they’ve either saved more or paid down debt since the outbreak began. Kent Sullivan, a landscape painter from Orlando, Florida, has been making extra mortgage payments.“Pete: There is a right way and a wrong way to do it. You don’t get flexibility by making extra mortgage payments during a pandemic. Paying off your mortgage quickly doesn’t always make sense.Damian: “What’s this guy’s emergency fund look like?” He’s an older gentleman, if he’s got the cash flow, maybe there’s a reason to do this going into retirement, IF the emergency fund is there.Student Loan Refinancing:* “Both my wife and I lost our jobs when the pandemic hit. We previously had a household income of $165k. I’ve been able to get a job for $15 per hour while I look for jobs more consistent with my skills and experience. My wife is coordinating our kids’ virtual learning so it’s difficult for her to find work. I’m also going to look into a second job on nights or weekends. We might have to dip into our retirement savings or we won’t be able to make our mortgage payments. Are we crazy for doing that? I want to make sure I’m thinking clearly.“Pete: I’m sorry, John, that you’re going through this. Don’t feel the pressure to let this moment in history to define your character. But the fact that he’s willing to do whatever it takes to care for his family demonstrates his character. The CARES Act makes this a much less risky move.Damian: We’ve made it almost taboo to withdraw from retirement accounts for any reason other than retirement. In this case, you’re forced to look at the resources that you’ve got.*  Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMPeople are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Story Time! Article: “Survey: Many in United States Shoring Up Finances Amid Downturn.”It’s the paradox of a pandemic that has crushed the U.S. economy: 12.9 million lost jobs and a dangerous rash of businesses closing, yet the personal finances of many Americans have remained strong—and in some ways have even improved. A new poll…finds that 45% of Americans say they’re setting aside more money than usual. 26% are paying down debt faster than they were before the coronavirus pandemic. In total, about half of Americans say they’ve either saved more or paid down debt since the outbreak began. Kent Sullivan, a landscape painter from Orlando, Florida, has been making extra mortgage payments.“ Pete: There is a right way and a wrong way to do it. You don’t get flexibility by making extra mortgage payments during a pandemic. Paying off your mortgage quickly doesn’t always make sense. Damian: “What’s this guy’s emergency fund look like?” He’s an older gentleman, if he’s got the cash flow, maybe there’s a reason to do this going into retirement, IF the emergency fund is there. Student Loan Refinancing: “Both my wife and I lost our jobs when the pandemic hit. We previously had a household income of $165k. I’ve been able to get a job for $15 per hour while I look for jobs more consistent with my skills and experience. My wife is coordinating our kids’ virtual learning so it’s difficult for her to find work. I’m also going to look into a second job on nights or weekends. We might have to dip into our retirement savings or we won’t be able to make our mortgage payments. Are we crazy for doing that? I want to make sure I’m thinking clearly.“ Pete: I’m sorry, John, that you’re going through this. Don’t feel the pressure to let this moment in history to define your character. But the fact that he’s willing to do whatever it takes to care for his family demonstrates his character. The CARES Act makes this a much less risky move. Damian: We’ve made it almost taboo to withdraw from retirement accounts for any reason other than retirement. In this case, you’re forced to look at the resources that you’ve got.   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

People are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic.

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Story Time!

  • Article: “Survey: Many in United States Shoring Up Finances Amid Downturn.”It’s the paradox of a pandemic that has crushed the U.S. economy: 12.9 million lost jobs and a dangerous rash of businesses closing, yet the personal finances of many Americans have remained strong—and in some ways have even improved. A new poll…finds that 45% of Americans say they’re setting aside more money than usual. 26% are paying down debt faster than they were before the coronavirus pandemic. In total, about half of Americans say they’ve either saved more or paid down debt since the outbreak began. Kent Sullivan, a landscape painter from Orlando, Florida, has been making extra mortgage payments.“
  • Pete: There is a right way and a wrong way to do it. You don’t get flexibility by making extra mortgage payments during a pandemic. Paying off your mortgage quickly doesn’t always make sense.
  • Damian: “What’s this guy’s emergency fund look like?” He’s an older gentleman, if he’s got the cash flow, maybe there’s a reason to do this going into retirement, IF the emergency fund is there.

Student Loan Refinancing:

  • “Both my wife and I lost our jobs when the pandemic hit. We previously had a household income of $165k. I’ve been able to get a job for $15 per hour while I look for jobs more consistent with my skills and experience. My wife is coordinating our kids’ virtual learning so it’s difficult for her to find work. I’m also going to look into a second job on nights or weekends. We might have to dip into our retirement savings or we won’t be able to make our mortgage payments. Are we crazy for doing that? I want to make sure I’m thinking clearly.“
  • Pete: I’m sorry, John, that you’re going through this. Don’t feel the pressure to let this moment in history to define your character. But the fact that he’s willing to do whatever it takes to care for his family demonstrates his character. The CARES Act makes this a much less risky move.
  • Damian: We’ve made it almost taboo to withdraw from retirement accounts for any reason other than retirement. In this case, you’re forced to look at the resources that you’ve got.

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money!



]]> 2435 no Ep. 376: Shoring Up Finances In The Economic Downturn https://petetheplanner.com/ep-376-shoring-up-finances-in-the-economic-downturn/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com People are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your... Read More Tue, 01 Sep 2020 13:10:56 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com People are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic. Don’t forget! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com People are feeling the pain all over. Peter and Damian discuss stories of the current reality onset by the strange mix of the economic recession and COVID-19 pandemic. Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your... Read More 2435 no Ep. 375: The Hottest Topic Under the Sun: Student Loans? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358012/ep-375-the-hottest-topic-under-the-sun-student-loans/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “We came o the USA as refugees in 2004, and my son was 19 years old. We had no money, no friends, no computer, and no knowledge of English. We sent our son to study and believed that he would be provided with work so we wouldn’t be afraid to take out student loans. There was no interpreter, and no one explained to us how interest works, but actively informed that we should not start paying before graduation. As a result, our debt is $260,000 plus huge interest. Five other Limited English Proficiency families are in disastrous situations as well. We get bills of almost $4,000, my son did not find a job from 2011-2014 as promoted, banks do not offer a relief plan, lawyers are not willing to help us. What’s our way out?“ Damian: This is an experience that you don’t have to be a refugee to experience, sadly. It’s horrible. Let’s find out if these are private, federal or Parent PLUS loans. There may not be an easy solution here. Pete: “Past performance is not indicative of future performance.” I feel like this mantra did not make its way to higher ed. Try graduating in 2008-2009. Jobs just weren’t there; universities were pushing a message of a future that just didn’t pan out. Student Loan Refinancing: “When the CARES Act became a thing, it pushed off the obligation to may a payment on federal student loans until the end of September, now the end of 2020 through Executive Order. No accumulation of interest for the time frame, and no payment. There’s now a giant group of people who refinanced their student loans through very popular, trendy, consumer student loans debt services. Why is that? Why, when you consolidate your debt, did what happened in the CARES Act mean nothing to you?“ Damian: Timing is everything. If you have taken your federal loans, consolidated them into a private loan with one of those companies, all of these benefits are no longer applicable to you. You are now on a payment schedule with a private lender and that is your lot in life.   Tue, 25 Aug 2020 14:30:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “We came o the USA as refugees in 2004, and my son was 19 years old. We had no money, no friends, no computer, and no knowledge of English. We sent our son to study and believed that he would be provided with work so we wouldn’t be afraid to take out student loans. There was no interpreter, and no one explained to us how interest works, but actively informed that we should not start paying before graduation. As a result, our debt is $260,000 plus huge interest. Five other Limited English Proficiency families are in disastrous situations as well. We get bills of almost $4,000, my son did not find a job from 2011-2014 as promoted, banks do not offer a relief plan, lawyers are not willing to help us. What’s our way out?“Damian: This is an experience that you don’t have to be a refugee to experience, sadly. It’s horrible. Let’s find out if these are private, federal or Parent PLUS loans. There may not be an easy solution here.Pete: “Past performance is not indicative of future performance.” I feel like this mantra did not make its way to higher ed. Try graduating in 2008-2009. Jobs just weren’t there; universities were pushing a message of a future that just didn’t pan out.Student Loan Refinancing:* “When the CARES Act became a thing, it pushed off the obligation to may a payment on federal student loans until the end of September, now the end of 2020 through Executive Order. No accumulation of interest for the time frame, and no payment. There’s now a giant group of people who refinanced their student loans through very popular, trendy, consumer student loans debt services. Why is that? Why, when you consolidate your debt, did what happened in the CARES Act mean nothing to you?“Damian: Timing is everything. If you have taken your federal loans, consolidated them into a private loan with one of those companies, all of these benefits are no longer applicable to you. You are now on a payment schedule with a private lender and that is your lot in life.*   HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “We came o the USA as refugees in 2004, and my son was 19 years old. We had no money, no friends, no computer, and no knowledge of English. We sent our son to study and believed that he would be provided with work so we wouldn’t be afraid to take out student loans. There was no interpreter, and no one explained to us how interest works, but actively informed that we should not start paying before graduation. As a result, our debt is $260,000 plus huge interest. Five other Limited English Proficiency families are in disastrous situations as well. We get bills of almost $4,000, my son did not find a job from 2011-2014 as promoted, banks do not offer a relief plan, lawyers are not willing to help us. What’s our way out?“ Damian: This is an experience that you don’t have to be a refugee to experience, sadly. It’s horrible. Let’s find out if these are private, federal or Parent PLUS loans. There may not be an easy solution here. Pete: “Past performance is not indicative of future performance.” I feel like this mantra did not make its way to higher ed. Try graduating in 2008-2009. Jobs just weren’t there; universities were pushing a message of a future that just didn’t pan out. Student Loan Refinancing: “When the CARES Act became a thing, it pushed off the obligation to may a payment on federal student loans until the end of September, now the end of 2020 through Executive Order. No accumulation of interest for the time frame, and no payment. There’s now a giant group of people who refinanced their student loans through very popular, trendy, consumer student loans debt services. Why is that? Why, when you consolidate your debt, did what happened in the CARES Act mean nothing to you?“ Damian: Timing is everything. If you have taken your federal loans, consolidated them into a private loan with one of those companies, all of these benefits are no longer applicable to you. You are now on a payment schedule with a private lender and that is your lot in life.   HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

Today is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “We came o the USA as refugees in 2004, and my son was 19 years old. We had no money, no friends, no computer, and no knowledge of English. We sent our son to study and believed that he would be provided with work so we wouldn’t be afraid to take out student loans. There was no interpreter, and no one explained to us how interest works, but actively informed that we should not start paying before graduation. As a result, our debt is $260,000 plus huge interest. Five other Limited English Proficiency families are in disastrous situations as well. We get bills of almost $4,000, my son did not find a job from 2011-2014 as promoted, banks do not offer a relief plan, lawyers are not willing to help us. What’s our way out?“
  • Damian: This is an experience that you don’t have to be a refugee to experience, sadly. It’s horrible. Let’s find out if these are private, federal or Parent PLUS loans. There may not be an easy solution here.
  • Pete: “Past performance is not indicative of future performance.” I feel like this mantra did not make its way to higher ed. Try graduating in 2008-2009. Jobs just weren’t there; universities were pushing a message of a future that just didn’t pan out.

Student Loan Refinancing:

  • “When the CARES Act became a thing, it pushed off the obligation to may a payment on federal student loans until the end of September, now the end of 2020 through Executive Order. No accumulation of interest for the time frame, and no payment. There’s now a giant group of people who refinanced their student loans through very popular, trendy, consumer student loans debt services. Why is that? Why, when you consolidate your debt, did what happened in the CARES Act mean nothing to you?“
  • Damian: Timing is everything. If you have taken your federal loans, consolidated them into a private loan with one of those companies, all of these benefits are no longer applicable to you. You are now on a payment schedule with a private lender and that is your lot in life.

 

]]> 2434 no Ep. 375: The Hottest Topic Under the Sun: Student Loans? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-375-the-hottest-topic-under-the-sun-student-loans/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:00:28 -0000 Ep. 375: The Hottest Topic Under the Sun: Student Loans? full 375 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans! Don’t forget! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today is alllllll about Student Loans. Peter and Damian throw words back and forth to hand out critical information on the sad realities of student loans! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More 2434 no Ep. 374: How Are You Using the Income You Make? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358013/ep-374-how-are-you-using-the-income-you-make/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’ve been a longtime listener and reader of your content. My wife and I are 36 and we have a 6 year-old daughter. We’re pretty frugal, so this new COVID-19 world feels about normal to us. We live on $30K, so far I’ve saved 13 into a brokerage account. Health and Life insurance are solid. I also will receive a military retirement will kick in in 2022 at $25k per year. I’ve also saved about $8k so far into my daughter’s 529 Plan. She also has full access to my G.I. Bill that should cover her college expenses. Additionally, we’ve saved $93K in a Roth IRA and $250K in a Roth 401(k). Should I redirect my savings entirely to a taxable brokerage account to fund early retirement?“ Damian: I think he’s sitting in great shape: pension, great amount of money saved already. You can always get those contributions out of a Roth IRA. I don’t know if I would neglect that. Putting everything else into a taxable account is mere personal preference at this point. Pete: Practical advice: absolutely do what he asking about doing. It really takes on legs when the pension kicks in in two years. This could be a real retire at 50 situation. Mystic advice: Are you feeling purposeful in your financial gifts? How much impact do you want to make with your wealth? Or do you want to? Mailbag Question 2: “I have a 529 account that I set up when our only child was in school. We failed to use all of the funds for her education. At this point, it is unlikely that she will pursue another advanced degree, is single, and has no children. I read that we can change the beneficiary on the amount to our child’s spouse (assuming she does marry), knowing the levels of student debt young people carry now. Is this a possibility down the road?“ Damian: You can change the beneficiary to a family member. The IRS’ definition of ‘family member’ is fairly broad, so yes. This is possible. All new this year, something in 2020, due to the SECURE Act. Pete: She could arguably put it on her Tinder profile? Maybe?   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! Tue, 18 Aug 2020 14:31:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “I’ve been a longtime listener and reader of your content. My wife and I are 36 and we have a 6 year-old daughter. We’re pretty frugal, so this new COVID-19 world feels about normal to us. We live on $30K, so far I’ve saved 13 into a brokerage account. Health and Life insurance are solid. I also will receive a military retirement will kick in in 2022 at $25k per year. I’ve also saved about $8k so far into my daughter’s 529 Plan. She also has full access to my G.I. Bill that should cover her college expenses. Additionally, we’ve saved $93K in a Roth IRA and $250K in a Roth 401(k). Should I redirect my savings entirely to a taxable brokerage account to fund early retirement?“Damian: I think he’s sitting in great shape: pension, great amount of money saved already. You can always get those contributions out of a Roth IRA. I don’t know if I would neglect that. Putting everything else into a taxable account is mere personal preference at this point.Pete: Practical advice: absolutely do what he asking about doing. It really takes on legs when the pension kicks in in two years. This could be a real retire at 50 situation. Mystic advice: Are you feeling purposeful in your financial gifts? How much impact do you want to make with your wealth? Or do you want to?Mailbag Question 2:* “I have a 529 account that I set up when our only child was in school. We failed to use all of the funds for her education. At this point, it is unlikely that she will pursue another advanced degree, is single, and has no children. I read that we can change the beneficiary on the amount to our child’s spouse (assuming she does marry), knowing the levels of student debt young people carry now. Is this a possibility down the road?“Damian: You can change the beneficiary to a family member. The IRS’ definition of ‘family member’ is fairly broad, so yes. This is possible. All new this year, something in 2020, due to the SECURE Act.Pete: She could arguably put it on her Tinder profile? Maybe?*  Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I’ve been a longtime listener and reader of your content. My wife and I are 36 and we have a 6 year-old daughter. We’re pretty frugal, so this new COVID-19 world feels about normal to us. We live on $30K, so far I’ve saved 13 into a brokerage account. Health and Life insurance are solid. I also will receive a military retirement will kick in in 2022 at $25k per year. I’ve also saved about $8k so far into my daughter’s 529 Plan. She also has full access to my G.I. Bill that should cover her college expenses. Additionally, we’ve saved $93K in a Roth IRA and $250K in a Roth 401(k). Should I redirect my savings entirely to a taxable brokerage account to fund early retirement?“ Damian: I think he’s sitting in great shape: pension, great amount of money saved already. You can always get those contributions out of a Roth IRA. I don’t know if I would neglect that. Putting everything else into a taxable account is mere personal preference at this point. Pete: Practical advice: absolutely do what he asking about doing. It really takes on legs when the pension kicks in in two years. This could be a real retire at 50 situation. Mystic advice: Are you feeling purposeful in your financial gifts? How much impact do you want to make with your wealth? Or do you want to? Mailbag Question 2: “I have a 529 account that I set up when our only child was in school. We failed to use all of the funds for her education. At this point, it is unlikely that she will pursue another advanced degree, is single, and has no children. I read that we can change the beneficiary on the amount to our child’s spouse (assuming she does marry), knowing the levels of student debt young people carry now. Is this a possibility down the road?“ Damian: You can change the beneficiary to a family member. The IRS’ definition of ‘family member’ is fairly broad, so yes. This is possible. All new this year, something in 2020, due to the SECURE Act. Pete: She could arguably put it on her Tinder profile? Maybe?   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

Today, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “I’ve been a longtime listener and reader of your content. My wife and I are 36 and we have a 6 year-old daughter. We’re pretty frugal, so this new COVID-19 world feels about normal to us. We live on $30K, so far I’ve saved 13 into a brokerage account. Health and Life insurance are solid. I also will receive a military retirement will kick in in 2022 at $25k per year. I’ve also saved about $8k so far into my daughter’s 529 Plan. She also has full access to my G.I. Bill that should cover her college expenses. Additionally, we’ve saved $93K in a Roth IRA and $250K in a Roth 401(k). Should I redirect my savings entirely to a taxable brokerage account to fund early retirement?“
  • Damian: I think he’s sitting in great shape: pension, great amount of money saved already. You can always get those contributions out of a Roth IRA. I don’t know if I would neglect that. Putting everything else into a taxable account is mere personal preference at this point.
  • Pete: Practical advice: absolutely do what he asking about doing. It really takes on legs when the pension kicks in in two years. This could be a real retire at 50 situation. Mystic advice: Are you feeling purposeful in your financial gifts? How much impact do you want to make with your wealth? Or do you want to?

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “I have a 529 account that I set up when our only child was in school. We failed to use all of the funds for her education. At this point, it is unlikely that she will pursue another advanced degree, is single, and has no children. I read that we can change the beneficiary on the amount to our child’s spouse (assuming she does marry), knowing the levels of student debt young people carry now. Is this a possibility down the road?“
  • Damian: You can change the beneficiary to a family member. The IRS’ definition of ‘family member’ is fairly broad, so yes. This is possible. All new this year, something in 2020, due to the SECURE Act.
  • Pete: She could arguably put it on her Tinder profile? Maybe?

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money!

]]> 2434 no Ep. 374: How Are You Using the Income You Make? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-374-how-are-you-using-the-income-you-make/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal... Read More Tue, 18 Aug 2020 14:28:19 -0000 Ep. 374: How Are You Using the Income You Make? full 374 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice ... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today, Pete gives what he calls “mystic” advice to a listener’s question from the mailbag and Damian is called DAD (again)! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal... Read More 2434 no Ep. 373: Stability Is More Valuable Than You Think https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358015/ep-373-stability-is-more-valuable-than-you-think/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I recently took a job after being downsized in January, making about $20K less. I accumulated about $38K in credit card debt. Some of the interest monthly is about as high as the payment itself. Should I take a loan against my 401(k) to pay off the high-balance ones and keep paying the lower balance ones? Or should I do so to pay off all the loans?“ Damian: Let’s think about not taking the easier way out. Can we make the numbers work within the income you have? If it’s doable, it’s a much better option than taking a 401(k) loan out. Pete: The 401(k) loan should be our last possible option; even if that includes some major lifestyle and systemic changes. If what led to the $38K debt hasn’t stopped, taking a loan from your future is the worst possible thing to do. Mailbag Question 2: “My son is 7 now. I’m exploring 529 accounts. What is an optimal amount to save every month if he goes to a private college? Is it okay to split my savings across multiple 529 accounts? Any other savings vehicles you can suggest?“ Damian: That money will grow tax-free, when it comes out for a qualified purpose, It comes out tax-free. That’s a beautiful thing. Seek the double or triple tax-advantaged tools. Pete: There are at least two tax advantages to 529 accounts. For example, here in Indiana, there is a state tax credit. In Florida, there is not, however. There could be several options, but talk to an expert first, as age, vehicle type, and other factors could be at play.   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! Tue, 11 Aug 2020 14:32:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “I recently took a job after being downsized in January, making about $20K less. I accumulated about $38K in credit card debt. Some of the interest monthly is about as high as the payment itself. Should I take a loan against my 401(k) to pay off the high-balance ones and keep paying the lower balance ones? Or should I do so to pay off all the loans?“Damian: Let’s think about not taking the easier way out. Can we make the numbers work within the income you have? If it’s doable, it’s a much better option than taking a 401(k) loan out.Pete: The 401(k) loan should be our last possible option; even if that includes some major lifestyle and systemic changes. If what led to the $38K debt hasn’t stopped, taking a loan from your future is the worst possible thing to do.Mailbag Question 2:* “My son is 7 now. I’m exploring 529 accounts. What is an optimal amount to save every month if he goes to a private college? Is it okay to split my savings across multiple 529 accounts? Any other savings vehicles you can suggest?“Damian: That money will grow tax-free, when it comes out for a qualified purpose, It comes out tax-free. That’s a beautiful thing. Seek the double or triple tax-advantaged tools.Pete: There are at least two tax advantages to 529 accounts. For example, here in Indiana, there is a state tax credit. In Florida, there is not, however. There could be several options, but talk to an expert first, as age, vehicle type, and other factors could be at play.*  Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “I recently took a job after being downsized in January, making about $20K less. I accumulated about $38K in credit card debt. Some of the interest monthly is about as high as the payment itself. Should I take a loan against my 401(k) to pay off the high-balance ones and keep paying the lower balance ones? Or should I do so to pay off all the loans?“ Damian: Let’s think about not taking the easier way out. Can we make the numbers work within the income you have? If it’s doable, it’s a much better option than taking a 401(k) loan out. Pete: The 401(k) loan should be our last possible option; even if that includes some major lifestyle and systemic changes. If what led to the $38K debt hasn’t stopped, taking a loan from your future is the worst possible thing to do. Mailbag Question 2: “My son is 7 now. I’m exploring 529 accounts. What is an optimal amount to save every month if he goes to a private college? Is it okay to split my savings across multiple 529 accounts? Any other savings vehicles you can suggest?“ Damian: That money will grow tax-free, when it comes out for a qualified purpose, It comes out tax-free. That’s a beautiful thing. Seek the double or triple tax-advantaged tools. Pete: There are at least two tax advantages to 529 accounts. For example, here in Indiana, there is a state tax credit. In Florida, there is not, however. There could be several options, but talk to an expert first, as age, vehicle type, and other factors could be at play.   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

Today we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “I recently took a job after being downsized in January, making about $20K less. I accumulated about $38K in credit card debt. Some of the interest monthly is about as high as the payment itself. Should I take a loan against my 401(k) to pay off the high-balance ones and keep paying the lower balance ones? Or should I do so to pay off all the loans?“
  • Damian: Let’s think about not taking the easier way out. Can we make the numbers work within the income you have? If it’s doable, it’s a much better option than taking a 401(k) loan out.
  • Pete: The 401(k) loan should be our last possible option; even if that includes some major lifestyle and systemic changes. If what led to the $38K debt hasn’t stopped, taking a loan from your future is the worst possible thing to do.

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “My son is 7 now. I’m exploring 529 accounts. What is an optimal amount to save every month if he goes to a private college? Is it okay to split my savings across multiple 529 accounts? Any other savings vehicles you can suggest?“
  • Damian: That money will grow tax-free, when it comes out for a qualified purpose, It comes out tax-free. That’s a beautiful thing. Seek the double or triple tax-advantaged tools.
  • Pete: There are at least two tax advantages to 529 accounts. For example, here in Indiana, there is a state tax credit. In Florida, there is not, however. There could be several options, but talk to an expert first, as age, vehicle type, and other factors could be at play.

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money!



]]> 2421 no Ep. 373: Stability Is More Valuable Than You Think https://petetheplanner.com/ep-373-stability-is-more-valuable-than-you-think/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for... Read More Tue, 11 Aug 2020 11:35:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability! Don’t forget! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we are digging all the way into the mailbag! Pete and Damian respond to listener questions about credit card debt, 529 accounts, and talk financial stability! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for... Read More 2421 no Ep. 372: The Million-Dollar Question With Damian Dunn https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358016/ep-372-the-million-dollar-question-with-damian-dunn/ HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “My son-in-law did not pay taxes owed and has a $10k debt to Uncle Sam. My daughter is freaked out. I told them to go onto the IRS.gov website to set up a payment plan. Also, who would be the best person to see to make sure they don’t get into this mess again?“ Damian: $10,000 is a bit more than pocket change. But it’s easy to get on the website to set up a payment plan; no need to get a third-party involved. Try and get this figured out, and don’t wait longer than you have to. Pete: Getting behind can happen quite easily with self-employed folks who don’t set money aside for taxes. Also, relationship communication needs to increase, as this is an awful time to have a $10k tax debt. Mailbag Question 2: “Apple announced a big stock split; 4-to-1. Why do companies take their stock, cut it up, shrink the price, and then give people more shares of the stock at a lower price?“ Damian: The thought is they hope to make the company more liquid and reachable for the average investor. More people can buy shares of the company in full, versus buying fractional shares. This lets more get in on Apple and make some money. This does not lessen the overall value, it simply adds more shares at a smaller per-share price. Pete: So this move is to entice investors from around the world! It also gets people’s attention; “Oh, now I can afford it!”   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! Tue, 04 Aug 2020 14:33:00 -0000 full IBJ Media HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions!Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:Show Notes:Mailbag Question 1:* “My son-in-law did not pay taxes owed and has a $10k debt to Uncle Sam. My daughter is freaked out. I told them to go onto the IRS.gov website to set up a payment plan. Also, who would be the best person to see to make sure they don’t get into this mess again?“Damian: $10,000 is a bit more than pocket change. But it’s easy to get on the website to set up a payment plan; no need to get a third-party involved. Try and get this figured out, and don’t wait longer than you have to.Pete: Getting behind can happen quite easily with self-employed folks who don’t set money aside for taxes. Also, relationship communication needs to increase, as this is an awful time to have a $10k tax debt.Mailbag Question 2:* “Apple announced a big stock split; 4-to-1. Why do companies take their stock, cut it up, shrink the price, and then give people more shares of the stock at a lower price?“Damian: The thought is they hope to make the company more liquid and reachable for the average investor. More people can buy shares of the company in full, versus buying fractional shares. This lets more get in on Apple and make some money. This does not lessen the overall value, it simply adds more shares at a smaller per-share price.Pete: So this move is to entice investors from around the world! It also gets people’s attention; “Oh, now I can afford it!”*  Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COMToday we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened: Show Notes: Mailbag Question 1: “My son-in-law did not pay taxes owed and has a $10k debt to Uncle Sam. My daughter is freaked out. I told them to go onto the IRS.gov website to set up a payment plan. Also, who would be the best person to see to make sure they don’t get into this mess again?“ Damian: $10,000 is a bit more than pocket change. But it’s easy to get on the website to set up a payment plan; no need to get a third-party involved. Try and get this figured out, and don’t wait longer than you have to. Pete: Getting behind can happen quite easily with self-employed folks who don’t set money aside for taxes. Also, relationship communication needs to increase, as this is an awful time to have a $10k tax debt. Mailbag Question 2: “Apple announced a big stock split; 4-to-1. Why do companies take their stock, cut it up, shrink the price, and then give people more shares of the stock at a lower price?“ Damian: The thought is they hope to make the company more liquid and reachable for the average investor. More people can buy shares of the company in full, versus buying fractional shares. This lets more get in on Apple and make some money. This does not lessen the overall value, it simply adds more shares at a smaller per-share price. Pete: So this move is to entice investors from around the world! It also gets people’s attention; “Oh, now I can afford it!”   Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money! HAVE A QUESTION? GET ANSWERS.EMAIL US: ASKPETE@PETETHEPLANNER.COM

Today we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions!

Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.

No time to listen? BUMMER. Here’s some of what happened:

Show Notes:

Mailbag Question 1:

  • “My son-in-law did not pay taxes owed and has a $10k debt to Uncle Sam. My daughter is freaked out. I told them to go onto the IRS.gov website to set up a payment plan. Also, who would be the best person to see to make sure they don’t get into this mess again?“
  • Damian: $10,000 is a bit more than pocket change. But it’s easy to get on the website to set up a payment plan; no need to get a third-party involved. Try and get this figured out, and don’t wait longer than you have to.
  • Pete: Getting behind can happen quite easily with self-employed folks who don’t set money aside for taxes. Also, relationship communication needs to increase, as this is an awful time to have a $10k tax debt.

Mailbag Question 2:

  • “Apple announced a big stock split; 4-to-1. Why do companies take their stock, cut it up, shrink the price, and then give people more shares of the stock at a lower price?“
  • Damian: The thought is they hope to make the company more liquid and reachable for the average investor. More people can buy shares of the company in full, versus buying fractional shares. This lets more get in on Apple and make some money. This does not lessen the overall value, it simply adds more shares at a smaller per-share price.
  • Pete: So this move is to entice investors from around the world! It also gets people’s attention; “Oh, now I can afford it!”

 

Click PLAY below for the full show! And while you’re here, don’t forget to check out Hey Money!

]]> 2416 no Ep. 372: The Million-Dollar Question With Damian Dunn https://petetheplanner.com/ep-372-the-million-dollar-question-with-damian-dunn/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new... Read More Tue, 04 Aug 2020 12:19:03 -0000 Ep 372: The Million-Dollar Question with Damian Dunn full 372 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener que... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Today we’re talking about tax debt, stock splits, and The Million-Dollar Question! Pete and Damian are back with their usual hijinks talking about the latest money news and listener questions! Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new... Read More 2416 no Ep. 371: Talking Retirement with Gold-Star Gayle! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-371-talking-retirement-with-gold-star-gayle/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Jump into the conversation with us! Gold-Star Gayle, from Austin, TX is back to share the wisdoms!  Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen?... Read More Tue, 28 Jul 2020 11:50:40 -0000 Ep. 371: full 371 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Jump into the conversation with us! Gold-Star Gayle, from Austin, TX is back to share the wisdoms!  Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Jump into the conversation with us! Gold-Star Gayle, from Austin, TX is back to share the wisdoms!  Don’t forget! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances. No time to listen?... Read More 2714 no Ep. 370: We Love the Advice Here; Can You Help Us? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-370-we-love-the-advice-here-can-you-help-us/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Do you wonder about your credit score? So many of us do. Do you know about these options to get back on track? Pete and Damian get into their thoughtful moods to provide some expert suggestions... Read More Tue, 21 Jul 2020 10:38:15 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Do you wonder about your credit score? So many of us do. Do you know about these options to get back on track? Pete and Damian get into their thoughtful moods to provide some expert sug... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Do you wonder about your credit score? So many of us do. Do you know about these options to get back on track? Pete and Damian get into their thoughtful moods to provide some expert suggestions... Read More 2480 no Ep. 369: Pensions & Retirement – Decisions, Decisions! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-369-pensions-retirement-decisions-decisions/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Annnnnd we’re back again for another round of answers to real life listener questions. Pete and Damian offer their best expert suggestions to help. Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More Tue, 14 Jul 2020 08:31:21 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Annnnnd we’re back again for another round of answers to real life listener questions. Pete and Damian offer their best expert suggestions to help. Listen for a special offer code! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Annnnnd we’re back again for another round of answers to real life listener questions. Pete and Damian offer their best expert suggestions to help. Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY is your new secret... Read More 2477 no Ep. 368: 2020 Halftime Financial Market Report https://petetheplanner.com/ep-368-2020-halftime-financial-market-report/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The first 6 months of this year have been a doozy. Pete and Damian run the numbers. Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.... Read More Tue, 07 Jul 2020 10:56:47 -0000 Ep. 368: 2020 Halftime Financial Market Report full 368 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The first 6 months of this year have been a doozy. Pete and Damian run the numbers. Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal fina... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The first 6 months of this year have been a doozy. Pete and Damian run the numbers. Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY is your new secret weapon for advice in your personal finances.... Read More 2481 no Ep. 367: Questions with Kristen: “Queen of the Desert!” https://petetheplanner.com/ep-367-questions-with-kristen-queen-of-the-desert/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com We’ve got a special, special treat for your ear canals today: Pete is joined by The Queen of the Desert herself, our very own financial expert, Kristen! Listen for a special offer code!... Read More Tue, 30 Jun 2020 09:26:22 -0000 Ep. 367: Questions with Kristen: "Queen of the Desert" full 367 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com We’ve got a special, special treat for your ear canals today: Pete is joined by The Queen of the Desert herself, our very own financial expert, Kristen! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com We’ve got a special, special treat for your ear canals today: Pete is joined by The Queen of the Desert herself, our very own financial expert, Kristen! Listen for a special offer code!... Read More 2463 no Ep. 366: How Can You Tell If You’re Financially Stable? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-366-how-can-you-tell-if-youre-financially-stable/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Let’s walk through some of the factors of what it means to be “financially stable.” Pete and Damian have worked hard on this new formula. You’ve gotta hear this. Listen for a special offer... Read More Tue, 23 Jun 2020 10:02:26 -0000 Ep. 366: How Can You Tell If You're Financially Stable? full 366 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Let’s walk through some of the factors of what it means to be “financially stable.” Pete and Damian have worked hard on this new formula. You’ve gotta hear this. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Let’s walk through some of the factors of what it means to be “financially stable.” Pete and Damian have worked hard on this new formula. You’ve gotta hear this. Listen for a special offer... Read More 2462 no Ep. 365: Can I Help My Adult Child Learn About Money? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-365-can-i-help-my-adult-child-learn-about-money/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Maybe things around here are slipping back to “normal.” Pete and Damian have the pleasure of answering some incredibly hard questions from our listeners. ::whisper::  Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY! is your... Read More Tue, 16 Jun 2020 10:34:15 -0000 Ep. 365: Can I Help My Adult Child Learn About Money? full 365 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Maybe things around here are slipping back to “normal.” Pete and Damian have the pleasure of answering some incredibly hard questions from our listeners. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Maybe things around here are slipping back to “normal.” Pete and Damian have the pleasure of answering some incredibly hard questions from our listeners. ::whisper::  Listen for a special offer code! HEY MONEY! is your... Read More 2457 no Ep. 364: The Latest Market Reports: We’re Dumbfounded! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-364-the-latest-market-reports-were-dumbfounded/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Pete and Damian highlight the latest reports and dig into the mailbag to address what’s happening in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen for a special offer code!... Read More Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:39:27 -0000 Ep. 364: The Latest Market Reports: We're Dumbfounded! full 364 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Pete and Damian highlight the latest reports and dig into the mailbag to address what’s happening in our listeners’ lives. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Pete and Damian highlight the latest reports and dig into the mailbag to address what’s happening in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen for a special offer code!... Read More 2665 no Ep. 363: $40K Interest-Free Loan From My In-laws. Yes or No? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-363-40k-interest-free-loan-from-my-in-laws-yes-or-no/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More Tue, 02 Jun 2020 11:06:27 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for H... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More 2548 no Ep. 362: “Quite the Financial Quagmire,” He Says… https://petetheplanner.com/ep-362-quite-the-financial-quagmire-he-says/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More Tue, 26 May 2020 10:34:27 -0000 Ep. 362: "Quite the Financial Quagmire," He Says... full 362 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for H... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com And we’re back for a new week. Today, Pete and Damian dig back into the mailbag to address what’s going on in our listeners’ lives. ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More 2548 no Ep. 361: The Future of Restaurants – Special Guest: Neal Brown https://petetheplanner.com/ep-361-the-future-of-restaurants-special-guest-neal-brown/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The coming changes resulting from COVID-19 will spread across industries. Specifically, today, Pete and Damian talk restaurant business, the food world, and …social distancing? ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More Tue, 19 May 2020 10:30:39 -0000 Ep. 361: The Future of Restaurants – Special Guest: Neal Brown full 361 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The coming changes resulting from COVID-19 will spread across industries. Specifically, today, Pete and Damian talk restaurant business, the food world, and …social distancing? Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com The coming changes resulting from COVID-19 will spread across industries. Specifically, today, Pete and Damian talk restaurant business, the food world, and …social distancing? ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! your... Read More 2549 no Ep. 360: July Could Get Ugly; Is A New Stimulus Coming? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-360-july-could-get-ugly-is-a-new-stimulus-coming/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com More changes could be coming to our economy.  Although here, Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners.  ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY... Read More Tue, 12 May 2020 10:10:18 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com More changes could be coming to our economy.  Although here, Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com More changes could be coming to our economy.  Although here, Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners.  ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY... Read More 2549 no Ep. 359: Are We “New Normal” Yet? + The Rest of 2020 https://petetheplanner.com/ep-359-are-we-new-normal-yet-the-rest-of-2020/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Ah, yes….this feels like the good old days.  Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners.  ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! No... Read More Tue, 05 May 2020 09:53:01 -0000 Ep. 359: Are We "New Normal" Yet? + The Rest of 2020 full 359 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Ah, yes….this feels like the good old days.  Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners. Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com Ah, yes….this feels like the good old days.  Pete and Damian are back in the mailbag,  answering financial questions from our amazing listeners.  ::whisper::  Listen to get a special offer code for HEY MONEY! No... Read More 2548 no Ep. 358: Coronavirus Domino Effects + Pete Was Wrong! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-358-coronavirus-domino-effects-pete-was-wrong/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show we return to the fundamentals: Q&A!  Pete and Damian answer some tough questions. In these trying times, people all over and across income levels are weathering this storm. Let’s... Read More Tue, 28 Apr 2020 10:36:10 -0000 Ep. 358: Coronavirus Domino Effects + Pete Was Wrong! full 358 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show we return to the fundamentals: Q&A!  Pete and Damian answer some tough questions. In these trying times, people all over and across income levels are weathering th... Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show we return to the fundamentals: Q&A!  Pete and Damian answer some tough questions. In these trying times, people all over and across income levels are weathering this storm. Let’s... Read More 2549 no Ep. 357: What Is The Future of Our National Debt? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-357-what-is-the-future-of-our-national-debt/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian answer questions? Eh, maybe not. But they do shed light on a very important topic as we all seek to recover from the “Economic Pandemic”! ::whisper::... Read More Tue, 21 Apr 2020 05:37:17 -0000 Ep. 357: What Is The Future of Our National Debt? full 357 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian answer questions? Eh, maybe not. But they do shed light on a very important topic as we all seek to recover from the “Economic Pandemic”! Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian answer questions? Eh, maybe not. But they do shed light on a very important topic as we all seek to recover from the “Economic Pandemic”! ::whisper::... Read More 2544 no Ep. 356: Economic Pandemic; Rebuilding from Recession https://petetheplanner.com/ep-356-economic-pandemic-rebuilding-from-recession/ Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian visit all kinds of thoughts on saving the world? Eh, maybe not; keeping it local takes center stage! ::whisper:: Remember, keep this link in your bookmarks!... Read More Tue, 14 Apr 2020 09:30:30 -0000 Ep. 356: Economic Pandemic; Rebuilding from Recession full 356 IBJ Media Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian visit all kinds of thoughts on saving the world? Eh, maybe not; keeping it local takes center stage! ::whisper:: Remember, Have a question? Get answers. Email us: askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian visit all kinds of thoughts on saving the world? Eh, maybe not; keeping it local takes center stage! ::whisper:: Remember, keep this link in your bookmarks!... Read More 2544 no Ep. 355: Can We Call This An Economic Pandemic? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-355-can-we-call-this-an-economic-pandemic/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian ask questions, too!  ::whisper:: Remember, keep this link in your bookmarks! — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: We want to show you... Read More Tue, 07 Apr 2020 05:59:48 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian ask questions, too!  ::whisper:: Remember, keep this link in your bookmarks! — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show... Pete and Damian ask questions, too!  ::whisper:: Remember, keep this link in your bookmarks! — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: We want to show you... Read More 2544 no Ep. 354: The CARES Act Stimulus Bill: An Overview https://petetheplanner.com/ep-354-the-cares-act-stimulus-bill-an-overview/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, the team discusses the CARES Act. Pete and Damian bring in a special guest: “The Queen of the Desert” herself, Kristen!  ::whisper:: Hey, you should keep this link in... Read More Tue, 31 Mar 2020 09:30:31 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, the team discusses the CARES Act. Pete and Damian bring in a special guest: “The Queen of the Desert” herself, Kristen!  ::whisper:: Hey, you should keep this link in... Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, the team discusses the CARES Act. Pete and Damian bring in a special guest: “The Queen of the Desert” herself, Kristen!  ::whisper:: Hey, you should keep this link in... Read More 2548 no Ep. 353: The Most Interesting Week of 2020, So Far https://petetheplanner.com/ep-353-the-most-interesting-week-of-2020-so-far/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, everyone is trying to find a new normal. Pete and Damian are social distancing, not for the first time as they pull out common questions from the mailbag.  ::whisper::... Read More Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:53:52 -0000 Ep. 353: The Most Interesting Week of 2020, So Far full 353 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, everyone is trying to find a new normal. Pete and Damian are social distancing, not for the first time as they pull out common questions from the mailbag.  ::whisper::... Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week on the show, everyone is trying to find a new normal. Pete and Damian are social distancing, not for the first time as they pull out common questions from the mailbag.  ::whisper::... Read More 2548 no Ep. 352: Financially Preparing Yourself for Tough Times https://petetheplanner.com/ep-352-financially-preparing-yourself-for-tough-times/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week…oh boy. Pete and Damian talk about what’s important about money right now.  ::whisper:: You should keep this link in your bookmarks — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: What... Read More Tue, 17 Mar 2020 09:00:21 -0000 Ep. 352: Financially Preparing Yourself for Tough Times full 1 352 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week…oh boy. Pete and Damian talk about what’s important about money right now.  ::whisper:: You should keep this link in your bookmarks — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week…oh boy. Pete and Damian talk about what’s important about money right now.  ::whisper:: You should keep this link in your bookmarks — HEY MONEY! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: What... Read More 2547 no Ep. 351: The Refinancing Boom! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-351-the-refinancing-boom/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, SPECIAL SHOW ALERT!  Coronavirus is back as our special guest (with all due respect to its seriousness) and Pete and Damian dedicate the entire show to the recent spate of questions about... Read More Tue, 10 Mar 2020 09:30:41 -0000 full 1 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, SPECIAL SHOW ALERT!  Coronavirus is back as our special guest (with all due respect to its seriousness) and Pete and Damian dedicate the entire show to the recent spate of questions ab... Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, SPECIAL SHOW ALERT!  Coronavirus is back as our special guest (with all due respect to its seriousness) and Pete and Damian dedicate the entire show to the recent spate of questions about... Read More 2549 no Ep 350: Coronavirus! But More Importantly, Retirement. https://petetheplanner.com/ep-350-coronavirus-but-more-importantly-retirement/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, VIRUS ALERT! And yet, all things considered, we still understand that things in the market cycle. Pete and Damian return with a special offer for the new consumer service, HEY MONEY! Also,... Read More Tue, 03 Mar 2020 00:30:00 -0000 Ep 350: Coronavirus! But More Importantly, Retirement. full 1 350 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, VIRUS ALERT! And yet, all things considered, we still understand that things in the market cycle. Pete and Damian return with a special offer for the new consumer service, HEY MONEY! Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, VIRUS ALERT! And yet, all things considered, we still understand that things in the market cycle. Pete and Damian return with a special offer for the new consumer service, HEY MONEY! Also,... Read More 2547 no Ep. 349: The Launch of Hey Money! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-349-the-launch-of-hey-money/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, we’ve got something really special for your listening ears!  Pete and Damian are back to formally introduce our new product for you, HEY MONEY! Oh, and they answer questions from the mailbag,... Read More Tue, 25 Feb 2020 09:36:36 -0000 full 1 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, we’ve got something really special for your listening ears!  Pete and Damian are back to formally introduce our new product for you, HEY MONEY! Oh, Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com This week, we’ve got something really special for your listening ears!  Pete and Damian are back to formally introduce our new product for you, HEY MONEY! Oh, and they answer questions from the mailbag,... Read More 2551 no Ep. 348: All Things Considered, Should We Relocate? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-348-all-things-considered-should-we-relocate/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Peter Dunn and Damian Dunn — no relation — take questions from our listeners and offer their financial expert-level responses on the air (with a bit of humor to make it go down... Read More Tue, 18 Feb 2020 06:38:12 -0000 Ep. 348: All Things Considered, Should We Relocate? full 348 IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Peter Dunn and Damian Dunn — no relation — take questions from our listeners and offer their financial expert-level responses on the air (with a bit of humor to make it go down... Read More Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Peter Dunn and Damian Dunn — no relation — take questions from our listeners and offer their financial expert-level responses on the air (with a bit of humor to make it go down... Read More 2528 no 347: Do We Make Enough Money? Is There Hope? https://petetheplanner.com/347-do-we-make-enough-money-is-there-hope/ Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Pete and Damian are back to solving financial issues for a new week. Oh! But first, here’s a quick prelude: We are so excited for the soft launch of Hey Money tomorrow exclusively for... Read More Tue, 11 Feb 2020 07:36:44 -0000 full IBJ Media Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Pete and Damian are back to solving financial issues for a new week. Oh! But first, here’s a quick prelude: We are so excited for the soft launch of Hey Money tomorrow exclusively for... Read More Have a question? Let us know! askpete@petetheplanner.com Pete and Damian are back to solving financial issues for a new week. Oh! But first, here’s a quick prelude: We are so excited for the soft launch of Hey Money tomorrow exclusively for... Read More 2528 no Ep. 346: What Should We Do With Our Cashflow? https://blubrry.com/askptp/122358216/ep-346-what-should-we-do-with-our-cashflow/ Get ready to dive in! In this episode, Pete and Damian spare no details exploring our writers’ financial lives. There is far too much to discuss; let’s get into it, post haste! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Scenario: Writer, Jake and his wife bring in over $250,000 jointly, per year. She’s maxing out her 401K, he’s contributing 11% and increasing it by 2% each year. He currently has $20,000 saved, she has $50,000 saved. They are renters at $2100 per month, have student loans, car payments, live in Southern California, and are considering IVF ($20,000) in their family planning. They want to take out a $235,000 mortgage on an investment property. Question 1: – Should they make this home purchase or do something else with cash flow? — Pete and Damian have a lot to say about this! Using every bit of information, they present some compelling arguments for not going through with this move. Click PLAY to hear how they dissect the facts! Question 2: Pete and Damian help settle a 5-year debate between co-workers: Co-worker #1 says his 401(k) – comprised of 6 funds – is more diversified than the S&P 500. Co-worker #2 believes the S&P is in itself (already) diversified because it’s made up of 500 different holdings. …Who’s right? — Peter swings for the fences saying, “Having a large number of financial holdings…IS in itself a diversity of money, but not diversification of styles. The S&P 500 is not diverse enough to be your only holding.”  Listen to understand more about what that means. Question 3: A young, 19 year-old student needs to learn how a credit card works, asking: “What happens when you hit your limit? Do you just get more?” — Pete speculates if the absence of “No” has created so many financial behavior issues… Something Special REMEMBER: We’re rolling out a new thing! Hey Money – our new service for everyone! Get instant access to financial experts whenever you need it to help you solve your toughest (or easiest) money conundrums. Get on the Hey Money Launch List for EXCLUSIVE first access. The Launch List is the only way to access Hey Money for the first few weeks when we launching in early February. Tue, 04 Feb 2020 15:44:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Get ready to dive in! In this episode, Pete and Damian spare no details exploring our writers’ financial lives. There is far too much to discuss; let’s get into it, post haste!Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes!Show Notes:* Scenario: Writer, Jake and his wife bring in over $250,000 jointly, per year. She’s maxing out her 401K, he’s contributing 11% and increasing it by 2% each year. He currently has $20,000 saved, she has $50,000 saved. They are renters at $2100 per month, have student loans, car payments, live in Southern California, and are considering IVF ($20,000) in their family planning. They want to take out a $235,000 mortgage on an investment property.* Question 1: – Should they make this home purchase or do something else with cash flow? — Pete and Damian have a lot to say about this! Using every bit of information, they present some compelling arguments for not going through with this move. Click PLAY to hear how they dissect the facts!* Question 2: Pete and Damian help settle a 5-year debate between co-workers: Co-worker #1 says his 401(k) – comprised of 6 funds – is more diversified than the S&P 500. Co-worker #2 believes the S&P is in itself (already) diversified because it’s made up of 500 different holdings. …Who’s right? — Peter swings for the fences saying, “Having a large number of financial holdings…IS in itself a diversity of money, but not diversification of styles. The S&P 500 is not diverse enough to be your only holding.”  Listen to understand more about what that means.* Question 3: A young, 19 year-old student needs to learn how a credit card works, asking: “What happens when you hit your limit? Do you just get more?” — Pete speculates if the absence of “No” has created so many financial behavior issues…Something Special* REMEMBER: We’re rolling out a new thing! Hey Money – our new service for everyone! Get instant access to financial experts whenever you need it to help you solve your toughest (or easiest) money conundrums. Get on the Hey Money Launch List (https://petetheplanner.com/heymoney) for EXCLUSIVE first access. The Launch List (https://petetheplanner.com/heymoney) is the only way to access Hey Money for the first few weeks when we launching in early February. Get ready to dive in! In this episode, Pete and Damian spare no details exploring our writers’ financial lives. There is far too much to discuss; let’s get into it, post haste! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Scenario: Writer, Jake and his wife bring in over $250,000 jointly, per year. She’s maxing out her 401K, he’s contributing 11% and increasing it by 2% each year. He currently has $20,000 saved, she has $50,000 saved. They are renters at $2100 per month, have student loans, car payments, live in Southern California, and are considering IVF ($20,000) in their family planning. They want to take out a $235,000 mortgage on an investment property. Question 1: – Should they make this home purchase or do something else with cash flow? — Pete and Damian have a lot to say about this! Using every bit of information, they present some compelling arguments for not going through with this move. Click PLAY to hear how they dissect the facts! Question 2: Pete and Damian help settle a 5-year debate between co-workers: Co-worker #1 says his 401(k) – comprised of 6 funds – is more diversified than the S&P 500. Co-worker #2 believes the S&P is in itself (already) diversified because it’s made up of 500 different holdings. …Who’s right? — Peter swings for the fences saying, “Having a large number of financial holdings…IS in itself a diversity of money, but not diversification of styles. The S&P 500 is not diverse enough to be your only holding.”  Listen to understand more about what that means. Question 3: A young, 19 year-old student needs to learn how a credit card works, asking: “What happens when you hit your limit? Do you just get more?” — Pete speculates if the absence of “No” has created so many financial behavior issues… Something Special REMEMBER: We’re rolling out a new thing! Hey Money – our new service for everyone! Get instant access to financial experts whenever you need it to help you solve your toughest (or easiest) money conundrums. Get on the Hey Money Launch List for EXCLUSIVE first access. The Launch List is the only way to access Hey Money for the first few weeks when we launching in early February. Get ready to dive in! In this episode, Pete and Damian spare no details exploring our writers’ financial lives. There is far too much to discuss; let’s get into it, post haste!

Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes!

Show Notes:

  • Scenario: Writer, Jake and his wife bring in over $250,000 jointly, per year. She’s maxing out her 401K, he’s contributing 11% and increasing it by 2% each year. He currently has $20,000 saved, she has $50,000 saved. They are renters at $2100 per month, have student loans, car payments, live in Southern California, and are considering IVF ($20,000) in their family planning. They want to take out a $235,000 mortgage on an investment property.
  • Question 1: – Should they make this home purchase or do something else with cash flow? — Pete and Damian have a lot to say about this! Using every bit of information, they present some compelling arguments for not going through with this move. Click PLAY to hear how they dissect the facts!
  • Question 2: Pete and Damian help settle a 5-year debate between co-workers: Co-worker #1 says his 401(k) – comprised of 6 funds – is more diversified than the S&P 500. Co-worker #2 believes the S&P is in itself (already) diversified because it’s made up of 500 different holdings. …Who’s right? — Peter swings for the fences saying, “Having a large number of financial holdings…IS in itself a diversity of money, but not diversification of styles. The S&P 500 is not diverse enough to be your only holding.”  Listen to understand more about what that means.
  • Question 3: A young, 19 year-old student needs to learn how a credit card works, asking: “What happens when you hit your limit? Do you just get more?” — Pete speculates if the absence of “No” has created so many financial behavior issues…
Something Special
  • REMEMBER: We’re rolling out a new thing! Hey Money – our new service for everyone! Get instant access to financial experts whenever you need it to help you solve your toughest (or easiest) money conundrums. Get on the Hey Money Launch List for EXCLUSIVE first access. The Launch List is the only way to access Hey Money for the first few weeks when we launching in early February.


]]> 2490 no Ep. 345: Brendan, This One's For You https://blubrry.com/askptp/128234363/ep-345-brendan-this-ones-for-you/ In an uncommon feat, This episode is dedicated to Brendan. Pete and Damian feel so much gratitude to our writer's email that he earned the entire show dedicated to his three questions Click PLAY below to see if you could use any of the same answers they came up with for Brendan.Can't listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Scenario: Writer, Brendan and his Wife are both about 30 years old and have three young children. After expenses and student loan payments, they have about $1500 cash left. Question 1: Should they put that #1500 toward 529s for their kids and just pay the minimums to student loans? — Damian says, "Do both." Reap the benefits of compound interest and pay down debt. Have a plan for how much you want to accumulate in the 529 plans. Listen to hear if Pete actually agrees.. Question 2: Brendan needs life insurance. He currently pays for a $400,000 policy and has a preexisting medical condition. Would he be better off getting a term policy? — Damian says, "Look into a 20 or 30-year fixed term for yourself and have the agent shop you around with respect to your medical condition. Can't hurt to look." Question 3: Should they save to pay for their kids’ future weddings (among all the quality-of-life benefits they enjoy)? Brendan and his spouse disagree. —— This is about your priorities. — Damian says, "This is a nice-to-do. Don’t put the psychological weight of identifying money for that on yourself. Not saving for a wedding, specifically, is the best move here." Tue, 28 Jan 2020 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media In an uncommon feat, This episode is dedicated to Brendan. Pete and Damian feel so much gratitude to our writer's email that he earned the entire show dedicated to his three questions Click PLAY below to see if you could use any of the same answers they came up with for Brendan.Can't listen? Check the Show Notes!Show Notes:* Scenario: Writer, Brendan and his Wife are both about 30 years old and have three young children. After expenses and student loan payments, they have about $1500 cash left.* Question 1: Should they put that #1500 toward 529s (https://petetheplanner.com/considering-a-529-plan-heres-exactly-how-to-create-one/) for their kids and just pay the minimums to student loans? — Damian says, "Do both." Reap the benefits of compound interest and pay down debt. Have a plan for how much you want to accumulate in the 529 plans. Listen to hear if Pete actually agrees..* Question 2: Brendan needs life insurance. He currently pays for a $400,000 policy and has a preexisting medical condition. Would he be better off getting a term policy (https://petetheplanner.com/ep-165-life-insurance/)? — Damian says, "Look into a 20 or 30-year fixed term for yourself and have the agent shop you around with respect to your medical condition. Can't hurt to look."* Question 3: Should they save to pay for their kids’ future weddings (among all the quality-of-life benefits they enjoy)? Brendan and his spouse disagree. —— This is about your priorities. — Damian says, "This is a nice-to-do. Don’t put the psychological weight of identifying money for that on yourself. Not saving for a wedding, specifically, is the best move here." In an uncommon feat, This episode is dedicated to Brendan. Pete and Damian feel so much gratitude to our writer's email that he earned the entire show dedicated to his three questions Click PLAY below to see if you could use any of the same answers they came up with for Brendan.Can't listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Scenario: Writer, Brendan and his Wife are both about 30 years old and have three young children. After expenses and student loan payments, they have about $1500 cash left. Question 1: Should they put that #1500 toward 529s for their kids and just pay the minimums to student loans? — Damian says, "Do both." Reap the benefits of compound interest and pay down debt. Have a plan for how much you want to accumulate in the 529 plans. Listen to hear if Pete actually agrees.. Question 2: Brendan needs life insurance. He currently pays for a $400,000 policy and has a preexisting medical condition. Would he be better off getting a term policy? — Damian says, "Look into a 20 or 30-year fixed term for yourself and have the agent shop you around with respect to your medical condition. Can't hurt to look." Question 3: Should they save to pay for their kids’ future weddings (among all the quality-of-life benefits they enjoy)? Brendan and his spouse disagree. —— This is about your priorities. — Damian says, "This is a nice-to-do. Don’t put the psychological weight of identifying money for that on yourself. Not saving for a wedding, specifically, is the best move here." In an uncommon feat, This episode is dedicated to Brendan. Pete and Damian feel so much gratitude to our writer's email that he earned the entire show dedicated to his three questions Click PLAY below to see if you could use any of the same answers they came up with for Brendan.Can't listen? Check the Show Notes!


Show Notes:

  • Scenario: Writer, Brendan and his Wife are both about 30 years old and have three young children. After expenses and student loan payments, they have about $1500 cash left.
  • Question 1: Should they put that #1500 toward 529s for their kids and just pay the minimums to student loans? — Damian says, "Do both." Reap the benefits of compound interest and pay down debt. Have a plan for how much you want to accumulate in the 529 plans. Listen to hear if Pete actually agrees..
  • Question 2: Brendan needs life insurance. He currently pays for a $400,000 policy and has a preexisting medical condition. Would he be better off getting a term policy? — Damian says, "Look into a 20 or 30-year fixed term for yourself and have the agent shop you around with respect to your medical condition. Can't hurt to look."
  • Question 3: Should they save to pay for their kids’ future weddings (among all the quality-of-life benefits they enjoy)? Brendan and his spouse disagree. —— This is about your priorities. — Damian says, "This is a nice-to-do. Don’t put the psychological weight of identifying money for that on yourself. Not saving for a wedding, specifically, is the best move here."


]]> 2488 no Ep. 343: Bridging the Financial Questions Gap, Finally. https://petetheplanner.com/ep-343-bridging-the-financial-questions-gap-finally/ FIRST SHOW OF THE NEW DECADE! Starting 2020 off in the right way, Pete and Damian are…still here.  Seriously, to welcome us all into a new season, it’s only right that the team introduce you to something new. Click play to hear... Read More Tue, 14 Jan 2020 10:30:08 -0000 full IBJ Media FIRST SHOW OF THE NEW DECADE! Starting 2020 off in the right way, Pete and Damian are…still here.  Seriously, to welcome us all into a new season, it’s only right that the team introduce you to something new. Click play to hear... Read More FIRST SHOW OF THE NEW DECADE! Starting 2020 off in the right way, Pete and Damian are…still here.  Seriously, to welcome us all into a new season, it’s only right that the team introduce you to something new. Click play to hear... Read More 2490 no Ep. 342: What Can I Do With My Money? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-342-what-can-i-do-with-my-money/ Coming up this week: Pete and Damian try even harder to try to figure out what they can disagree on!  For the final show of 2019, the dynamic duo try to empty out the mailbag and answer what they can... Read More Tue, 31 Dec 2019 10:30:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Coming up this week: Pete and Damian try even harder to try to figure out what they can disagree on!  For the final show of 2019, the dynamic duo try to empty out the mailbag and answer what they can... Read More Coming up this week: Pete and Damian try even harder to try to figure out what they can disagree on!  For the final show of 2019, the dynamic duo try to empty out the mailbag and answer what they can... Read More 2489 no Ep 341: 2019 Holiday Variety Pack https://petetheplanner.com/ep-341-2019-holiday-variety-pack/ It’s almost 2020, people! As we wrap up 2019, we’re digging deep into the mailbag to discuss more of our listeners’ questions.  Listen to this show to hear a variety of situations  and Pete and Damian’s expert insights. Perhaps you’ve been... Read More Tue, 24 Dec 2019 19:07:18 -0000 full IBJ Media It’s almost 2020, people! As we wrap up 2019, we’re digging deep into the mailbag to discuss more of our listeners’ questions.  Listen to this show to hear a variety of situations  and Pete and Damian’s expert insights. Perhaps you’ve been... Read More It’s almost 2020, people! As we wrap up 2019, we’re digging deep into the mailbag to discuss more of our listeners’ questions.  Listen to this show to hear a variety of situations  and Pete and Damian’s expert insights. Perhaps you’ve been... Read More 2491 no Ep. 340: The Ultimate Retirement Question: $ or %? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-340-the-ultimate-retirement-question/ This week’s show is, in a word: focused.  Pete and Damian really drill into the most general area there is: Retirement. The mailbag was opened and brought out a question from a listener that Pete could get excited over: “Here’s my financial... Read More Tue, 17 Dec 2019 10:30:14 -0000 full IBJ Media This week’s show is, in a word: focused.  Pete and Damian really drill into the most general area there is: Retirement. The mailbag was opened and brought out a question from a listener that Pete could get excited over: “Here’s my financial... Read More This week’s show is, in a word: focused.  Pete and Damian really drill into the most general area there is: Retirement. The mailbag was opened and brought out a question from a listener that Pete could get excited over: “Here’s my financial... Read More 2491 no Ep. 339: After Job Loss, What Happens to my 401(k)? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-339-after-job-loss-what-happens-to-my-401k/ New this week, Pete and Damian spend the entire show on The 401(k). Our writer is suffering a crushing blow with this from the mailbag: “I lost my job after 27 years of employment there. What should I do with my 401(k).”... Read More Tue, 10 Dec 2019 10:36:04 -0000 full IBJ Media New this week, Pete and Damian spend the entire show on The 401(k). Our writer is suffering a crushing blow with this from the mailbag: “I lost my job after 27 years of employment there. What should I do with my 401(k).”... Read More New this week, Pete and Damian spend the entire show on The 401(k). Our writer is suffering a crushing blow with this from the mailbag: “I lost my job after 27 years of employment there. What should I do with my 401(k).”... Read More 2438 no Ep. 338: Inheritance Is Coming. What Should I Do? https://blubrry.com/askptp/128234927/ep-338-inheritance-is-coming-what-should-i-do/ Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. "I'm going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should..." WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are some home-buying gems you should hear in this show. Can't listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: The writer has a $130K inheritance coming. While we listen with jealous ears, he writes should he use it to pay down his current mortgage, or save the $130k for the next home purchase? How should he use the inheritance in the smartest way possible? Without knowing all of the details, Pete and Damian discuss the range of options with two different time horizons: 10 years from retirement and 30+ years from retirement. Peter and Damian disagree, one claiming a better option would be to grow the $130 through market instruments, and the other backing a more cashflow-forward approach.   Tue, 03 Dec 2019 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. "I'm going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should..." WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are some home-buying gems you should hear in this show.Can't listen? Check the Show Notes!Show Notes:* The writer has a $130K inheritance coming. While we listen with jealous ears, he writes should he use it to pay down his current mortgage, or save the $130k for the next home purchase? How should he use the inheritance in the smartest way possible?* Without knowing all of the details, Pete and Damian discuss the range of options with two different time horizons: 10 years from retirement and 30+ years from retirement.* Peter and Damian disagree, one claiming a better option would be to grow the $130 through market instruments, and the other backing a more cashflow-forward approach.  Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. "I'm going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should..." WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are some home-buying gems you should hear in this show. Can't listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: The writer has a $130K inheritance coming. While we listen with jealous ears, he writes should he use it to pay down his current mortgage, or save the $130k for the next home purchase? How should he use the inheritance in the smartest way possible? Without knowing all of the details, Pete and Damian discuss the range of options with two different time horizons: 10 years from retirement and 30+ years from retirement. Peter and Damian disagree, one claiming a better option would be to grow the $130 through market instruments, and the other backing a more cashflow-forward approach.   Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. "I'm going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should..." WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are some home-buying gems you should hear in this show.


Can't listen? Check the Show Notes!


Show Notes:

  • The writer has a $130K inheritance coming. While we listen with jealous ears, he writes should he use it to pay down his current mortgage, or save the $130k for the next home purchase? How should he use the inheritance in the smartest way possible?
  • Without knowing all of the details, Pete and Damian discuss the range of options with two different time horizons: 10 years from retirement and 30+ years from retirement.
  • Peter and Damian disagree, one claiming a better option would be to grow the $130 through market instruments, and the other backing a more cashflow-forward approach.

 

]]> 2430 no Ep. 338: Inheritance Is Coming. What Should I Do? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-338-inheritance-is-coming-what-should-i-do/ Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. “I’m going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should…”  WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are... Read More Tue, 03 Dec 2019 10:30:19 -0000 full IBJ Media Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. “I’m going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should…”  WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are... Read More Familiar and funny as ever, Pete and Damian disagree. Our regular listeners will know what an occasion this is. “I’m going to receive a $130,000 inheritance. What should…”  WAIT! Before you tune out the rest of the question, there are... Read More 2430 no Ep. 337: New Home Buyer’s Remorse! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-337-new-home-buyers-remorse/ Up next on the new show, Pete and Damian wince as their writer begins his question with a stunning headline: “I just bought a new home and I instantly regret it.” You have got to check this one out. Can’t listen?... Read More Tue, 26 Nov 2019 10:30:01 -0000 full IBJ Media Up next on the new show, Pete and Damian wince as their writer begins his question with a stunning headline: “I just bought a new home and I instantly regret it.” You have got to check this one out. Can’t listen?... Read More Up next on the new show, Pete and Damian wince as their writer begins his question with a stunning headline: “I just bought a new home and I instantly regret it.” You have got to check this one out. Can’t listen?... Read More 2431 no Ep. 336: Signs of a Chaotic Financial Life https://petetheplanner.com/ep-336-signs-of-a-chaotic-financial-life/ This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial... Read More Tue, 19 Nov 2019 10:30:15 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial... Read More This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes: Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial... Read More 2412 no Ep. 335: With $1M Saved, I Can Retire Now, Right? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-335-with-1m-saved-i-can-retire-now-right/ Back into the mailbag! New on the show, Pete and Damian try to find balance in their skepticism toward a retirement-bound writer. With over $1M in investable assets and a continuing part-time job, why is he still concerned about outliving his... Read More Tue, 12 Nov 2019 13:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media Back into the mailbag! New on the show, Pete and Damian try to find balance in their skepticism toward a retirement-bound writer. With over $1M in investable assets and a continuing part-time job, why is he still concerned about outliving his... Read More Back into the mailbag! New on the show, Pete and Damian try to find balance in their skepticism toward a retirement-bound writer. With over $1M in investable assets and a continuing part-time job, why is he still concerned about outliving his... Read More 2435 no Ep. 334: Am I Saving TOO MUCH Money? Help. https://petetheplanner.com/ep-334-am-i-saving-too-much-money/ New week, new show! This time, Pete is joined by… Damian! They wax so poetic about retirement and advisors that they had to extend the segment! Is it possible to be saving TOO MUCH money for retirement? Find out when... Read More Tue, 05 Nov 2019 21:04:48 -0000 full IBJ Media New week, new show! This time, Pete is joined by… Damian! They wax so poetic about retirement and advisors that they had to extend the segment! Is it possible to be saving TOO MUCH money for retirement? Find out when... Read More New week, new show! This time, Pete is joined by… Damian! They wax so poetic about retirement and advisors that they had to extend the segment! Is it possible to be saving TOO MUCH money for retirement? Find out when... Read More 2433 no Ep 333: This Is Motivation to Start Saving! (Maybe.) https://petetheplanner.com/this-is-motivation-to-start-saving-maybe/ This week, Pete and Damian talk examples of the classic phrase: “Have your cake and eat it too:” You can save $3.8M in your lifetime? Do Student Loan payments build credit? New spouse, new house & new baby: Am I ok? Three very real... Read More Tue, 29 Oct 2019 13:08:48 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, Pete and Damian talk examples of the classic phrase: “Have your cake and eat it too:” You can save $3.8M in your lifetime? Do Student Loan payments build credit? New spouse, new house & new baby: Am I ok? Three very real... Read More This week, Pete and Damian talk examples of the classic phrase: “Have your cake and eat it too:” You can save $3.8M in your lifetime? Do Student Loan payments build credit? New spouse, new house & new baby: Am I ok? Three very real... Read More 2438 no Ep. 332: Power Percentage™ https://petetheplanner.com/ep-332-power-percentage/ Introducing Power Percentage™. You have been trying to measure your financial life for years. You measure it by your credit score, your net worth, your income, your savings or retirement account balances… yet none of those reward you for good behavior... Read More Tue, 22 Oct 2019 14:45:49 -0000 full IBJ Media Introducing Power Percentage™. You have been trying to measure your financial life for years. You measure it by your credit score, your net worth, your income, your savings or retirement account balances… yet none of those reward you for good behavior... Introducing Power Percentage™. You have been trying to measure your financial life for years. You measure it by your credit score, your net worth, your income, your savings or retirement account balances… yet none of those reward you for good behavior... Read More 2572 no Ep 331: Preparing for A Prenup & More! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-331-preparing-for-a-prenup-more/ The tag team is back again! This week, Pete and Damian tackle Considerations when Preparing for a Prenuptial Agreement, Going into Debt to buy Furniture, and ‘Retirement Confidence.’ Three very real topics, for very real people! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes:... Read More Tue, 15 Oct 2019 15:53:27 -0000 full IBJ Media The tag team is back again! This week, Pete and Damian tackle Considerations when Preparing for a Prenuptial Agreement, Going into Debt to buy Furniture, and ‘Retirement Confidence.’ Three very real topics, for very real people! Can’t listen? The tag team is back again! This week, Pete and Damian tackle Considerations when Preparing for a Prenuptial Agreement, Going into Debt to buy Furniture, and ‘Retirement Confidence.’ Three very real topics, for very real people! Can’t listen? Check the Show Notes! Show Notes:... Read More 2432 no Ep 330: Is A HELOC the Winning Option? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-330-is-a-heloc-the-winning-option/ Another week, another show! Press play and listen as Pete and Damian weigh the HELOC vs. the ‘Double Move.’ Yes, it’s HELOC, not to be confused with a mythical Master of the Universe. Can’t listen? Check the Notes. Show Notes: HELOC means Home... Read More Tue, 08 Oct 2019 09:00:36 -0000 full IBJ Media Another week, another show! Press play and listen as Pete and Damian weigh the HELOC vs. the ‘Double Move.’ Yes, it’s HELOC, not to be confused with a mythical Master of the Universe. Can’t listen? Check the Notes. Show Notes: HELOC means Home... Another week, another show! Press play and listen as Pete and Damian weigh the HELOC vs. the ‘Double Move.’ Yes, it’s HELOC, not to be confused with a mythical Master of the Universe. Can’t listen? Check the Notes. Show Notes: HELOC means Home... Read More 2438 no Ep. 326: Getting rid of an old car which starts costing you money https://blubrry.com/askptp/128234354/ep-326-getting-rid-of-an-old-car-which-starts-costing-you-money/ It's the age old question -- "When do I bite the bullet and just get a new car?" Damian and Pete do their best to answer this question. Tue, 10 Sep 2019 14:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media It's the age old question -- "When do I bite the bullet and just get a new car?" Damian and Pete do their best to answer this question. It's the age old question -- "When do I bite the bullet and just get a new car?" Damian and Pete do their best to answer this question. It's the age old question -- "When do I bite the bullet and just get a new car?" Damian and Pete do their best to answer this question.


]]> 2432 no Ep. 323: What should we do with this inheritance? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-323-what-should-we-do-with-this-inheritance/ Pete and Damian help a guy deal with a $60,000 inheritance. Tue, 13 Aug 2019 09:00:44 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian help a guy deal with a $60,000 inheritance. Pete and Damian help a guy deal with a $60,000 inheritance. 2438 no Ep. 322: One of the two topics married couples argue about the most https://petetheplanner.com/ep-322-one-of-the-two-topics-married-couples-argue-about-the-most/ Pete and Damian answer questions around money and relationships. Tue, 06 Aug 2019 12:22:09 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian answer questions around money and relationships. Pete and Damian answer questions around money and relationships. 2438 no Ep. 321: Don’t buy the house https://petetheplanner.com/ep-321-dont-buy-the-house/ Pete and Damian tackle two emails in which the solution is to not buy the house. Tue, 30 Jul 2019 11:36:39 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian tackle two emails in which the solution is to not buy the house. Pete and Damian tackle two emails in which the solution is to not buy the house. 2436 no Ep. 320: Stock market update https://petetheplanner.com/ep-320-stock-market-update/ Pete and Damian give you an update on what the market is doing and why you should care. Tue, 23 Jul 2019 11:01:35 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian give you an update on what the market is doing and why you should care. Pete and Damian give you an update on what the market is doing and why you should care. 2410 no Ep. 319: I’ll pay for college if you get good grades https://petetheplanner.com/ep-319-ill-pay-for-college-if-you-get-good-grades/ An emailer wants to know if his self-created “merit” based college funding idea makes sense for his sons. Tue, 16 Jul 2019 09:00:10 -0000 full IBJ Media An emailer wants to know if his self-created “merit” based college funding idea makes sense for his sons. An emailer wants to know if his self-created “merit” based college funding idea makes sense for his sons. 2439 no Ep. 318: Children with special needs and ABLE accounts https://petetheplanner.com/ep-318-children-with-special-needs-and-able-accounts/ Pete and Damian discuss ABLE plans and how they can help families with children with special needs. Tue, 09 Jul 2019 12:14:12 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian discuss ABLE plans and how they can help families with children with special needs. Pete and Damian discuss ABLE plans and how they can help families with children with special needs. 2414 no Ep. 317: Wiping out all student loan debt and starting over https://petetheplanner.com/ep-317-wiping-out-all-student-loan-debt-and-starting-over/ Pete and Damian discuss the proposals to wipe out student loan debt. Are they realistic? Are they fair? Tue, 02 Jul 2019 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Pete and Damian discuss the proposals to wipe out student loan debt. Are they realistic? Are they fair? Pete and Damian discuss the proposals to wipe out student loan debt. Are they realistic? Are they fair? 2437 no Ep. 316: Why our financial lives are more complicated than they used to be https://petetheplanner.com/ep-316-why-our-financial-lives-are-more-complicated-than-they-used-to-be/ Whether you realize it or not, our financial lives have changed drastically in the last few decades. We used to not be charged with dealing with our pasts and our futures. Today we are. Tue, 25 Jun 2019 09:00:44 -0000 full IBJ Media Whether you realize it or not, our financial lives have changed drastically in the last few decades. We used to not be charged with dealing with our pasts and our futures. Today we are. Whether you realize it or not, our financial lives have changed drastically in the last few decades. We used to not be charged with dealing with our pasts and our futures. Today we are. 2438 no Ep. 315: Should your college degree be on your balance sheet? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-315-should-your-college-degree-be-on-your-balance-sheet/ Alvaro from Colombia emails to see whether or not a degree belongs on a balance sheet. Pete, Damian, and Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University, weigh in. Tue, 18 Jun 2019 09:00:23 -0000 full IBJ Media Alvaro from Colombia emails to see whether or not a degree belongs on a balance sheet. Pete, Damian, and Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University, weigh in. Alvaro from Colombia emails to see whether or not a degree belongs on a balance sheet. Pete, Damian, and Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University, weigh in. 2436 no Ep. 314: Credit advice that I hate https://petetheplanner.com/ep-314-credit-advice-that-i-hate/ Nothing drives me crazy quite like bad advice about repairing credit. It can ruin a person’s financial life. Chad Meadows joins me in studio while Damian is on vacation. Tue, 11 Jun 2019 09:00:51 -0000 full IBJ Media Nothing drives me crazy quite like bad advice about repairing credit. It can ruin a person’s financial life. Chad Meadows joins me in studio while Damian is on vacation. Nothing drives me crazy quite like bad advice about repairing credit. It can ruin a person’s financial life. Chad Meadows joins me in studio while Damian is on vacation. 2439 no Ep. 313: Do you really need disability insurance? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-313-do-you-really-need-disability-insurance/ This week we tackle the world of disability insurance. Also, we discuss my nightmare flight. Tue, 04 Jun 2019 09:00:53 -0000 full IBJ Media This week we tackle the world of disability insurance. Also, we discuss my nightmare flight. This week we tackle the world of disability insurance. Also, we discuss my nightmare flight. 2442 no Ep 312: Now an elderly mom is mooching https://petetheplanner.com/ep-312-now-an-elderly-mom-is-mooching/ Last week, 50 year olds were mooching off of their parents. Now, elderly parents are mooching off their 50 year old children. It’s all spinning out of control! Wed, 22 May 2019 09:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media Last week, 50 year olds were mooching off of their parents. Now, elderly parents are mooching off their 50 year old children. It’s all spinning out of control! Last week, 50 year olds were mooching off of their parents. Now, elderly parents are mooching off their 50 year old children. It’s all spinning out of control! 2437 no Ep. 311: When 50 year olds mooch off their elderly parents https://petetheplanner.com/ep-311-when-50-year-olds-mooch-off-their-elderly-parents/ We celebrate Mother’s Day 2019 with lots of family financial awkwardness. Tue, 14 May 2019 09:00:52 -0000 full IBJ Media We celebrate Mother’s Day 2019 with lots of family financial awkwardness. We celebrate Mother’s Day 2019 with lots of family financial awkwardness. 2439 no Ep. 301: Does presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg understand our financial lives? https://blubrry.com/askptp/128236488/ep-301-does-presidential-candidate-pete-buttigieg-understand-our-financial-lives/ Do you ever feel like our government leaders aren't in touch with the financial lives most Americans live? I feel that way all the time. That's precisely why I jumped at the opportunity to interview presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg. Pete, or Mayor Pete to most, is the mayor of South Bend, Indiana. He grew up in South Bend before attending Harvard and then Oxford as a Rhodes Scholar. Upon graduating, Pete went to work for management consulting giant McKinsey. He eventually found his way back to Indiana, ran for state Treasurer, lost, and then was elected mayor of South Bend. He's a veteran of the War in Afghanistan and is now running to be the democratic nominee for President of The United States. Pete currently lives in South Bend with his husband Chasten and their two rescue dogs Truman and Buddy. I just finished reading his new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayor's Challenge and a Model for America's Future. It's a great read, and I highly recommend it. I was thrilled to welcome him to the program. I hope you enjoy hearing the answers to questions we've all wanted to ask our leaders. Journalist Adam Wren sits in for the post-interview analysis. TRANSCRIPT OF INTERVIEW Pete the Planner: [00:00:00] This week on the Pete the Planner we answer your money questions but better yet. No we don't. I ask the questions this week of presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg, the mayor of South Bend. He joins me now. Mayor Pete welcome to the program. Pete Buttigieg: [00:00:15] Thank you. Good to be with you. Pete the Planner: [00:00:16] It's good to be you. I've I've listened to you in my ear for the last couple days on your nine hour audio book. So I feel like you're somehow Jiminy Cricket on my shoulder. I have this long-held belief that presidential candidates and our government leaders sometimes don't have a finger on the pulse of what real Americans are going through financially. And so that's why I wanted to have you on today. Some things stuck out in your book, you have an $800 mortgage payment, which to me I think is classic American financial lifestyle. You are a person that has an understated mortgage payment that allows you some financial freedom. And I just wonder of the people who've put their name in the hat so far. How do you feel your story resonates with people from just a personal finance perspective? Pete Buttigieg: [00:01:04] Well I mean one thing I can say is that you know Chasten and I live a pretty middle class lifestyle in a middle class neighborhood in Middle America. You know I certainly am conscious of the situation for people on the coast who have just spiraling housing costs are part of the country the costs have been a little more flat. You still have to work hard to manage that order for things to be affordable in our community. You know one thing I think about a lot is that you know we I was able to refinance my house a few years after purchasing it to take advantage of lower interest rates. But what we've not been able to do is do the same with the student debt that's also a very big part of our our finances because of Chasten's studies that he undertook in order to become qualified as a teacher. Pete the Planner: [00:01:53] I'm curious and you as you look at that and you look at your careers how does that play in your ability to save for financial independence? You obviously have a unique career as a government official. And I'm curious if you stayed on the path you are on from a savings perspective now could you achieve your retirement goals are you banking on bigger paydays to come to achieve that? Pete Buttigieg: [00:02:16] Well it would be a bit of a stretch for us candidly so you know we obviously when you're in public office you're not counting on that being a career, or at least I think you shouldn't. But you know in order for example in my particular case in order to for my Defined Contribution Fund -- defined benefit retirement to kick in at best I would need to be in office for 10 years, which isn't in the cards. I've decided to be a two term mayor. And that's about it. You know I've gone through periods where I had no income at all because I was a full time candidate at that time I was able to use reserve income as a naval officer to supplement that just a little bit but that created some unique challenges. You know we've talked a lot about using debt and financial planning to do smoothing to try to smooth your income over time when you're not independently wealthy if you choose public service your income's about as spiky as it gets sometimes. You know frankly we're contemplating that for the future too if we're looking at a period where once again for some period of time I'm a full time candidate. Pete the Planner: [00:03:24] I'm currently obsessed with financial fragility and I feel like for Americans of every income level it's a real thing and I wonder during that period of time you're running for state treasurer when you were considering am I going to finance my life on credit cards. Was it the most financial stress you've ever personally been in? And how do you think. I'm not trying to get you to compare it Pete to what Americans financial fragility. I'm just curious is dead like how you think of the two the worse you've ever been and then what it feels like to have one hundred and fifty thousand dollars in medical bills? Pete Buttigieg: [00:04:01] Yeah I mean I don't want to compare my situation to others because everyone's a little bit different but I can certainly relate to the situation of seeing that debt grow faster than your cash is that what you're trying to live a very reasonable lifestyle and asking yourself what you would do if your plans don't pan out. You know I had saved enough that that was able to get me through the first part of my period as a full time candidate but eventually I had to rely on credit card debt as well. And then once I had happily won an election and had this job I was able to chip away at that bring that back down to where I could start saving again. But you know the real thing and fragility is a good term. The real thing to worry about is if you get a curve ball if I had had not expected illness if something made it impossible for me to continue seeking or to take office if some unexpected financial shock had come my way. You know so many Americans are living within just one or two mishaps of a financial hole opening they would not be able to dig themselves out. And you know we need to start making policies that are more sensitive to that at a more commonsensical about creating the financial resilience that would allow ordinary Americans to weather those shocks more readily. Pete the Planner: [00:05:13] One of the more poignant sections of your new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayors Challenge and a Model for America's Future is when you talked about the hard waste collection jobs that the city of South Bend had to eliminate because of technological advances. Now those folks were offered other positions within the city. My question, Pete, is in the next decade or so how can Americans be prepared for these technical technological efficiencies eliminating these old blue collar jobs and what are people to do? Pete Buttigieg: [00:05:44] Well the biggest thing we have to realize is that it's increasingly going to be true especially for people in my generation that we may find ourselves changing not only jobs or careers more often than our parents change jobs or even employers. This is a trend that's only going to accelerate and frankly it's not confined to blue collar positions either. You know there are a number of positions that benefit increasingly perhaps even accounting and law that are subject to automation. Now the good news is overall macro economically it looks like many of these technological trends will create as many jobs as they do away with. The question is how can any one individual be ready to succeed in that environment. And we as a country I think need to do a much better job of equipping people with the skills they're going to work across different disciplines. You know if you're on a factory floor right now as manufacturing becomes more and more advanced the part of your job that matter most and the parts of your job that are going to serve you well even in a different career are things like problem solving critical thinking interpersonal interaction upward and lateral management they're not necessarily individual technical skills. You've got to teach those too but those are going to be changing at a faster and faster pace. Pete the Planner: [00:06:56] Now you grew up in a college town in South Bend Your parents were professors at Notre Dame. You went to Harvard You're a Rhodes scholar but I wonder in today's environment in America is college oversold to too many high school students. Because frankly in the work that we do here in my office Pete we're picking up the pieces of broken dreams of education that are too expensive. Your thoughts on that. Pete Buttigieg: [00:07:18] Well it's not for everybody and you know many of the most intelligent and capable people I worked with in the city workforce are not necessarily college graduates. So I do think in our in our haste to make sure we were a country where everybody wants to and ought to go to college has the opportunity. We may have taken our eye off the ball of making sure that we also show a lot of regard for education that's outside of the university system -- technical education and the kind of training associated with getting ready to go into the workforce more quickly. That being said you know college is just about creating workers. It's also about helping us grow as citizens. And one thing we're focusing on in South Bend right now is lifelong learning that accounts for everything from all the job training to college to things that currently aren't officially considered education but probably ought to like the skills you might learn from a relative around how to do a particular process in the home or language skills and find a way to credential all of those something like a sort of life transcript will capture all of the unique skills and capabilities that individuals get because in this changing world it's more and more difficult to predict in advance which of those skills will be the most relevant. Pete the Planner: [00:08:33] Now your husband Chasten tells me that in terms of sharing a household budget you're a pretty good partner that occasionally you spend too much money on books but you don't give him too much trouble on itemizing on his Target trips. I wonder in that 30 seconds we have left. What's it been like as as a man combining your finances with another person. I mean that's what Americans deal with every day in relationships. Pete Buttigieg: [00:08:55] I think for any couple it's really challenging and the most important thing is communication. You know what really causes stress and in any marriage when it comes to finances and surprise if you know something's coming or you have a view about a plan or something you'd like to do and then you can communicate about it prepare for it. It's when. Sometimes maybe out of discomfort one partner hesitates to share with another when when bills are getting out of hand or where there's a big expense coming up but you're always better off even if it's uncomfortable bringing it up sitting down and talking about it than letting it bite you later and cause of surprise. Pete the Planner: [00:09:32] Mayor Pete Buttigieg presidential candidate for the United States of America. And the person who's been my ear on my trip home from Orlando this week listening to his audio book. Safe travels on your road. Mayor, thanks so much for joining us on the program. Pete Buttigieg: [00:09:45] Sure thing. Pleasure to be with you. Sat, 16 Feb 2019 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Do you ever feel like our government leaders aren't in touch with the financial lives most Americans live? I feel that way all the time. That's precisely why I jumped at the opportunity to interview presidential candi... Do you ever feel like our government leaders aren't in touch with the financial lives most Americans live? I feel that way all the time. That's precisely why I jumped at the opportunity to interview presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg. Pete, or Mayor Pete to most, is the mayor of South Bend, Indiana. He grew up in South Bend before attending Harvard and then Oxford as a Rhodes Scholar. Upon graduating, Pete went to work for management consulting giant McKinsey. He eventually found his way back to Indiana, ran for state Treasurer, lost, and then was elected mayor of South Bend. He's a veteran of the War in Afghanistan and is now running to be the democratic nominee for President of The United States. Pete currently lives in South Bend with his husband Chasten and their two rescue dogs Truman and Buddy. I just finished reading his new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayor's Challenge and a Model for America's Future. It's a great read, and I highly recommend it. I was thrilled to welcome him to the program. I hope you enjoy hearing the answers to questions we've all wanted to ask our leaders. Journalist Adam Wren sits in for the post-interview analysis. TRANSCRIPT OF INTERVIEW Pete the Planner: [00:00:00] This week on the Pete the Planner we answer your money questions but better yet. No we don't. I ask the questions this week of presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg, the mayor of South Bend. He joins me now. Mayor Pete welcome to the program. Pete Buttigieg: [00:00:15] Thank you. Good to be with you. Pete the Planner: [00:00:16] It's good to be you. I've I've listened to you in my ear for the last couple days on your nine hour audio book. So I feel like you're somehow Jiminy Cricket on my shoulder. I have this long-held belief that presidential candidates and our government leaders sometimes don't have a finger on the pulse of what real Americans are going through financially. And so that's why I wanted to have you on today. Some things stuck out in your book, you have an $800 mortgage payment, which to me I think is classic American financial lifestyle. You are a person that has an understated mortgage payment that allows you some financial freedom. And I just wonder of the people who've put their name in the hat so far. How do you feel your story resonates with people from just a personal finance perspective? Pete Buttigieg: [00:01:04] Well I mean one thing I can say is that you know Chasten and I live a pretty middle class lifestyle in a middle class neighborhood in Middle America. You know I certainly am conscious of the situation for people on the coast who have just spiraling housing costs are part of the country the costs have been a little more flat. You still have to work hard to manage that order for things to be affordable in our community. You know one thing I think about a lot is that you know we I was able to refinance my house a few years after purchasing it to take advantage of lower interest rates. But what we've not been able to do is do the same with the student debt that's also a very big part of our our finances because of Chasten's studies that he undertook in order to become qualified as a teacher. Pete the Planner: [00:01:53] I'm curious and you as you look at that and you look at your careers how does that play in your ability to save for financial independence? You obviously have a unique career as a government official. And I'm curious if you stayed on the path you are on from a savings perspective now could you achieve your retirement goals are you banking on bigger paydays to come to achieve that? Pete Buttigieg: [00:02:16] Well it would be a bit of a stretch for us candidly so you know we obviously when you're in public office you're not counting on that being a career, or at least I think you shouldn't. But you know in order for example in my particular case in order to for my Defined Contribution Fund -- defined benefit retirement to kick in at best I would need to be in office for 10 years, which isn't in the cards. I've decided to be a two term mayor. And that's about it. You know I've gone through periods where I had no income at all because I was a full time candidate at that time I was able to use reserve income as a naval officer to supplement that just a little bit but that created some unique challenges. You know we've talked a lot about using debt and financial planning to do smoothing to try to smooth your income over time when you're not independently wealthy if you choose public service your income's about as spiky as it gets sometimes. You know frankly we're contemplating that for the future too if we're looking at a period where once again for some period of time I'm a full time candidate. Pete the Planner: [00:03:24] I'm currently obsessed with financial fragility and I feel like for Americans of every income level it's a real thing and I wonder during that period of time you're running for state treasurer when you were considering am I going to finance my life on credit cards. Was it the most financial stress you've ever personally been in? And how do you think. I'm not trying to get you to compare it Pete to what Americans financial fragility. I'm just curious is dead like how you think of the two the worse you've ever been and then what it feels like to have one hundred and fifty thousand dollars in medical bills? Pete Buttigieg: [00:04:01] Yeah I mean I don't want to compare my situation to others because everyone's a little bit different but I can certainly relate to the situation of seeing that debt grow faster than your cash is that what you're trying to live a very reasonable lifestyle and asking yourself what you would do if your plans don't pan out. You know I had saved enough that that was able to get me through the first part of my period as a full time candidate but eventually I had to rely on credit card debt as well. And then once I had happily won an election and had this job I was able to chip away at that bring that back down to where I could start saving again. But you know the real thing and fragility is a good term. The real thing to worry about is if you get a curve ball if I had had not expected illness if something made it impossible for me to continue seeking or to take office if some unexpected financial shock had come my way. You know so many Americans are living within just one or two mishaps of a financial hole opening they would not be able to dig themselves out. And you know we need to start making policies that are more sensitive to that at a more commonsensical about creating the financial resilience that would allow ordinary Americans to weather those shocks more readily. Pete the Planner: [00:05:13] One of the more poignant sections of your new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayors Challenge and a Model for America's Future is when you talked about the hard waste collection jobs that the city of South Bend had to eliminate because of technological advances. Now those folks were offered other positions within the city. My question, Pete, is in the next decade or so how can Americans be prepared for these technical technological efficiencies eliminating these old blue collar jobs and what are people to do? Pete Buttigieg: [00:05:44] Well the biggest thing we have to realize is that it's increasingly going to be true especially for people in my generation that we may find ourselves changing not only jobs or careers more often than our parents change jobs or even employers. This is a trend that's only going to accelerate and frankly it's not confined to blue collar positions either. You know there are a number of positions that benefit increasingly perhaps even accounting and law that are subject to automation. Now the good news is overall macro economically it looks like many of these technological trends will create as many jobs as they do away with. The question is how can any one individual be ready to succeed in that environment. And we as a country I think need to do a much better job of equipping people with the skills they're going to work across different disciplines. You know if you're on a factory floor right now as manufacturing becomes more and more advanced the part of your job that matter most and the parts of your job that are going to serve you well even in a different career are things like problem solving critical thinking interpersonal interaction upward and lateral management they're not necessarily individual technical skills. You've got to teach those too but those are going to be changing at a faster and faster pace. Pete the Planner: [00:06:56] Now you grew up in a college town in South Bend Your parents were professors at Notre Dame. You went to Harvard You're a Rhodes scholar but I wonder in today's environment in America is college oversold to too many high school students. Because frankly in the work that we do here in my office Pete we're picking up the pieces of broken dreams of education that are too expensive. Your thoughts on that. Pete Buttigieg: [00:07:18] Well it's not for everybody and you know many of the most intelligent and capable people I worked with in the city workforce are not necessarily college graduates. So I do think in our in our haste to make sure we were a country where everybody wants to and ought to go to college has the opportunity. We may have taken our eye off the ball of making sure that we also show a lot of regard for education that's outside of the university system -- technical education and the kind of training associated with getting ready to go into the workforce more quickly. That being said you know college is just about creating workers. It's also about helping us grow as citizens. And one thing we're focusing on in South Bend right now is lifelong learning that accounts for everything from all the job training to college to things that currently aren't officially considered education but probably ought to like the skills you might learn from a relative around how to do a particular process in the home or language skills and find a way to credential all of those something like a sort of life transcript will capture all of the unique skills and capabilities that individuals get because in this changing world it's more and more difficult to predict in advance which of those skills will be the most relevant. Pete the Planner: [00:08:33] Now your husband Chasten tells me that in terms of sharing a household budget you're a pretty good partner that occasionally you spend too much money on books but you don't give him too much trouble on itemizing on his Target trips. I wonder in that 30 seconds we have left. What's it been like as as a man combining your finances with another person. I mean that's what Americans deal with every day in relationships. Pete Buttigieg: [00:08:55] I think for any couple it's really challenging and the most important thing is communication. You know what really causes stress and in any marriage when it comes to finances and surprise if you know something's coming or you have a view about a plan or something you'd like to do and then you can communicate about it prepare for it. It's when. Sometimes maybe out of discomfort one partner hesitates to share with another when when bills are getting out of hand or where there's a big expense coming up but you're always better off even if it's uncomfortable bringing it up sitting down and talking about it than letting it bite you later and cause of surprise. Pete the Planner: [00:09:32] Mayor Pete Buttigieg presidential candidate for the United States of America. And the person who's been my ear on my trip home from Orlando this week listening to his audio book. Safe travels on your road. Mayor, thanks so much for joining us on the program. Pete Buttigieg: [00:09:45] Sure thing. Pleasure to be with you. Do you ever feel like our government leaders aren't in touch with the financial lives most Americans live? I feel that way all the time. That's precisely why I jumped at the opportunity to interview presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg. Pete, or Mayor Pete to most, is the mayor of South Bend, Indiana. He grew up in South Bend before attending Harvard and then Oxford as a Rhodes Scholar.


Upon graduating, Pete went to work for management consulting giant McKinsey. He eventually found his way back to Indiana, ran for state Treasurer, lost, and then was elected mayor of South Bend. He's a veteran of the War in Afghanistan and is now running to be the democratic nominee for President of The United States.


Pete currently lives in South Bend with his husband Chasten and their two rescue dogs Truman and Buddy.


I just finished reading his new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayor's Challenge and a Model for America's Future. It's a great read, and I highly recommend it. I was thrilled to welcome him to the program. I hope you enjoy hearing the answers to questions we've all wanted to ask our leaders.


Journalist Adam Wren sits in for the post-interview analysis.


TRANSCRIPT OF INTERVIEW


Pete the Planner: [00:00:00] This week on the Pete the Planner we answer your money questions but better yet. No we don't. I ask the questions this week of presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg, the mayor of South Bend. He joins me now. Mayor Pete welcome to the program.


Pete Buttigieg: [00:00:15] Thank you. Good to be with you.


Pete the Planner: [00:00:16] It's good to be you. I've I've listened to you in my ear for the last couple days on your nine hour audio book. So I feel like you're somehow Jiminy Cricket on my shoulder. I have this long-held belief that presidential candidates and our government leaders sometimes don't have a finger on the pulse of what real Americans are going through financially. And so that's why I wanted to have you on today. Some things stuck out in your book, you have an $800 mortgage payment, which to me I think is classic American financial lifestyle. You are a person that has an understated mortgage payment that allows you some financial freedom. And I just wonder of the people who've put their name in the hat so far. How do you feel your story resonates with people from just a personal finance perspective?


Pete Buttigieg: [00:01:04] Well I mean one thing I can say is that you know Chasten and I live a pretty middle class lifestyle in a middle class neighborhood in Middle America. You know I certainly am conscious of the situation for people on the coast who have just spiraling housing costs are part of the country the costs have been a little more flat. You still have to work hard to manage that order for things to be affordable in our community. You know one thing I think about a lot is that you know we I was able to refinance my house a few years after purchasing it to take advantage of lower interest rates. But what we've not been able to do is do the same with the student debt that's also a very big part of our our finances because of Chasten's studies that he undertook in order to become qualified as a teacher.


Pete the Planner: [00:01:53] I'm curious and you as you look at that and you look at your careers how does that play in your ability to save for financial independence? You obviously have a unique career as a government official. And I'm curious if you stayed on the path you are on from a savings perspective now could you achieve your retirement goals are you banking on bigger paydays to come to achieve that?


Pete Buttigieg: [00:02:16] Well it would be a bit of a stretch for us candidly so you know we obviously when you're in public office you're not counting on that being a career, or at least I think you shouldn't. But you know in order for example in my particular case in order to for my Defined Contribution Fund -- defined benefit retirement to kick in at best I would need to be in office for 10 years, which isn't in the cards. I've decided to be a two term mayor. And that's about it. You know I've gone through periods where I had no income at all because I was a full time candidate at that time I was able to use reserve income as a naval officer to supplement that just a little bit but that created some unique challenges. You know we've talked a lot about using debt and financial planning to do smoothing to try to smooth your income over time when you're not independently wealthy if you choose public service your income's about as spiky as it gets sometimes. You know frankly we're contemplating that for the future too if we're looking at a period where once again for some period of time I'm a full time candidate.


Pete the Planner: [00:03:24] I'm currently obsessed with financial fragility and I feel like for Americans of every income level it's a real thing and I wonder during that period of time you're running for state treasurer when you were considering am I going to finance my life on credit cards. Was it the most financial stress you've ever personally been in? And how do you think. I'm not trying to get you to compare it Pete to what Americans financial fragility. I'm just curious is dead like how you think of the two the worse you've ever been and then what it feels like to have one hundred and fifty thousand dollars in medical bills?


Pete Buttigieg: [00:04:01] Yeah I mean I don't want to compare my situation to others because everyone's a little bit different but I can certainly relate to the situation of seeing that debt grow faster than your cash is that what you're trying to live a very reasonable lifestyle and asking yourself what you would do if your plans don't pan out. You know I had saved enough that that was able to get me through the first part of my period as a full time candidate but eventually I had to rely on credit card debt as well. And then once I had happily won an election and had this job I was able to chip away at that bring that back down to where I could start saving again. But you know the real thing and fragility is a good term. The real thing to worry about is if you get a curve ball if I had had not expected illness if something made it impossible for me to continue seeking or to take office if some unexpected financial shock had come my way. You know so many Americans are living within just one or two mishaps of a financial hole opening they would not be able to dig themselves out. And you know we need to start making policies that are more sensitive to that at a more commonsensical about creating the financial resilience that would allow ordinary Americans to weather those shocks more readily.


Pete the Planner: [00:05:13] One of the more poignant sections of your new book Shortest Way Home: One Mayors Challenge and a Model for America's Future is when you talked about the hard waste collection jobs that the city of South Bend had to eliminate because of technological advances. Now those folks were offered other positions within the city. My question, Pete, is in the next decade or so how can Americans be prepared for these technical technological efficiencies eliminating these old blue collar jobs and what are people to do?


Pete Buttigieg: [00:05:44] Well the biggest thing we have to realize is that it's increasingly going to be true especially for people in my generation that we may find ourselves changing not only jobs or careers more often than our parents change jobs or even employers. This is a trend that's only going to accelerate and frankly it's not confined to blue collar positions either. You know there are a number of positions that benefit increasingly perhaps even accounting and law that are subject to automation. Now the good news is overall macro economically it looks like many of these technological trends will create as many jobs as they do away with. The question is how can any one individual be ready to succeed in that environment. And we as a country I think need to do a much better job of equipping people with the skills they're going to work across different disciplines. You know if you're on a factory floor right now as manufacturing becomes more and more advanced the part of your job that matter most and the parts of your job that are going to serve you well even in a different career are things like problem solving critical thinking interpersonal interaction upward and lateral management they're not necessarily individual technical skills. You've got to teach those too but those are going to be changing at a faster and faster pace.


Pete the Planner: [00:06:56] Now you grew up in a college town in South Bend Your parents were professors at Notre Dame. You went to Harvard You're a Rhodes scholar but I wonder in today's environment in America is college oversold to too many high school students. Because frankly in the work that we do here in my office Pete we're picking up the pieces of broken dreams of education that are too expensive. Your thoughts on that.


Pete Buttigieg: [00:07:18] Well it's not for everybody and you know many of the most intelligent and capable people I worked with in the city workforce are not necessarily college graduates. So I do think in our in our haste to make sure we were a country where everybody wants to and ought to go to college has the opportunity. We may have taken our eye off the ball of making sure that we also show a lot of regard for education that's outside of the university system -- technical education and the kind of training associated with getting ready to go into the workforce more quickly. That being said you know college is just about creating workers. It's also about helping us grow as citizens. And one thing we're focusing on in South Bend right now is lifelong learning that accounts for everything from all the job training to college to things that currently aren't officially considered education but probably ought to like the skills you might learn from a relative around how to do a particular process in the home or language skills and find a way to credential all of those something like a sort of life transcript will capture all of the unique skills and capabilities that individuals get because in this changing world it's more and more difficult to predict in advance which of those skills will be the most relevant.


Pete the Planner: [00:08:33] Now your husband Chasten tells me that in terms of sharing a household budget you're a pretty good partner that occasionally you spend too much money on books but you don't give him too much trouble on itemizing on his Target trips. I wonder in that 30 seconds we have left. What's it been like as as a man combining your finances with another person. I mean that's what Americans deal with every day in relationships.


Pete Buttigieg: [00:08:55] I think for any couple it's really challenging and the most important thing is communication. You know what really causes stress and in any marriage when it comes to finances and surprise if you know something's coming or you have a view about a plan or something you'd like to do and then you can communicate about it prepare for it. It's when. Sometimes maybe out of discomfort one partner hesitates to share with another when when bills are getting out of hand or where there's a big expense coming up but you're always better off even if it's uncomfortable bringing it up sitting down and talking about it than letting it bite you later and cause of surprise.


Pete the Planner: [00:09:32] Mayor Pete Buttigieg presidential candidate for the United States of America. And the person who's been my ear on my trip home from Orlando this week listening to his audio book. Safe travels on your road. Mayor, thanks so much for joining us on the program.


Pete Buttigieg: [00:09:45] Sure thing. Pleasure to be with you.

]]> 2432 no Ep. 298 Firing your male financial advisor https://blubrry.com/askptp/128234344/ep-298-firing-your-male-financial-advisor/ This week we tackle exorbitant daycare costs, firing your male investment advisor, and more. With Special guest Blair DuQuesnay from Ritholtz Wealth Management. Thu, 07 Feb 2019 15:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media This week we tackle exorbitant daycare costs, firing your male investment advisor, and more. With Special guest Blair DuQuesnay from Ritholtz Wealth Management. This week we tackle exorbitant daycare costs, firing your male investment advisor, and more. With Special guest Blair DuQuesnay from Ritholtz Wealth Management. This week we tackle exorbitant daycare costs, firing your male investment advisor, and more. With Special guest Blair DuQuesnay from Ritholtz Wealth Management.

]]> 2435 no Ep. 271: Effects of Financial Stress https://petetheplanner.com/ep-271/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show we have an eclectic combination of topics… to say the least. We’re discussing a very important topic in this episode,  that is not talked about enough. Financial stress impacts us in many ways, Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:00:57 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show we have an eclectic combination of topics… to say the least. We’re discussing a very important topic in this episode,  that is not talked about enough. Financial stress impacts us in many ways, This week on The Pete the Planner® Show we have an eclectic combination of topics… to say the least. We’re discussing a very important topic in this episode,  that is not talked about enough. Financial stress impacts us in many ways, 3131 no Ep. 270: Nicole https://petetheplanner.com/ep-270-nicole-2/ On this episode of The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Nicole. Tired of commuting over an hour, she has eyes on investing in real estate. But before Nicole does anything, she wants the best way to pay down her $27,000... Read More Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:00:21 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Nicole. Tired of commuting over an hour, she has eyes on investing in real estate. But before Nicole does anything, she wants the best way to pay down her $27,000... Read More On this episode of The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Nicole. Tired of commuting over an hour, she has eyes on investing in real estate. But before Nicole does anything, she wants the best way to pay down her $27,000... Read More 1280 no Ep. 269: Roger https://petetheplanner.com/ep-269-roger/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet one of our first international guests! Hailing from Central America, our guest Roger is ready to get serious about funding his retirement. Over the past 10 years, Roger has paid off over... Read More Thu, 13 Sep 2018 09:00:54 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet one of our first international guests! Hailing from Central America, our guest Roger is ready to get serious about funding his retirement. Over the past 10 years, Roger has paid off over... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet one of our first international guests! Hailing from Central America, our guest Roger is ready to get serious about funding his retirement. Over the past 10 years, Roger has paid off over... Read More 1493 no Ep. 268: Home buyer’s remorse and 401k roll-overs https://petetheplanner.com/ep-268/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. Our first question comes from a listener with a case of home-buyers remorse. His dilemma? He can afford his current housing situation, Tue, 11 Sep 2018 09:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. Our first question comes from a listener with a case of home-buyers remorse. His dilemma? He can afford his current housing situation, This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. Our first question comes from a listener with a case of home-buyers remorse. His dilemma? He can afford his current housing situation, 2677 no Ep. 267: Jackie https://petetheplanner.com/ep-267-jackie/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Jackie. She’s 56, recently remarried, and feeling all over the place financially. After losing her dad two years ago, she inherited his estate but hasn’t done much with it. Currently living... Read More Thu, 06 Sep 2018 09:00:31 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Jackie. She’s 56, recently remarried, and feeling all over the place financially. After losing her dad two years ago, she inherited his estate but hasn’t done much with it. Currently living... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we meet Jackie. She’s 56, recently remarried, and feeling all over the place financially. After losing her dad two years ago, she inherited his estate but hasn’t done much with it. Currently living... Read More 1839 no Ep. 266: 401k fees, refinances, and the weirdest financial product https://petetheplanner.com/ep-266/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. To kick things off, Pete and I dive into an email asking for a simplistic review over 401k fees. Following our 401k fees exploration, we... Read More Tue, 04 Sep 2018 09:00:05 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. To kick things off, Pete and I dive into an email asking for a simplistic review over 401k fees. Following our 401k fees exploration, we... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re back answering more of your money questions. To kick things off, Pete and I dive into an email asking for a simplistic review over 401k fees. Following our 401k fees exploration, we... Read More 2679 no Ep. 265: Ashley https://petetheplanner.com/ep-265-ashley/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we meet Ashley. Well-weathered for 26 years old, she filed for bankruptcy this summer to put the terrible financial past of her previous marriage in the rearview mirror. And, in addition, she has... Read More Thu, 30 Aug 2018 09:00:16 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we meet Ashley. Well-weathered for 26 years old, she filed for bankruptcy this summer to put the terrible financial past of her previous marriage in the rearview mirror. And, in addition, she has... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show, we meet Ashley. Well-weathered for 26 years old, she filed for bankruptcy this summer to put the terrible financial past of her previous marriage in the rearview mirror. And, in addition, she has... Read More 1563 no Ep. 264: Lynwood https://petetheplanner.com/ep-264-lynwood/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re bringing back… you! We tried a few things out this summer, but we’re bringing back our feature guest format. However, this time around, we’re not focused on your million dollar day. We... Read More Thu, 23 Aug 2018 09:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re bringing back… you! We tried a few things out this summer, but we’re bringing back our feature guest format. However, this time around, we’re not focused on your million dollar day. We... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re bringing back… you! We tried a few things out this summer, but we’re bringing back our feature guest format. However, this time around, we’re not focused on your million dollar day. We... Read More 1506 no Ep. 263: Phone-a-friend https://petetheplanner.com/ep-263-phone-a-friend/ On this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, it’s a phone-a-friend edition! We have three very niche questions for the show and needed to call in a few experts. To kick things off, Pete received an email from a lady listener with some... Read More Tue, 21 Aug 2018 09:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, it’s a phone-a-friend edition! We have three very niche questions for the show and needed to call in a few experts. To kick things off, Pete received an email from a lady listener with some... Read More On this episode of The Pete the Planner Show, it’s a phone-a-friend edition! We have three very niche questions for the show and needed to call in a few experts. To kick things off, Pete received an email from a lady listener with some... Read More 2679 no Ep. 262: Taking advice from friends, housing situations, and student loans https://petetheplanner.com/ep-262/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering three more of your money questions. Our first question comes from an emailer whose friend has extended his advice on “what he’d do if he was in... Read More Tue, 14 Aug 2018 09:00:05 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering three more of your money questions. Our first question comes from an emailer whose friend has extended his advice on “what he’d do if he was in... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering three more of your money questions. Our first question comes from an emailer whose friend has extended his advice on “what he’d do if he was in... Read More 2679 no RePete Ep. 7: Complicated financial tools back to basics https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-7/ This week we bring you: the final episode of RePete. We tried a little something different this summer, but you asked and for once we’re listening. The next extension episode you hear will feature a guest asking their financial question(s) to... Read More Thu, 09 Aug 2018 09:00:41 -0000 full IBJ Media This week we bring you: the final episode of RePete. We tried a little something different this summer, but you asked and for once we’re listening. The next extension episode you hear will feature a guest asking their financial question(s) to... Read More This week we bring you: the final episode of RePete. We tried a little something different this summer, but you asked and for once we’re listening. The next extension episode you hear will feature a guest asking their financial question(s) to... Read More 1927 no Ep. 261: Target funds, HSAs, and stock cashouts https://petetheplanner.com/ep-261/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re joined in studio by lead Financial Concierge on Your Money Line, Damian Dunn! Damian visits us at PTP HQ about once a month, so we take advantage and invite him to co-host when available. In this... Read More Tue, 07 Aug 2018 09:00:12 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re joined in studio by lead Financial Concierge on Your Money Line, Damian Dunn! Damian visits us at PTP HQ about once a month, so we take advantage and invite him to co-host when available. In this... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re joined in studio by lead Financial Concierge on Your Money Line, Damian Dunn! Damian visits us at PTP HQ about once a month, so we take advantage and invite him to co-host when available. In this... Read More 2681 no RePete Ep. 6: Everything you’ve ever wanted to know about your 401k https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-6-retirement-myths-debunked/ On this episode of RePete we’re joined by Rick Unser to talk about your 401k! (Ok, not your 401k specifically, but you know what I’m getting at.) Pete and I wanted someone to help us understand 401ks on a deeper level and what... Read More Thu, 02 Aug 2018 09:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of RePete we’re joined by Rick Unser to talk about your 401k! (Ok, not your 401k specifically, but you know what I’m getting at.) Pete and I wanted someone to help us understand 401ks on a deeper level and what... Read More On this episode of RePete we’re joined by Rick Unser to talk about your 401k! (Ok, not your 401k specifically, but you know what I’m getting at.) Pete and I wanted someone to help us understand 401ks on a deeper level and what... Read More 2184 no Ep. 260: Funding dual college tuitions and early 401k cash-outs https://petetheplanner.com/ep-260-funding-dual-college-tuitions-and-early-401k-cash-outs/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re answering more of your money questions! First, in our trio of questions, we received an email from a woman getting ready to change jobs and has some choices to make while doing so.... Read More Tue, 24 Jul 2018 09:00:59 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re answering more of your money questions! First, in our trio of questions, we received an email from a woman getting ready to change jobs and has some choices to make while doing so.... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, we’re answering more of your money questions! First, in our trio of questions, we received an email from a woman getting ready to change jobs and has some choices to make while doing so.... Read More 2680 no RePete Ep. 5: What college students REALLY need to know prior to freshman year https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-5/ We’re back with the second installment of our Expert Series on RePete! This week we’re joined by Phil Schuman, Senior Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University and our partner in MoneySmarts U, to dive into what a soon-to-be college student.... Thu, 19 Jul 2018 09:00:41 -0000 full IBJ Media We’re back with the second installment of our Expert Series on RePete! This week we’re joined by Phil Schuman, Senior Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University and our partner in MoneySmarts U, to dive into what a soon-to-be college student.... We’re back with the second installment of our Expert Series on RePete! This week we’re joined by Phil Schuman, Senior Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University and our partner in MoneySmarts U, to dive into what a soon-to-be college student.... 2372 no Ep. 259: Sharing money with your honey and emotional housing attachments https://petetheplanner.com/ep-259-sharing-money-with-your-honey-and-emotional-house-attachments/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! The first in the lineup? A question about quarrels over money between two honeys. Financial conversations are usually about as awesome... Read More Tue, 17 Jul 2018 09:00:39 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! The first in the lineup? A question about quarrels over money between two honeys. Financial conversations are usually about as awesome... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! The first in the lineup? A question about quarrels over money between two honeys. Financial conversations are usually about as awesome... Read More 2675 no RePete Ep. 4: The ins and outs of home equity https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-4-the-ins-and-outs-of-home-equity/ On this episode of RePete we’re dedicating a whole show to your dear friend, home equity. Yes! This will be the first in our expert series where Pete and I bring in an expert on a topic we want all the... Read More Thu, 12 Jul 2018 09:00:10 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of RePete we’re dedicating a whole show to your dear friend, home equity. Yes! This will be the first in our expert series where Pete and I bring in an expert on a topic we want all the... Read More On this episode of RePete we’re dedicating a whole show to your dear friend, home equity. Yes! This will be the first in our expert series where Pete and I bring in an expert on a topic we want all the... Read More 1991 no Ep. 258: Investing early, international schools & retirement questions https://petetheplanner.com/ep-258/ This week on The Pete the Planner® Show,  Pete and I could not be answering three more different financial questions. We dive into this episode with an email so good that it’s either an incredible prank… or genuinely the best email ever.... Read More Tue, 10 Jul 2018 09:00:10 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner® Show,  Pete and I could not be answering three more different financial questions. We dive into this episode with an email so good that it’s either an incredible prank… or genuinely the best email ever.... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner® Show,  Pete and I could not be answering three more different financial questions. We dive into this episode with an email so good that it’s either an incredible prank… or genuinely the best email ever.... Read More 2670 no RePete Ep. 3: Lessons from our parents https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-3-lessons-from-our-parents/ We’re back with another RePete! This week’s question of the week: what lessons did you learn from your parents? Over the course of this episode, Pete and I realize a lot of lessons we’ve learned from our parents that we apply... Read More Thu, 05 Jul 2018 09:00:35 -0000 full IBJ Media We’re back with another RePete! This week’s question of the week: what lessons did you learn from your parents? Over the course of this episode, Pete and I realize a lot of lessons we’ve learned from our parents that we apply... Read More We’re back with another RePete! This week’s question of the week: what lessons did you learn from your parents? Over the course of this episode, Pete and I realize a lot of lessons we’ve learned from our parents that we apply... Read More 2235 no Ep. 257: How to prioritize debt pay off while saving for retirement https://petetheplanner.com/ep-257-how-to-prioritize-debt-pay-off-while-saving-for-retirement/ We’re back answering more of YOUR money questions! Why? Well, it’s what we do. To kick off this week’s show Pete and I read an email from a listener who’s hustling her way through just shy of $50,000 of debt.... Read More Tue, 03 Jul 2018 09:00:05 -0000 full IBJ Media We’re back answering more of YOUR money questions! Why? Well, it’s what we do. To kick off this week’s show Pete and I read an email from a listener who’s hustling her way through just shy of $50,000 of debt.... Read More We’re back answering more of YOUR money questions! Why? Well, it’s what we do. To kick off this week’s show Pete and I read an email from a listener who’s hustling her way through just shy of $50,000 of debt.... Read More 2770 no RePete Ep. 2: Who is your financial role model? https://petetheplanner.com/repete-ep-2-who-is-your-financial-role-model/ We’re back with another episode of RePete! This week’s question of the week: who are your financial role models? I’ve always searched for a role model, consciously or subconsciously, in almost every aspect of my life. It was no different when... Read More Thu, 28 Jun 2018 09:00:22 -0000 full IBJ Media We’re back with another episode of RePete! This week’s question of the week: who are your financial role models? I’ve always searched for a role model, consciously or subconsciously, in almost every aspect of my life. It was no different when... Read More We’re back with another episode of RePete! This week’s question of the week: who are your financial role models? I’ve always searched for a role model, consciously or subconsciously, in almost every aspect of my life. It was no different when... Read More 1917 no Ep. 256: The worst financial question ever. https://petetheplanner.com/911256-2/ This week, on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete is answering… the worst money question ever. And what makes this question the worst? Well, let us explain. A younger follower of ours, who recently graduated from college, is on the up and... Read More Tue, 26 Jun 2018 09:00:21 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete is answering… the worst money question ever. And what makes this question the worst? Well, let us explain. A younger follower of ours, who recently graduated from college, is on the up and... Read More This week, on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete is answering… the worst money question ever. And what makes this question the worst? Well, let us explain. A younger follower of ours, who recently graduated from college, is on the up and... Read More 2695 no Ep. 255: Helicopter Parents & Entrepreneurship https://petetheplanner.com/ep-255-helicopter-parents-entrepreneurship/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show Pete and I have more of your money questions, answered. For the first time ~ever~ I’m on the other side of the control room!!! I join Pete in studio this week and let... Read More Tue, 19 Jun 2018 09:00:51 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show Pete and I have more of your money questions, answered. For the first time ~ever~ I’m on the other side of the control room!!! I join Pete in studio this week and let... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show Pete and I have more of your money questions, answered. For the first time ~ever~ I’m on the other side of the control room!!! I join Pete in studio this week and let... Read More 2676 no Ep. 254: Money conversations and college saving plans https://petetheplanner.com/ep-254-money-conversations-and-college-saving-plans/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. To kick off this episode, we’re joined in studio by Christy Fogg from Journey to Joy Counseling! Why has Christy graced us with her... Read More Tue, 12 Jun 2018 09:00:46 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. To kick off this episode, we’re joined in studio by Christy Fogg from Journey to Joy Counseling! Why has Christy graced us with her... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. To kick off this episode, we’re joined in studio by Christy Fogg from Journey to Joy Counseling! Why has Christy graced us with her... Read More 2783 no Ep. 253: Healthcare, mortgages and leather puzzles https://petetheplanner.com/ep-253-healthcare-mortgages-and-leather-puzzles/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. We kick off this episode with a retirement question from an emailer, “I’m 64 and trying to figure out when to retire. If... Read More Tue, 05 Jun 2018 09:00:15 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. We kick off this episode with a retirement question from an emailer, “I’m 64 and trying to figure out when to retire. If... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions. We kick off this episode with a retirement question from an emailer, “I’m 64 and trying to figure out when to retire. If... Read More 2694 no Ep. 252: Is it possible to not retire… successfully? https://petetheplanner.com/ep-252/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! We’re covering a wide range of topics this week (which if your a friend of the show, should not come as a surprise... Read More Tue, 22 May 2018 09:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! We’re covering a wide range of topics this week (which if your a friend of the show, should not come as a surprise... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are back answering more of your money questions! We’re covering a wide range of topics this week (which if your a friend of the show, should not come as a surprise... Read More 2674 no Ep. 251: The Sandwich Generation and cryptocurrencies, oh my! https://petetheplanner.com/ep-251-podcast/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re back with more of your money questions, answered. Pete and I dive into this episode with a common question we get from our friends of the Sandwich Generation in the great debacle of,... Read More Thu, 17 May 2018 09:00:12 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re back with more of your money questions, answered. Pete and I dive into this episode with a common question we get from our friends of the Sandwich Generation in the great debacle of,... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show we’re back with more of your money questions, answered. Pete and I dive into this episode with a common question we get from our friends of the Sandwich Generation in the great debacle of,... Read More 2664 no Ep. 250: Your money questions, answered. https://petetheplanner.com/ep-250-your-money-questions-answered/ This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are answering your money questions. To start this week’s show, we piggyback off of a question he answered in his USA Today column, “Why does my investment advisor charge based... Read More Thu, 10 May 2018 09:00:19 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are answering your money questions. To start this week’s show, we piggyback off of a question he answered in his USA Today column, “Why does my investment advisor charge based... Read More This week on The Pete the Planner Show, Pete and I are answering your money questions. To start this week’s show, we piggyback off of a question he answered in his USA Today column, “Why does my investment advisor charge based... Read More 2665 no Ep. 249: Janet https://petetheplanner.com/ep-249-janet/ Imagine setting your financial goal, aggressively saving for it, and achieving it. But now… you’re not sure how to more evenly spread out your savings. You and your husband both contribute to your retirement fund(s) and have an emergency fund fully... Tue, 08 May 2018 09:00:49 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine setting your financial goal, aggressively saving for it, and achieving it. But now… you’re not sure how to more evenly spread out your savings. You and your husband both contribute to your retirement fund(s) and have an emergency fund fully... Imagine setting your financial goal, aggressively saving for it, and achieving it. But now… you’re not sure how to more evenly spread out your savings. You and your husband both contribute to your retirement fund(s) and have an emergency fund fully... 1547 no Ep. 248: Pete’s back in studio https://petetheplanner.com/ep-248-petes-back-in-studio/ This week on The Pete The Planner Show, Pete’s back in studio!!! After a couple months on the road, Pete joins me back at HQ and his mic has never sounded more clear. In this episode, we cover four very different topics.... Read More Thu, 03 May 2018 09:00:57 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete The Planner Show, Pete’s back in studio!!! After a couple months on the road, Pete joins me back at HQ and his mic has never sounded more clear. In this episode, we cover four very different topics.... Read More This week on The Pete The Planner Show, Pete’s back in studio!!! After a couple months on the road, Pete joins me back at HQ and his mic has never sounded more clear. In this episode, we cover four very different topics.... Read More 2739 no Ep. 247: Nick https://petetheplanner.com/ep-247-nick/ You just moved across the county and are still acclimating to your new (and more expensive) cost of living. Trying to make the most of your current income, you’re working your way through a chunk of student loan debt paying... Read More Tue, 01 May 2018 09:00:58 -0000 full IBJ Media You just moved across the county and are still acclimating to your new (and more expensive) cost of living. Trying to make the most of your current income, you’re working your way through a chunk of student loan debt paying... Read More You just moved across the county and are still acclimating to your new (and more expensive) cost of living. Trying to make the most of your current income, you’re working your way through a chunk of student loan debt paying... Read More 1657 no Ep. 246: Pete’s in Phoenix https://petetheplanner.com/ep-246-petes-in-phoenix/ This week on The Pete The Planner Show  we wrap up our road series! Pete’s in Phoenix for the final leg of his travel… for right now and I’m in HQ maning the board. In this episode, Pete’s diving into his... Read More Thu, 26 Apr 2018 09:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete The Planner Show  we wrap up our road series! Pete’s in Phoenix for the final leg of his travel… for right now and I’m in HQ maning the board. In this episode, Pete’s diving into his... Read More This week on The Pete The Planner Show  we wrap up our road series! Pete’s in Phoenix for the final leg of his travel… for right now and I’m in HQ maning the board. In this episode, Pete’s diving into his... Read More 2687 no Ep.245: Laine https://petetheplanner.com/ep-245-laine/ As the parents of two young girls, one of you and your husband’s major financial goals is to set them up to become fiancially successful adults. You’re actively contributing to their college funds and always on a mission to create... Read More Tue, 24 Apr 2018 09:00:30 -0000 full IBJ Media As the parents of two young girls, one of you and your husband’s major financial goals is to set them up to become fiancially successful adults. You’re actively contributing to their college funds and always on a mission to create... Read More As the parents of two young girls, one of you and your husband’s major financial goals is to set them up to become fiancially successful adults. You’re actively contributing to their college funds and always on a mission to create... Read More 1748 no Ep. 244: Jerry https://petetheplanner.com/ep-244-jerry/ Imagine already knowing before you’re 30 that you want to retire early. You and your fiance live on the east coast and are both teachers. You’re getting married in August and are trying to have a budget wedding, but that... Read More Tue, 17 Apr 2018 09:00:07 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine already knowing before you’re 30 that you want to retire early. You and your fiance live on the east coast and are both teachers. You’re getting married in August and are trying to have a budget wedding, but that... Read More Imagine already knowing before you’re 30 that you want to retire early. You and your fiance live on the east coast and are both teachers. You’re getting married in August and are trying to have a budget wedding, but that... Read More 1478 no Ep. 243 Road Series: Pete’s in Philadelphia https://petetheplanner.com/ep-243-road-series-petes-in-philadelphia/ This week on The Pete The Planner Show we’re back with another road series edition! This episode we dissect Power Percentage™ from Philadelphia. When measuring how well you’re doing in your financial life, your income alone isn’t a good representation.... Thu, 12 Apr 2018 09:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete The Planner Show we’re back with another road series edition! This episode we dissect Power Percentage™ from Philadelphia. When measuring how well you’re doing in your financial life, your income alone isn’t a good representation.... This week on The Pete The Planner Show we’re back with another road series edition! This episode we dissect Power Percentage™ from Philadelphia. When measuring how well you’re doing in your financial life, your income alone isn’t a good representation.... 2690 no Ep. 242: Lucy https://petetheplanner.com/ep-242-lucy/ Imagine being a single parent having sole custody of your two young children. You’re trying to save but the West coast cost of living doesn’t lend itself to your budget . You do not receive any child support and have had... Read More Tue, 10 Apr 2018 09:00:19 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine being a single parent having sole custody of your two young children. You’re trying to save but the West coast cost of living doesn’t lend itself to your budget . You do not receive any child support and have had... Read More Imagine being a single parent having sole custody of your two young children. You’re trying to save but the West coast cost of living doesn’t lend itself to your budget . You do not receive any child support and have had... Read More 1682 no Ep. 241 Road Series: Pete’s in Austin https://petetheplanner.com/ep-241-road-series/ On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re back again with a road series edition. This week, I’m recording from Austin, TX.  However it’s not just any edition, it’s a bit of a Petepourri edition. My travel schedule is in... Read More Thu, 05 Apr 2018 09:00:57 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re back again with a road series edition. This week, I’m recording from Austin, TX.  However it’s not just any edition, it’s a bit of a Petepourri edition. My travel schedule is in... Read More On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re back again with a road series edition. This week, I’m recording from Austin, TX.  However it’s not just any edition, it’s a bit of a Petepourri edition. My travel schedule is in... Read More 2729 no Ep. 240: April https://petetheplanner.com/ep-240-april/ Imagine being well over half-way to retirement, but not being sure if you’ve been saving enough. You are an on-call archaeologist working part-time and your husband is a high-school teacher, together you bring in $93,000 a year. Tue, 03 Apr 2018 09:00:38 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine being well over half-way to retirement, but not being sure if you’ve been saving enough. You are an on-call archaeologist working part-time and your husband is a high-school teacher, together you bring in $93,000 a year. Imagine being well over half-way to retirement, but not being sure if you’ve been saving enough. You are an on-call archaeologist working part-time and your husband is a high-school teacher, together you bring in $93,000 a year. 1874 no Ep. 239: Pete’s in Atlanta talking about taxes https://petetheplanner.com/ep-239-petes-in-atlanta-talking-about-taxes/ In the second instalment of our road series, were recording this week’s episode from Atlanta, Georgia! Millennial producer Nicole is manning the board from home, as I dive deeper into my 2018 travel season. And this week on The Pete... Read More Thu, 29 Mar 2018 09:00:28 -0000 full IBJ Media In the second instalment of our road series, were recording this week’s episode from Atlanta, Georgia! Millennial producer Nicole is manning the board from home, as I dive deeper into my 2018 travel season. And this week on The Pete... Read More In the second instalment of our road series, were recording this week’s episode from Atlanta, Georgia! Millennial producer Nicole is manning the board from home, as I dive deeper into my 2018 travel season. And this week on The Pete... Read More 2686 no Ep. 238: Greg https://petetheplanner.com/ep-238-greg/ Imagine wanting to retire early to pursue a growing side business full-time. But before you retire, you would like to buy a bigger home in the next couple of years and possibly a new/newer to you car. With a consistent... Read More Tue, 27 Mar 2018 09:00:57 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine wanting to retire early to pursue a growing side business full-time. But before you retire, you would like to buy a bigger home in the next couple of years and possibly a new/newer to you car. With a consistent... Read More Imagine wanting to retire early to pursue a growing side business full-time. But before you retire, you would like to buy a bigger home in the next couple of years and possibly a new/newer to you car. With a consistent... Read More 1566 no Ep. 237: Pete’s with Parrots in Pasadena https://petetheplanner.com/ep-237-petes-with-parrots-in-pasadena/ This week on The Pete The Planner Show we debut a new mini special: The Road Series. As travel season gears up, for the next few weeks I’ll be joining the show from location while Producer Nicole mans the board at HQ.... Read More Thu, 22 Mar 2018 09:00:17 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Pete The Planner Show we debut a new mini special: The Road Series. As travel season gears up, for the next few weeks I’ll be joining the show from location while Producer Nicole mans the board at HQ.... Read More This week on The Pete The Planner Show we debut a new mini special: The Road Series. As travel season gears up, for the next few weeks I’ll be joining the show from location while Producer Nicole mans the board at HQ.... Read More 2695 no Ep. 236: Elaine https://petetheplanner.com/ep-236-elaine/ Imagine, returning to work after having two boys and having taking on steep daycare costs. You bought a modest house a few years back full of functional flaws, with the intention to one day renovate. You’re behind on savings and... Read More Tue, 20 Mar 2018 09:00:37 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine, returning to work after having two boys and having taking on steep daycare costs. You bought a modest house a few years back full of functional flaws, with the intention to one day renovate. You’re behind on savings and... Read More Imagine, returning to work after having two boys and having taking on steep daycare costs. You bought a modest house a few years back full of functional flaws, with the intention to one day renovate. You’re behind on savings and... Read More 1298 no Ep. 235: A Petepourri Episode https://petetheplanner.com/ep-235-a-petepourri-episode/ It’s been an exciting whirlwind of events in the PTP headquarters the past couple a months, and this week we’re taking time to step back and take a deep breath. As things calm down,  I’m trying to dodge being sick... Read More Fri, 16 Mar 2018 09:00:01 -0000 full IBJ Media It’s been an exciting whirlwind of events in the PTP headquarters the past couple a months, and this week we’re taking time to step back and take a deep breath. As things calm down,  I’m trying to dodge being sick... Read More It’s been an exciting whirlwind of events in the PTP headquarters the past couple a months, and this week we’re taking time to step back and take a deep breath. As things calm down,  I’m trying to dodge being sick... Read More 2606 no Ep. 234: Return of Tina https://petetheplanner.com/ep-234-return-of-tina/ Imagine, getting back on track with plan in focus. You’re contributing to your 401k, paying down debt, but you’re ready to take on another task. With an approaching decrease in rent, will you be able to afford a down payment... Read More Tue, 13 Mar 2018 09:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine, getting back on track with plan in focus. You’re contributing to your 401k, paying down debt, but you’re ready to take on another task. With an approaching decrease in rent, will you be able to afford a down payment... Read More Imagine, getting back on track with plan in focus. You’re contributing to your 401k, paying down debt, but you’re ready to take on another task. With an approaching decrease in rent, will you be able to afford a down payment... Read More 1335 no Ep. 233 Socially Responsible Investing https://petetheplanner.com/ep-233-socially-responsible-investing/ In this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about socially responsible investing. This, this buzzing topic, is what has everyone talking. They’re boycotting stuff, claiming they’ll never do business that feels *this* way or *that... Thu, 08 Mar 2018 10:00:05 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about socially responsible investing. This, this buzzing topic, is what has everyone talking. They’re boycotting stuff, claiming they’ll never do business that feels *this* way or *that... In this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about socially responsible investing. This, this buzzing topic, is what has everyone talking. They’re boycotting stuff, claiming they’ll never do business that feels *this* way or *that... 2686 no Ep. 232: Peggy https://petetheplanner.com/ep-232-peggy/ Imagine being a $100,000 household, living on East coast with two young kids. Currently, both kids are in daycare, but in the fall the oldest will start kindergarten. With only one child in daycare, soon your budget will welcome back... Read More Tue, 06 Mar 2018 10:00:37 -0000 full IBJ Media Imagine being a $100,000 household, living on East coast with two young kids. Currently, both kids are in daycare, but in the fall the oldest will start kindergarten. With only one child in daycare, soon your budget will welcome back... Read More Imagine being a $100,000 household, living on East coast with two young kids. Currently, both kids are in daycare, but in the fall the oldest will start kindergarten. With only one child in daycare, soon your budget will welcome back... Read More 2305 no Ep. 231: Devante https://petetheplanner.com/ep-231-devante/ This week, we meet Devante. Devante’s main concerns, in his own words: “As an immigrant to the U.S., I am determined to do things smarter/more efficiently than my parents did when we first arrived here over 20 yrs ago. I am... Read More Tue, 27 Feb 2018 10:00:56 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we meet Devante. Devante’s main concerns, in his own words: “As an immigrant to the U.S., I am determined to do things smarter/more efficiently than my parents did when we first arrived here over 20 yrs ago. I am... Read More This week, we meet Devante. Devante’s main concerns, in his own words: “As an immigrant to the U.S., I am determined to do things smarter/more efficiently than my parents did when we first arrived here over 20 yrs ago. I am... Read More 1956 no Ep. 230: Hollywood Squares Mailbag Edition https://petetheplanner.com/ep-230-hollywood-squares-mailbag-edition/ I make it no secret that my inbox is never short of full, but I wouldn’t have it any other way. Hearing your feedback and your take-a-ways from the show or a column of mine you’ve read, are one of... Read More Thu, 22 Feb 2018 10:00:39 -0000 full IBJ Media I make it no secret that my inbox is never short of full, but I wouldn’t have it any other way. Hearing your feedback and your take-a-ways from the show or a column of mine you’ve read, are one of... Read More I make it no secret that my inbox is never short of full, but I wouldn’t have it any other way. Hearing your feedback and your take-a-ways from the show or a column of mine you’ve read, are one of... Read More 2569 no Ep. 229: Sara https://petetheplanner.com/ep-229-sara/ Meet, Sara. Sara’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I (ages 29 and 28,) moved to Chicago from college and purchased our first home in April 2015 before marrying in June 2015 (no children). We do not... Read More Tue, 20 Feb 2018 10:00:11 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Sara. Sara’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I (ages 29 and 28,) moved to Chicago from college and purchased our first home in April 2015 before marrying in June 2015 (no children). We do not... Read More Meet, Sara. Sara’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I (ages 29 and 28,) moved to Chicago from college and purchased our first home in April 2015 before marrying in June 2015 (no children). We do not... Read More 1681 no Ep. 228: Market Volatility with Tadas Viskanta https://petetheplanner.com/ep-228-market-volatility-tadas-viskanta/ On this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about allllll the market volatility in the last several market sessions. And, oddly enough, this isn’t even the biggest hubbub in the nation right now due to the 24-hr... Read More Thu, 15 Feb 2018 10:00:12 -0000 full IBJ Media On this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about allllll the market volatility in the last several market sessions. And, oddly enough, this isn’t even the biggest hubbub in the nation right now due to the 24-hr... Read More On this week’s episode of The Pete The Planner Show, we’re talking about allllll the market volatility in the last several market sessions. And, oddly enough, this isn’t even the biggest hubbub in the nation right now due to the 24-hr... Read More 2510 no Ep. 227: The Return of Ann https://petetheplanner.com/ep-227-ann/ Re-meet, Ann. Ann’s main concerns, in her own words: “Greetings from your episode #9 guest! We’ve run into a unique “problem”…. Our household income has more than doubled but with minimal lifestyle inflation, leading to a surplus of $104,000 a... Tue, 13 Feb 2018 10:00:12 -0000 full IBJ Media Re-meet, Ann. Ann’s main concerns, in her own words: “Greetings from your episode #9 guest! We’ve run into a unique “problem”…. Our household income has more than doubled but with minimal lifestyle inflation, leading to a surplus of $104,000 a... Re-meet, Ann. Ann’s main concerns, in her own words: “Greetings from your episode #9 guest! We’ve run into a unique “problem”…. Our household income has more than doubled but with minimal lifestyle inflation, leading to a surplus of $104,000 a... 2125 no Ep. 226: Solving Nicole’s Problems https://petetheplanner.com/ep-226-solving-nicoles-problems/ On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show our favorite millennial producer Nicole… has had quite the week. And in light, she’s found herself with some problems and we’re talking her through them. Over the past year Nicole’s financial habits have... Thu, 08 Feb 2018 10:00:01 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show our favorite millennial producer Nicole… has had quite the week. And in light, she’s found herself with some problems and we’re talking her through them. Over the past year Nicole’s financial habits have... On this episode of The Pete The Planner Show our favorite millennial producer Nicole… has had quite the week. And in light, she’s found herself with some problems and we’re talking her through them. Over the past year Nicole’s financial habits have... 2626 no Ep. 225: Beth https://petetheplanner.com/ep-225-beth/ Meet Beth Beth’s main concerns, in her own words:  “We’re narrowing in  on mid and short term priorities now that we know the husband needs to stay home with kids. Working through the setbacks and obstacles of child card, not... Read More Tue, 06 Feb 2018 10:00:13 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Beth Beth’s main concerns, in her own words:  “We’re narrowing in  on mid and short term priorities now that we know the husband needs to stay home with kids. Working through the setbacks and obstacles of child card, not... Read More Meet Beth Beth’s main concerns, in her own words:  “We’re narrowing in  on mid and short term priorities now that we know the husband needs to stay home with kids. Working through the setbacks and obstacles of child card, not... Read More 1879 no Ep. 224: Joe https://petetheplanner.com/ep-224-joe/ Meet, Joe. Joe’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I come from different sides of the tracks. She was raised in a well-to-do family in which her mom stayed home, and the funds to provide were never short.... Read More Tue, 30 Jan 2018 10:00:47 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Joe. Joe’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I come from different sides of the tracks. She was raised in a well-to-do family in which her mom stayed home, and the funds to provide were never short.... Read More Meet, Joe. Joe’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I come from different sides of the tracks. She was raised in a well-to-do family in which her mom stayed home, and the funds to provide were never short.... Read More 2212 no Ep. 223: Millennials & Money https://petetheplanner.com/ep-223-millennials-money/ This week on The Million Dollar Plan, w’re talking about Millennials and their money habits. It has become overwhelmingly clear that over the past 20 to 30 years, our financial lives and habits have changed drastically. It is actually much, Thu, 25 Jan 2018 10:00:21 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The Million Dollar Plan, w’re talking about Millennials and their money habits. It has become overwhelmingly clear that over the past 20 to 30 years, our financial lives and habits have changed drastically. It is actually much, This week on The Million Dollar Plan, w’re talking about Millennials and their money habits. It has become overwhelmingly clear that over the past 20 to 30 years, our financial lives and habits have changed drastically. It is actually much, 2508 no Ep. 222 Boris https://petetheplanner.com/ep-222-boris/ Meet: Boris. Boris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My main financial focus is on the costs that go away in retirement. Most of my top monthly outlays are to items that will go away and/or reduce when we retire.... Read More Tue, 23 Jan 2018 10:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet: Boris. Boris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My main financial focus is on the costs that go away in retirement. Most of my top monthly outlays are to items that will go away and/or reduce when we retire.... Read More Meet: Boris. Boris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My main financial focus is on the costs that go away in retirement. Most of my top monthly outlays are to items that will go away and/or reduce when we retire.... Read More 1282 no Ep. 221: Teaching Your Kids About Money https://petetheplanner.com/ep-221-teaching-kids-money/ This week, we bring you a very special edition of The Million Dollar Plan: Teaching Kids About Money. This is an episode, I have waited a very long time to do. It’s no secret I LOVE talking and teaching about money, especially... Read More Thu, 18 Jan 2018 10:00:21 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we bring you a very special edition of The Million Dollar Plan: Teaching Kids About Money. This is an episode, I have waited a very long time to do. It’s no secret I LOVE talking and teaching about money, especially... Read More This week, we bring you a very special edition of The Million Dollar Plan: Teaching Kids About Money. This is an episode, I have waited a very long time to do. It’s no secret I LOVE talking and teaching about money, especially... Read More 2542 no Ep. 220 Mark https://petetheplanner.com/ep-220-mark/ Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his own words: “I have not been working since 2016, following a divorce and am still on the job search. Only debt really is home and car (bought a low-mileage 3 year old Lexus... Read More Tue, 16 Jan 2018 10:00:39 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his own words: “I have not been working since 2016, following a divorce and am still on the job search. Only debt really is home and car (bought a low-mileage 3 year old Lexus... Read More Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his own words: “I have not been working since 2016, following a divorce and am still on the job search. Only debt really is home and car (bought a low-mileage 3 year old Lexus... Read More 2203 no Ep. 219: Celebrating Financial Successes with Mr. Kinetik https://petetheplanner.com/ep-219-celebrating-financial-successes-mr-kinetik/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about celebrating financial successes. Going into the new year we lay a blueprint to the financial goals we want to achieve. We work continuously, maintaining the momentum the whole year through,... Thu, 11 Jan 2018 10:00:49 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about celebrating financial successes. Going into the new year we lay a blueprint to the financial goals we want to achieve. We work continuously, maintaining the momentum the whole year through,... This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about celebrating financial successes. Going into the new year we lay a blueprint to the financial goals we want to achieve. We work continuously, maintaining the momentum the whole year through,... 2550 no Ep. 218: Bryan https://petetheplanner.com/ep-218-bryan/ Meet, Bryan. Bryan’s Maine concern, in his own words: “In the past 3-4 months, I’ve become a little obsessive about getting us back in the groove of goals towards finances. I think a lot has been spurred by us having... Read More Tue, 09 Jan 2018 10:00:20 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Bryan. Bryan’s Maine concern, in his own words: “In the past 3-4 months, I’ve become a little obsessive about getting us back in the groove of goals towards finances. I think a lot has been spurred by us having... Read More Meet, Bryan. Bryan’s Maine concern, in his own words: “In the past 3-4 months, I’ve become a little obsessive about getting us back in the groove of goals towards finances. I think a lot has been spurred by us having... Read More 1814 no Ep. 217: 2017 Investment Wrap-up with Tadas Viskanta https://petetheplanner.com/ep-217-2017-investment-wrap-tadas-viskanta/ When we recorded this, it was our LAST radio episode of 2017. It only felt right  to end the year with a special edition of the Million Dollar Plan. This week, we present: The 2017 PTPTV Investment Wrap-up. And it just so happens,... Read More Thu, 04 Jan 2018 10:00:09 -0000 full IBJ Media When we recorded this, it was our LAST radio episode of 2017. It only felt right  to end the year with a special edition of the Million Dollar Plan. This week, we present: The 2017 PTPTV Investment Wrap-up. And it just so happens,... Read More When we recorded this, it was our LAST radio episode of 2017. It only felt right  to end the year with a special edition of the Million Dollar Plan. This week, we present: The 2017 PTPTV Investment Wrap-up. And it just so happens,... Read More 2571 no Ep. 216: Derek https://petetheplanner.com/ep-217-derek/ This week, we met Derek. Derek’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m 38 years old and have been divorced for 3 years now. I currently have no consumer debt, and a mortgage with about 150,000 left on it. I feel... Read More Tue, 02 Jan 2018 10:00:22 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Derek. Derek’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m 38 years old and have been divorced for 3 years now. I currently have no consumer debt, and a mortgage with about 150,000 left on it. I feel... Read More This week, we met Derek. Derek’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m 38 years old and have been divorced for 3 years now. I currently have no consumer debt, and a mortgage with about 150,000 left on it. I feel... Read More 1417 no Ep. 215: Hank https://petetheplanner.com/ep-215-hank/ This week, we met Hank. Hank’s main concerns, in his own words: “After college I spent about a decade pursuing my passion of coaching triathletes rather than go into the corporate world. I took a job managing a bike shop... Read More Tue, 26 Dec 2017 10:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Hank. Hank’s main concerns, in his own words: “After college I spent about a decade pursuing my passion of coaching triathletes rather than go into the corporate world. I took a job managing a bike shop... Read More This week, we met Hank. Hank’s main concerns, in his own words: “After college I spent about a decade pursuing my passion of coaching triathletes rather than go into the corporate world. I took a job managing a bike shop... Read More 1831 no Ep. 214: Answering emails with Paul Ashley https://petetheplanner.com/ep-214-answering-emails-paul-ashley/ It is no secret, I get a lot of emails. And for whatever reason, recently, I have been getting some intense emails coming through my inbox.  We are talking intro, three full body paragraphs, and conclusion with a SparkNotes sheet,... Read More Thu, 21 Dec 2017 10:00:09 -0000 full IBJ Media It is no secret, I get a lot of emails. And for whatever reason, recently, I have been getting some intense emails coming through my inbox.  We are talking intro, three full body paragraphs, and conclusion with a SparkNotes sheet,... Read More It is no secret, I get a lot of emails. And for whatever reason, recently, I have been getting some intense emails coming through my inbox.  We are talking intro, three full body paragraphs, and conclusion with a SparkNotes sheet,... Read More 2577 no Ep. 213: Pepe https://petetheplanner.com/213-pepe/ This week, we met Pepe.  Pepe’s main concerns, in his own words: “I am 27 and have been following your advice for two years now. I should say I have had a sincere interest in your advice for two years... Read More Tue, 19 Dec 2017 10:00:54 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Pepe.  Pepe’s main concerns, in his own words: “I am 27 and have been following your advice for two years now. I should say I have had a sincere interest in your advice for two years... Read More This week, we met Pepe.  Pepe’s main concerns, in his own words: “I am 27 and have been following your advice for two years now. I should say I have had a sincere interest in your advice for two years... Read More 1452 no Ep. 212: Setting goals for 2018 https://petetheplanner.com/ep-212-setting-goals-2018/ This week on The MIllion Dollar Plan, we’re setting some goals. As we sunset 2017, we’re laying the blueprint to our 2018. We set goals, to get us going on the path for each area of our life’s successes. Throughout... Read More Thu, 14 Dec 2017 10:00:48 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on The MIllion Dollar Plan, we’re setting some goals. As we sunset 2017, we’re laying the blueprint to our 2018. We set goals, to get us going on the path for each area of our life’s successes. Throughout... Read More This week on The MIllion Dollar Plan, we’re setting some goals. As we sunset 2017, we’re laying the blueprint to our 2018. We set goals, to get us going on the path for each area of our life’s successes. Throughout... Read More 2516 no 211: Nancy https://petetheplanner.com/211-nancy/ Meet, Nancy. Nancy’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I are in the process of getting our 5 year plan in order. My husband and I each make just over $100, 000 (plus $30-40,000 in bonuses). We’ve... Read More Tue, 12 Dec 2017 10:00:50 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Nancy. Nancy’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I are in the process of getting our 5 year plan in order. My husband and I each make just over $100, 000 (plus $30-40,000 in bonuses). We’ve... Read More Meet, Nancy. Nancy’s main concerns, in her own words: “My husband and I are in the process of getting our 5 year plan in order. My husband and I each make just over $100, 000 (plus $30-40,000 in bonuses). We’ve... Read More 2148 no Ep. 210: Cryptocurrency https://petetheplanner.com/ep-210-cryptocurrency/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan we dive into cryptocurrencies. This is a topic that I’ve wanted to do on the show for years now, but I haven’t known who/where to turn to. So, I turned to the inter-webs. It was there... Read More Thu, 07 Dec 2017 10:00:09 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan we dive into cryptocurrencies. This is a topic that I’ve wanted to do on the show for years now, but I haven’t known who/where to turn to. So, I turned to the inter-webs. It was there... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan we dive into cryptocurrencies. This is a topic that I’ve wanted to do on the show for years now, but I haven’t known who/where to turn to. So, I turned to the inter-webs. It was there... Read More 2503 no Ep. 209: Harry https://petetheplanner.com/ep-209-harry/ Meet Harry. Harry’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife was a HS teacher for 14 years and stopped working for a few years as she was primary caregiver to her grandfather. She has re-entered the workforce as a... Read More Tue, 05 Dec 2017 10:00:52 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Harry. Harry’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife was a HS teacher for 14 years and stopped working for a few years as she was primary caregiver to her grandfather. She has re-entered the workforce as a... Read More Meet Harry. Harry’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife was a HS teacher for 14 years and stopped working for a few years as she was primary caregiver to her grandfather. She has re-entered the workforce as a... Read More 1591 no Ep. 208: Drew https://petetheplanner.com/ep-208-drew/ Meet Drew. Drew’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are a young, married couple with our first baby on the way. We both work, and we’re trying to plan for the future, save as much as... Read More Tue, 28 Nov 2017 10:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Drew. Drew’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are a young, married couple with our first baby on the way. We both work, and we’re trying to plan for the future, save as much as... Read More Meet Drew. Drew’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are a young, married couple with our first baby on the way. We both work, and we’re trying to plan for the future, save as much as... Read More 2062 no Ep. 207: Change http://petetheplanner.com/ep-207-change/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More Thu, 23 Nov 2017 10:00:45 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More 2526 no Ep. 207: Change https://petetheplanner.com/ep-207-change/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More Thu, 23 Nov 2017 10:00:45 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re talking about change. Making a change, and following through with it can be hard. Making a financial change, and following through with it can be hard. Making any alteration in your day-to-day... Read More 2526 no Ep. 206: Becky https://petetheplanner.com/ep-206-becky/ Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More Tue, 21 Nov 2017 10:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More 1335 no Ep. 206: Becky http://petetheplanner.com/ep-206-becky/ Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More Tue, 21 Nov 2017 10:00:06 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More Meet Becky. Becky’s main concerns, in her own words: “I am retired and live well within my means.  I’m hooked on saving money and have excellent credit. My main financial focus is eliminating all outstanding debt (I have a car... Read More 1335 no Ep. 205: Thinking Man’s Edition https://petetheplanner.com/ep-205-thinking-mans-edition/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More Thu, 16 Nov 2017 10:00:08 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More 2519 no Ep. 205: Thinking Man’s Edition http://petetheplanner.com/ep-205-thinking-mans-edition/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More Thu, 16 Nov 2017 10:00:08 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re embracing the Thanksgiving spirit. We might be a week early but at PTP Headquarters, Thanksgiving is one of our favorite holidays. When planning this show, we were prompted with the concept of, “on... Read More 2519 no Ep. 204: Kira http://petetheplanner.com/ep-204-tomasz/ This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More Tue, 14 Nov 2017 10:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More 1780 no Ep. 204: Kira https://petetheplanner.com/ep-204-tomasz/ This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More Tue, 14 Nov 2017 10:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More This week, we met Kira. Kira’s main concerns, in her own words: “My situation is a little unusual. My plan is to sell our house in the next year and move to Nashville, where my daughter lives. We plan to... Read More 1780 no Ep. 203: Credit cards, medical bills and more https://petetheplanner.com/ep-203-store-credit-cards-medical-bills/ This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More Thu, 09 Nov 2017 10:00:15 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More 2476 no Ep. 203: Credit cards, medical bills and more http://petetheplanner.com/ep-203-store-credit-cards-medical-bills/ This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More Thu, 09 Nov 2017 10:00:15 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More This week, it’s a bit of a “gripey Old Man” Pete edition of The Million Dollar Plan. After over 160 flights and 13 weeks of travel, I’m finally home. We’ve been on a bit of a Petepourri kick, so we kept it... Read More 2476 no Ep. 202: Chris http://petetheplanner.com/ep-202-chris/ This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More Tue, 07 Nov 2017 10:00:50 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More 2180 no Ep. 202: Chris https://petetheplanner.com/ep-202-chris/ This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More Tue, 07 Nov 2017 10:00:50 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More This week, we met Chris. Chris’s main concerns, in his own words: “My in-laws have struggled through financial issues for most of their lives. Now that problem is hitting home for my family. They are moving in with our family... Read More 2180 no Ep. 201: Frank is changing his mindset and taking control of his financial life. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-201-frank/ This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More Thu, 02 Nov 2017 09:00:28 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More 1826 no Ep. 201: Frank is changing his mindset and taking control of his financial life. https://petetheplanner.com/ep-201-frank/ This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More Thu, 02 Nov 2017 09:00:28 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More This week, we met Frank. Frank’s main concerns, in his own words: “I’m in about $22,000 worth of debt between personal and credit card loans. My wife and I are expecting baby number two very soon and I need to... Read More 1826 no Ep. 200: Mrs. Planner’s Debut http://petetheplanner.com/ep-200-mrs-planners-debut/ This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More Tue, 31 Oct 2017 09:00:22 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More 2494 no Ep. 200: Mrs. Planner’s Debut https://petetheplanner.com/ep-200-mrs-planners-debut/ This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More Tue, 31 Oct 2017 09:00:22 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More This week, we celebrated a special episode for The Million Dollar Plan. While I have been doing radio (going on) eight years now, there has been one guest I have been waiting for. In honor of our 200th episode, Mrs. Planner joined... Read More 2494 no Ep. 199: Eliminating expenses prior to retirement https://petetheplanner.com/ep-199-eliminating-expenses-prior-retirement/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More Thu, 26 Oct 2017 09:00:16 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More 2523 no Ep. 199: Eliminating expenses prior to retirement http://petetheplanner.com/ep-199-eliminating-expenses-prior-retirement/ This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More Thu, 26 Oct 2017 09:00:16 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More This week on the Million Dollar Plan, we’re combating retirement (or as I should say, income independence) from a COMPLETELY different angle. Usually on this show we look at and discuss ways to get/save a bunch of money. But today... Read More 2523 no Ep. 198: Dr. Stella http://petetheplanner.com/ep-198-dr-stella/ This week, we meet Stella. Stella’s main concerns, in her own words: “I got a late start financially because I got a PhD, but I’ve educated myself a lot and am passionate about being in control of my finances. I’d... Read More Tue, 24 Oct 2017 09:00:17 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we meet Stella. Stella’s main concerns, in her own words: “I got a late start financially because I got a PhD, but I’ve educated myself a lot and am passionate about being in control of my finances. I’d... Read More This week, we meet Stella. Stella’s main concerns, in her own words: “I got a late start financially because I got a PhD, but I’ve educated myself a lot and am passionate about being in control of my finances. I’d... Read More 1919 no Ep. 197 Budgeting Basics http://petetheplanner.com/ep-197-budgeting-basics/ This week, we’re talking budgeting. Through the different online sites, apps and e-resources, setting a monthly budget can get lost in all the noise. We live in a world of convenience, but when it comes to budgeting–convenience is one of... Read More Thu, 19 Oct 2017 09:00:43 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking budgeting. Through the different online sites, apps and e-resources, setting a monthly budget can get lost in all the noise. We live in a world of convenience, but when it comes to budgeting–convenience is one of... Read More This week, we’re talking budgeting. Through the different online sites, apps and e-resources, setting a monthly budget can get lost in all the noise. We live in a world of convenience, but when it comes to budgeting–convenience is one of... Read More 2537 no Ep. 196: Mike, semi-retired and fully funded http://petetheplanner.com/ep-196-mike/ Meet Mike. Mike’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are early retired, slightly, for a couple of years now. She was a stay at home mom and has been retired for decades. I now make six... Read More Tue, 17 Oct 2017 09:00:31 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Mike. Mike’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are early retired, slightly, for a couple of years now. She was a stay at home mom and has been retired for decades. I now make six... Read More Meet Mike. Mike’s main concerns, in his own words: “My wife and I are early retired, slightly, for a couple of years now. She was a stay at home mom and has been retired for decades. I now make six... Read More 1547 no Ep. 195: Pete’s Potpourri pt. 2 http://petetheplanner.com/ep-195-petes-potpourri-pt-2/ Y A few weeks back, we introduced a special edition of The Million Dollar Plan, called “Pete’s Potpourri.”  We talked a little bit about this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. After almost 13 weeks of traveling, countless emails, and multiple ideas, this week we brought back: Pete’s Potpourri, pt. 2. My inbox always has an interesting mix to the emails that come through. Some, make me laugh. Others, compel me to share. In this week’s episode a few of the emails featured I hand picked, others I read for the first time, in real time, with you. So sit back, and enjoy our special edition of The Million Dollar Plan, Pete’s Potpourri, pt. 2. Have a question or comment for me?  Hit me up at askpete@petetheplanner.com. You never know, your question/comment might get featured in a blog or podcast post. Thu, 12 Oct 2017 10:00:47 -0000 full IBJ Media Y A few weeks back, we introduced a special edition of The Million Dollar Plan, called “Pete’s Potpourri.”  We talked a little bit about this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. Y A few weeks back, we introduced a special edition of The Million Dollar Plan, called “Pete’s Potpourri.”  We talked a little bit about this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. After almost 13 weeks of traveling, countless emails, and multiple ideas, this week we brought back: Pete’s Potpourri, pt. 2. My inbox always has an interesting mix to the emails that come through. Some, make me laugh. Others, compel me to share. In this week’s episode a few of the emails featured I hand picked, others I read for the first time, in real time, with you. So sit back, and enjoy our special edition of The Million Dollar Plan, Pete’s Potpourri, pt. 2. Have a question or comment for me?  Hit me up at askpete@petetheplanner.com. You never know, your question/comment might get featured in a blog or podcast post. 2456 no Ep. 194: Wayne is ready to retire and recharge http://petetheplanner.com/ep-194-wayne/ Meet, Wayne. Wayne’s main concerns, in his own words: “My government job is stressful, I feel burned-out, and I need a change. When I turn 57 in 4 months, I’m eligible to retire from a with a monthly pension of... Read More Tue, 10 Oct 2017 10:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Wayne. Wayne’s main concerns, in his own words: “My government job is stressful, I feel burned-out, and I need a change. When I turn 57 in 4 months, I’m eligible to retire from a with a monthly pension of... Read More Meet, Wayne. Wayne’s main concerns, in his own words: “My government job is stressful, I feel burned-out, and I need a change. When I turn 57 in 4 months, I’m eligible to retire from a with a monthly pension of... Read More 1850 no Ep. 193: Answering your wake-up call http://petetheplanner.com/ep-193-answering-wake-call/ This week, we’re talking about wake-up calls. Whether it’s your health, your relationships or your finances–you are well aware if a certain component of your life is not where it needs to be.  You don’t have to receive an ominous... Read More Thu, 05 Oct 2017 10:00:59 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking about wake-up calls. Whether it’s your health, your relationships or your finances–you are well aware if a certain component of your life is not where it needs to be.  You don’t have to receive an ominous... Read More This week, we’re talking about wake-up calls. Whether it’s your health, your relationships or your finances–you are well aware if a certain component of your life is not where it needs to be.  You don’t have to receive an ominous... Read More 2528 no Ep. 192: Olivia is trying to pay off her past and fund her future. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-192-olivia-trying-pay-off-past-fund-future/ Meet, Olivia. Olivia’s main concerns, in her own words: “I wasn’t a credit wizard in my early 20’s and early 30’s. It took a lot of hard knocks to show me the light. Now I have seen said light, and... Read More Tue, 03 Oct 2017 10:00:46 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet, Olivia. Olivia’s main concerns, in her own words: “I wasn’t a credit wizard in my early 20’s and early 30’s. It took a lot of hard knocks to show me the light. Now I have seen said light, and... Read More Meet, Olivia. Olivia’s main concerns, in her own words: “I wasn’t a credit wizard in my early 20’s and early 30’s. It took a lot of hard knocks to show me the light. Now I have seen said light, and... Read More 1543 no Ep. 191: Wendy is funding a Midwest present, preparing for a West Coast future. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-191-wendy/ Meet Wendy. Wendy’s main concerns, in her own words:  If we were to stay in the Midwest in our current jobs, I wouldn’t be worried about our financial future at all. However, my husband, who is active duty military, is... Read More Tue, 26 Sep 2017 10:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Wendy. Wendy’s main concerns, in her own words:  If we were to stay in the Midwest in our current jobs, I wouldn’t be worried about our financial future at all. However, my husband, who is active duty military, is... Read More Meet Wendy. Wendy’s main concerns, in her own words:  If we were to stay in the Midwest in our current jobs, I wouldn’t be worried about our financial future at all. However, my husband, who is active duty military, is... Read More 1677 no Ep. 190: Rosé, radio, and health care with Paul Ashley http://petetheplanner.com/ep-190-rose-radio-healthcare-paul-ashley/ This week, I welcome back my friend Paul Ashley from First Person Advisors. Paul has been featured on my show two times prior to this week’s episode, and you can find both by clicking here and here. *clicky, clicky* There... Read More Thu, 21 Sep 2017 10:00:09 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I welcome back my friend Paul Ashley from First Person Advisors. Paul has been featured on my show two times prior to this week’s episode, and you can find both by clicking here and here. *clicky, clicky* There... Read More This week, I welcome back my friend Paul Ashley from First Person Advisors. Paul has been featured on my show two times prior to this week’s episode, and you can find both by clicking here and here. *clicky, clicky* There... Read More 2497 no Ep. 189: Cassie is ready to walk the walk to a secure financial life. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-189-cassie/ Meet Cassie. Cassie’s main concerns, in her own words: I find managing money difficult, but over the past several years I’ve educated myself on financial responsibility and budgeting. I am quite proud of what I have accomplished–curbed my unnecessary s... Tue, 19 Sep 2017 10:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Cassie. Cassie’s main concerns, in her own words: I find managing money difficult, but over the past several years I’ve educated myself on financial responsibility and budgeting. I am quite proud of what I have accomplished–curbed my unnecessary s... Meet Cassie. Cassie’s main concerns, in her own words: I find managing money difficult, but over the past several years I’ve educated myself on financial responsibility and budgeting. I am quite proud of what I have accomplished–curbed my unnecessary s... 1959 no Ep. 188: Maybel, she’s got multiple next moves & is trying to find the best fit. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-188-maybel/ Meet Maybel. Maybel’s main concerns, in her own words: I am not sure WHAT to do next, or how to go about it.  When I left my previous employer, I became a contract worker and stopped contributing to retirement to build... Read More Tue, 12 Sep 2017 10:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Maybel. Maybel’s main concerns, in her own words: I am not sure WHAT to do next, or how to go about it.  When I left my previous employer, I became a contract worker and stopped contributing to retirement to build... Read More Meet Maybel. Maybel’s main concerns, in her own words: I am not sure WHAT to do next, or how to go about it.  When I left my previous employer, I became a contract worker and stopped contributing to retirement to build... Read More 2221 no Ep. 187 Freezing your credit: the what & how to’s. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-187-freezing-credit-ins-outs-tos/ In a special early week edition we’re focusing on how our data is handled, specifically with the credit data bureaus. In early September of 2017, one of the big three credit bureaus (Equifax) had a data breach causing potential reproductions... Read More Mon, 11 Sep 2017 00:00:04 -0000 full IBJ Media In a special early week edition we’re focusing on how our data is handled, specifically with the credit data bureaus. In early September of 2017, one of the big three credit bureaus (Equifax) had a data breach causing potential reproductions... Read More In a special early week edition we’re focusing on how our data is handled, specifically with the credit data bureaus. In early September of 2017, one of the big three credit bureaus (Equifax) had a data breach causing potential reproductions... Read More 2628 no Ep. 186: Autumn, a mom working to keep her family financially on track. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-186-autumn/ Meet Autumn. Autumn’s main concerns, in her own words: We have roughly $1500-1700/mo in extra income and we would like to know how we should allocate this money. We have ideas of contributing more to my HSA, start ROTH’s, contribute... Read More Tue, 05 Sep 2017 10:00:30 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Autumn. Autumn’s main concerns, in her own words: We have roughly $1500-1700/mo in extra income and we would like to know how we should allocate this money. We have ideas of contributing more to my HSA, start ROTH’s, contribute... Read More Meet Autumn. Autumn’s main concerns, in her own words: We have roughly $1500-1700/mo in extra income and we would like to know how we should allocate this money. We have ideas of contributing more to my HSA, start ROTH’s, contribute... Read More 2581 no Ep. 185: Sharing finances with your special someone http://petetheplanner.com/ep-185-sharing-financials-special-someone/ This week: we’re talking about banking. *Specifically* with that special someone of yours. Your “lovey-dovey”, if  you will. This is an episode that has been a long time coming. And after seeing a friend of mine this past week while... Read More Thu, 31 Aug 2017 10:00:26 -0000 full IBJ Media This week: we’re talking about banking. *Specifically* with that special someone of yours. Your “lovey-dovey”, if  you will. This is an episode that has been a long time coming. And after seeing a friend of mine this past week while... Read More This week: we’re talking about banking. *Specifically* with that special someone of yours. Your “lovey-dovey”, if  you will. This is an episode that has been a long time coming. And after seeing a friend of mine this past week while... Read More 2560 no Ep. 184: Rubin, a business owner focused on saving for the future. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-184-rubin/ In this week’s episode–we shake things up a little bit. It’s what we do here in PTP headquarters. If you listen to my radio show, and usual Thursday podcast postings, you’re familiar with my four-segmented show. Now stay with us–for... Read More Tue, 29 Aug 2017 10:00:33 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week’s episode–we shake things up a little bit. It’s what we do here in PTP headquarters. If you listen to my radio show, and usual Thursday podcast postings, you’re familiar with my four-segmented show. Now stay with us–for... Read More In this week’s episode–we shake things up a little bit. It’s what we do here in PTP headquarters. If you listen to my radio show, and usual Thursday podcast postings, you’re familiar with my four-segmented show. Now stay with us–for... Read More 2504 no Ep. 183: Red, a state worker & wanna be salesman. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-183-red/ Meet Red. Red’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our mid 30’s. We have one child who is 8 y.o, of which we recently found out has Type 1 Diabetes. I work for the... Read More Tue, 22 Aug 2017 10:00:08 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Red. Red’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our mid 30’s. We have one child who is 8 y.o, of which we recently found out has Type 1 Diabetes. I work for the... Read More Meet Red. Red’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our mid 30’s. We have one child who is 8 y.o, of which we recently found out has Type 1 Diabetes. I work for the... Read More 1783 no Ep. 182: Signs of a Chaotic Financial Life http://petetheplanner.com/ep-182-signs-chaotic-financial-life/ This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial life. If you’re waiting on your next paycheck... Read More Thu, 17 Aug 2017 10:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial life. If you’re waiting on your next paycheck... Read More This week, we’re talking about the chaos that can ensue in your financial life. Chaos—while fun to spell and fun to say is not so fun when it comes to your financial life. If you’re waiting on your next paycheck... Read More 2412 no Ep. 181: Brielle has a lot of moving pieces & is ready to put them into place. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-181-brielle-lot-moving-pieces-ready-put-place/ Meet Brielle. Brielle’s main concerns, in her own words: My biggest hurdle is balancing it all. We have a two and four year old that we will send to day care and preschool and starting in Sept. My children both have... Read More Tue, 15 Aug 2017 10:00:30 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Brielle. Brielle’s main concerns, in her own words: My biggest hurdle is balancing it all. We have a two and four year old that we will send to day care and preschool and starting in Sept. My children both have... Read More Meet Brielle. Brielle’s main concerns, in her own words: My biggest hurdle is balancing it all. We have a two and four year old that we will send to day care and preschool and starting in Sept. My children both have... Read More 2483 no Ep. 180: Peter Dunn & CJ McClanahan http://petetheplanner.com/ep-180-peter-dunn-cj-mcclanahan/ This week, I’m joined by CJ McClanahan. CJ is an accomplished writer, speaker, executive coach and long-time personal friend. Over the past 10 years CJ has helped me grow personally, entrepreneurially, and is the reason I got into radio. Over the... Thu, 10 Aug 2017 10:00:59 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I’m joined by CJ McClanahan. CJ is an accomplished writer, speaker, executive coach and long-time personal friend. Over the past 10 years CJ has helped me grow personally, entrepreneurially, and is the reason I got into radio. Over the... This week, I’m joined by CJ McClanahan. CJ is an accomplished writer, speaker, executive coach and long-time personal friend. Over the past 10 years CJ has helped me grow personally, entrepreneurially, and is the reason I got into radio. Over the... 2430 no Ep. 179: Tina, a single mother ready to get back on track & contributing to her future. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-179-tina-single-mother-ready-get-back-track-contributing-future/ Meet Tina. Tina’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single mother of a 4 year old. I owned a home but after a legal case I sold my home via short sale in 2015 after owing since 2000... Read More Tue, 08 Aug 2017 10:00:49 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Tina. Tina’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single mother of a 4 year old. I owned a home but after a legal case I sold my home via short sale in 2015 after owing since 2000... Read More Meet Tina. Tina’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single mother of a 4 year old. I owned a home but after a legal case I sold my home via short sale in 2015 after owing since 2000... Read More 2049 no Ep. 178: Selling Your Home http://petetheplanner.com/ep-178/ This week, we’re talking about: Selling Your Home.  A daunting feat, that if done correctly–can be a sizable pay off. When selling your home (or getting ready to sell your home) you’re preparing to leave the house. Your main focus... Read More Thu, 03 Aug 2017 10:00:44 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking about: Selling Your Home.  A daunting feat, that if done correctly–can be a sizable pay off. When selling your home (or getting ready to sell your home) you’re preparing to leave the house. Your main focus... Read More This week, we’re talking about: Selling Your Home.  A daunting feat, that if done correctly–can be a sizable pay off. When selling your home (or getting ready to sell your home) you’re preparing to leave the house. Your main focus... Read More 2519 no Ep.177: Allison wants to retire early, but got a late start on serious retirement savings. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-177-allison/ Meet Allison. Allison’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single Federal Government employee who would like to retire at 62. I currently make just over $100,000, but I live in the high cost of living area of... Read More Tue, 01 Aug 2017 10:00:04 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Allison. Allison’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single Federal Government employee who would like to retire at 62. I currently make just over $100,000, but I live in the high cost of living area of... Read More Meet Allison. Allison’s main concerns, in her own words: I am a single Federal Government employee who would like to retire at 62. I currently make just over $100,000, but I live in the high cost of living area of... Read More 2128 no Ep. 176: Jeff, rocket ship salesman by day…real-estate broker by night. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-176-jeff/ Meet Jeff. Jeff’s main concerns, in his own words: I’m 34, married with a 1-year old, based in Los Angeles (pretty high cost of living), and work for a tech startup. My wife works in law enforcement, but we have different... Read More Tue, 25 Jul 2017 10:00:49 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Jeff. Jeff’s main concerns, in his own words: I’m 34, married with a 1-year old, based in Los Angeles (pretty high cost of living), and work for a tech startup. My wife works in law enforcement, but we have different... Read More Meet Jeff. Jeff’s main concerns, in his own words: I’m 34, married with a 1-year old, based in Los Angeles (pretty high cost of living), and work for a tech startup. My wife works in law enforcement, but we have different... Read More 2349 no Ep. 175: A Potpourri Episode http://petetheplanner.com/ep-175-potpourri-episode/ In this week’s episode, we’re talking about a little bit of this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. There are a couple different things I want to cover,... Read More Thu, 20 Jul 2017 10:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media In this week’s episode, we’re talking about a little bit of this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. There are a couple different things I want to cover,... Read More In this week’s episode, we’re talking about a little bit of this and a little bit of that. Some might say, a bit of a “potpourri” episode, if you will. There are a couple different things I want to cover,... Read More 2465 no Ep. 174: Katie, the Paper Mill Engineer Who Drives a Forester. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-173-katie-paper-mill-engineer-drives-forester/ Meet Katie. Katie’s main concerns, in her own words: I’m graduating from college in May 2017 and have a job making 72,000 as an engineer. I have no debt, no car payment, and a small amount in an IRA, so... Read More Tue, 18 Jul 2017 10:00:34 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Katie. Katie’s main concerns, in her own words: I’m graduating from college in May 2017 and have a job making 72,000 as an engineer. I have no debt, no car payment, and a small amount in an IRA, so... Read More Meet Katie. Katie’s main concerns, in her own words: I’m graduating from college in May 2017 and have a job making 72,000 as an engineer. I have no debt, no car payment, and a small amount in an IRA, so... Read More 2098 no Ep. 173: Family & Money http://petetheplanner.com/ep-173-family-money/ In this episode, we’re talking about: Family & Money. Now as a husband, father, son, and friend–while I’m no relationship expert, I do have experience in a handful of different ones.  Today I’m going to cover the good, the bad,... Read More Thu, 13 Jul 2017 07:00:36 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode, we’re talking about: Family & Money. Now as a husband, father, son, and friend–while I’m no relationship expert, I do have experience in a handful of different ones.  Today I’m going to cover the good, the bad,... Read More In this episode, we’re talking about: Family & Money. Now as a husband, father, son, and friend–while I’m no relationship expert, I do have experience in a handful of different ones.  Today I’m going to cover the good, the bad,... Read More 2437 no Ep. 172: Lynette is in her mid 30’s and trying to do it all. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-172-lynette-mid-30s-trying/ Meet Lynette. Lynette’s main concerns, in her own words: My husband (38) and I (34) paid off all our debt, except our mortgage. We have a toddler, and a dog. We’re about to move to another state and will be... Read More Tue, 11 Jul 2017 05:00:56 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Lynette. Lynette’s main concerns, in her own words: My husband (38) and I (34) paid off all our debt, except our mortgage. We have a toddler, and a dog. We’re about to move to another state and will be... Read More Meet Lynette. Lynette’s main concerns, in her own words: My husband (38) and I (34) paid off all our debt, except our mortgage. We have a toddler, and a dog. We’re about to move to another state and will be... Read More 2148 no Ep. 171: Mailbag http://petetheplanner.com/ep-171-mailbag/ On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Once a month, or every four weeks or so, I like to dive into my mailbox and revisit some of your emails. They intrigue me–I never know what I’m... Read More Thu, 06 Jul 2017 05:00:45 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Once a month, or every four weeks or so, I like to dive into my mailbox and revisit some of your emails. They intrigue me–I never know what I’m... Read More On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Once a month, or every four weeks or so, I like to dive into my mailbox and revisit some of your emails. They intrigue me–I never know what I’m... Read More 2435 no Ep. 170: Jordan, a school teacher, reverses roles as I grade him on his financial life. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-170-jordan-school-teacher-reverses-roles-grade-financial-life/ Meet Jordan. Jordan’s main concerns, in his own words: I am a school teacher with two children under 4 and a third on the way. I have a net worth of $110,000 but only an income of $50,000 because my... Read More Tue, 04 Jul 2017 05:00:50 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Jordan. Jordan’s main concerns, in his own words: I am a school teacher with two children under 4 and a third on the way. I have a net worth of $110,000 but only an income of $50,000 because my... Read More Meet Jordan. Jordan’s main concerns, in his own words: I am a school teacher with two children under 4 and a third on the way. I have a net worth of $110,000 but only an income of $50,000 because my... Read More 1902 no Ep. 169: Setting Your Financial Rules. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-169-rules/ This week, I’m talking about rules. You need rules to live by. For each component of your life you need to set some personal rules, or standards if you will, that apply to you and your everyday obligations. If you don’t–you are going to struggle through each part of you life. And that..sounds..miserable. Anyways, when I say you need rules, these rules do not have to be  you declaring complex, multi-part thesis statements in order for you to gain credit. No. These rules just need to be personal standards you set up as barriers and guidelines that work for you, your obligations and goals. *Example time* One of my co-worker’s rules is that she doesn’t eat fast food. It isn’t that she is against it, she’s just set a standard to make a conscious decision of picking a different option. So, when she has lunch in the office and someone brings in taco bell she’s not lusting and drooling for a part of that cheesy gordita crunch. Nope, she’s good. She’s set her rule and it has become a part of her every day life style. You can go about setting these rules, in which ever way you’d like. They can be religious, they can be ethical, they can be apart of a moral standard you uphold–whatever. Your rules just need to set up guidelines that are going to get to you abide by said rules every day. So, what are your financial rules? If you don’t have any or are still working through what you want your financial standards to be, that’s ok. Grab a piece of paper, start writing them down. I want to know about, and I’m going to talk about these more with you today, what your: * Budgeting and Spending Rules * Debt and Saving Rules * Major Purchase Rules * Rules about Your Future As you move through different stages of your financial life, some of your rules may change a little bit. Again, that’s ok, just make sure that your rules/standards consistently reflect your financial obligations and goals. I’ll be here to help you stick to your rules and work towards your goals.   Thu, 29 Jun 2017 05:00:34 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I’m talking about rules. You need rules to live by. For each component of your life you need to set some personal rules, or standards if you will, that apply to you and your everyday obligations. This week, I’m talking about rules. You need rules to live by. For each component of your life you need to set some personal rules, or standards if you will, that apply to you and your everyday obligations. If you don’t–you are going to struggle through each part of you life. And that..sounds..miserable. Anyways, when I say you need rules, these rules do not have to be  you declaring complex, multi-part thesis statements in order for you to gain credit. No. These rules just need to be personal standards you set up as barriers and guidelines that work for you, your obligations and goals. *Example time* One of my co-worker’s rules is that she doesn’t eat fast food. It isn’t that she is against it, she’s just set a standard to make a conscious decision of picking a different option. So, when she has lunch in the office and someone brings in taco bell she’s not lusting and drooling for a part of that cheesy gordita crunch. Nope, she’s good. She’s set her rule and it has become a part of her every day life style. You can go about setting these rules, in which ever way you’d like. They can be religious, they can be ethical, they can be apart of a moral standard you uphold–whatever. Your rules just need to set up guidelines that are going to get to you abide by said rules every day. So, what are your financial rules? If you don’t have any or are still working through what you want your financial standards to be, that’s ok. Grab a piece of paper, start writing them down. I want to know about, and I’m going to talk about these more with you today, what your: * Budgeting and Spending Rules * Debt and Saving Rules * Major Purchase Rules * Rules about Your Future As you move through different stages of your financial life, some of your rules may change a little bit. Again, that’s ok, just make sure that your rules/standards consistently reflect your financial obligations and goals. I’ll be here to help you stick to your rules and work towards your goals.   2437 no Ep. 168: The Return of Omar http://petetheplanner.com/ep-168-return-omar/ In October of 2016, I talked with Omar about a daunting feat: to retire by 40. When we first talked to him, here were his main concerns in his own words: I think my wife and I could make for an interesting case study. We’re both 30 with aspirations of achieving very early financial independence/retirement by 40. Neither one of us are doctors/lawyers/engineers (I feel like all the high-earners typically are), and started at 22 out of college with a combined income of $47,000 per year (living right outside of NYC – yikes!). My wife actually stepped away from her job at 24 to pursue an additional bachelor’s degree in an entirely different field (she had originally majored in dance and English, then went back to school for astrophysics … yes, you read that correctly) while I walked away from what I had envisioned my lifetime career being (working in the professional sports world) to pursue a job at a market research firm in sales. We had somewhat of an epiphany last year after our first child was born that we really had seen our salaries/careers inflate without our lifestyle following behind (we’re currently making a combined income of $195,000 per year before bonuses). The epiphany moment occurred after an opportunity for a significant life change (moving to California, and a chance for a large pay bump for me but to be a single income household and have my wife stay home without baby) came and we passed on it. We determined that more money wouldn’t increase our level of happiness – but more time would. After sitting down and attempting to learn as much as possible about investing, we fell into the blogosphere of the early retirement/financial independence world (I actually uncovered Pete through Stacking Benjamins which came via a Paula Pant recommendation). After consuming dozens of podcasts/blogs/personal finance books, we’ve worked pretty hard to optimize our finances as much as possible in the last year. A year ago I didn’t know the difference between a traditional 401K vs. a Roth 401k; fast forward a year and I can hold a pretty solid conversation regarding why I don’t believe in the advantages of a Roth 401k for someone pursuing early retirement (I’d rather execute a Roth IRA conversion ladder upon early retirement). With all that being said, most of what I’ve learned is self-taught, and would be nice to get a second opinion and explore any angles I may have not thought about or left out. This could either be an interesting podcast for people who are good with their money but can see what possibilities are there if they strive to become great (worst case scenario here is I’m a few years off and 45 is more realistic). It could also be an awful podcast since Pete could crush my hopes and dreams or people would find a couple making nearly $200K a year and trying to retire by 40 unrelatable and downright obnoxious (actually, this pretty much describes how my wife would have felt 2 years ago … heck, she might even feel this way now!). Almost a year later, he’s back to discuss his progress and his goals. Planning to still retire by 40, Omar (currently 31) has a little over $300,000 in investments and his big push for 2017 is to set aside $100,000. With medical bills, housing repairs and other unexpected life happenings in 2017, Omar is having to do a little investing re-evaluation to hit his $100k.   Tue, 27 Jun 2017 05:00:15 -0000 full IBJ Media In October of 2016, I talked with Omar about a daunting feat: to retire by 40. When we first talked to him, here were his main concerns in his own words: I think my wife and I could make for an interesting case study. In October of 2016, I talked with Omar about a daunting feat: to retire by 40. When we first talked to him, here were his main concerns in his own words: I think my wife and I could make for an interesting case study. We’re both 30 with aspirations of achieving very early financial independence/retirement by 40. Neither one of us are doctors/lawyers/engineers (I feel like all the high-earners typically are), and started at 22 out of college with a combined income of $47,000 per year (living right outside of NYC – yikes!). My wife actually stepped away from her job at 24 to pursue an additional bachelor’s degree in an entirely different field (she had originally majored in dance and English, then went back to school for astrophysics … yes, you read that correctly) while I walked away from what I had envisioned my lifetime career being (working in the professional sports world) to pursue a job at a market research firm in sales. We had somewhat of an epiphany last year after our first child was born that we really had seen our salaries/careers inflate without our lifestyle following behind (we’re currently making a combined income of $195,000 per year before bonuses). The epiphany moment occurred after an opportunity for a significant life change (moving to California, and a chance for a large pay bump for me but to be a single income household and have my wife stay home without baby) came and we passed on it. We determined that more money wouldn’t increase our level of happiness – but more time would. After sitting down and attempting to learn as much as possible about investing, we fell into the blogosphere of the early retirement/financial independence world (I actually uncovered Pete through Stacking Benjamins which came via a Paula Pant recommendation). After consuming dozens of podcasts/blogs/personal finance books, we’ve worked pretty hard to optimize our finances as much as possible in the last year. A year ago I didn’t know the difference between a traditional 401K vs. a Roth 401k; fast forward a year and I can hold a pretty solid conversation regarding why I don’t believe in the advantages of a Roth 401k for someone pursuing early retirement (I’d rather execute a Roth IRA conversion ladder upon early retirement). With all that being said, most of what I’ve learned is self-taught, and would be nice to get a second opinion and explore any angles I may have not thought about or left out. This could either be an interesting podcast for people who are good with their money but can see what possibilities are there if they strive to become great (worst case scenario here is I’m a few years off and 45 is more realistic). It could also be an awful podcast since Pete could crush my hopes and dreams or people would find a couple making nearly $200K a year and trying to retire by 40 unrelatable and downright obnoxious (actually, this pretty much describes how my wife would have felt 2 years ago … heck, she might even feel this way now!). Almost a year later, he’s back to discuss his progress and his goals. Planning to still retire by 40, Omar (currently 31) has a little over $300,000 in investments and his big push for 2017 is to set aside $100,000. With medical bills, housing repairs and other unexpected life happenings in 2017, Omar is having to do a little investing re-evaluation to hit his $100k.   1921 no Ep. 167: The Four Stages of Your Financial Life http://petetheplanner.com/ep-167-four-stages-financial-life/ This week, we’re talking about The Four Stages of Your Financial Life. In your financial life there are 15, yes count’em, 15 things that you need to do. 15 sounds daunting, doesn’t it? If you write them all down that’s not a quick post-it note, it is a full blown and hardy list. That’s why I’ve broken up your financial life into four stages for you to accomplish those 15 things in. Because how much nicer of a number does four sound than 15. Your financial life starts between the age of 18 to 22 and goes all the way until you retire around the age of 67-ish. In your financial life, you are going to work through four different stages. I like to call those: Survivin’, Drivin’, Arrivin’ and Thrivin’ (yes, I know those rhymed). Within each of those four stages I have broken up those 15 things you need to accomplish appropriately in each. When you have completed the designated set of “to-do’s” in each category, you can move onto the next the stage. Before we dive into all you need to get done, we’re going to do a little self-evaluation. If you’ve been following my blog or podcast for a while you know I’m big on the self-evaluation. It gives us a starting point. A great inside to not only where you are in your financial life, but it will tell us the stage you’re in and whether there are things you need to catch up on or plan for. In this episode I will break down each stage and the tasks they include for you to successfully, at your own pace, make it to the next stage of your financial life. You may be sitting there reading this and asking yourself, “How long does it take to make it through each stage?” Excellent question. It will be different for each individual, and that’s the beautiful thing about it. It may take a fresh college graduate who started a respectable salaried job right after school only two or three years to get out of survivin’. While it may take someone who has restarted their financial life 10 years to accomplish all the tasks in the first stage. This is where the 15 things come into role as: goals. Goals are apart of why I created these stages, to help focus on individual tasks to be accomplished. If you aren’t setting and working towards a goal(s), then you could be survivin’ for the rest of your life. You don’t want that, and I don’t want that. Focus on working towards your goals. The more your focus on them, the sooner you’ll make it through to the next. I’ll be here to help you through each and every stage along the way. Thu, 22 Jun 2017 05:00:37 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, we’re talking about The Four Stages of Your Financial Life. In your financial life there are 15, yes count’em, 15 things that you need to do. 15 sounds daunting, doesn’t it? If you write them all down that’s not a quick post-it note, This week, we’re talking about The Four Stages of Your Financial Life. In your financial life there are 15, yes count’em, 15 things that you need to do. 15 sounds daunting, doesn’t it? If you write them all down that’s not a quick post-it note, it is a full blown and hardy list. That’s why I’ve broken up your financial life into four stages for you to accomplish those 15 things in. Because how much nicer of a number does four sound than 15. Your financial life starts between the age of 18 to 22 and goes all the way until you retire around the age of 67-ish. In your financial life, you are going to work through four different stages. I like to call those: Survivin’, Drivin’, Arrivin’ and Thrivin’ (yes, I know those rhymed). Within each of those four stages I have broken up those 15 things you need to accomplish appropriately in each. When you have completed the designated set of “to-do’s” in each category, you can move onto the next the stage. Before we dive into all you need to get done, we’re going to do a little self-evaluation. If you’ve been following my blog or podcast for a while you know I’m big on the self-evaluation. It gives us a starting point. A great inside to not only where you are in your financial life, but it will tell us the stage you’re in and whether there are things you need to catch up on or plan for. In this episode I will break down each stage and the tasks they include for you to successfully, at your own pace, make it to the next stage of your financial life. You may be sitting there reading this and asking yourself, “How long does it take to make it through each stage?” Excellent question. It will be different for each individual, and that’s the beautiful thing about it. It may take a fresh college graduate who started a respectable salaried job right after school only two or three years to get out of survivin’. While it may take someone who has restarted their financial life 10 years to accomplish all the tasks in the first stage. This is where the 15 things come into role as: goals. Goals are apart of why I created these stages, to help focus on individual tasks to be accomplished. If you aren’t setting and working towards a goal(s), then you could be survivin’ for the rest of your life. You don’t want that, and I don’t want that. Focus on working towards your goals. The more your focus on them, the sooner you’ll make it through to the next. I’ll be here to help you through each and every stage along the way. 2494 no Ep. 166: Melissa has saved for retirement since the age of 25 and is getting ready to reap the benefits. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-166-melissa/ Meet Melissa. Melissa’s main concerns, in her own words: My base pay is $74,800 plus overtime on top of that. I have been saving for a house aggressively since January 2015 at about $700 a paycheck (last month I scaled that down to $500) plus any extra money I made from switching to work the night shift as well as tax refunds. I now have $58,000 saved. $50,000 will be for the down payment and the rest is a catch-all for vacations, car repair, and immediate house expenses when I find one. I am looking to buy a house later this summer, I know my expenses will increase some and the amount I am saving will decrease. I already have a separate emergency fund of $50,000. I max out my retirement at $18,000 a year that, as of January 2015, is all Roth (total value $189,000), a Roth IRA $5,500 a yr (total value $74,000) and an play account of several single stocks I purchased for $1,500 (total value $1,900), plus a separate international travel account of $700 that I deposit $200 a paycheck into. My question is what do I do next? My minimum retirement age is 53 (I will have access to retirement funds without penalty) but I have a mandatory retirement age of 57. I am looking to buy a house on a 10 or 15 yr mortgage if I can comfortably afford the payments. I plan to have the house paid for when I retire. I will have a pension that I estimate will be $2,900 a month. If my plan stays the same and I choose to move back to my home state after retirement, I have some paid off land and I’d like to build a home on using $$ from the sale of this house. But where else can I save money for growth that I can access when I retire at age 53 and how does that work from a tax stand point? Please help, I don’t know where else to go from here. Tue, 20 Jun 2017 05:00:31 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Melissa. Melissa’s main concerns, in her own words: My base pay is $74,800 plus overtime on top of that. I have been saving for a house aggressively since January 2015 at about $700 a paycheck (last month I scaled that down to $500) plus any ext... Meet Melissa. Melissa’s main concerns, in her own words: My base pay is $74,800 plus overtime on top of that. I have been saving for a house aggressively since January 2015 at about $700 a paycheck (last month I scaled that down to $500) plus any extra money I made from switching to work the night shift as well as tax refunds. I now have $58,000 saved. $50,000 will be for the down payment and the rest is a catch-all for vacations, car repair, and immediate house expenses when I find one. I am looking to buy a house later this summer, I know my expenses will increase some and the amount I am saving will decrease. I already have a separate emergency fund of $50,000. I max out my retirement at $18,000 a year that, as of January 2015, is all Roth (total value $189,000), a Roth IRA $5,500 a yr (total value $74,000) and an play account of several single stocks I purchased for $1,500 (total value $1,900), plus a separate international travel account of $700 that I deposit $200 a paycheck into. My question is what do I do next? My minimum retirement age is 53 (I will have access to retirement funds without penalty) but I have a mandatory retirement age of 57. I am looking to buy a house on a 10 or 15 yr mortgage if I can comfortably afford the payments. I plan to have the house paid for when I retire. I will have a pension that I estimate will be $2,900 a month. If my plan stays the same and I choose to move back to my home state after retirement, I have some paid off land and I’d like to build a home on using $$ from the sale of this house. But where else can I save money for growth that I can access when I retire at age 53 and how does that work from a tax stand point? Please help, I don’t know where else to go from here. 1667 no Ep. 165 Life Insurance http://petetheplanner.com/ep-165-life-insurance/ *important editor’s note: in light of recent listeners’ feedback, it has been brought to my attention last week’s show had too many jokes, too many personal stories, and not enough information. This week, I switched it up a little bit. All information, no jokes. If a joke just happens to slip, at least I can say I tried* I’ve been getting a lot of questions on the blog and during my podcast lately about life insurance. And honestly–not nearly enough of you have the amount of coverage you and your family need. This–I’m going to be frank– is alarming to me. I’m not sure if some of you don’t understand how much is necessary, if you don’t know where to start, or if you just don’t realize the quick u-turn things will take for your family should something bad happen to you.You need life insurance. You really need life insurance. I get it, I don’t like thinking about not being around to support my family, but who does? (I chose a great topic to do a joke-less episode)but  none-the-less just because you don’t want to think about it doesn’t mean it evaporates into thin air and becomes any less important. However, I digress. Life insurance isn’t us trying to out run the inevitable, it’s about creating one less worry after the passing of a loved one. It is meant to pick up any financial pieces for your family should anything bad ever happen to you or a loved one. Over the course of your lifetime you are going to pay several thousand dollars for a benefit you’ll never see a cent of, and that’s okay! Because life insurance isn’t for you, it’s for your survivors. Buying life insurance isn’t just a financial decision, it’s a long-term commitment to caring for your family. In this episode I’m going to break down all you need know about making sure you have the adequate amount of coverage, into three segments. *****During this episode, I misspoke and said AD&D stood for Accidental Death and Disability. That’s not right. Apparently removing jokes from my brain made me ignore dismemberment. AD&D stands for Accidental Death and Dismemberment. Ah yes, dismemberment.  Thu, 15 Jun 2017 05:00:20 -0000 full IBJ Media *important editor’s note: in light of recent listeners’ feedback, it has been brought to my attention last week’s show had too many jokes, too many personal stories, and not enough information. This week, I switched it up a little bit. All information, *important editor’s note: in light of recent listeners’ feedback, it has been brought to my attention last week’s show had too many jokes, too many personal stories, and not enough information. This week, I switched it up a little bit. All information, no jokes. If a joke just happens to slip, at least I can say I tried* I’ve been getting a lot of questions on the blog and during my podcast lately about life insurance. And honestly–not nearly enough of you have the amount of coverage you and your family need. This–I’m going to be frank– is alarming to me. I’m not sure if some of you don’t understand how much is necessary, if you don’t know where to start, or if you just don’t realize the quick u-turn things will take for your family should something bad happen to you.You need life insurance. You really need life insurance. I get it, I don’t like thinking about not being around to support my family, but who does? (I chose a great topic to do a joke-less episode)but  none-the-less just because you don’t want to think about it doesn’t mean it evaporates into thin air and becomes any less important. However, I digress. Life insurance isn’t us trying to out run the inevitable, it’s about creating one less worry after the passing of a loved one. It is meant to pick up any financial pieces for your family should anything bad ever happen to you or a loved one. Over the course of your lifetime you are going to pay several thousand dollars for a benefit you’ll never see a cent of, and that’s okay! Because life insurance isn’t for you, it’s for your survivors. Buying life insurance isn’t just a financial decision, it’s a long-term commitment to caring for your family. In this episode I’m going to break down all you need know about making sure you have the adequate amount of coverage, into three segments. *****During this episode, I misspoke and said AD&D stood for Accidental Death and Disability. That’s not right. Apparently removing jokes from my brain made me ignore dismemberment. AD&D stands for Accidental Death and Dismemberment. Ah yes, dismemberment.  2490 no Ep. 164: Brian’s paid off over $60,000 in debt and is ready to get back on track. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-164-brians-paid-off-60000-debt-ready-get-back-track/ Meet Brian. Brian’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our early 30’s. We have been on the wrong track financially for years. We got ourselves into some serious financial trouble early on in our marriage. Since then we have made a serious turn around. We have paid off somewhere in the neighborhood of 60-80K in debt in the last 2 years. We are starting to finally see the light at the end of the tunnel. We have paid off her student loans, our car, and all credit cards. We feel like it’s time to start preparing for the next step and don’t really know where to turn. I have 14k left on student loans and a small amount of medical. We have very little in retirement and about 8k in savings. We need guidance on where to go from here. Tue, 13 Jun 2017 08:05:23 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Brian. Brian’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our early 30’s. We have been on the wrong track financially for years. We got ourselves into some serious financial trouble early on in our marriage. Meet Brian. Brian’s main concerns, in his own words: My wife and I are in our early 30’s. We have been on the wrong track financially for years. We got ourselves into some serious financial trouble early on in our marriage. Since then we have made a serious turn around. We have paid off somewhere in the neighborhood of 60-80K in debt in the last 2 years. We are starting to finally see the light at the end of the tunnel. We have paid off her student loans, our car, and all credit cards. We feel like it’s time to start preparing for the next step and don’t really know where to turn. I have 14k left on student loans and a small amount of medical. We have very little in retirement and about 8k in savings. We need guidance on where to go from here. 1508 no Ep.163: The Reality Gap http://petetheplanner.com/ep-163-reality-gap/ This week on the Pete the Planner® Show, I’m going to be talking about: The Reality Gap. Ah,  the reality gap–so, this is what I’m really into right now and I’m going to explain and walk you through this concept. But first I want to talk about that there are actually a lot of applications to this, however for the time being, what I want you to focus on is your financial health reality gap. So, if you will, think about your financial life and how you think you’re doing in two different ways: how you think you’re doing , a little self evaluation if you will, of where you feel your financial life is at. This may stem from how you good you feel about your  current income level or how you good you feel about the medical bills, student loans, ect. that you are paying off. And then, you knew this had to be the second part, *sigh* there is how you are actually doing. After evaluating on how you think you’re doing, we need an objective measure to show us how you’re actually doing and the difference between how you think you’re doing and how you’re actually doing. That, my friend, is the Reality Gap. Thu, 08 Jun 2017 05:00:15 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on the Pete the Planner® Show, I’m going to be talking about: The Reality Gap. Ah,  the reality gap–so, this is what I’m really into right now and I’m going to explain and walk you through this concept. This week on the Pete the Planner® Show, I’m going to be talking about: The Reality Gap. Ah,  the reality gap–so, this is what I’m really into right now and I’m going to explain and walk you through this concept. But first I want to talk about that there are actually a lot of applications to this, however for the time being, what I want you to focus on is your financial health reality gap. So, if you will, think about your financial life and how you think you’re doing in two different ways: how you think you’re doing , a little self evaluation if you will, of where you feel your financial life is at. This may stem from how you good you feel about your  current income level or how you good you feel about the medical bills, student loans, ect. that you are paying off. And then, you knew this had to be the second part, *sigh* there is how you are actually doing. After evaluating on how you think you’re doing, we need an objective measure to show us how you’re actually doing and the difference between how you think you’re doing and how you’re actually doing. That, my friend, is the Reality Gap. 3998 no Ep. 161: John has nearly thought of everything…but he hasn’t http://petetheplanner.com/ep-161-john-nearly-thought-everything-hasnt/ Meet John. John’s main concerns, in his own words:  My wife and I just welcomed our second (and last!) child. We have a comfortable lifestyle – both have stable jobs, we purchased a new home back in 2015, and save a respectable amount each month. However, the ‘unknown’ for us is if we are saving enough for our own future and our children’s.  We have just under $18K in savings across our combines savings accounts, which we contribute a little of $1K to each month. $11K of that is an untouched Emergency Fund where most of our monthly savings contributions go. Now on to the debt… We currently owe $304K on a 30yr mortgage. We purchased a new home in 2015, valued somewhere in the neighborhood of $360K. I have a car under 5yrs old which we are aggressively paying off so that we eliminate that debt by the end of 2017. My wife also has a car that is currently leased and has student loan debt which we are going to tackle more aggressively once my car is paid off at the end of the year. Once my car and student loan debt are paid off, we intend to aggressively contribute to paying down more principle on our mortgage since we want this home to be our last.  So I guess my questions are: Do we tackle our debt (outside of mortgage) more aggressively first since we have a decent head start on an Emergency Fund? Or, do we move those extra debt payments into retirement contributions to our 401Ks or Roth IRA? In the next few years, we would love to be debt free outside of our mortgage, and be able to cut my wife’s hours back to only two shifts a week instead of three (she is a nurse), or have her stay home completely. Tue, 06 Jun 2017 05:00:44 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet John. John’s main concerns, in his own words:  My wife and I just welcomed our second (and last!) child. We have a comfortable lifestyle – both have stable jobs, we purchased a new home back in 2015, and save a respectable amount each month. Meet John. John’s main concerns, in his own words:  My wife and I just welcomed our second (and last!) child. We have a comfortable lifestyle – both have stable jobs, we purchased a new home back in 2015, and save a respectable amount each month. However, the ‘unknown’ for us is if we are saving enough for our own future and our children’s.  We have just under $18K in savings across our combines savings accounts, which we contribute a little of $1K to each month. $11K of that is an untouched Emergency Fund where most of our monthly savings contributions go. Now on to the debt… We currently owe $304K on a 30yr mortgage. We purchased a new home in 2015, valued somewhere in the neighborhood of $360K. I have a car under 5yrs old which we are aggressively paying off so that we eliminate that debt by the end of 2017. My wife also has a car that is currently leased and has student loan debt which we are going to tackle more aggressively once my car is paid off at the end of the year. Once my car and student loan debt are paid off, we intend to aggressively contribute to paying down more principle on our mortgage since we want this home to be our last.  So I guess my questions are: Do we tackle our debt (outside of mortgage) more aggressively first since we have a decent head start on an Emergency Fund? Or, do we move those extra debt payments into retirement contributions to our 401Ks or Roth IRA? In the next few years, we would love to be debt free outside of our mortgage, and be able to cut my wife’s hours back to only two shifts a week instead of three (she is a nurse), or have her stay home completely. 1818 no Ep. 160: Serena is struggling to prioritize http://petetheplanner.com/ep-160-serena-struggling-prioritize/ Meet Serena. Serena’s main concerns, in her own words:  I’m starting a new job, so I feel like I’ll finally be earning enough to open an individual retirement account (in addition to my employer’s pension plan); however; I still have a lot of student loan debt. With these competing priorities, I’m worried about how my husband and I are going to save enough money to buy a house in a few years. Tue, 23 May 2017 13:52:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Serena. Serena’s main concerns, in her own words:  I’m starting a new job, so I feel like I’ll finally be earning enough to open an individual retirement account (in addition to my employer’s pension plan); however; I still have a lot of student ... Meet Serena. Serena’s main concerns, in her own words:  I’m starting a new job, so I feel like I’ll finally be earning enough to open an individual retirement account (in addition to my employer’s pension plan); however; I still have a lot of student loan debt. With these competing priorities, I’m worried about how my husband and I are going to save enough money to buy a house in a few years. 1712 no Ep. 158: Dylan is a cop with big goals http://petetheplanner.com/ep-158-dylan/ Meet Dylan. Dylan’s main concerns, in his own words: We are both in law enforcement and live together with two children under three years of age. She was out of work for a year and a half with child care and we have 26K in credit card debt and a 178K mortgage and about 15K in medical bills.  My power percentage is 32. We have almost identical incomes at 71K each and she puts in 15% (75k current total) and I put in 12% (200k current total) into separate 457b (Deferred Compensation). We have pensions through work. I am 48 and will retire at 59 1/2 with a full pension.  She is 34 and will retire at 53 with a full pension after 25yrs of service.   We can’t seem to save any extra money for a down payment on a new home. I am very worried we don’t have enough saved for a comfortable retirement and provide for the children. Thu, 18 May 2017 14:05:11 -0000 full IBJ Media Meet Dylan. Dylan’s main concerns, in his own words: We are both in law enforcement and live together with two children under three years of age. She was out of work for a year and a half with child care and we have 26K in credit card debt and a 178K ... Meet Dylan. Dylan’s main concerns, in his own words: We are both in law enforcement and live together with two children under three years of age. She was out of work for a year and a half with child care and we have 26K in credit card debt and a 178K mortgage and about 15K in medical bills.  My power percentage is 32. We have almost identical incomes at 71K each and she puts in 15% (75k current total) and I put in 12% (200k current total) into separate 457b (Deferred Compensation). We have pensions through work. I am 48 and will retire at 59 1/2 with a full pension.  She is 34 and will retire at 53 with a full pension after 25yrs of service.   We can’t seem to save any extra money for a down payment on a new home. I am very worried we don’t have enough saved for a comfortable retirement and provide for the children. 2016 no Ep. 157: Financial Stability http://petetheplanner.com/157-financial-stability/ This week, I cover the top three signs of financial stability. Over the course of my career, I’ve seen thousands of different financial situations—good and bad. These three signs have consistently been apparent in the good ones. * At least three months’ of expenses saved. An emergency fund. Seems simple enough right? From my experience, it can sometimes take people years to keep that amount in a savings account. You really need to go out of your way to make sure this is a lump sum completely separate from the cash account you use for everyday purchases. Start by just saving one month of expenses first. Work your way up to three as soon as you can. * At least a 20% Power Percentage™. Don’t know your Power Percentage™? Read more about it here or listen to my podcast about it. The quickest and easiest way to bump up your percentage is to increase your retirement contributions. * A clear understanding of your #1 financial goal. In other words, for the next extra dollar that comes into your household, do you have a plan for exactly where it will go? No matter what is happening in your life, keep at least one goal for your finances. Don’t let yourself become stagnant. If you’ve just hit a rough patch, your first goal is to rebuild your emergency fund. If you just paid off a large debt, have a plan for where the extra money will be going now that it’s not going to a monthly payment. I get it, bad stuff will happen, but you cannot let instability set in. Ready to create stability in your life? Make the decision to take these steps today. Thu, 11 May 2017 05:00:19 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I cover the top three signs of financial stability. Over the course of my career, I’ve seen thousands of different financial situations—good and bad. These three signs have consistently been apparent in the good ones. This week, I cover the top three signs of financial stability. Over the course of my career, I’ve seen thousands of different financial situations—good and bad. These three signs have consistently been apparent in the good ones. * At least three months’ of expenses saved. An emergency fund. Seems simple enough right? From my experience, it can sometimes take people years to keep that amount in a savings account. You really need to go out of your way to make sure this is a lump sum completely separate from the cash account you use for everyday purchases. Start by just saving one month of expenses first. Work your way up to three as soon as you can. * At least a 20% Power Percentage™. Don’t know your Power Percentage™? Read more about it here or listen to my podcast about it. The quickest and easiest way to bump up your percentage is to increase your retirement contributions. * A clear understanding of your #1 financial goal. In other words, for the next extra dollar that comes into your household, do you have a plan for exactly where it will go? No matter what is happening in your life, keep at least one goal for your finances. Don’t let yourself become stagnant. If you’ve just hit a rough patch, your first goal is to rebuild your emergency fund. If you just paid off a large debt, have a plan for where the extra money will be going now that it’s not going to a monthly payment. I get it, bad stuff will happen, but you cannot let instability set in. Ready to create stability in your life? Make the decision to take these steps today. 2453 no Ep. 156: Aurora is already a millionaire…now what? http://petetheplanner.com/ep-156-aurora-already-millionaire-now/ M$D: Done. Meet Aurora. Aurora’s main concerns, in her own words: We are a dual income, one child family, who already has a million dollars saved for retirement.  Our emergency fund is only at $26K and we don’t really budget our income (almost $250K).  Should we reduce down our future savings to boost our lifestyle now or work to really budget our money better?? In fairness, we take two nice vacations each year but still feel strapped for cash monthly. Our power percentage is 34% but we’d like to make it higher.  Do you have any thoughts on where to go from here?? We have wills and our son (7) has $85K set aside for college.   Tue, 09 May 2017 11:36:15 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: Done. Meet Aurora. Aurora’s main concerns, in her own words: We are a dual income, one child family, who already has a million dollars saved for retirement.  Our emergency fund is only at $26K and we don’t really budget our income (almost $250K). M$D: Done. Meet Aurora. Aurora’s main concerns, in her own words: We are a dual income, one child family, who already has a million dollars saved for retirement.  Our emergency fund is only at $26K and we don’t really budget our income (almost $250K).  Should we reduce down our future savings to boost our lifestyle now or work to really budget our money better?? In fairness, we take two nice vacations each year but still feel strapped for cash monthly. Our power percentage is 34% but we’d like to make it higher.  Do you have any thoughts on where to go from here?? We have wills and our son (7) has $85K set aside for college.   1665 no Ep. 155: Healthcare http://petetheplanner.com/ep-155-healthcare/ If you’re like most people, you haven’t been able to avoid all the discussion surrounding healthcare in the past few weeks and months. To cut through all the static, I brought on Paul Ashley from First Person Benefit Advisors onto my show to ask the most pressing questions. Since the Affordable Healthcare Act was passed in 2010, Republicans have wanted to repeal and replace it. But what does that mean? What does it look like in our every day life? We talk about the real differences between Obamacare (the ACA) and Trumpcare (the AHCA). No matter where you stand on the political scale, healthcare affects every one of us and it’s important to know what each side believes as well as the reality of each bill in the midst of so much opinionated coverage. If you’ve ever wondered, “Why does healthcare cost so much?” or “How are other countries able to have what looks like ‘free’ healthcare?” then this episode is for you. Follow Paul Ashley on Twitter or check out First Person Advisors here. Thu, 04 May 2017 05:00:25 -0000 full IBJ Media If you’re like most people, you haven’t been able to avoid all the discussion surrounding healthcare in the past few weeks and months. To cut through all the static, I brought on Paul Ashley from First Person Benefit Advisors onto my show to ask the m... If you’re like most people, you haven’t been able to avoid all the discussion surrounding healthcare in the past few weeks and months. To cut through all the static, I brought on Paul Ashley from First Person Benefit Advisors onto my show to ask the most pressing questions. Since the Affordable Healthcare Act was passed in 2010, Republicans have wanted to repeal and replace it. But what does that mean? What does it look like in our every day life? We talk about the real differences between Obamacare (the ACA) and Trumpcare (the AHCA). No matter where you stand on the political scale, healthcare affects every one of us and it’s important to know what each side believes as well as the reality of each bill in the midst of so much opinionated coverage. If you’ve ever wondered, “Why does healthcare cost so much?” or “How are other countries able to have what looks like ‘free’ healthcare?” then this episode is for you. Follow Paul Ashley on Twitter or check out First Person Advisors here. 2449 no Ep. 153: The Turn Around http://petetheplanner.com/ep-152-turn-around/ I’m dedicating this entire episode to Barb! Barb, a wonderful audience member from a speech I gave last week in Michigan, asked the best question I’ve heard in years. What do you do when, 10 to 15 years from retiring, you realize your Power Percentage isn’t where it should be and you aren’t sure if you can turn the ship around?  Whoa. Am I excited to tackle this one. This episode is the turn around episode and we take on more Power Percentage challenges. To answer Barb’s question, I start with diagnosing the problem. How can you truly know you’re struggling? In what area are you struggling? Power Percentage answers this. More often than not, it’s a lifestyle problem. It always boils down to poor financial behavior. You’re either spending too much, in too much debt, or not saving enough. The hard truth is, no matter what caused it, the financial struggle is oftentimes due to your behavior. I know, I know, we all have different situations and circumstances, but if you’re looking at retirement and you aren’t fully prepared, saying, “It’s not my fault” is the same thing as saying, “I can’t fix it.” Look in the mirror and stop lying to yourself. You’re either on a path to retirement or you’re not. There is no “kinda”. That being said, how can you truly fix this? To answer this, I look at a couple case studies. Overall, I break it down in a few steps: * Figure out exactly how much they need to pay per month to make sure their mortgage is completely paid off by retirement. * Immediately crank up your Power Percentage by increasing your retirement contributions. No excuses. At this point, you’re probably asking, “Where is the money for this supposed to come from?” And this is where I get real with you. The reason you’re in a tough spot is because you’ve let other priorities move ahead of retirement. So should you live a rough life just to retire successfully? The answer is YES. We are talking about putting away enough money to survive without your income. If this sounds terrifying, it’s because it is. * Never absorb a pay raise again. Put your raise directly toward your retirement fund. * After these steps, it comes down to slimming down your lifestyle (i.e. cutting vacations, dining out less, downsizing your home, etc.) Feeling a reality check coming on? Watch the episode on PTPTV and share with someone else who needs a reality check.   Thu, 20 Apr 2017 05:00:52 -0000 full IBJ Media I’m dedicating this entire episode to Barb! Barb, a wonderful audience member from a speech I gave last week in Michigan, asked the best question I’ve heard in years. What do you do when, 10 to 15 years from retiring, I’m dedicating this entire episode to Barb! Barb, a wonderful audience member from a speech I gave last week in Michigan, asked the best question I’ve heard in years. What do you do when, 10 to 15 years from retiring, you realize your Power Percentage isn’t where it should be and you aren’t sure if you can turn the ship around?  Whoa. Am I excited to tackle this one. This episode is the turn around episode and we take on more Power Percentage challenges. To answer Barb’s question, I start with diagnosing the problem. How can you truly know you’re struggling? In what area are you struggling? Power Percentage answers this. More often than not, it’s a lifestyle problem. It always boils down to poor financial behavior. You’re either spending too much, in too much debt, or not saving enough. The hard truth is, no matter what caused it, the financial struggle is oftentimes due to your behavior. I know, I know, we all have different situations and circumstances, but if you’re looking at retirement and you aren’t fully prepared, saying, “It’s not my fault” is the same thing as saying, “I can’t fix it.” Look in the mirror and stop lying to yourself. You’re either on a path to retirement or you’re not. There is no “kinda”. That being said, how can you truly fix this? To answer this, I look at a couple case studies. Overall, I break it down in a few steps: * Figure out exactly how much they need to pay per month to make sure their mortgage is completely paid off by retirement. * Immediately crank up your Power Percentage by increasing your retirement contributions. No excuses. At this point, you’re probably asking, “Where is the money for this supposed to come from?” And this is where I get real with you. The reason you’re in a tough spot is because you’ve let other priorities move ahead of retirement. So should you live a rough life just to retire successfully? The answer is YES. We are talking about putting away enough money to survive without your income. If this sounds terrifying, it’s because it is. * Never absorb a pay raise again. Put your raise directly toward your retirement fund. * After these steps, it comes down to slimming down your lifestyle (i.e. cutting vacations, dining out less, downsizing your home, etc.) Feeling a reality check coming on? Watch the episode on PTPTV and share with someone else who needs a reality check.   2490 no Ep. 152: Kendall has a child with special needs and wants to plan for the future http://petetheplanner.com/ep-152-kendall-child-special-needs-wants-plan-future/ M$D: April 29, 2047 Meet Kendall. Kendall’s main concerns, in her words:  We have a daughter with autism that we’re anticipating needing to care for the rest of our lives. Waiting for the state to set up ABLE account for her. Want to make sure we’re doing everything else right. I stopped working because of all the therapies. Contemplating going back to work part time in a lower paying field with flexibility but in the back of my mind thinking I may need to homeschool as she gets older. But, not working has me worried about SS, medicare, and disability benefits for myself. I do a small work from home gig as an independent contractor, but it doesn’t pay much. We’re working on paying our mortgage off in 15 years. Still have student loan debts. His will be gone this year where mine still have awhile. Also, my husband started working for a company last year that offers a pension, 50% vested in 5 years, 100% in 10. Full benefits at 65 or age plus years worked = 85. So far, we have no information about how much of a pension he could be potentially getting so trying to figure out how to plan for retirement with that. Plus, making sure we’ll be OK for my husband to buy a Tesla model 3 when it comes out. Tue, 18 Apr 2017 05:00:34 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: April 29, 2047 Meet Kendall. Kendall’s main concerns, in her words:  We have a daughter with autism that we’re anticipating needing to care for the rest of our lives. Waiting for the state to set up ABLE account for her. M$D: April 29, 2047 Meet Kendall. Kendall’s main concerns, in her words:  We have a daughter with autism that we’re anticipating needing to care for the rest of our lives. Waiting for the state to set up ABLE account for her. Want to make sure we’re doing everything else right. I stopped working because of all the therapies. Contemplating going back to work part time in a lower paying field with flexibility but in the back of my mind thinking I may need to homeschool as she gets older. But, not working has me worried about SS, medicare, and disability benefits for myself. I do a small work from home gig as an independent contractor, but it doesn’t pay much. We’re working on paying our mortgage off in 15 years. Still have student loan debts. His will be gone this year where mine still have awhile. Also, my husband started working for a company last year that offers a pension, 50% vested in 5 years, 100% in 10. Full benefits at 65 or age plus years worked = 85. So far, we have no information about how much of a pension he could be potentially getting so trying to figure out how to plan for retirement with that. Plus, making sure we’ll be OK for my husband to buy a Tesla model 3 when it comes out. 2256 no Ep. 151: Mailbag http://petetheplanner.com/ep-151-mailbag/ This week, I dig into more of your questions. These are the ones I tackle: “Hello Pete, I’m a 23-year-old and I work as a chemist making $50,000 a year. I’m currently contributing 6% to my employer-sponsored Roth 401(k) and maxing out my Roth IRA. I also recently started investing in a taxable account with my tax return and end-of-the-year bonus money. I have $26,000 in student loan debt and $10,000 in a car loan. The interest rates are 5.2% and 2.45% respectively. I currently make the minimum payments on each but feel overwhelmed by the large amount of debt. Should I keep throwing my extra money in the taxable account or start to double down on those loans? My investments have been making more than I currently pay in interest which is why I feel I am at a crossroads.” — Alex from Wisconsin “Is a 35% power percentage really realistic? I’m a single 27-year-old, drive a paid-off car, invest 12% toward retirement (includes employer contributions, retirement is between a Roth and a traditional), invest 8% gross toward emergency savings, 4.33% gross toward a taxable brokerage account, and to show for all of it, my net worth is in the low 40’s. The only debt I have is a small chunk of credit card debt. The problem I had was that after computing my power percentage, I have a less than satisfactory percentage at 25%. Am I missing something?” — Cory from Colorado “Hey Pete, I’ve been a big fan for a long time, my dad was too. I have to say, he probably followed more of your advice than me. One thing he did follow was your advice for freezing my parents’ credit. It sounds great, but now that he’s passed, my mom can’t get anything in her name because she doesn’t know the answers to the security questions they’re asking. Anyway, this on top of all the stress of losing her husband is an enormous pain. What do you think? A great blog post in the making or weeks of time on the phone in frustration or both?” —Allison I also cover manure, silent killers, and my best tactics for faking your way through English class. What can I say? Sometimes I get off track. Thu, 13 Apr 2017 05:00:51 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I dig into more of your questions. These are the ones I tackle: “Hello Pete, I’m a 23-year-old and I work as a chemist making $50,000 a year. I’m currently contributing 6% to my employer-sponsored Roth 401(k) and maxing out my Roth IRA. This week, I dig into more of your questions. These are the ones I tackle: “Hello Pete, I’m a 23-year-old and I work as a chemist making $50,000 a year. I’m currently contributing 6% to my employer-sponsored Roth 401(k) and maxing out my Roth IRA. I also recently started investing in a taxable account with my tax return and end-of-the-year bonus money. I have $26,000 in student loan debt and $10,000 in a car loan. The interest rates are 5.2% and 2.45% respectively. I currently make the minimum payments on each but feel overwhelmed by the large amount of debt. Should I keep throwing my extra money in the taxable account or start to double down on those loans? My investments have been making more than I currently pay in interest which is why I feel I am at a crossroads.” — Alex from Wisconsin “Is a 35% power percentage really realistic? I’m a single 27-year-old, drive a paid-off car, invest 12% toward retirement (includes employer contributions, retirement is between a Roth and a traditional), invest 8% gross toward emergency savings, 4.33% gross toward a taxable brokerage account, and to show for all of it, my net worth is in the low 40’s. The only debt I have is a small chunk of credit card debt. The problem I had was that after computing my power percentage, I have a less than satisfactory percentage at 25%. Am I missing something?” — Cory from Colorado “Hey Pete, I’ve been a big fan for a long time, my dad was too. I have to say, he probably followed more of your advice than me. One thing he did follow was your advice for freezing my parents’ credit. It sounds great, but now that he’s passed, my mom can’t get anything in her name because she doesn’t know the answers to the security questions they’re asking. Anyway, this on top of all the stress of losing her husband is an enormous pain. What do you think? A great blog post in the making or weeks of time on the phone in frustration or both?” —Allison I also cover manure, silent killers, and my best tactics for faking your way through English class. What can I say? Sometimes I get off track. 2527 no Ep. 150: Renee has a new baby and some extra money at the end of the month…can she avoid lifestyle creep? http://petetheplanner.com/ep-150-renee-new-baby-extra-money-end-month-can-avoid-lifestyle-creep/ M$D: January 22, 2039 Meet Renee. Renee’s main concerns, in her words:  I feel like we have all of the pieces but I’m not sure how to prioritize.  My husband and I will probably gross around $85-$89k this year (ballparking numbers for his travel stipend, overtime, and minus some unpaid maternity leave for me).  I make 31k and his base pay is $49k. We owe $5k on a car that we’re aggressively paying down and owe $70k on our home in a 15-year mortgage.  We have no other debt.  We have 3 months of expenses saved.  He saves 15% between his 401k & Roth accounts and I save 22% between a 403b & Roth since my job just started matching.  We have a 529 for our new baby.  After all of this, I can usually count on at the very least, $1000 extra a month.  Learning more about investment has been my new year’s resolution and I’m finding out that paying off our house probably doesn’t necessarily need to be as far up our list of priorities as I originally wanted it to be.  I would love some help in putting together a new game plan.  Thanks! Tue, 11 Apr 2017 05:00:25 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: January 22, 2039 Meet Renee. Renee’s main concerns, in her words:  I feel like we have all of the pieces but I’m not sure how to prioritize.  My husband and I will probably gross around $85-$89k this year (ballparking numbers for his travel stipe... M$D: January 22, 2039 Meet Renee. Renee’s main concerns, in her words:  I feel like we have all of the pieces but I’m not sure how to prioritize.  My husband and I will probably gross around $85-$89k this year (ballparking numbers for his travel stipend, overtime, and minus some unpaid maternity leave for me).  I make 31k and his base pay is $49k. We owe $5k on a car that we’re aggressively paying down and owe $70k on our home in a 15-year mortgage.  We have no other debt.  We have 3 months of expenses saved.  He saves 15% between his 401k & Roth accounts and I save 22% between a 403b & Roth since my job just started matching.  We have a 529 for our new baby.  After all of this, I can usually count on at the very least, $1000 extra a month.  Learning more about investment has been my new year’s resolution and I’m finding out that paying off our house probably doesn’t necessarily need to be as far up our list of priorities as I originally wanted it to be.  I would love some help in putting together a new game plan.  Thanks! 1717 no Ep. 149: College Financial Literacy http://petetheplanner.com/ep-149-college-financial-literacy/ This week, I talked with Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University. Phil and I have been working together since last fall on a project to increase college financial literacy. The program, called Money Smarts U, is through Indiana University, but will eventually be available for other colleges to adopt and offer to their students. We’re pretty excited about the change this can bring in increasing the financial preparedness of recent college grads. When everything is said and done, there will be over 20 hours of content for students at various stages of financial literacy to learn the basics before they reach the real world. If you are a college student, have a current or future college student, or will be a college student eventually — basically anyone ever — this is an episode for you. We cover some common financial mistakes in college, ways people try to circumvent debt collectors (hint: you really can’t), and more. Check it out. Thu, 06 Apr 2017 05:00:21 -0000 full IBJ Media This week, I talked with Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University. Phil and I have been working together since last fall on a project to increase college financial literacy. The program, called Money Smarts U, This week, I talked with Phil Schuman, Director of Financial Literacy at Indiana University. Phil and I have been working together since last fall on a project to increase college financial literacy. The program, called Money Smarts U, is through Indiana University, but will eventually be available for other colleges to adopt and offer to their students. We’re pretty excited about the change this can bring in increasing the financial preparedness of recent college grads. When everything is said and done, there will be over 20 hours of content for students at various stages of financial literacy to learn the basics before they reach the real world. If you are a college student, have a current or future college student, or will be a college student eventually — basically anyone ever — this is an episode for you. We cover some common financial mistakes in college, ways people try to circumvent debt collectors (hint: you really can’t), and more. Check it out. 2402 no Ep. 148: CJ had a late start to his career, but his profession makes it less stressful than you’d think http://petetheplanner.com/ep-148-cj-late-start-career-profession-makes-less-stressful-youd-think/ M$D: October 10, 2041 Meet CJ. CJ’s main concerns, in his words:  We are an early 30’s married couple that is looking to have kids soon.  We have a house, but we are looking to upgrade that in the next few years as well.  I got a late start to my career so I wasn’t able to really start saving for retirement until I was 30.  I am on the tail end of student loans (about 5 years left) that I have from pursuing my MBA.  We are finally saving how we want to, but are still not sure if it is enough for all of our needs.  We each have a 401(K) and are putting 6% plus an employer 3% match.  Combined gross income is around $125,000. Tue, 04 Apr 2017 05:00:31 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: October 10, 2041 Meet CJ. CJ’s main concerns, in his words:  We are an early 30’s married couple that is looking to have kids soon.  We have a house, but we are looking to upgrade that in the next few years as well. M$D: October 10, 2041 Meet CJ. CJ’s main concerns, in his words:  We are an early 30’s married couple that is looking to have kids soon.  We have a house, but we are looking to upgrade that in the next few years as well.  I got a late start to my career so I wasn’t able to really start saving for retirement until I was 30.  I am on the tail end of student loans (about 5 years left) that I have from pursuing my MBA.  We are finally saving how we want to, but are still not sure if it is enough for all of our needs.  We each have a 401(K) and are putting 6% plus an employer 3% match.  Combined gross income is around $125,000. 1675 no Ep. 147: Youth Sports http://petetheplanner.com/ep-147-youth-sports/ This week on PTPTV, I talk youth sports with Travis Dorsch. He’s got quite the title, are you ready? Dr. Travis Dorsch: Former Professional Football Player, Assistant Professor, Founding Director of the Families in Sport Lab in the Department of Family, Consumer, and Human Development at Utah State University. Yes, I do give him a hard time about how long this title is. To summarize: he studies the impact of youth sports on families. My primary approach to this topic has been financial. And no, I don’t mean betting on Joey’s little league team. That’s why it’s great for me to talk to someone like Travis to understand the impact of youth sports beyond the bank account. If you’re a parent with a kid who’s interested in youth sports, this episode is a must-listen. Travis and I discuss the message you send to your kids by spending money on youth sports, how to know if your child is really being enriched by their sport, yelling at refs, and a lot more. Check it out. Follow Travis on Twitter or check out Families in Sport. Thu, 30 Mar 2017 05:00:39 -0000 full IBJ Media This week on PTPTV, I talk youth sports with Travis Dorsch. He’s got quite the title, are you ready? Dr. Travis Dorsch: Former Professional Football Player, Assistant Professor, Founding Director of the Families in Sport Lab in the Department of Family, This week on PTPTV, I talk youth sports with Travis Dorsch. He’s got quite the title, are you ready? Dr. Travis Dorsch: Former Professional Football Player, Assistant Professor, Founding Director of the Families in Sport Lab in the Department of Family, Consumer, and Human Development at Utah State University. Yes, I do give him a hard time about how long this title is. To summarize: he studies the impact of youth sports on families. My primary approach to this topic has been financial. And no, I don’t mean betting on Joey’s little league team. That’s why it’s great for me to talk to someone like Travis to understand the impact of youth sports beyond the bank account. If you’re a parent with a kid who’s interested in youth sports, this episode is a must-listen. Travis and I discuss the message you send to your kids by spending money on youth sports, how to know if your child is really being enriched by their sport, yelling at refs, and a lot more. Check it out. Follow Travis on Twitter or check out Families in Sport. 2405 no Ep. 146: Cindy, recently divorced, is looking for a financial fresh start http://petetheplanner.com/ep-146-cindy-recently-divorced-looking-financial-fresh-start/ M$D: June 10, 2036 Meet Cindy. Cindy’s main concerns, in her words:  My husband and I are separated and the divorce will be final in a couple of months. He no longer lives in the house, so it’s just my income providing for us. We have two children ages 10 and 5. I make $68k yearly (net $4,200), 403B is $132K (my employer matches and I match at the highest rate monthly $292), life insurance ($250K) and employer ($68k), savings $1,650 ($300 monthly), credit card debt is $2,800, rent $1,200 and no more school loans. Then there are monthly expenses which amount to $1,680 (car payment, insurance, utilities, food, kids activities, premiums, etc.) My financial concerns are not having the three months expenses budgeted in case of an emergency, paying off THAT credit card (it’s killing me), and feeling like I can’t buy a new dress or a pair of shoes without feeling guilty. The guilty feeling comes into play because if I buy myself something, I know something is going to come up that I will need that dress/shoe money for. I live paycheck to paycheck and run out of money before next pay date (paid monthly), so I want to get out of that cycle. Even when my husband was in the picture, this was still the case. He was in debt and couldn’t contribute. Our money was always separate, so I never knew what his net was or personal expenses. Help me get on a plan so I can save and have some money to do whatever I want with. PLEASE. Tue, 28 Mar 2017 05:00:23 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: June 10, 2036 Meet Cindy. Cindy’s main concerns, in her words:  My husband and I are separated and the divorce will be final in a couple of months. He no longer lives in the house, so it’s just my income providing for us. M$D: June 10, 2036 Meet Cindy. Cindy’s main concerns, in her words:  My husband and I are separated and the divorce will be final in a couple of months. He no longer lives in the house, so it’s just my income providing for us. We have two children ages 10 and 5. I make $68k yearly (net $4,200), 403B is $132K (my employer matches and I match at the highest rate monthly $292), life insurance ($250K) and employer ($68k), savings $1,650 ($300 monthly), credit card debt is $2,800, rent $1,200 and no more school loans. Then there are monthly expenses which amount to $1,680 (car payment, insurance, utilities, food, kids activities, premiums, etc.) My financial concerns are not having the three months expenses budgeted in case of an emergency, paying off THAT credit card (it’s killing me), and feeling like I can’t buy a new dress or a pair of shoes without feeling guilty. The guilty feeling comes into play because if I buy myself something, I know something is going to come up that I will need that dress/shoe money for. I live paycheck to paycheck and run out of money before next pay date (paid monthly), so I want to get out of that cycle. Even when my husband was in the picture, this was still the case. He was in debt and couldn’t contribute. Our money was always separate, so I never knew what his net was or personal expenses. Help me get on a plan so I can save and have some money to do whatever I want with. PLEASE. 2144 no Ep. 145: Rhonda needs to make a plan for retirement for herself and her employees http://petetheplanner.com/ep-145-rhonda-needs-make-plan-retirement-employees/ M$D: August 26, 2049 Meet Rhonda. Rhonda’s main concerns, in her words: My husband and I recently paid off our businesses. We have been investing all our money into them and not saving much for retirement. We now have quite a bit of money every month we would like to invest and save for our son’s college education. We want to make the smartest choices possible. We are debt free other than our home. I love your podcast and I would be grateful for the opportunity to talk with you. Thanks! Tue, 21 Mar 2017 05:00:55 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: August 26, 2049 Meet Rhonda. Rhonda’s main concerns, in her words: My husband and I recently paid off our businesses. We have been investing all our money into them and not saving much for retirement. M$D: August 26, 2049 Meet Rhonda. Rhonda’s main concerns, in her words: My husband and I recently paid off our businesses. We have been investing all our money into them and not saving much for retirement. We now have quite a bit of money every month we would like to invest and save for our son’s college education. We want to make the smartest choices possible. We are debt free other than our home. I love your podcast and I would be grateful for the opportunity to talk with you. Thanks! 2278 no Ep. 144: Mailbag http://petetheplanner.com/ep-144-mailbag/ On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Do you want to send me some questions? Go ahead, hit me up at askpete@petetheplanner.com. Today I answer questions from Tim, Karen (spelled the way I think it should be spelled), and Barbara. I tackle a tricky question on investing and money markets. Karen wrote with some retirement questions and I have to deliver some bad news. And finally, I help Barbara plan for the future after the sale of her home. Intrigued? I was. At least intrigued enough to make a podcast. Check it out. Submit your questions, too.  Thu, 16 Mar 2017 05:00:01 -0000 full IBJ Media On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Do you want to send me some questions? Go ahead, hit me up at askpete@petetheplanner.com. Today I answer questions from Tim, Karen (spelled the way I think it should be spelled), On this episode of the Million Dollar Plan, I answer your questions. Do you want to send me some questions? Go ahead, hit me up at askpete@petetheplanner.com. Today I answer questions from Tim, Karen (spelled the way I think it should be spelled), and Barbara. I tackle a tricky question on investing and money markets. Karen wrote with some retirement questions and I have to deliver some bad news. And finally, I help Barbara plan for the future after the sale of her home. Intrigued? I was. At least intrigued enough to make a podcast. Check it out. Submit your questions, too.  2317 no Ep. 143: Jack tries to sell me some life insurance http://petetheplanner.com/ep-143-jack/ M$D: May 13, 2064 Meet Jack. Jack’s main concerns, in his words: I make $1,900 a month net, I also make some commissions although I’m still new so not entirely sure how consistent that will be! So, I would like to plan for just the $1,900.  I have about $3,000 in debts. I’m getting married in July. So my debt is the ring and honeymoon.  My rent is $525 a month and I have around $100 for utilities. I have a ROTH IRA and I’m really worried that I won’t have enough for retirement due to lack of funding. Then also should we rent for a few years or try and get a home to build equity? Tue, 14 Mar 2017 05:00:26 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: May 13, 2064 Meet Jack. Jack’s main concerns, in his words: I make $1,900 a month net, I also make some commissions although I’m still new so not entirely sure how consistent that will be! So, I would like to plan for just the $1,900. M$D: May 13, 2064 Meet Jack. Jack’s main concerns, in his words: I make $1,900 a month net, I also make some commissions although I’m still new so not entirely sure how consistent that will be! So, I would like to plan for just the $1,900.  I have about $3,000 in debts. I’m getting married in July. So my debt is the ring and honeymoon.  My rent is $525 a month and I have around $100 for utilities. I have a ROTH IRA and I’m really worried that I won’t have enough for retirement due to lack of funding. Then also should we rent for a few years or try and get a home to build equity? 2049 no Ep. 142: Tatiana’s husband just lost his job, but their financial life is still looking up http://petetheplanner.com/ep-142-tatianas-husband-just-lost-job-financial-life-still-looking/ M$D: October 28, 2027 Meet Tatiana. Tatiana’s main concerns, in her words: Hello Pete, Our goal is to be debt-free except for our house by November 2019 if not sooner! What can we invest in that will increase our net worth and minimize our tax liability while we are paying down debt or should we ignore that and just focus on the debt and just save min to 401k and HSA until then? Also very concerned that our ER savings is very small for our in income. When will we be millionaires? Ages: both 46 years old.  Two adult children and three grandsons.  1 child in private college. Our pay went up substantially in the last 10 years.  Both of us went to college late in life. And made lots of mistakes over and over again along the way! Including short sale of two homes 7 years ago. Facts and figures: * Husband income: $190,000 * Wife income:  $78,000 * Monthly take home pay: $11,000 after taxes, ins, 401k, FSA, HSA and $600 a month to brokerage savings account. We are using a budget for the first time in our 27 years of married life and still are working out the kinks! Have maxed 401k’s, but would like to do just the matching amount for 1 year to pay down debt.  My husband – 5%. Me – 6%. Retirement balance: $376k. ER Saving: $5,000 Mortgage: $325,000 (appraised at $410k). Refinanced at 20 year fixed @ 3.5%. Pay biweekly ($1,150) and a little over for a total of $2,300 a month. Term Life Insurance-due to renew in 2018! Husband – $500,000. Wife – $350,000 Cash flowing youngest daughter’s private college.  This ends in May 2017!!  Woot woot! This will free up $23,000 a year!! Debts besides the house and in order of our payoff focus: * Parent Plus Loan: $6,000 @ 7.2% and paying this first at $1,250 a month or more if possible. * Lazy Boy: $5,000 – zero interest $303.00 min. * Truck Loan:  $20,700 @ 3.75% $670.00 * Leaf Loan: $27,000 @ zero %  $450.00 * Stupid Loan- Promissory Note from HELOC for a home we don’t even own anymore! $38,000 @ 2% $400 Tue, 07 Mar 2017 05:00:38 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: October 28, 2027 Meet Tatiana. Tatiana’s main concerns, in her words: Hello Pete, Our goal is to be debt-free except for our house by November 2019 if not sooner! What can we invest in that will increase our net worth and minimize our tax liabili... M$D: October 28, 2027 Meet Tatiana. Tatiana’s main concerns, in her words: Hello Pete, Our goal is to be debt-free except for our house by November 2019 if not sooner! What can we invest in that will increase our net worth and minimize our tax liability while we are paying down debt or should we ignore that and just focus on the debt and just save min to 401k and HSA until then? Also very concerned that our ER savings is very small for our in income. When will we be millionaires? Ages: both 46 years old.  Two adult children and three grandsons.  1 child in private college. Our pay went up substantially in the last 10 years.  Both of us went to college late in life. And made lots of mistakes over and over again along the way! Including short sale of two homes 7 years ago. Facts and figures: * Husband income: $190,000 * Wife income:  $78,000 * Monthly take home pay: $11,000 after taxes, ins, 401k, FSA, HSA and $600 a month to brokerage savings account. We are using a budget for the first time in our 27 years of married life and still are working out the kinks! Have maxed 401k’s, but would like to do just the matching amount for 1 year to pay down debt.  My husband – 5%. Me – 6%. Retirement balance: $376k. ER Saving: $5,000 Mortgage: $325,000 (appraised at $410k). Refinanced at 20 year fixed @ 3.5%. Pay biweekly ($1,150) and a little over for a total of $2,300 a month. Term Life Insurance-due to renew in 2018! Husband – $500,000. Wife – $350,000 Cash flowing youngest daughter’s private college.  This ends in May 2017!!  Woot woot! This will free up $23,000 a year!! Debts besides the house and in order of our payoff focus: * Parent Plus Loan: $6,000 @ 7.2% and paying this first at $1,250 a month or more if possible. * Lazy Boy: $5,000 – zero interest $303.00 min. * Truck Loan:  $20,700 @ 3.75% $670.00 * Leaf Loan: $27,000 @ zero %  $450.00 * Stupid Loan- Promissory Note from HELOC for a home we don’t even own anymore! $38,000 @ 2% $400 2040 no Ep. 141: Power Percentage Part 2 http://petetheplanner.com/ep-141-power-percentage-part-2/ It’s time we talk about Power Percentage. Again. Ever since my podcast on this topic a few weeks ago, I’ve been receiving lots of questions. If you have no clue what a Power Percentage is, check out Episode 120 or watch the first episode of PTPTV. To summarize, it’s the best way to measure the health of your financial life. Ever. It’s a way to see how much of your income is being used to move you forward. Here are some of the questions I address: * What is and isn’t included in my power percentage? * Why isn’t transportation included in my power percentage? * What if I have no debt and no mortgage, how can I increase my power percentage? * What if my company has a pension plan rather than a 401(k)? Finally, I talk about how to make your Power Percentage go up TODAY. The goal is to keep this number increasing from year to year. The fastest way to move yourself up today is to increase your contribution to your employer’s 401k plan. It’s quick, it’s easy, and it can have a big impact on your both your Power Percentage and your future as a whole. Here’s the key, for your reference: * 10% and below – Eh * 11% to 20% – OK * 21% – 34% – Getting there * 35% and above – Perfect Thu, 02 Mar 2017 05:00:16 -0000 full IBJ Media It’s time we talk about Power Percentage. Again. Ever since my podcast on this topic a few weeks ago, I’ve been receiving lots of questions. If you have no clue what a Power Percentage is, check out Episode 120 or watch the first episode of PTPTV. It’s time we talk about Power Percentage. Again. Ever since my podcast on this topic a few weeks ago, I’ve been receiving lots of questions. If you have no clue what a Power Percentage is, check out Episode 120 or watch the first episode of PTPTV. To summarize, it’s the best way to measure the health of your financial life. Ever. It’s a way to see how much of your income is being used to move you forward. Here are some of the questions I address: * What is and isn’t included in my power percentage? * Why isn’t transportation included in my power percentage? * What if I have no debt and no mortgage, how can I increase my power percentage? * What if my company has a pension plan rather than a 401(k)? Finally, I talk about how to make your Power Percentage go up TODAY. The goal is to keep this number increasing from year to year. The fastest way to move yourself up today is to increase your contribution to your employer’s 401k plan. It’s quick, it’s easy, and it can have a big impact on your both your Power Percentage and your future as a whole. Here’s the key, for your reference: * 10% and below – Eh * 11% to 20% – OK * 21% – 34% – Getting there * 35% and above – Perfect 2366 no Ep. 140: Rey recently inherited a whopping half million and needs to know where it should go. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-140-rey-recently-inherited-whopping-half-million-needs-know-go/ M$D: September 29, 2026 Meet Rey. Rey’s main concerns, in her words: I wouldn’t normally be contacting you, but I have come upon a not-normal situation. I am a RN ($52k), my husband is a fire captain ($58k) and we have 3 boys ages 10, 8 and 8 (yes, twins). Recently, my brother passed away and I was left with approximately $510k in life insurance. I’m not sure what to do with it. I’d like to pretend I don’t have it and invest it for the long haul. I’ve been talking to a financial consultant, which only seems to make me unsure and confused with investing (index funds vs stock funds. managed active vs managed passive vs DIY). Other thoughts are to pay down some of our mortgage ($190k) or buy a cheaper home so we could put more money into 401/Roth/529 options (the dentist also recommended we save for braces x 3!). We own a rental (on accident) and break even with the mortgage. My husband has some credit card debt (I’m not sure exactly how much…). Cars are paid. School loans are mostly paid. Overall, I’m probably considered a “late-bloomer” in the financial world. My time as a raft guide and outdoor educator was super fun, but I didn’t start saving until I was closer to 31 years old. I have appx $70k in retirement, my husband has $80k. Ultimately this is a lot of money to me and I’d just like to make wise decisions with it. Any advice and ideas are appreciated! P.S. I’m a big hip-hop fan and appreciate the tunes in your podcast! 🙌🏻 Tue, 28 Feb 2017 05:00:00 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: September 29, 2026 Meet Rey. Rey’s main concerns, in her words: I wouldn’t normally be contacting you, but I have come upon a not-normal situation. I am a RN ($52k), my husband is a fire captain ($58k) and we have 3 boys ages 10, 8 and 8 (yes, M$D: September 29, 2026 Meet Rey. Rey’s main concerns, in her words: I wouldn’t normally be contacting you, but I have come upon a not-normal situation. I am a RN ($52k), my husband is a fire captain ($58k) and we have 3 boys ages 10, 8 and 8 (yes, twins). Recently, my brother passed away and I was left with approximately $510k in life insurance. I’m not sure what to do with it. I’d like to pretend I don’t have it and invest it for the long haul. I’ve been talking to a financial consultant, which only seems to make me unsure and confused with investing (index funds vs stock funds. managed active vs managed passive vs DIY). Other thoughts are to pay down some of our mortgage ($190k) or buy a cheaper home so we could put more money into 401/Roth/529 options (the dentist also recommended we save for braces x 3!). We own a rental (on accident) and break even with the mortgage. My husband has some credit card debt (I’m not sure exactly how much…). Cars are paid. School loans are mostly paid. Overall, I’m probably considered a “late-bloomer” in the financial world. My time as a raft guide and outdoor educator was super fun, but I didn’t start saving until I was closer to 31 years old. I have appx $70k in retirement, my husband has $80k. Ultimately this is a lot of money to me and I’d just like to make wise decisions with it. Any advice and ideas are appreciated! P.S. I’m a big hip-hop fan and appreciate the tunes in your podcast! 🙌🏻 1908 no Ep. 139: Parenting http://petetheplanner.com/ep-139-parenting/ My friend David Klain is a real estate czar, the owner of my favorite coffee shop (Zing Cafe), and a parent. So it’s no surprise that last week he and I got talking about our kids’ financial futures when I bumped into him. The conversation was so great, I invited him on the show. Over coffee, we talked about saving for college, teaching work ethic, planning for retirement, and creating a better financial life for our children. David and I pretty much see eye to eye on these topics, but it can get hairy out there with all the parenting opinions on the interwebs. Listen at your own risk, we don’t sugar-coat our opinions. Thu, 23 Feb 2017 05:00:29 -0000 full IBJ Media My friend David Klain is a real estate czar, the owner of my favorite coffee shop (Zing Cafe), and a parent. So it’s no surprise that last week he and I got talking about our kids’ financial futures when I bumped into him. The conversation was so great, My friend David Klain is a real estate czar, the owner of my favorite coffee shop (Zing Cafe), and a parent. So it’s no surprise that last week he and I got talking about our kids’ financial futures when I bumped into him. The conversation was so great, I invited him on the show. Over coffee, we talked about saving for college, teaching work ethic, planning for retirement, and creating a better financial life for our children. David and I pretty much see eye to eye on these topics, but it can get hairy out there with all the parenting opinions on the interwebs. Listen at your own risk, we don’t sugar-coat our opinions. 2426 no Ep. 138: Mark has a pretty good financial life, except for his unique life insurance situation… http://petetheplanner.com/ep-138-mark/ M$D: January 28, 2024 Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his words: I have 300k in retirement savings. Putting $3000 a month toward retirement in Roth 401k and 457b plans (We make too much for a Roth IRA).  Have $170,000 in student debt. Three kids and 529 plans for each of them. We want to make sure we are putting money in the right places to minimize tax implications. Should we be paying off debt or working on retirement? Right now we are splitting money between the two. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here. Tue, 21 Feb 2017 05:00:58 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: January 28, 2024 Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his words: I have 300k in retirement savings. Putting $3000 a month toward retirement in Roth 401k and 457b plans (We make too much for a Roth IRA).  Have $170,000 in student debt. M$D: January 28, 2024 Meet Mark. Mark’s main concerns, in his words: I have 300k in retirement savings. Putting $3000 a month toward retirement in Roth 401k and 457b plans (We make too much for a Roth IRA).  Have $170,000 in student debt. Three kids and 529 plans for each of them. We want to make sure we are putting money in the right places to minimize tax implications. Should we be paying off debt or working on retirement? Right now we are splitting money between the two. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here. 2046 no Ep. 137: Financing http://petetheplanner.com/ep-137-financing/ In this episode I talk about financing. Surprisingly, I haven’t touched on this topic much yet. But today, I got fired up about it. Over and over again, I’ve come across people who have ruined their financial lives by financing a purchase they couldn’t afford outright. Making a big purchase isn’t about affording the payment, it’s about affording the purchase. Of course, I want you to afford the payment, but it doesn’t matter if you can afford a payment if you end up locked into a loan you can’t escape. Don’t buy something you can’t afford. It’s as simple as that. Thu, 16 Feb 2017 05:00:22 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode I talk about financing. Surprisingly, I haven’t touched on this topic much yet. But today, I got fired up about it. Over and over again, I’ve come across people who have ruined their financial lives by financing a purchase they couldn’... In this episode I talk about financing. Surprisingly, I haven’t touched on this topic much yet. But today, I got fired up about it. Over and over again, I’ve come across people who have ruined their financial lives by financing a purchase they couldn’t afford outright. Making a big purchase isn’t about affording the payment, it’s about affording the purchase. Of course, I want you to afford the payment, but it doesn’t matter if you can afford a payment if you end up locked into a loan you can’t escape. Don’t buy something you can’t afford. It’s as simple as that. 2454 no Ep. 136: Penny just bought a house and now she’s feeling lost. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-136-penny-just-bought-house-now-shes-feeling-lost/ M$D: July 16, 2034 Meet Penny. Penny’s main concerns, in her words: Hi Pete. I just discovered your podcast a week ago and have listened to 30 episodes so far and have already made some changes to my financial life (like not having huge amounts of money sitting in savings account). I need help with budgeting and making sure I am on the right track where I am at in my life. I am a single lady living in an expensive city and have done a good job of saving money and paying off debt ($30k in student loans and $18K car loan). I also saved for 8 years to create a down payment and bought a house this past July with a $208,000/30 year mortgage. Everything feels completely chaotic right now…it seems like I am no longer saving money and that I might be on a financial treadmill. Is this ok after you just buy a house? All I want to do is spend money on house stuff but I am worried that I may not be contributing enough to retirement or general savings. I am also worried about lifestyle creep setting in. Am I saving enough for retirement? What’s my million dollar day? How do you feel about paying for life insurance for a parent? I am sure that I will be the sole caretaker for my father in the coming years. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here. Tue, 14 Feb 2017 05:00:31 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: July 16, 2034 Meet Penny. Penny’s main concerns, in her words: Hi Pete. I just discovered your podcast a week ago and have listened to 30 episodes so far and have already made some changes to my financial life (like not having huge amounts of mon... M$D: July 16, 2034 Meet Penny. Penny’s main concerns, in her words: Hi Pete. I just discovered your podcast a week ago and have listened to 30 episodes so far and have already made some changes to my financial life (like not having huge amounts of money sitting in savings account). I need help with budgeting and making sure I am on the right track where I am at in my life. I am a single lady living in an expensive city and have done a good job of saving money and paying off debt ($30k in student loans and $18K car loan). I also saved for 8 years to create a down payment and bought a house this past July with a $208,000/30 year mortgage. Everything feels completely chaotic right now…it seems like I am no longer saving money and that I might be on a financial treadmill. Is this ok after you just buy a house? All I want to do is spend money on house stuff but I am worried that I may not be contributing enough to retirement or general savings. I am also worried about lifestyle creep setting in. Am I saving enough for retirement? What’s my million dollar day? How do you feel about paying for life insurance for a parent? I am sure that I will be the sole caretaker for my father in the coming years. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here. 1931 no Ep. 135: Visualization http://petetheplanner.com/ptptv-episode-2-visualization/ In this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, I talk visualization. If you are wandering aimlessly through your financial life, this is the key you are missing. Visualizing the financial life you want is a great tool to get you motivated to achieve it. You use visualization every single day. For me, it’s usually food. Any given day you can find me visualizing the Fat Havana Burger from Fat Dan’s. Sigh. So good. Every day, my brain is making plans and thinking through ways I can get the sandwich I want. There is a dark side to visualization though. If you are in a high-pressure situation, you may cycle through the worst possible outcomes. Visualization can often lead to self-fulfilling prophecy territory, for better or worse. For our purposes, we’ll go with better. Apply the practice of visualization to your retirement. You probably don’t spend too much time imagining your retirement, but take a minute and imagine complete financial independence. What do you see? My visualization came to me in full force when I was boarding a flight a few weeks ago. On my way to coach, I passed an elderly couple sitting in first class, passports in hand, and looking as content as could be. I spent the rest of that flight thinking about what it would be like for my wife and me to be in their place, years down the road. I realized, “That’s what I want.” For the first time in my life, I could picture what retirement would look like for me personally. Maybe for you, it’s fishing all day, starting a garden, buying a boat, whatever. Picture your own retirement. Go ahead. Dream big. Let that visualization be the fuel that pushes you toward reaching your retirement goal. Thu, 09 Feb 2017 05:00:24 -0000 full IBJ Media In this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, I talk visualization. If you are wandering aimlessly through your financial life, this is the key you are missing. Visualizing the financial life you want is a great tool to get you motivated to achieve i... In this episode of the Pete the Planner® Show, I talk visualization. If you are wandering aimlessly through your financial life, this is the key you are missing. Visualizing the financial life you want is a great tool to get you motivated to achieve it. You use visualization every single day. For me, it’s usually food. Any given day you can find me visualizing the Fat Havana Burger from Fat Dan’s. Sigh. So good. Every day, my brain is making plans and thinking through ways I can get the sandwich I want. There is a dark side to visualization though. If you are in a high-pressure situation, you may cycle through the worst possible outcomes. Visualization can often lead to self-fulfilling prophecy territory, for better or worse. For our purposes, we’ll go with better. Apply the practice of visualization to your retirement. You probably don’t spend too much time imagining your retirement, but take a minute and imagine complete financial independence. What do you see? My visualization came to me in full force when I was boarding a flight a few weeks ago. On my way to coach, I passed an elderly couple sitting in first class, passports in hand, and looking as content as could be. I spent the rest of that flight thinking about what it would be like for my wife and me to be in their place, years down the road. I realized, “That’s what I want.” For the first time in my life, I could picture what retirement would look like for me personally. Maybe for you, it’s fishing all day, starting a garden, buying a boat, whatever. Picture your own retirement. Go ahead. Dream big. Let that visualization be the fuel that pushes you toward reaching your retirement goal. 2406 no Ep. 134 Bernard has a lot of good things going, but he’s going to have to play the waiting game. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-134-bernard-pretty-great-gift-grandpa/ M$D: June 16, 2033 Meet Bernard. Bernard’s main concerns, in his words: I’m not completely sure how to plan effectively for my retirement. My wife and I are both public school teachers. In our state, we will receive a pension when we retire. We each have a 401k from our previous jobs as private school teachers. Combined, we have about $95,000 in those. Our pension will be equal to 2/3 the average of our highest paid years in the public school system. We get that benefit when our age + years in the public school system = 88. For each of us, that would be around the age of 60. With the pension and our existing 401k’s, I’m not sure how much we should be putting toward retirement. That’s my long-term concern. It’s hard for me to calculate my Million Dollar Day because of my pension. How does that affect my date? Do I really need $1,000,000 if I have that pension? Short-term: we are treading water until the end of May. At that time, one of our two children will be out of daycare and we’ll pay off a debt. That will free up about $800 a month. We are planning on using that extra money to contribute to our sons’ 529 plans, increasing our savings, and maybe putting some toward retirement. We also have some low-interest debt we can attack. Mid-term: I’d like to contribute more to the 529 plans. I have three debts to pay off after the one in May is finished. One of those debts has no interest. The other two are pretty low interest but high balances.  I’ve also considered selling some of my stocks and putting it toward debt or retirement or the 529 plans. Tue, 07 Feb 2017 05:00:24 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: June 16, 2033 Meet Bernard. Bernard’s main concerns, in his words: I’m not completely sure how to plan effectively for my retirement. My wife and I are both public school teachers. In our state, we will receive a pension when we retire. M$D: June 16, 2033 Meet Bernard. Bernard’s main concerns, in his words: I’m not completely sure how to plan effectively for my retirement. My wife and I are both public school teachers. In our state, we will receive a pension when we retire. We each have a 401k from our previous jobs as private school teachers. Combined, we have about $95,000 in those. Our pension will be equal to 2/3 the average of our highest paid years in the public school system. We get that benefit when our age + years in the public school system = 88. For each of us, that would be around the age of 60. With the pension and our existing 401k’s, I’m not sure how much we should be putting toward retirement. That’s my long-term concern. It’s hard for me to calculate my Million Dollar Day because of my pension. How does that affect my date? Do I really need $1,000,000 if I have that pension? Short-term: we are treading water until the end of May. At that time, one of our two children will be out of daycare and we’ll pay off a debt. That will free up about $800 a month. We are planning on using that extra money to contribute to our sons’ 529 plans, increasing our savings, and maybe putting some toward retirement. We also have some low-interest debt we can attack. Mid-term: I’d like to contribute more to the 529 plans. I have three debts to pay off after the one in May is finished. One of those debts has no interest. The other two are pretty low interest but high balances.  I’ve also considered selling some of my stocks and putting it toward debt or retirement or the 529 plans. 2158 no Ep. 133 Princess Leia returns…just before jetting off to the UK http://petetheplanner.com/ep-133-princess-leia-returns-just-jetting-off-uk/ M$D: N/A Meet Princess Leia (or, if you’re a longtime listener and heard her first episode, welcome back Princess Leia) Leia’s main concerns, in her words: I was featured on your podcast a little over a year ago and you gave me the name Princess Leia… Rest in Peace, Carrie Fisher. I was hooked and practiced what I learned from your podcast and book. Maybe this is breaking the rules… but I’d love to speak with you again. A lot has changed from a year ago, and I mean a lot. I know you don’t have the best memory so let me refresh you about my previous situation: I was living in the DC area on a $40k salary, $900 in rent/month, a car payment, and student loans that I wasn’t prepared for. It was a real struggle. Since then, I picked up a temporary second job, paid off my car, decreased my student loans to half, and gained a few pay increases. It’s fair to say I’m now comfortable, but that comfort is being tested by the unknown that is right around the corner. Here’s the thing… I’m moving overseas. Living overseas (in a country I’ve never visited) is going to bring some challenges and I’ll have to handle the curveballs as they’re thrown at me. I’m lucky to have earned a hefty pay increase with my new position and my biggest concern is what to do with the extra cash flow. I imagine I’m an easy victim to the lifestyle creep monster. I’m hoping to talk through some ideas and gain some advice from you about how to handle these changes and ultimately work towards my Million Dollar Day. Scratch that – I’m an over-achiever, I want more. I understand the importance of your Million Dollar Day plan and since that is what I NEED to survive during retirement, I want to set myself up to do better. So, my question to you is 1) when is my MDD and 2) how can I move it up so that I can retire early and move to Costa Rica? Tue, 31 Jan 2017 05:00:32 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: N/A Meet Princess Leia (or, if you’re a longtime listener and heard her first episode, welcome back Princess Leia) Leia’s main concerns, in her words: I was featured on your podcast a little over a year ago and you gave me the name Princess Leia…... M$D: N/A Meet Princess Leia (or, if you’re a longtime listener and heard her first episode, welcome back Princess Leia) Leia’s main concerns, in her words: I was featured on your podcast a little over a year ago and you gave me the name Princess Leia… Rest in Peace, Carrie Fisher. I was hooked and practiced what I learned from your podcast and book. Maybe this is breaking the rules… but I’d love to speak with you again. A lot has changed from a year ago, and I mean a lot. I know you don’t have the best memory so let me refresh you about my previous situation: I was living in the DC area on a $40k salary, $900 in rent/month, a car payment, and student loans that I wasn’t prepared for. It was a real struggle. Since then, I picked up a temporary second job, paid off my car, decreased my student loans to half, and gained a few pay increases. It’s fair to say I’m now comfortable, but that comfort is being tested by the unknown that is right around the corner. Here’s the thing… I’m moving overseas. Living overseas (in a country I’ve never visited) is going to bring some challenges and I’ll have to handle the curveballs as they’re thrown at me. I’m lucky to have earned a hefty pay increase with my new position and my biggest concern is what to do with the extra cash flow. I imagine I’m an easy victim to the lifestyle creep monster. I’m hoping to talk through some ideas and gain some advice from you about how to handle these changes and ultimately work towards my Million Dollar Day. Scratch that – I’m an over-achiever, I want more. I understand the importance of your Million Dollar Day plan and since that is what I NEED to survive during retirement, I want to set myself up to do better. So, my question to you is 1) when is my MDD and 2) how can I move it up so that I can retire early and move to Costa Rica? 1998 no Ep. 132: Retirement Checklist http://petetheplanner.com/ep-132-retirement-checklist/ Topic: Retirement Checklist Special Kudos: Ann, our listener of the week who suggested this topic No matter what your age, you’re going to walk away from this episode with either a wake up call and a list of what to do next or…the opposite of a wake up call? A go-back-to-sleep call? And the reassuring feeling of being on the right track. We will cover: * Income sources in retirement * Major financial obligations * Healthcare Plus I drop a little info about PTPTV, the next big thing here at the Pete the Planner World Headquarters. Sign up for our main newsletter and stay tuned, PTPTV is coming your way 2/1/17. Got an idea for the show? Drop me a line on Twitter @PeteThePlanner or at askpete@petetheplanner.com. Thu, 26 Jan 2017 05:00:51 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Retirement Checklist Special Kudos: Ann, our listener of the week who suggested this topic No matter what your age, you’re going to walk away from this episode with either a wake up call and a list of what to do next or…the opposite of a wake u... Topic: Retirement Checklist Special Kudos: Ann, our listener of the week who suggested this topic No matter what your age, you’re going to walk away from this episode with either a wake up call and a list of what to do next or…the opposite of a wake up call? A go-back-to-sleep call? And the reassuring feeling of being on the right track. We will cover: * Income sources in retirement * Major financial obligations * Healthcare Plus I drop a little info about PTPTV, the next big thing here at the Pete the Planner World Headquarters. Sign up for our main newsletter and stay tuned, PTPTV is coming your way 2/1/17. Got an idea for the show? Drop me a line on Twitter @PeteThePlanner or at askpete@petetheplanner.com. 2486 no Ep. 131: Aaron has a big housing decision to make that can make or break his financial future http://petetheplanner.com/ep-131-aaron-big-housing-decision-make-can-make-break-financial-future/ M$D: N/A Meet Aaron Age: 29 Aaron’s main concerns, in his words: We just got married on July 22nd and would like to be financially literate and on the same financial page. We are fortunate enough to have our condo paid off but I do have significant student loan debt. Tue, 17 Jan 2017 05:00:18 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: N/A Meet Aaron Age: 29 Aaron’s main concerns, in his words: We just got married on July 22nd and would like to be financially literate and on the same financial page. We are fortunate enough to have our condo paid off but I do have significant st... M$D: N/A Meet Aaron Age: 29 Aaron’s main concerns, in his words: We just got married on July 22nd and would like to be financially literate and on the same financial page. We are fortunate enough to have our condo paid off but I do have significant student loan debt. 1610 no Ep. 130: College Savings http://petetheplanner.com/ep-130-college-savings/ Topic: College Savings Special Guest: Troy Montigney, ‘The 529 Guy’, Executive Director of the Indiana Education Savings Authority This week we talk saving for college, specifically Indiana’s 529 plan. You may have heard me talk about this before in the form of a commercial on the radio. I’m happy to do these commercials because I believe strongly in the 529 plan.  I’ve often felt that society has attacked the college spending issue from the wrong direction—focusing too heavily on post-funding rather than pre-funding. I talk with Troy, a.k.a. ‘The 529 Guy’, all about college savings. Some questions we cover include: Why is it called the 529 plan? Is there more than one plan option? What does it cover? How is this a tax benefit to me? And so on. You’ll be a college funding pro by the end of this episode—a big step towards becoming a millionaire. Follow Troy on Twitter @IndyTroy and find out more about the 529 Plan at CollegeChoiceDirect.com Thu, 12 Jan 2017 05:00:52 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: College Savings Special Guest: Troy Montigney, ‘The 529 Guy’, Executive Director of the Indiana Education Savings Authority This week we talk saving for college, specifically Indiana’s 529 plan. You may have heard me talk about this before in t... Topic: College Savings Special Guest: Troy Montigney, ‘The 529 Guy’, Executive Director of the Indiana Education Savings Authority This week we talk saving for college, specifically Indiana’s 529 plan. You may have heard me talk about this before in the form of a commercial on the radio. I’m happy to do these commercials because I believe strongly in the 529 plan.  I’ve often felt that society has attacked the college spending issue from the wrong direction—focusing too heavily on post-funding rather than pre-funding. I talk with Troy, a.k.a. ‘The 529 Guy’, all about college savings. Some questions we cover include: Why is it called the 529 plan? Is there more than one plan option? What does it cover? How is this a tax benefit to me? And so on. You’ll be a college funding pro by the end of this episode—a big step towards becoming a millionaire. Follow Troy on Twitter @IndyTroy and find out more about the 529 Plan at CollegeChoiceDirect.com 2478 no Ep. 129: Ed now has to make one full- and one part-time income work for five people. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-129-ed-now-make-one-full-one-part-time-income-work-five-people/ M$D: 10/3/2026 Meet Ed Age: 38 Ed’s main concerns, in his words: In 18 months, we went from supporting two people on two full-time incomes to supporting five people on one.  We now have 1 full-time and 1 part-time income. We have been able to save for retirement and pay off debt even after the income reduction, but are now having trouble deciding if it is okay to begin spending some of the money or if we should put more towards kids’ college and retirement. We also received some inheritance money recently, most of it was reinvested but we were wondering what to do with the rest of it. Tue, 10 Jan 2017 05:00:08 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 10/3/2026 Meet Ed Age: 38 Ed’s main concerns, in his words: In 18 months, we went from supporting two people on two full-time incomes to supporting five people on one.  We now have 1 full-time and 1 part-time income. M$D: 10/3/2026 Meet Ed Age: 38 Ed’s main concerns, in his words: In 18 months, we went from supporting two people on two full-time incomes to supporting five people on one.  We now have 1 full-time and 1 part-time income. We have been able to save for retirement and pay off debt even after the income reduction, but are now having trouble deciding if it is okay to begin spending some of the money or if we should put more towards kids’ college and retirement. We also received some inheritance money recently, most of it was reinvested but we were wondering what to do with the rest of it. 1631 no Ep. 128: Fresh Starts http://petetheplanner.com/ep-128-fresh-starts/ Topic: Fresh Starts Special Guest: Marc Williams, A.K.A. Mr. Kinetik, A.K.A. Mr. K This week I talk Fresh Starts for the new year with my friend Mark Williams. Financial goals—how do we make them and how do we keep them? I go over four ways to start your financial new year off on the right foot. Check out Mark on his Twitter, Bandcamp, or website. Thu, 05 Jan 2017 05:00:42 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Fresh Starts Special Guest: Marc Williams, A.K.A. Mr. Kinetik, A.K.A. Mr. K This week I talk Fresh Starts for the new year with my friend Mark Williams. Financial goals—how do we make them and how do we keep them? Topic: Fresh Starts Special Guest: Marc Williams, A.K.A. Mr. Kinetik, A.K.A. Mr. K This week I talk Fresh Starts for the new year with my friend Mark Williams. Financial goals—how do we make them and how do we keep them? I go over four ways to start your financial new year off on the right foot. Check out Mark on his Twitter, Bandcamp, or website. 2437 no Ep. 127: Dave is making over 100k but feels like he’s living on 30k. http://petetheplanner.com/ep-127-dave-making-100k-feels-like-hes-living-30k/ M$D: N/A Meet Dave Age: 28 Dave’s main concerns, in his words: I am in medical sales and my wife is in procurement. Getting married next month. Share bank account. Combined, we make about $110k/year, but we always seem to have the same amount of money we had when we were single and making about $36k/year. Need to pay off credit card debt and save. I would also like to start investing or supplementing our income. Wed, 04 Jan 2017 20:06:58 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: N/A Meet Dave Age: 28 Dave’s main concerns, in his words: I am in medical sales and my wife is in procurement. Getting married next month. Share bank account. Combined, we make about $110k/year, but we always seem to have the same amount of money... M$D: N/A Meet Dave Age: 28 Dave’s main concerns, in his words: I am in medical sales and my wife is in procurement. Getting married next month. Share bank account. Combined, we make about $110k/year, but we always seem to have the same amount of money we had when we were single and making about $36k/year. Need to pay off credit card debt and save. I would also like to start investing or supplementing our income. 1491 no Ep. 126: Charity http://petetheplanner.com/ep-126-charity/ Topic: Charity Special Guest: Steven Shattuck from Bloomerang. Thu, 22 Dec 2016 05:00:02 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Charity Special Guest: Steven Shattuck from Bloomerang. Topic: Charity Special Guest: Steven Shattuck from Bloomerang. 2491 no Ep. 125: Renae just had a giant income increase and needs help budgeting http://petetheplanner.com/ep-125-renae-just-giant-income-increase-needs-help-budgeting/ M$D: 7/11/2062 Meet Renae Age: 28 Renae’s main concerns, in her words: Took my time to get into college, graduated undergrads in graphic design in 2013. Got pregnant. Took any work possible. Landed a decent 30k salary/benefits job that I enjoy. Earned $7,800 additional in raises over 2 years. Went to grad school for nerdy tech/engineer stuff, and now have an offer for a role that would be 20k difference from my current rate. Wed, 21 Dec 2016 14:21:56 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 7/11/2062 Meet Renae Age: 28 Renae’s main concerns, in her words: Took my time to get into college, graduated undergrads in graphic design in 2013. Got pregnant. Took any work possible. Landed a decent 30k salary/benefits job that I enjoy. M$D: 7/11/2062 Meet Renae Age: 28 Renae’s main concerns, in her words: Took my time to get into college, graduated undergrads in graphic design in 2013. Got pregnant. Took any work possible. Landed a decent 30k salary/benefits job that I enjoy. Earned $7,800 additional in raises over 2 years. Went to grad school for nerdy tech/engineer stuff, and now have an offer for a role that would be 20k difference from my current rate. 1642 no Ep. 124: Essential Truths http://petetheplanner.com/ep-124-essential-truths/ The post Ep. 124: Essential Truths appeared first on Pete the Planner®. Thu, 15 Dec 2016 05:00:27 -0000 full IBJ Media The post Ep. 124: Essential Truths appeared first on Pete the Planner®. The post Ep. 124: Essential Truths appeared first on Pete the Planner®. 2437 no Ep. 123: Judy is coming-off a divorce and has some work to do http://petetheplanner.com/ep-123-judy-coming-off-divorce-work/ M$D: 12/29/2037 Meet Judy   Tue, 13 Dec 2016 05:00:50 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 12/29/2037 Meet Judy   M$D: 12/29/2037 Meet Judy   1638 no Ep. 122: Healthcare http://petetheplanner.com/ep-122-healthcare/ Topic: Healthcare Special Guest: Paul Ashley from FirstPerson. Thu, 08 Dec 2016 16:14:12 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Healthcare Special Guest: Paul Ashley from FirstPerson. Topic: Healthcare Special Guest: Paul Ashley from FirstPerson. 2591 no Ep. 121: Joey’s income went up and his margins shrunk http://petetheplanner.com/ep-121-joeys-income-went-margins-shrunk/ M$D: N/A Meet Joey Age: 26 Joey’s main concerns, in his words: I used to be a budgeting boss but now that I am the boss I’m a lifestyle creep – maybe. It felt easier to budget and handle money when our income was modest and followed a straight line. I need help thinking through how much money I should feel okay about spending. Should I save a certain percent or amount and then get a free pass to spend the rest on whatever I want? My income has grown significantly over the last few years and my wife quit her job in a field she didn’t like about a year ago. She is now pursuing a career in programming/web development but there isn’t a lot of pressure to get her income back in the mix. She had been making around $65-70k. I own an economic consulting business with a partner and my income has grown from $50k per yer a couple years ago to making $250k $250k $450k $300k in the last four years. I take a decent salary through out the year but after extra tax withholding and maxing out my 401k, I net about $2k per 26 pay periods. A big chunk of my money comes through a K-1 distribution that I take in the spring/summer of the following year. My money comes in lumps as Fiddy would say. Prior to the increase in income we were really disciplined and paid off over $80k in college loans (all of our debt except the house). During the first couple years of the higher incomes ($250k years) I was continuing to buy in to the business so between living expenses, income taxes, and payments to buy in, we didn’t feel like we were rolling in it – we were certainly comfortable but we were still really careful with our money and we hadn’t felt the income increase. Last year, after a lot of research and being patient, we bought a duplex with 25% down as an investment which has worked out well. We hired a property manager who takes care of keeping it leased and tenant issues. This year after my income jumped to $450k , we paid for some home improvements for my parents just cuz ($11k), paid off our house ($142k – house worth about $280k now), made some home improvements at the now paid-for house ($10k), bought a 2016 Mazda CX-5 SUV ($19.5k). We don’t have any debt (except $240k on the duplex investment property) and together we have about $250k in retirement. With no kids or plans for kids and a pretty stable high income, how should we look at budgeting? We’d like to continue real estate investing and potentially purchase a second home – I work from home so we are thinking of going 50-50 between TX and CA (I’m aware of the tax issue with working/living in CA). We like to travel and spend a good bit of money on travel. Can you show us a way forward Pete? Tue, 15 Nov 2016 13:54:34 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: N/A Meet Joey Age: 26 Joey’s main concerns, in his words: I used to be a budgeting boss but now that I am the boss I’m a lifestyle creep – maybe. It felt easier to budget and handle money when our income was modest and followed a straight line. M$D: N/A Meet Joey Age: 26 Joey’s main concerns, in his words: I used to be a budgeting boss but now that I am the boss I’m a lifestyle creep – maybe. It felt easier to budget and handle money when our income was modest and followed a straight line. I need help thinking through how much money I should feel okay about spending. Should I save a certain percent or amount and then get a free pass to spend the rest on whatever I want? My income has grown significantly over the last few years and my wife quit her job in a field she didn’t like about a year ago. She is now pursuing a career in programming/web development but there isn’t a lot of pressure to get her income back in the mix. She had been making around $65-70k. I own an economic consulting business with a partner and my income has grown from $50k per yer a couple years ago to making $250k $250k $450k $300k in the last four years. I take a decent salary through out the year but after extra tax withholding and maxing out my 401k, I net about $2k per 26 pay periods. A big chunk of my money comes through a K-1 distribution that I take in the spring/summer of the following year. My money comes in lumps as Fiddy would say. Prior to the increase in income we were really disciplined and paid off over $80k in college loans (all of our debt except the house). During the first couple years of the higher incomes ($250k years) I was continuing to buy in to the business so between living expenses, income taxes, and payments to buy in, we didn’t feel like we were rolling in it – we were certainly comfortable but we were still really careful with our money and we hadn’t felt the income increase. Last year, after a lot of research and being patient, we bought a duplex with 25% down as an investment which has worked out well. We hired a property manager who takes care of keeping it leased and tenant issues. This year after my income jumped to $450k , we paid for some home improvements for my parents just cuz ($11k), paid off our house ($142k – house worth about $280k now), made some home improvements at the now paid-for house ($10k), bought a 2016 Mazda CX-5 SUV ($19.5k). We don’t have any debt (except $240k on the duplex investment property) and together we have about $250k in retirement. With no kids or plans for kids and a pretty stable high income, how should we look at budgeting? We’d like to continue real estate investing and potentially purchase a second home – I work from home so we are thinking of going 50-50 between TX and CA (I’m aware of the tax issue with working/living in CA). We like to travel and spend a good bit of money on travel. Can you show us a way forward Pete? 2120 no Ep. 120: Power Percentage http://petetheplanner.com/ep-120-power-percentage/ Topic: Power Percentage * Why we need it * How to calculate it * The scale * 10% and below – Eh * 11% to 20% – OK * 21% – 34% – Getting there * 35% and above – Perfect Mon, 14 Nov 2016 19:36:43 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Power Percentage * Why we need it * How to calculate it * The scale * 10% and below – Eh * 11% to 20% – OK * 21% – 34% – Getting there * 35% and above – Perfect Topic: Power Percentage * Why we need it * How to calculate it * The scale * 10% and below – Eh * 11% to 20% – OK * 21% – 34% – Getting there * 35% and above – Perfect 2572 no Ep. 119: Monica is your financial role model http://petetheplanner.com/ep-119-monica-financial-role-model/ M$D: 8/5/2028 Meet Monica Age: 26 Monica’s main concerns, in her words: My income isn’t crazy high (active duty military), but I’m able to save  and invest 50-60% of my take-home pay depending on the month, while feeling that I live a pretty high quality life.  I have a somewhat closeted goal of being financially independent by 35. I say somewhat closeted, because if I reveal that goal to 99.9% of people, I’m hit with all the reasons why that’s impossible.  I’ve done the math, the retirement calculators, and have briefly ran my plan and the numbers a by financial counselor who said I’m doing what it takes to make that goal.  I feel like I’m ahead of most Americans, but that’s only because most Americans choose to do nothing when it comes to financial planning.  I’m curious if I’m really tracking toward my goal, are there some things I should be doing (or am forgetting to do) since I’m fairly new to the financial independent (“early retirement”) game? Tue, 08 Nov 2016 05:00:37 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 8/5/2028 Meet Monica Age: 26 Monica’s main concerns, in her words: My income isn’t crazy high (active duty military), but I’m able to save  and invest 50-60% of my take-home pay depending on the month, M$D: 8/5/2028 Meet Monica Age: 26 Monica’s main concerns, in her words: My income isn’t crazy high (active duty military), but I’m able to save  and invest 50-60% of my take-home pay depending on the month, while feeling that I live a pretty high quality life.  I have a somewhat closeted goal of being financially independent by 35. I say somewhat closeted, because if I reveal that goal to 99.9% of people, I’m hit with all the reasons why that’s impossible.  I’ve done the math, the retirement calculators, and have briefly ran my plan and the numbers a by financial counselor who said I’m doing what it takes to make that goal.  I feel like I’m ahead of most Americans, but that’s only because most Americans choose to do nothing when it comes to financial planning.  I’m curious if I’m really tracking toward my goal, are there some things I should be doing (or am forgetting to do) since I’m fairly new to the financial independent (“early retirement”) game? 1552 no Ep. 118: Patience http://petetheplanner.com/ep-118-patience/ Topic: Patience * Housing Patience * Until you have a downpayment * Until you prove you can save money * Until you have an emergency fund * Until you can afford the 15 yr mortgage * Until you can afford a house which you’ll be able to sell later * Until you can buy a house which doesn’t prevent you from spending any money. * Market Patience * “Should I change my investments, the market isn’t having a very good year” * Your contributions are the key. * Manipulation * Risk Tolerance * A snapshot of your portfolio is rarely helpful * Fear sets-in, you make mistakes * Wrong forms of Patience * Waiting to invest * Waiting to budget * Waiting to save * Waiting to decide * Waiting to care Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Audio Player Fri, 04 Nov 2016 12:14:32 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Patience * Housing Patience * Until you have a downpayment * Until you prove you can save money * Until you have an emergency fund * Until you can afford the 15 yr mortgage * Until you can afford a house which you’ll be able to sell later Topic: Patience * Housing Patience * Until you have a downpayment * Until you prove you can save money * Until you have an emergency fund * Until you can afford the 15 yr mortgage * Until you can afford a house which you’ll be able to sell later * Until you can buy a house which doesn’t prevent you from spending any money. * Market Patience * “Should I change my investments, the market isn’t having a very good year” * Your contributions are the key. * Manipulation * Risk Tolerance * A snapshot of your portfolio is rarely helpful * Fear sets-in, you make mistakes * Wrong forms of Patience * Waiting to invest * Waiting to budget * Waiting to save * Waiting to decide * Waiting to care Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Audio Player 2435 no Ep. 117: Tony wants to be able to shut it down at 40. Can he? http://petetheplanner.com/ep-117-tony-wants-able-shut-40-can/ M$D: 7/31/2026 Meet Tony Age: 28 Tony’s main concerns, in his words: I’m 28, my wife is 26. We have a 16-month-old son. Our main goal is to have enough money where I can semi-retire at 40 (or earlier), if I want, and work part-time/full-time for my father’s company. We earn about $110,000 a year and have $94,000 in retirement savings. Right now we are saving almost $3,000 per month for retirement ($2036.44 per month into my 403b (including 9.5 % match), and maxing out both of our Roth IRA’s ($916.67 per month). My wife anticipates continuing to work after age 40, but I’d like to be in a place where money doesn’t matter and be able to help out the family business on a full time or part time manner at age 40, or before. Our second goal is to make sure my sons college is taken care of. Currently we have $5,000 saved on a 529 account and anticipate adding $2,500 per year. My wife’s parents will likely help out or offer to pay for all of it, but I’d like to have at least 1/2 saved in the 529 by the time he’s ready for college and cash flow the rest, if necessary. If he doesn’t need it the money, I’d like to help fund part of my twin nieces college. Our final goal is to buy a reasonably priced home within the next 12 months. Our current home is worth about $150,000 and we owe $109,000. I’d like to purchase a house around $200,000 with 20% down on a 15 year fixed. We have $5,000 saved in addition to our equity, and I anticipate having $10,000 saved by the end of the year for a potential summer 2017 move. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Audio Player Tue, 01 Nov 2016 05:00:57 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 7/31/2026 Meet Tony Age: 28 Tony’s main concerns, in his words: I’m 28, my wife is 26. We have a 16-month-old son. Our main goal is to have enough money where I can semi-retire at 40 (or earlier), if I want, M$D: 7/31/2026 Meet Tony Age: 28 Tony’s main concerns, in his words: I’m 28, my wife is 26. We have a 16-month-old son. Our main goal is to have enough money where I can semi-retire at 40 (or earlier), if I want, and work part-time/full-time for my father’s company. We earn about $110,000 a year and have $94,000 in retirement savings. Right now we are saving almost $3,000 per month for retirement ($2036.44 per month into my 403b (including 9.5 % match), and maxing out both of our Roth IRA’s ($916.67 per month). My wife anticipates continuing to work after age 40, but I’d like to be in a place where money doesn’t matter and be able to help out the family business on a full time or part time manner at age 40, or before. Our second goal is to make sure my sons college is taken care of. Currently we have $5,000 saved on a 529 account and anticipate adding $2,500 per year. My wife’s parents will likely help out or offer to pay for all of it, but I’d like to have at least 1/2 saved in the 529 by the time he’s ready for college and cash flow the rest, if necessary. If he doesn’t need it the money, I’d like to help fund part of my twin nieces college. Our final goal is to buy a reasonably priced home within the next 12 months. Our current home is worth about $150,000 and we owe $109,000. I’d like to purchase a house around $200,000 with 20% down on a 15 year fixed. We have $5,000 saved in addition to our equity, and I anticipate having $10,000 saved by the end of the year for a potential summer 2017 move. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Audio Player 1719 no Ep. 116: Emails http://petetheplanner.com/ep-116-emails/ Topic: This week, I answer your emails.   Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Mon, 31 Oct 2016 19:14:32 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: This week, I answer your emails.   Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Topic: This week, I answer your emails.   Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here 2458 no Ep. 115: Malcolm is a doctor and is about to get paid http://petetheplanner.com/ep-115-malcolm-doctor-get-paid/ M$D: 4/14/2051 Meet Malcolm Age: 28 Malcolm’s main concerns, in his words: I’m a little over a year out of medical school, doing a three year residency training program. I have about $312,000 in student debt, and make about $50,000 a year until I graduate in about two years, at which point I will make between $200,000 and $250,000 per year. My girlfriend is a graphic designer without student debt, making about $55,000 per year. I’ve heard a lot about the Public Service Loan Forgiveness program, and a lot of my colleagues are banking on it, but I’m afraid there will be some big restrictions on it by the time I’d be eligible to take advantage of it. I’m considering paying the minimums until I graduate, then paying ~$6,000 per month to get rid of it in a few years, but don’t know if it makes sense to be that aggressive. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Tue, 25 Oct 2016 05:00:12 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 4/14/2051 Meet Malcolm Age: 28 Malcolm’s main concerns, in his words: I’m a little over a year out of medical school, doing a three year residency training program. I have about $312,000 in student debt, and make about $50, M$D: 4/14/2051 Meet Malcolm Age: 28 Malcolm’s main concerns, in his words: I’m a little over a year out of medical school, doing a three year residency training program. I have about $312,000 in student debt, and make about $50,000 a year until I graduate in about two years, at which point I will make between $200,000 and $250,000 per year. My girlfriend is a graphic designer without student debt, making about $55,000 per year. I’ve heard a lot about the Public Service Loan Forgiveness program, and a lot of my colleagues are banking on it, but I’m afraid there will be some big restrictions on it by the time I’d be eligible to take advantage of it. I’m considering paying the minimums until I graduate, then paying ~$6,000 per month to get rid of it in a few years, but don’t know if it makes sense to be that aggressive. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here 1966 no Ep. 114: Action http://petetheplanner.com/ep-115-malcolm-doctor-get-paid/ Topic: Action What we cover: * How to get out of a financial rut and get your motivation up * The importance of doing something * Why action is the key to a successful financial life * What is the financial equivalent of a FitBit? * The emergency isn’t when something happens, the emergency is generally the result of your reaction to an event Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Tue, 25 Oct 2016 05:00:11 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Action What we cover: * How to get out of a financial rut and get your motivation up * The importance of doing something * Why action is the key to a successful financial life * What is the financial equivalent of a FitBit? Topic: Action What we cover: * How to get out of a financial rut and get your motivation up * The importance of doing something * Why action is the key to a successful financial life * What is the financial equivalent of a FitBit? * The emergency isn’t when something happens, the emergency is generally the result of your reaction to an event Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here 1966 no Ep. 114: Action http://petetheplanner.com/ep-114-action/ Topic: Action  What we cover: * How proactive activity leads to a successful life and how reaction leads to regret. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Fri, 21 Oct 2016 12:42:01 -0000 full IBJ Media Topic: Action  What we cover: * How proactive activity leads to a successful life and how reaction leads to regret. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here Topic: Action  What we cover: * How proactive activity leads to a successful life and how reaction leads to regret. Subscribe on iTunes | Subscribe on Stitcher Want to be a guest on the The Million Dollar Plan podcast? Apply Here 2528 no Ep. 113: Steve is a public defender who doesn’t get frisked http://petetheplanner.com/ep-113-steve-public-defender-doesnt-get-frisked/ M$D: 6/17/1945 Meet Steve Age: 28 Steve’s main concerns, in his words: Hello. I am a 28 year old guy who works as a Public Defender. I am in a long term relationship that will lead to an engagement very soon (ring is already purchased), and my future-fiancee is currently in a 2 year masters program. I’ve recently paid of all consumer debt, but still have ~$83,000 in student loan debt from law school that I am not attacking because I am participating in the Public Service Loan Forgiveness plan. As someone who loves paying off debt, this is a struggle for me, but (I think) it is the right move for me to make. As I’m planning to marry the gal in grad school, I will assume her debt. Her debt is under $20,000 but owed to her father. I’m sure he would be nice and forgive it, but we would like to be honorable and pay it back. I’m currently about to have three months saved for an Emergency Fund and am trying to get my 2016 Roth IRA fully funded. I am also putting $50 per paycheck in a traditional 401k type fund (the government employee version). Also, I have about $300,000 in life insurance through my employment that costs ~10 per paycheck, which I think is a great deal. I’d love to be on the podcast because I’d like to know if what I am doing makes sense to The Experts. With a wedding to save for and a marriage to grow soon after that, I’d like to have as little money pain as possible heading forward. Thanks!   Wed, 12 Oct 2016 05:00:09 -0000 full IBJ Media M$D: 6/17/1945 Meet Steve Age: 28 Steve’s main concerns, in his words: Hello. I am a 28 year old guy who works as a Public Defender. I am in a long term relationship that will lead to an engagement very soon (ring is already purchased), M$D: 6/17/1945 Meet Steve Age: 28 Steve’s main concerns, in his words: Hello. I am a 28 year old guy who works as a Public Defender. I am in a long term relationship that will lead to an engagement very soon (ring is already purchased), and my future-fiancee is currently in a 2 year masters program. I’ve recently paid of all consumer debt, but still have ~$83,000 in student loan debt from law school that I am not attacking because I am participating in the Public Service Loan Forgiveness plan. As someone who loves paying off debt, this is a struggle for me, but (I think) it is the right move for me to make. As I’m planning to marry the gal in grad school, I will assume her debt. Her debt is under $20,000 but owed to her father. I’m sure he would be nice and forgive it, but we would like to be honorable and pay it back. I’m currently about to have three months saved for an Emergency Fund and am trying to get my 2016 Roth IRA fully funded. I am also putting $50 per paycheck in a traditional 401k type fund (the government employee version). Also, I have about $300,000 in life insurance through my employment that costs ~10 per paycheck, which I think is a great deal. I’d love to be on the podcast because I’d like to know if what I am doing makes sense to The Experts. With a wedding to save for and a marriage to grow soon after that, I’d like to have as little money pain as possible heading forward. Thanks!   2146 no